a ee
(PTS SD aad
ey Be ead
MEN er Ot TBO
ht OO REL OMe
ee Pe

oh PAID Pel eee
ea died

Pret Pee ad
mht ohadok of Zed” HBS
bn Fa bP ee ee
ede m Pe

ote
i ees

sen
oe

“uses ng

perererteer tn tol ath
Ne aa

eis
AD ab Pe BG
vas ee

nese oes astac
2 Rae Stee Bee

Steerer e
on Re Fae ol 2 ere h Orta hee
ree a ee Btae wetrat ee! «6 Fe + .
aera ae ees : Ook as orm ©
nme eet oe +
Pe ~— ee “
RR, ten 8 Reiner ete
Au
Oe ee
Oe ad
3 tet em nde toe!

eee Se

Dee

terest oa
ye ee tenes
ae Bete Nate

sabe vaeedes. >. mes. 2 3 BSIh SeP STS?
eters te te et

er tee eee

eet Stet &

OP eae

i es
we 8 AAO ed ed

ae ee ee
pat Xe ae
en a ee or
eer arr
es ss me ARO feet oan A :
Weedaguenr ham t oto s Dyner'e 9
is Srerneeers Wet eod
- pte —e ae
‘ ve? er
ae rr
aicwe =n 8 &
7 Mat A te
vets . FE
mee x -
7) ” : : : . . .
ae ’ F a yas ‘:
; oa 3 vino "i Vea
2. v4 . eee tS
* A " . aera
“ee - >. & ¢ *
‘ . : ~ wp re
2 - or / sa See eT?
é : Fi we eee
bu ra ‘ ri = - Pe mie
a . ’
- pon ae - 2 ; :
ae - - bat 2 s ’ coe . : -
purer : P a ‘ ‘ *
, . 4 ‘ <aiam 2
- aad , ; F 7 < a ~ 5
A : - . pape ees
£ . * . he 7 a .
‘ a o6 = 7e™ ~ toe
A ‘ ans .
: ‘ oa : . + “.
2 : ~ =
itamed

=a A mS PD NX § eR 2 & yn Go:
D Say, a RNS D ae ie Kay Oh) al i‘
= n Bs = wn =
LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOUNLITSN|
i = z . =z a
= = =
aE re) as
7) 7) eo
Oo aie (2)
== = =>.
> :
ee = er =

NVINOSHLINS SA3IlYVYEIT LIBRARIES

BRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES OMIIMSONIAN
NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NWINOSHLIWS

S31yVvudi LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

— za = }
: S
53) i is |

= Mike E) |
E E : Ee |
Be Us a |
D = z

NOILALILSNI

SAlYvudii_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3IMUWYSIT LI

Y
SMITHSONIAN
es
Bi
NVINOSHLIWS

NVYINUSOALINS

sy
*

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

i % vs wy, i
4

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1¥vVudI1 LIBRARIES

=
SMITHSONIAN

SJINVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITITUIIOUN NUILIILILONI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION
S3l1uyvy9dl

(
{

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI » NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
. SS :
SMITHSONIAN

Rees :
‘

NOIMLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

PRARITCS OMITROONIAN

SLALILSNI
RAR LES
LALILSNI
RAR LES

= =

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

a SF y , a ~. RaONS > . ere oO ads e+) => nae Y Yo RSE:
Ke ea — NO FG GARY = Ka OP
o S was m *\ SS 2 ase m re hs
= re) a, = wn z

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIN

- = < = WY; <x
es = z 4 tit fy. me
8 NA s 5 VL ia 2
see EN AX (@) ae ie) YY, i =
E AS = = = ee a
= aes. > = >" =
w = z ” Zz ”
NOILALILSNI LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA
” 2 if 2 a
wl o a wo wu
: : : : :
ea (a es e =
ig 4 = = Lo
mo rs) ea re) =
G 2 a3 z ait
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN’ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
i z a z z
3) Sil 3) > 0)
= rae a Ee ae
th Br es = is
o _ 2 o = Oo
NOILNLILSNI SAIYVYEIT LIBRARIES
w z= 2) = wee Yo
= Hed S 2 ae WS =
= i 4 2: Eo hee =
z re) 5 SY t4j ro) NX. ba
z = 2 “yy = NS =
> = > ‘ = Se
Z ” 2 7 2

SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIV

NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES

xv
Satuyvudil LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA

SAIYVYRITLIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

S3luvad!ly

INSTITUTION

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIV

NN
NYS
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES

es
i
wn
<
> Py

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN
“ig
NVINOSHLIWS
IN

SMITHSONIA

RARITIES SMITHSONIAN
SARIES SMITHSONIAN

NALILSNI
NLILSNI

STITUS

RARIES

J - /

TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Volume 30, 1969

EDITORIAL STAFF

Editor

WirtiAM F. WAGNER

Associate Editors

WitLt1AM DENNEN, Geology
MarsHALL Gorpon, Chemistry
L. A. Krumuouz, Botany and Microbiology

RoBeRtT KuEHNE, Zoology

Editorial Office

Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Published in 1969 by

THe Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 30
No. 1-4

Influence of Artificial Destratification on Plankton
Populations in Impoundments.
ERNEST L. ROBINSON, WILLIAM H. IRWIN
ONE) PANES M.S YMIONS cisc; deicceicesseisee-cessvettercdeavcnccceccnsosa i

Note on the Life Cycle of Cathaemasia Reticulata
(Wright) in the Eastern Belted Kingfisher.

JOHN VINCENT ALIFF AND JAMES M. EDNEY ............... 20

Age and Growth of the Western Blacknose Dace Rhinichthys
Atratulus Meleagris Agassiz, in Doe Run, Meade
County, Kentucky.
TE CORN ANIL GS BE Bd Io BF] Se aA 23

A Study on Plethodon Richmondi from Mason County,
Kentucky with Notes on Its Distribution Within
the State.

Pee ben VV AU AG AGE, 02 kent cacssccentenotepcecsxsevcnessaceundonussuncentaeseus 38

Some Notes on the Growth, Development and Distribution
of Ochrotomys Nuttalli (Harlan) in Kentucky.

PRES PV ATTA CEE ooo Geis Seascccouecssedadussnsdbecadeacsusceuessseosebes 45
LENE ESTE AL. scecopeceagc Aes eae eee een Soe Soe ee A 53
The Fishes of West Kentucky. I. Fishes of Clark’s River

Beige Lg AUN Ec) SES IG ice sachet ee nd caces tactirevsc de) sacs ose sane cds sate eeectee donk 54
The Fishes of West Kentucky II. The Fishes of Obion Creek.

PAUL L. SMITH AND MORGAN E. SISK ...............cccccsseeees 60

An Anotated List of Known Species of Fresh-Water
Ostracoda of Western Kentucky.

Ryle ee NEG OE VEL YIN, COLE 1.005 ceosdtedscthn esse ectascegoastedanoeaatt 69

A Record of the Occurrence of the Exotic Land Planarian,
Bipalium Kewense, in Calloway County, Kentucky.

Re ean EE EV EY IN COMB aoe o oss .nsesoscducsscdccdeveccdedesecancstss 71

Parospirifer Acuminatus From the Brevispirifer Gregarius
Zone at the Falls of the Ohio.

JAMES E. CONKIN AND BARBARA M. CONKIN .............. Te
CRB 0 75 LRT ANT OTRAS aa eo 78
LuBlase (PD) SUCCESS VESRES| pets 9 87

same 30 ke od ae ef V6 1969 Numbers 1-2

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
CADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Ant ASO
CONTENTS oM ‘Ay
: NECA 1969
Influence of Artificial Destratification on Plankto ne
Populations in Impoundments. lip RARIC?
ERNEST L. ROBINSON, WILLIAM H. IRWIN
AND JAMES M. SYMONS ........::.-csscsssossesescsssensecesonnsssveasenese 1
Note on the Life Cycle of Cathaemasia Reticulata
(Wright) in the Eastern Belted Kingfisher.
JOHN VINCENT ALIFF AND JAMES M. EDNEY .............. 20

Age and Growth of the Western Blacknose Dace Rhinichthys
Atratulus Meleagris Agassiz, in Doe Run, Meade
County, Kentucky.

POON ATG ED CG. TAR TER s. ccscnecccedecsntooscestvacsovesecouetsusevetetsicvacedeanaas 23

A Study on Plethodon Richmondi from Mason County,
Kentucky with Notes on Its Distribution Within
the State.

JAMES T. WALLAGE, .....cccccccsccessscssnsensessssesscrsavsnnereasessssecnssvens 38

Some Notes on the Growth, Development and Distribution
of Ochrotomys Nuttalli (Harlan) in Kentucky.

AMES) TL) WALLACE? iriiitessssncesscssncscsercvsessavcsssnspnsessonenneeereneers 45

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Lloyd E. Alexander ........c0.....t0 1969 John M. Carpenter ........ rs a Le 8 |
Margaret B. Heaslip .........0..t0 1969 William M. Clay ......ccsscc-s- ...to 1971
Sarl Mussang toes to 1970 Gordon Wilson ........... eee oh ROT 2
Grace Quinto .........ccsssscseseereeee tO 1970 L.A. Krambholz, v.c.2-seeee to 1972

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:

Botany and Microbiology: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University

Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Zoology: Robert Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $4.00 per volume; foreign, $4.00 per
volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

———— Se

INFLUENCE OF ARTIFICIAL DESTRATIFICATION ON
PLANKTON POPULATIONS IN IMPOUNDMENTS

ERNEST L. ROBINSON, WILLIAM H. IRWIN and JAMES M. SYMONS*

Respectively, Research Aquatic Biologist, Aquatic Biologist, and In Charge, Im-
poundment Behavior Studies, Cincinnati Water Research Laboratory, Federal
Water Pollution Control Administration, U.S. Department of the Interior.

INTRODUCTION

Recently, much attention has been given to the influence of thermal
stratification on water quality in reservoirs and the possible improvement
of reservoir water quality by artificial destratification. During the past sev-
eral years, the authors have investigated water quality in three northern
Kentucky fishing lakes to determine the effectiveness of controlling water
quality by artificial destratification. Previous papers on this subject by Irwin
et al. (1966), Symons, Irwin and Robeck (1967), Irwin et al. (1967), and
Symons et al. (1967); have mainly discussed the influence of mixing on
chemical water quality.

The purpose of this paper is to show the phytoplankton populations
that existed during destratification. Enumerations of plankters were made of
total and generic groups existing before and after mixing. These data were
compared to physical and chemical data collected at the same time, to
determine if the plankton populations were modified by chemical and
physical conditions. Finally, the results of both years’ studies were compared
to determine any similarities or differences.

LAKES STUDIED, EQUIPMENT AND ANALYTICAL METHODS USED

The control lake, Bullock Pen Lake, was not mixed, but was used to
show the general trend of water quality characteristics for lakes in the
area studied. Test Lake I, Boltz Lake, was artificially destratified by
mechanical pumping continuously for 36 days from August 6 to September
10, 1965, and by diffused-air for four periods totaling 14.4 days between
June 3 and August 23, 1966. Test Lake II, Falmouth Lake, studied only
in 1966, was destratified by the diffused-air system for five periods totaling
28.5 days between May 16 and September 13, 1966. The morphological
characteristics of the study lakes during the 1965 and 1966 experiments,
and the mechanical pump used for destratification have been described
previously (Irwin et al., 1966; Symons, Irwin and Robeck, 1967). The
diffused-air system has also been described previously (Irwin et al., 1967;
Symons et al., 1967). Both mixing devices were placed at or near the
deepest portions of the lakes studied.

* Current title and location, Chief, Surface Water Protection, Water Supply
and Sea Resources Program, National Center for Urban & Industrial Health, U.S.
Public Health Service, U.S. Dept. Health, Education & Welfare, Cincinnati, Ohio.

2 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

Water samples were taken at various depths and times in the deep-
water areas to determine the influence of destratification on water quality.
Details of sampling techniques and methods of field and laboratory an-
alyses for physical and chemical constituents of the study lakes have been
described previously (Symons et al., 1967). One-liter water samples were
collected from Bullock Pen Lake to study the influence of artificial destrati-
fication on plankton populations at the surface and at depths of 5, 15, 30,
and 43 ft., respectively; at the surface and at depths of 5, 15, 30, 45, and
60 ft., respectively, from Boltz Lake; and at the surface and at depths of
5, 15, 30, and 40 ft., respectively, from Falmouth Lake. Samples were
preserved with 0.16% thimerosal and 1% Lugol’s solution. One gram of
sodium borate was added for each gram of thimerosal to keep the thim-
erosal in solution. This preservative, reported by William (1963), aided
preservation and precipitation of organisms for microscopic identification.

Samples were examined in a Sedwick-Rafter cell with a 20-power
objective and 10-power oculars. The “strip counting” method was used;
calibration, dilution factors, and the number of plankters per ml were
computed.

All recognizable plankters were identified to genus and enumerated.
Each single-cell organism was counted as one and organisms grouped in
colonies were counted as one. Filamentous colonies were listed as units
of 100 microns in length and only whole zooplankters were enumerated.
No special effort was made to identify the plankters to species. Diatoms
were identified only from wet mounts and single cells of less than 4 microns
were not enumerated. Some samples contained such low numbers of plank-
ters that concentration was necessary. Aliquots of 200 and 500 ml, de-
pending upon the concentration of plankters, were filtered through mem-
brane filter discs (0.4 microns). Discs were placed in 250-ml beakers and
gently rinsed with distilled water. The rinse water was used to make a
slurry that was diluted to a desired volume. The discs were examined under
430 X magnification to establish that the organisms had been removed by
this technique. The concentrated organisms were then examined in a
Sedgwick-Rafter cell.

RESULTS

Total Plankton Population

Plankton populations occurring in the three study lakes during 1965
and 1966 and the average plankton count throughout the total depth of
each lake were computed for comparison. The plankton numbers/ml at
the 5-ft. depth were assumed to represent the organisms in the O- to 5-ft.
layer, the 15-ft. count was assumed to represent the organisms in the 5-
to 15-ft. water layer, and so forth. The plankton counts/ml at the various
depths were multiplied by the water volume of the layers they represented
and the arithmetic sum for the entire lake was divided by the total volume
of the lake to obtain the number of plankters/ac ft. throughout the lake.

Influence of Artificial Destratification 3

The plankton totals at the 5-ft. depth were compared (see Figure 1,
diagrams 2 and 3) to show similarity of the mixed to the unmixed lake
during 1965 and 1966. The diagrams were not designed to show magni-
tude but were designed to indicate the times variations occurred. The
graphs were plotted quantitatively above and below the abscissa to mag-
nify variations for easier recognition. Diagrams 1 and 2 show some simi-
larity of plankton in the control lake and Test Lake I in 1965 during the
months before mixing. The plankton numbers declined sharply when the
artificial destratification began and continued to decline during pumping

MAY SEPTEMBER | OCTOBER

TUNE JULY

ANGUST

TEST LAKE I
1965

CONTROL LAKE
1965

TEST LAKE II
1966

Figure 1. Diagrams showing comparisons in total plankton at the 5-ft depths in the
Test Lakes with the Control Lake. Brackets indicate stirring periods.

4 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

in Test Lake I. The plankton numbers also declined in the unmixed lake at
this time, though less rapidly than in Test Lake I.

Diagram 4 shows that the total plankton numbers decreased sharply
during mixings 2, 3, and 4, and rose when the mixings stopped, in Test
Lake I, 1966. During the first mixing, the plankton numbers did not
decrease, but their rate of increase was retarded. A somewhat different
growth pattern occurred in Test Lake II during 1966, as shown in Dia-
gram 5. The total plankton numbers increased during mixings 1, 2, and 5.
Small declines were recorded during mixings 3 and 4.

Plankton Distribution With Depth

The plankton concentration varied with depth in all three lakes. The
unmixed lake, as an example, is shown in Table I. As the summer season
progressed the plankton concentration was highest in the lower layers.
This lake was sufficiently clear to support plankton populations through-
out its total depth.

Table II demonstrates that, in 1966, in Test Lake I during mixings
2, 3, and 4, the plankton numbers declined at all levels. This shows that
the surface algae were not transported to the lower layers in the lake
during mixing. Test Lake II behaved slightly differently from Test Lake I,
probably because of an increased phosphorus concentration near the sur-
face. In this case, although the data from all depths showed similar trends,
the plankton numbers in the 5-ft. samples were consistently and significantly
higher than those taken at the other depths.

Occurrence of Plankton Categories

The green and blue-green algal counts at the 5-ft. depth in the un-
mixed lake were similar during 1965 and 1966, as shown in Figure 2,
diagrams 1, 2, 3, and 4. In Test Lake I in 1966 the decline in the blue-
green algal counts was greater than that in the green algal counts following
mixings 2, 3, and 4 (Figure 2, diagram 8). The blue-green algae decrease
was more pronounced in 1966 than in 1965 (Diagrams 5 and 7).

Table 1. Total Plankton Concentrations At Various Depths In Unmixed Lake 1966

Total Plankton Count/acre-foot (109 omitted after each value)

0-5 ft 5-15 ft 15-30 ft 30-44 ft
Date Layer Layer Layer Layer
June 3 3.1 1.4 1.1 0.9
June 16 1.5 1.1 5.3 7.3
June 29 4.1 9.5 3.4 4.3
July 18 2.4 Dp) 2.3 8.7
Aug. 5 0.4 0.9 eo 5.8
Sept. 3 1.3 1.3 1.8 3.6
Oct. 5 0.5 0.2 1.1 1.0

Influence of Artificial Destratification 5

Table 2. Total Plankton Concentrations At Various Depths In Test Lake-I 1966

Total Plankton Counts/acre-foot (1019 omitted after each value)

0-5 ft 5-15 ft 15-30 ft 30-40 ft 45-62 ft
Date Layer Layer Layer Layer Layer
May 23 1.4 0.6 0.7 ileeé 0.7
June 7 (A-1) 2.0 2.4 1.1 3.6 0.8
June 21 (B-2) 87.0 45.0 6.4 14.0 15.0
June 25 (A-2) 8.1 5.5 3.7 3.7 1.3
July 18 (B-3) 140.0 51.0 51.0 27.0 36.0
July 20 (A-3) 5.9 7.7 9.6 6.1 14.0
Aug. 17 (B-4) 19.0 21.0 33.0 9.0 3.7
Aug. 23 (A-4) 0.9 2.0 1.3 1.2 2.4
Sept. 16 3.4 3.0 2.8 2.9 3.1
October 5 0.8 1.9 ei, 2.5 1.5

Note: B-2 means before mixing 2; A-2 means after mixing 2, and so forth.

In Test Lake II a different pattern was evidenced, as shown in Figure
2, diagrams 9 and 10. During mixings 1 and 2, the counts of both green
and blue-green algae increased, the green algal increase being the greater.
During mixings 3 and 4, a slight increase in green algae numbers occurred,
while the blue-greens declined. Finally, both categories of algae decreased
during mixing 5. Figure 2, diagrams 9 and 10, indicate that artificial
destratification is more detrimental to blue-green than green algae.

Composition of Standing Crop

The counts from all samples were separated into five categories: green
algae, blue-green algae, diatoms, zooplankton, and pigmented flagellates.
The percentage of the total plankton numbers throughout the lake was then
calculated for each category. For representation, the zooplankton and the
pigmented flagellates were added to form one category, as shown in Figures
3 and 5. Figures 3 and 5 also show that, in the unmixed lake, the blue-
green algae predominated during the months of July, August, and Sep-
tember. Figure 4 shows that, when mixing began in Test Lake I in early
August 1965, the general upward trend of the blue-green algae stopped
and reversed, and green aglae predominated during the remainder of
that season. The percentage of zooplankton and pigmented flagellates rose
sharply during the mixing period.

Figure 6 shows that in Test Lake I in 1966, mixings 2, 3, and 4 resulted
in a sharp decrease in the percentage of blue-green algae. Diatoms in-
creased during mixing 2, and the combined zooplankton and pigmented
flagellates increased during mixing 3.

A different situation developed in Test Lake II in 1966, as shown in
Figure 7. During mixings 2, 3, and 4, there was a reduction in the per-
centage of blue-green algae, though not as pronounced as in Test Lake
I in 1966. During mixing 5, the percentage of blue-green algae increased,

6 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

| MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER jOCTOBER

BLUE GREENS

~

. CONTROL LAKE
1965

1966

3. CONTROL LAKE -GREENS

1965

4. CONTROL LAKE
1966

5. TSE LO I

6. TEST LAKE I
1965

GREENS

BLUE GREENS
1966

8. TEST LAKE I GREENS

1966

9. TEST LAKE II
1966

BLUE GREENS

10. TEST LAKE II GREENS

Figure 2. Diagrams showing the comparisons of Blue Green and Green Algae counts in
the three study lakes. Brackets indicate stirring periods.

probably because blue-green algae tend strongly to predominate in Sep-
tember in this geographical location. Also, Figure 7 shows a rather high
percentage of the combined zooplankton and pigmented flagellates category.
The environment in Test Lake II differed somewhat from Test Lake I, sup-
porting a wider variety of organisms. Changes in plankton composition
during artificial destratification have also been noted by Bernhardt (1967)
and Cooley et al., (1967).

Influence of Artificial Destratification 7

100
UNMIXED LAKE
80
”
=
z
Fe w
u <
= sol °
< <<
re
° ‘ Oz 677
= ! =a Ww zo
re | < = ” <r
° zoz az
40 . Oo
5 uw iw & OF
a £00
g oO 2 fa) o=
a N
]
0 NI h

‘|5/10 SE RET 7% 7/23] ave =e avid a Holl i Tie 10/22!
DATE, 1965

Figure 3. Composition of plankton standing crop in unmixed lake in 1965.

Number of Plankton Genera

The totals of the different plankton genera in the standing crop are
presented in Table III. There was an increase in the unmixed lake as the
water temperature increased. Text Lake I had little or no change in the
number of genera during mixings 2, 3, and 4. Test Lake II showed sig-
nificant increases in the number of plankton genera during mixings 2 and
3, but only slight increases during mixings 4 and 5. Possibly the warming

100 ern alccaer ilies leer art pmlc sla as Tear lp

TEST LAKE-] que!

MECHANICAL MIXING
PUMPING

5/10}5/25|6/10|6/ 22) 7/9|7/23| 8/6} 8/13] 8/19|8/ 27] 9/3|9/10|9/24|10/8)10/22

lal
m
<

801

60

BLUE-GREEN ALGAE

GREEN ALGAE

DIATOMS
ee yt eds

PIGMENTED FLAGELLATES

PERCENT OF TOTAL COUNTS
A

DATE, 1965

Figure 4. Composition of plankton standing crop in Test Lake | during 1965.

8 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

100 T

UNMIXED LAKE

80 KEY

e ry
Zz
- <
< wz os
Oo < re
2 $z Fo
ro) < Bo<e
_ 40 zoéagd
72 uw #@ FE of
U = 2><69
4 N O @a@aAna
x 7
20
N N
| | N
4 i | Oh Is st N NUH
2

6/3 |6/16|6/29|7/13 8/5 9/ 10/3}10/27;

DATE, 1966

Figure 5. Composition of plankton standing crop in unmixed lake in 1966.

of the water during early summer in Test Lake II permitted plankton to
grow in wider variety.

Predominant Organisms

During the two years of study, 81 genera of algae were identified
from the three lakes. Fifty-six genera were identified from the unmixed
lake, 33 of them found in both years. Sixty-three genera were found in
Test Lake I, 30 of them in both years. Forty-eight genera were found in

Uo (= T Uns ESSERE Ele en ee T T ra} imsreo oor

A TT
M.2 M-3 M4 TEST LAKE-I

80 r DIFFUSED-AIR
| PUMPING

x
m
<

|

60 F

0 t i | il | | | | li |

5/23| 6/7)6/21|6/25|7/13|7/20 8/17|8/23 9/16| 10/5

PERCENT OF TOTAL COUNTS
END OF MIXING-I

GREEN ALGAE

| sid BLUE-GREEN ALGAE

Bere se ZOO PLANKTON &
PIGMENTED FLAGELLATES

LS] DIATOMS

DATE, 1966

Figure 6. Composition of plankton standing crop in Test Lake | in 1966.

Influence of Artificial Destratification 9

100 a rae Tl aes | 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 !
M-2 M-3 M-4 M-5
TEST LAKE-II
80 DIFFUSED -AIR KEY
ra UXINGEI PUMPING =
= 5/16-5/19 fl h
5 5/20-5/23 =
° | E
Uv —_
z 60 < su
e oO oO
2 wz 63
az < Ce
° 9G Zo
- 40 <2 ode
z | zo zaZz
w A ee ee el
U w “4 FOF
= | ~ 2 £00
a © os ONa
| i | } <
20 | d \ | |
Ni | Hove | ]
} ; |
N | N | AN E
NP SIAMIAN il |
0 N ~ H N ! N S bs HN

5/13|5/20| 6/8 ,6/15|6/30| 7/8 |7/25| 8/3, , 1 9/8|9/15|10/6,
DATE, 1966

Figure 7. Composition of plankton standing crop in Test Lake II in 1966.

Test Lake II. Thirty-five genera were common to all three lakes. All of
the plankton genera identified during this study are presented in Table IV.
The total number of samples from each study lake and the number of
times that a given organism occurred in any sample are presented to show
which of the algal genera appeared most frequently. Some data on the
occurrence of zooplankton genera are also given in these tables.

Table 3. Number of Plankton Genera in the Standing Crop on Various Dates
in 1966 in the Three Study Lakes

Unmixed Lake Test Lake I Test Lake II
Number of Number of Number of
Date Genera Date Genera Date Genera
5/18 25
5/28 18 5/20 Q7
6/3 18 6/7 7 6/8 16
6/16 21 6/21 25 6/15*-2 O7/
6/29 29 6/25*-2 25 6/30 17
7/18 383 7/18 36 7/8*-3 94
7/20*-3 41 7/25 23
8/5 Wl 8/3*-4 28
8/17 30
8/23*-4 80
9/2 33 9/8 82
9/16 38 9/15*-5 35
10/8 36 10/5 81 10/6 30
10/27 33

*92 indicates the mixing 2 ended. Mixing 2 started on the previous date. The
same code is used for the other mixings.

10 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

Table 4. Number of Times Plankton Appeared in Samples.

al oO
SS ars Be SS
am am n =~ ~ Sane eo = ex oe
Pai nc er CHES eS) ove.) See
GENERA 5a @82 ne on Be GENERA Se SE oa ee 74
Green Algae ot EY ea ph mirc wo ey RERE CE
Non-Filamentous Ah fea SO ie LN et Cd 84 SN Lee BH
= a = a pen rain 4 An aw YS YS et
aL aw aw awry aw avd aN AN at
3 3 ° ° ri 2 2 8 v 2 v © LS
a =] a a te
Ankistrodesmus = 3 Blue-Green
Botryococcus = 1 - - Algae
Chlorobotrys 1 - = = = Anabaena (100) 12 Bo fo il
Chlorella 5 6 5 10 9 Single Cells 9 - 10 - -
Chlorogonium 6 2 1 - - Anacystis 14 8 - 10 9
Chlorococcum - 4 - 10 4 Aphanizomenon 14 4 12 7 5
Chodatella - 1 - - 4 Coelosphaerium = 6 - 2 -
Chroococcus - 1 - 1 - Cylindrospernum 1 - 7 10
Closterium 3 4 9 6 10 Gomphos phaeria 9 4 - - -
Coelastrum 19 6 19 9 7 Oscillatoria 13 8 1l 7 8
Cosmarium 3 7 2 5 1 Phormidium - 2 1 5
Crucigenia = = = 2 l reeset
i 2 L ll 7 1 agellates
Been aeece - 1 = = = Ceratium 8 6 10 7 6
Eurastrum - 2 - 2) = Chrysococcus 4 5 3 BLE
Franceia - 1 - - 3 Cryptomonas 4 4 - 2 10
leocystis 1 2 1 8 4 Dinobryon - - - -
Be vinvide - 1 5 : 1 Euglena 5 6 4 6 1l
Hormidium - - 1 - - Euglenopsis 1 - - - -
Lagerheimia - - - - 1 Glenodinium - - 5 7
Oocystis 17 8 19 10 10 Golenkinia - - 6 - -
Pamella - 2 4 4 - Gymnosinium 1 = > 2 3
Pandorina - - - - 2 Lepocinclis - - - - 1
Pediastrum 3 1 2 1 = Mallomonas 4 3 6 2 4
Planktosphaeria - 1 - = = Peridinium 5 6 1 1 5
Pleodorina 1 - - - - Phacus - 1 1 5 6
Scenedesmus 7 7 5 8 Trachelmonas 17 8 1l 7 ll
Selenastrum - - - 1 Diatoms
Sphaerocystis 17 2 6 - Ze Achnanthes - 1 - 4 7
Staurastrum 8 2 12 7 2 Asterionella 5 7 8 9 1
Sticococcus - - - 2 - Cyclotella 1 3 1 2 4
Tetraedron = 3 - - - Cymbella - 2 = 2 2
Green Algae Fragillaria 2 3 = 6 6
Filamentous Gomphonema - - - 2 3
Cladophora ‘. 1 - 1 - Melosira = 6 = 3 5
Hormidium 1 - - - Navicula 1 2 3 2
Microspora 1 - - 1 - Nitzschia 2 5 1 4
Oedogonium - - - - 1 Pennularia - 1 = = 1
Spyrogyra - - 1 - Rhopalodia 2 1 - - =
Stigeoclonium - 1 - - - Stauroneis 2 3 1 1 2
Tribonema 1 1 = 2 - Synedra). 2) Jus) 235 ee eee
Ulothrix = L = - - Zooplankton
Green Algae Crustaceans
Flagellates Copepods 4 3 4 5 2
Chlamydomonas 23 8 21 10 11 Cladocerans 3 1 2 7 2
Coccomonas - 3 - 2 2 Rotifers
Gonium - 1 - 2 4 Sp. 5 - - - 2
Phacotus 9 2 10 6 9 Keratella 5 2 4 7 3
Ciliophorans sp. 6 - 6 4 4
Rhyzopods sp. 1 2 1 5 5
Actinopods
sp. - 2 = =
Codenella - - - <
Nematodes sp. - 1 - - 1

The predominant plankton, based on the numbers of organisms in the
unmixed lake were as follows: green algae—Ankistrodesmus, Chlamydom-
onas, and Chlorella; blue-green algae—Anabaena, Anacystis, Aphanizom-
enon, and Oscillatoria; diatom—Asterionella, Nitzschia, Melosira, and Syn-
edra; pigmented flagellates—Ceratium, Chrysococcus, Glenodinium, and
Trachelmonas.

The predominant genera of algae at the time of optimum growth in
Test Lake I during 1966 were: green algae—Chlorella and Chlamydomonas
(their numbers were higher in the upper layers); blue-green algae—An-

Influence of Artificial Destratification 11

abaena and Anacystis. Pigmented flagellates appeared for a short period,
the most abundant being Chrysococcus, Euglena and Ceratium. Few zoop-
lanktonic forms were found in Test Lake I during 1966.

In Test Lake II in 1966, the greatest number of genera was among
the green algae but the largest populations were blue-greens. At the mid-
summer optimum, the most abundant genera of the blue-green algae were
Anabaena, Anacystis, Cylindrospermum and Oscillatoria. Phormidium suc-
ceeded ni the period following the midsummer optimum, and was dom-
inant the remainder of the season. Pigmented flagellates increased as
temperatures rose, the predominant genera being Chlamydomonas. Also,
appreciable numbers of Glenodiuium and Trachelmonas were present.

Relationship to Water Quality

The diagrams in Figures 8 and 9 show the relationship of the phytop-
lankton populations to some important chemical water quality parameters
in Test Lakes I and II during 1966. The data in these diagrams were
plotted quantitatively as were data in previous charts. These diagrams
are arranged to show the changes in the total number of phytoplankton in
the entire lake with time, together with changes in the average concentra-
tion of some of the chemical constituents. The average chemical concen-
trations were calculated by weighting the individual concentrations from
the samples at various depths according to the volume of the water layer
at the sampling depth. In this way, a weighted vertical average chemical
constituent concentration was obtained. The use of total plankton numbers
and weighted vertical averages has its disadvantages because the bulk
of the algae and the bulk of a given chemical constituent may be vertically
separated in a lake, thus having little, if any, relationship to, or influence
on, each other.

Diagram 2 of Figure 8 shows an increasing trend in organic nitrogen
concentrations during mixings 2, 3, and 4, and abrupt declines following
mixings 3 and 4 in Test Lake I. The nitrate nitrogen decreased as plankton
pulses increased, and increased despite pulses during mixings (diagram 3).
The ammonia nitrogen concentration shows no relationship to plankton
pulses, and increased in the two test lakes during the last half of the
summer as shown in diagram 4 in Figures 8 and 9. The total hydrolyzable
phosphorus concentration and the plankton numbers appear unrelated
in Test Lake I (diagram 5, Figure 8). The addition of phosphorus as
fertilizer in Test Lake II during 1966 is reflected in increased plankton
and phosphorus measurements, as discussed by Gerloff and Skoog (1957).
Concentrations of carbon dioxide, DO, and plankton show similarities in
both lakes (diagrams 6 and 7) and an increase in carbon dioxide during
mixings 1, 3, 4, and 5 in Test Lake II (Figure 9). Mixing 2 occurred as
a large plankton pulse was developing (Figure 9). The growing algae used
much of the CO,. The oxygen demanding processes decreased the DO
concentration that occurred throughout the summer season, even when
plankton numbers were largest and contributing oxygen.

12 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

Heat Budget, Alkalinity and Hardness

Mixing increased the heat content of each lake an average of about
17 percent (Irwin et al., 1967). The surface layer budget decreased while
deeper layers (normally cold) increased their heat budget. The heat,
uniform in the mixed lakes, was transferred to the deeper waters. Associ-
ated with the increased heat budget was a decrease in total plankton num-
bers for each test lake, with a greater decrease in blue-green than green

JUL
TEST LAKE I
1966 q

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER

2. ORGANIC N

3. NITRATE N

4. AMMONIA N

5. PHOSPHORUS

10. HARDNESS

Figure 8. Diagroms showing the variations of physical and chemical parameters from
Boltz Lake and their relationships to the total plankton populations. Bars at the top
of the columns indicate stirring periods.

Influence of Artificial Destratification 13

TEST LAKE IL
1966

MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER
y — Tt

1. TOTAL PLANKTON

2. ORGANIC N

3. NITRATE N

4. AMMONIA N

Figure 9. Diagrams showing the variation of physical and chemical parameters from
Falmouth Lake and their relationships to the total plankton populations. Bars at the
top of the columns indicate stirring periods.

algae numbers. Following the summer pulse the plankton numbers of the
control lake decreased, though this was slight compared to commensurate
reductions in the test lakes. Populations decreased when the total heat
budget was at its maximum in the two test lakes (Figures 8 and 9).

The abundance of blue-green algae is consistent with reports that blue-
greens favor hard waters (Prescott, 1951). Alkalinity and hardness results
are also listed in Figures 8 and 9 for the two test lakes.

14 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

Temperature and Turbulence

Blue-greens predominated when the temperature was the highest in all
three lakes. The predominant genera found were similar to those re-
ported by Cole (1957) in a Southern Kentucky stratified artificial im-
poundment. The effect of temperature on genera was clearly observed
from data of the unstirred lake, which showed blue-greens to be predom-
inant in upper waters where temperature was above 15°C, and greens
predominant in the lower waters where temperatures were less than 15°C.
Green algae, however, never were found in quantities sufficient to cause
conspicuous blooms.

The effect of increased temperature on green and blue-green algae
was demonstrated in laboratory experiments (Venkataraman and Yanagita,
1964) in which a species of Chlorella was killed exponentially when heated
for short periods, but the blue-green Anacystis was able to withstand longer
periods of heating. While the waters studied in nature during this experi-
ment did not reach temperatures as high as those in the aforementioned
experiment, there may be some correlation.

Chu (1942) reported that temperature within normal limits had little
effect on the plantonic forms he studied; he stated further that chemical

DISCUSSION

Environmental factors important to plankton production are variable,
and natural growth patterns must be compared with those in controlled
laboratory experiments to explain the controlling factors and their func-
tions in the algae environment.

Influence of Stratification and Light

Plankter numbers in the stratified control lake were greatest in the
deeper layers. Water of this lake was clear, and its light penetration greater
than in the Test Lakes, effecting increased algal growth. Light intensity
was not as great at the lower depths as at the surface; also the plankton
may have been stimulated by chemicals concentrated in the stratified layers.

These findings concur with those of Juday and Schomer (1935) who
demonstrated that excessive light inhibits algae growth. The effect of
excessive light intensity on plankton growth is a photo-oxidative destruction
of chloroplast enzymes (Steeman-Neilsen and Hansen, 1959; Steeman-
Neilsen and Jorgensen, 1962). Light intensity also affects the uptake of
phosphorus and influences the ratio of phosphorus to sulfur within the algal
cells during metabolism (Kylin, 1964). Variances in light intensity may also
bring about different requirements for iron and manganese by algae
(Gerloff and Skoog, 1957). The complex interrelationship of temperature
and light affects carbon dioxide assimilation, thus affecting growth (Krauss,
1956).

Influence of Artificial Destratification 15

composition of growth medium under suitable conditions of illumination is
probably of greatest importance to plankton growth. Powell et al., (1965)
conducted experiments to assay the effect of turbulent flow on the growth
of algae in a closed system. The experiments were arranged to provide the
alternating periods of light and darkness reportedly necessary for optimum
growth. The experimenters concluded that turbulence alone can be ex-
pected to produce favorable light and dark cycles for only a small per-
centage of algae in a flowing solution. This may account for the failure
of blue-green algae to produce blooms in the mixed waters.

Influence of Mixing

Mixing alters the length of time organisms remain in contact with salts,
gases and other chemicals in solution. In spite of the mixing of phos-
phorus throughout the test lakes, the number of plankters decreased
throughout the whole lake in all layers. Many other environmental changes
undoubtedly influenced the changes in plankton populations that occurred
during mixing. Single species may have been affected in many ways, even
increased, but over-all the algal numbers decreased.

Mixing of waters may move plankters from phototrophic levels to areas
of reduced light, altering the time of plankter exposure to illumination and
thereby retarding growth (Krauss, 1956).

Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Trace Nutrients

The nitrogen contents in the three study lakes were consistent with
amounts found in nature. Some increase in ammonia-, nitrite-, nitrate-,
and organic-nitrogen concentrations occurred in Test Lake I during 1966
following each stirring, and some decrease occurred in all but the organic-
nitrogen concentration at Test Lake II during the same summer.

The organic-nitrogen increase may have been due to extra-cellular
substances released by some algae as they lysed or were broken apart by
stirring. Growth conditions could have been such that toxins were formed
in some species and released into the surrounding waters, thus limiting
other species (Tucker, 1956; Nalewajko, 1966; Scott, 1964). Algae are
inhibited when the concentration of nitrogen and phosphorus exceeds
20 mg/l (Chu, 1942), a concentration that was never reached in the three
lakes studied. Deficiencies in growth occur when the nitrogen concentra-
tion is below 0.2 mg/l and when phosphorus is below 0.05 mg/l (Chu,
1943). These levels also did not occur in the study lakes; thus it is un-
likely that these two chemicals were limiting the whole plankton crop.

Large populations of diatoms require higher concentrations of nitrogen
and phosphorus than are generally found in nature, which may explain
the scarcity of diatoms in the three lakes studied. Also, some diatoms seem
to require a growth factor which affects the phosphorus dependency (Chu,
1943). The diatom population increased as the phosphorus concentration
increased at Test Lake II in 1966. Iron, manganese and sulfides were

16 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

found in the study likes in quantities that probably were not limiting
(Rodhe, 1948).

Gerloff and Skoog (1957) concluded from laboratory studies that
available nitrogen is the most important limiting factor in algal growth.
This may not always be the case because algal growth in natural waters
must depend upon depth, location, time of year, rates of absorption, rates
of water replacement, temperature and other conditions.

SUMMARY

Based on the data presented herein, the following conclusions are drawn:

1. The total plankton numbers declined during most mixings, both
in 1965 and 1966.

2. Except for a somewhat higher surface concentration in Test Lake
II, Falmouth Lake, the plankton densities were similar at all depths in all
three study lakes.

3. During most mixings the blue-green algal populations declined
more than the green algal populations.

4. During artificial destratification the number of plankton species
remained the same or increased slightly in both test lakes.

5. In some cases a change in the total plankton population in the
lakes was reflected in a change in the average concentration with depth
of NH.-N, NO;-N, Organic-N, total and soluble acid hydrolyzable phos-
phorus, and carbon dioxide. The average concentration with depth of DO
was not related to the total plankton population in the lakes.

CONCLUSIONS

Although insufficient experimentation has been done up until now
(1968) to determine whether the changes in plankton population re-
ported in this paper would occur in all lakes that were artificially destrati-
fied, the influence on plankton appears promising enough to warrant fur-
ther consideration. In addition to the favorable influence on plankton pop-
ulation, artificial destratification improves water quality by adding DO
and oxidizing any reduced material present. This engineering technique
for water quality control should be given serious consideration if up-
grading of water quality in a lake or reservoir is desired.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank Lawrence Kamphake, George Holtzer, and
Richard Shibiya for the laboratory chemical analyses and Glenn R. Gruber
for help with the field work. In addition, the cooperation of the personnel
of the State of Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources is
gratefully acknowledged.

Influence of Artificial Destratification 17

Literature Cited

Bernhardt, H. 1967. Aeration of Wahnbach Reservoir without changing the
temperature profile. Jour. AWWA, 59 (8) :943-964.

Cole, G. A. 1957. Studies on Kentucky Knobs Lake. III. Some qualitative
aspects of the net plankton. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 18 (4) :88-101.

Cooley, P., J. A. Steel and J. E. Ridley, 1967. Discussion of impoundment
destratification by mechanical pumping. J. San. Div., Am. Soc. Civ.
Engrs. 93(SA-4) :139-141.

Chu, S. P. 1942. The influence of the mineral composition of the medium
on the growth of plankton algae. I. Methods and culture media. J.
Ecology 30(2) :284-325.

Chu, S. P. 1943. The influence of the mineral composition of the medium
on the growth of plankton algae. IJ. The influence of the concentra-
tion of inorganic nitrogen and phosphate phosphorus. J. Ecology
31(2):109-148.

Gerloff, G. and F. Skoog. 1957. Nitrogen as a limiting factor for the growth
of Microcystis aeruginosa in southern Wisconsin lakes. J. Ecology
38 (4) :556-561.

Irwin, W. H., J. M. Symons, and G. G. Robeck. 1966. Impoundment
destratification by mechanical pumping. J. San. Eng. Div., Am. Soc.
Civ. Engrs., 92(SA-6) :21-40.

Irwin, W. H., J. M. Symons and G. G. Robeck. Water quality in reservoirs
and modifications from destratification. In press, Proc. Reservoir
Fishery Resources Symposium, Southern Division, Am. Fish. Soc., U.
Georgia, Athens, Georgia, April 5-7, 1967.

Juday, C. 1934. The depth distribution of some aquatic plants. J. Ecology
15 (322320,

Juday, C. and H. A. Schomer. 1935. The utilization of solar radiation by
algae at different depths in lakes. Biol. Bull. 61:75-81.

Krauss, R. W. 1956. Photosynthesis in the algae. Ind. and Engr. Chem.
48:1449.

Kylin, A. 1964. The influence of phosphate nutrition on growth and sulphur
metabolism of Scenedesmus. Physiol. Plant. 17:384-402.

Nalewajko, C. 1966. Photosynthesis and excretion in various planktonic
algae. Limnol. Oceanog. 11 (1):1-10.

Powell, C. K., J. B. Chaddock and J. R. Dixon. 1965. The motion of algae
in turbulent flow. Biotech. Bioneg. 7:295-308.

Prescott, G. W. 1951. Algae of the western Great Lakes area. Cranbrook
Inst. Sci. Bull. 31:4-33.

Rodhe, W. 1948. Environmental requirements of fresh-water plankton
algae. Almquist and Wiksells Boktryckeri A. B. Uppsala, Sweden.
Scutt, J. E. 1964. Autoinhibiter production by Chlorella vulgaris. Ann. J.

Bot. 51:581-584.

18 E. L. Robinson, W. H. Irwin, and J. M. Symons

Steemann-Nielsen, E. and V. K. Hansen. 1959. Light adaptation in marine
phytoplankton populations and its interrelation with temperature.
Physiol. Plant. 12:353.

Steemann-Nielsen, E. and E. G. Jorgensen. 1962. The adaptation to dif-
ferent light intensities in Chlorella vulgaris and the time dependence
on transfer to a new light intensity. Physiol. Plant. 15:505.

Symons, J. M., W. H. Irwin and G. G. Robeck, 1967. Impoundment water
quality changes caused by mixing. J. San Engr. Div., Am. Soc. Civ.
Engrs. 93(SA2).

Symons, J. M., W. H. Irwin, E. L. Robinson and G. G. Robeck. 1967. Im-
poundment destratification for raw water quality control using either
mechanical or diffused-air-pumping. J. AWWA, 59 (10) :1268-1291.

Tucker, A. 1957. The relation of phytoplankton periodicity to the nature
of the physico-chemical environment with special reference to phos-
phorus. Am. Midland Naturalist 57 (2) :300-370.

Venkataraman, G. S. and T. Yanagita. 1964. Photosynthetic activity as a
measure of viability in microalgae. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 10;69-76.

Williams, L. G. 1963. Plankton population dynamics. National Water Qual-
ity Network Supplement 2, PHS Publ. No. 663, Government Printing
Office, Washington, D. C.

Received September 12, 1968; Accepted June 10, 1969.

NOTE ON THE LIFE CYCLE OF CATHAEMASIA
RETICULATA (WRIGHT) IN THE EASTERN BELTED KINGFISHER

JOHN VINCENT ALIFF and JAMES M. EDNEY

Department of Zoology
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Cathaemasia reticulata, a trematode related to both the fasciolids and
echinostomes, was described as Distomum reticulata by Wright (1879) from
an eastern belted kingfisher, Megaceryle alcyon, near Toronto, Canada.
Harwood (1936) referred the species to the genus Cathaemasia, created by
Looss (1899) after examination of specimens from a kingfisher collected at
Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee. C. reticulata has been collected from Iowa, Mich-
igan, Kentucky and Tennessee, by us.

Travassos (1916) described Pulchrosoma pulchrosoma from a Brazilian
kingfisher, Streptoceryle torquata. Manter (1949) after examination of
three specimens of C. reticulata from a belted kingfisher collected near Lin-
coln, Nebraska, proposed the synonomy of Cathaemasia and Pulchrosoma.
However, Van Den Broek (1963) has suggested that the comparative
geographic and taxonomic isolation of hosts, as well as the different habitat
of Cathaemasia within the host is sufficient to justify the genus Pulchrosoma,
the Old World Cathaemasia being intestinal parasites of storks and the
American species inhabiting the air sacs of kingfishers.

Two adult trematodes, subsequently identified as C. reticulata were
recovered from a male belted kingfisher collected from North Elkhom
Creek, Russell Cave Road, near Lexington, Kentucky, on October 15, 1967.
Subsequent collection of another eastern belted kingfisher from North
Elkhorn Creek, November 16, 1967, near Frankfort, Kentucky, yielded
five adult C. reticulata. The specimens of C. reticulata were recovered
within the posterior abdominal air sacs lying next to the intestine of the
bird. Harwood (1936) and Zeliff (1942) suggested that the correct loca-
tion of C. reticulata is the intestine and that adults obtained within the air
sacs had migrated there through shot holes. These birds were thoroughly
examined and no shot holes were found in the intestine.

After the adult C. reticulata were discovered, conspicuous spots along
the mesentery were noted and examined microscopically. These spots
proved to be numerous egg plaques consisting of as few as 7 to as many
as 30 eggs within the gelatinous appearing mass. Subsequent examination
of the trachea of the second bird yielded 68 trematode eggs.

The two worms obtained from the first bird resembled those collected
by Harwood (1936) in being about 10 mm long and 3.5 mm wide. The
second bird yielded five larger worms, being on the average of 28 mm
in length and 16 mm in width (Figure 1). Eggs were recovered from
the plaques as well as a greater number from the adult worms. The amber
colored eggs, from the first bird, have the following average measurements:
118.9 u length (a range of 105-124), 75.2 u width (a range of 68-82),

John Vincent Aliff and James M. Edney

20

ca*geee*
eae @D

OS—Oral sucker,

, OV—ovary, T1—anterior testis, T2—posterior testis, and G—gut.

Line drawing of Cathaemasia reticulata adult showing:

Figure 1:

VS—Ventral sucker

Life Cycle of Cathaemasia Reticulata 21

and 27.2 u opercular width (a range of 25.3-30.5). These measurements
compare closely to those given by Harwood (1936), 110 u x 70 u and
Zeliff (1942) 120 u x 75 u. The eggs from the second bird measured
122 u x 84 u. Eggs from one of Edney’s larger specimens in the U.S.
National Museum measured 126 u x 92 u, the difference probably depen-
dent on worm size.

Eggs were removed from refrigeration on October 26 and allowed to
embryonate at room temperature. The hatching period has been found to
be about 32 days. The first notable development was noticed after 14 days,
when the polygonal outlines of ciliated epidermal plates becaz2 evident.
This event was followed by the appearance of an eye spot. at 17 days.
(See Figure 2), and the appearance of flame cells at 18 days. All observa-
tions were made on unstained live eggs.

The taxonomic position of C. reticulata may be solved in the future
when data on the morphology of the miracidium and other larval stages
become available through this work.

We would like to acknowledge the aid provided by the Kentucky De-
partment of Fish and Wildlife Resources for the privilege of scientific

~'

Figure 2: Photomicrograph of the developing miracidium of Cathaemasia reticulata
showing eyespot.

22 John Vincent Aliff and James M. Edney

collection, and the staff of the Frankfort National Fish Hatchery for their
aid in collection of possible intermediate hosts. Summer research work was
supported by a grant from the Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological
Sciences and by a grant from the Kentucky Research Foundation.

Literature Cited

Broek, E. Van Den. 1963. Considerations of the taxonomy of the Genus
Cathaemasia Looss, 1899. (Trematoda, Cathaemasiidae) Archives
Neerlandaises de Zoologie Tome XV, 4: 472-490.

Harwood, Paul D. 1936. Notes on Tennessee Helminths III. Two trema-
todes from a Kingfisher. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 11: 251-256.

Looss, A. 1899. Weithere Beitrage zur Kenntis der Trematoden Fauna
Aegyptens. Zool. Jahrb. System 12: 521-784.

Monter, H. W. 1949. The trematode Cathaemasia pulchrosoma (Travassos

| 1916) N comb. from the body cavity of a kingfisher in Nebraska.
J. Parasitol. 35: 221.

Travassos, L. 1951. O genera Pulchrosoma Travassos 1916 e sua situacao
no sistema de trematodeos. Archquivos de Zoologia do Estado de Sao
Paulo 7,: 465-492.

Zeliff, C. Courson, 1942. Observations on Cathaemasia reticulata a trema-
tode from the Belted Kingfisher. Am. Naturalist V. LXXV, No. 760,
508-512.

Accepted July 9, 1969.

AGE AND GROWTH OF THE WESTERN BLACKNOSE DACE
RHINICHTHYS ATRATULUS MELEAGRIS
AGASSIZ, IN DOE RUN, MEADE COUNTY, KENTUCKY? 2

DONALD C. TARTER

Biology Department, Kentucky Southern College
Louisville, Kentucky 40222

INTRODUCTION

The age and growth of fishes of the different year classes reflect, to a
large extent, the well-being of the population and its ability to maintain
itself under the extant environmental conditions. Two methods applicable
to a study of the age and growth of the western blacknose dace, Rhinichthys
atratulus meleagris Agassiz, in Doe Run are the scale method (Van Oosten,
1929) and the length frequencies as displayed by the individuals of the
population (Van Oosten, 1938). These methods are particularly useful
in studies of short-lived fishes where the lengths of the different year
classes, particularly the juveniles, are easily separated and can readily be
identified by examination of the scales.

In the present study, age and growth of the western blacknose dace
were based on 3,358 specimens collected from the upper 3.1 miles of Doe
Run. Length frequencies, verified by the scale method, were used in aging
the fish. In addition, length-weight relationship, coefficient of condition,
pattern of scale development, and growth in length and weight were de-
termined.

I am sincerely grateful to Dr. Louis A. Krumholz for advice and en-
couragement throughout this study and for criticism and suggestions in
the preparation of this manuscript:

DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY AREA

A detailed description of Doe Run (Minckley, 1963) has been sum-
marized by Krumholz (1967) as a large torrent spring that rises near
Ekron, in eastern Meade County, Kentucky. The stream flows north-north-
east for about 3.5 miles and empties into Doe Valley Lake, a recent im-
poundment of more than 500 acres and about 4 miles long. As it leaves
the lake, Doe Run flows over the floodplain of the Ohio River for about 2
miles and empties into the Ohio River 3.5 miles east of Brandenburg,
Kentucky, and about 36 miles downstream from Louisville (Figure 1).

1This paper is part of a doctoral dissertation submitted to the Graduate
School, University of Louisville, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy, June 1968. It was supported in part by the U.S.
Atomic Energy Commission, under Contract No. AT-(40-1)-3540 with the Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louis A. Krumholz, Principal Investigator.

2 Contribution No. 119 (New Series) from the Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208.

9A Donald C. Tarter

0

0
VALLEY

oe
INSERT A

Dem! BRECKINRIDGE

COUNTY ’ HARDIN

Buffalo COUNTY

INSERT 8
As, ing Seurce
Siivil

Figure 1.—Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky, showing locations of collecting stations,
stream miles, extent of Doe Valley Lake, and other features. The broken line through

Doe Valley Lake shows the course of the stream prior to impoundment (after
Krumholz, 1965).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Each fish to be weighed was placed in cheesecloth to remove the excess
preservative and was immediately weighed to the nearest milligram on a
Mettler electric, single-pan balance. Total and standard lengths, to the
nearest millimeter, were determined with a divider and the reading taken
from a steel ruler. Both lengths were measured by the methods described by
Hubbs and Lagler (1958). Total length is used consistently in this study.
A conversion factor based on 274 dace of all sizes can be expressed as
follows:

Western Blacknose Dace 95

T.L.
Sant 1.23

Length frequencies, verified by the scale method, were used to de-
termine the age groups of 3,358 western blacknose dace collected from
three stations in Doe Run. Data for the monthly collections were arranged
in 2-mm length groups and the percentage frequency of each group was
determined. The scales were removed by forceps from the left side of the
body about midway between the dorsal fin and lateral line. Four or five
scales were mounted in water under a cover slip and the number of annuli
counted with the aid of magnification from a conventional scale reader.
The most important characteristics used to recognize the annuli were
crowding of circuli and the “cutting over” of circuli near the lateral margin
of the scale (Lagler, 1956).

The relationship between total length and weight was calculated from
data on 3,358 western blacknose dace from three stations in Doe Run.
There were no consistent differences in length and weight when each sta-
tion was determined separately. For ease in presentation, those data were
placed in 3-mm length groups and plotted on the average millimeter in-
terval. A curve was constructed comparing empirical averages with cal-
culated values. The following length-weight equation, in logarithmic form,
was solved by the method of least squares:

Log W = loga+nlogL
where W = weight in grams,
L = total length in millimeters, and
log a and n = constants.

As a part of the study of the length-weight relationship, K, the coeffici-
ent of condition, the physical condition of a fish, was calculated for 3,358
dace (sexes combined), and 743 dace (sexes separate), using the follow-
ing equation:

W x 108

L3
where W = weight in grams,

L = total length in millimeters.

K=

Standard length usually is used in this equation since the caudal fin
contributes very little to the total weight, but for consistency in length
measurements, I used total length.

Growth curves based on 3,358 dace, were constructed for each age
group, from monthly averages in length, to obtain the absolute growth
rate. Growth curves also were constructed from computed lengths and
weights for comparison with computed increments of length and weight
for each age group. The percentage increase for length and weight of
each age group was calculated.

A series of smaller dace was preserved in 10 percent formalin for
studying the pattern of scale development.

26 Donald C. Tarter

AGE AND GROWTH
Age Groups

Length frequencies were used to distinguish the age groups of dace
collected monthly from three stations in Doe Run (Figure 2). Histograms
constructed for each station were quite useful in separating the younger
age groups, but the overlap between the older age groups limited their
usefulness.

Age groups were designated by Roman numerals to indicate the age
in years of fish. A fish which belonged to Age Group II had two annuli.
There was very little overlap between Age Group 0 and Age Group I in
the length-frequency distribution, but it increased between the older age
groups. The number of annuli on the scales of fish in the areas of overlap
was helpful in separating the older age groups. Three complete age groups,
O, I, and IJ, were represented in the population, and there were a few
individuals belonging to Age Group III.

Length-Weight Relationship and Coefficient of Condition

The length-weight relationship of the western blacknose dace in Doe
Run was expressed by the following equation:
Weal
where W = weight in grams,
L = total length in millimeters, and
a and n = constants.

The values for a and n were computed mathematically by the method of
least squares. The equation was fitted to the average total lengths and
weights between 28 and 88 mm in Figure 3, A and B, respectively. The
length-weight equation is:

Wea 28 Ona e eee

There was a high coefficient of correlation (r = .90) between total length
and weight of dace collected from Doe Run.

In Figure 3, the circles represent empirical length-weight averages
and the curve was plotted from the total lengths and calculated weights
using the length-weight equation in Table 1. The calculated weights agreed
quite well with the empirical weights and provided additional evidence
that the length-weight equation can be used to determine the weight of a
dace in Doe Run if only its length is known. The curve showed a gradual
rise with increasing total lengths of dace, indicating that the weight in-
creased proportionately faster than the total length of dace. A thorough
review of the length-weight relationship in fishes was reported by Beck-
man (1948).

Calculations of the coefficient of condition (K), based on the cube
law, are:

WSK

K Li

Western Blacknose Dace OF.

10- December
342 Fish
O- Roe > eo 1 =-

io= November
gre 598 Fish
O- SO )
Io- October
527 Fish
Oo-
10- September
er 287 Fish
ae O- SSS Oe -_
POs August
< 176 Fish
° o- Dolan ie ae Pes
]
o 10- July
e ne 516 Fish
be O- — —_—
u 20-
June
10- 460 Fish
@® O- = AS pe! Ss ee eae
=! 10- May
28 Fish
ia o- Q el 0) eal) [4 0
j
8 at ee
eee oe es
a
10- March
107 Fish
o- Sessa | oe nee Hess Ss
10- February
| pm m 84 Fish
o- come
1i0- January
ar eel n 142 Fish
Or | \ Pe-lejses !
.e) 20 40 60 80 100 120

Total Length, Millimeters

Figure 2.—Length frequencies at monthly intervals of western blacknose dace from
three stations in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

98 Donald C. Tarter

Improvement in the condition of the fish is represented by an increase in
the value of K (Van Oosten, 1938).

The results, calculated from empirical length-weight data on the dace
(Table 1) indicate that longer fish are relatively heavier bodied, since the

Grams

Weight,

Total Length, Millimeters

Figure 3.—Length-weight relationship of western blacknose dace from three stations
in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

Western Blacknose Dace 29

TABLE 1. Length-weight relationship and coefficient of condition (K) of western black-
nose dace, based on empirical and calculated weights of 3,358 individuals, arranged in
3-mm length groups, from three stations in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

Average Average Calculated
Total Length Weight Weight K
(mm) (g) (g)

8 0.003 0.003 S59
10 0.007 0.006 0.70
13 0.01 0.01 0.46
16 0.02 0.03 0.49
iy) 0.05 0.05 0.58
22 0.07 0.08 0.66
25 0.11 OsL2 0.70
28 0.16 0.17 0-73
31 0.22 0.24 0.74
34 0.29 0.33 0.74
37 0.38 0.43 0.75
40 0.49 0.55 0.77
43 0.60 0.70 0.76
46 0.74 0.87 0.76
49 0.89 1.09 0.76
52 1.09 1.11 0.78
539 7.29 33 0.78
58 1.58 1.58 0.81
61 1.82 1.86 0.80
64 205 2.18 0.82
67 2.48 2693 0.83
70 2.88 292 0.84
73 3.28 3.34 0.84
76 3.73 3.81 0.85
79 4.28 4.32 0.87
82 4.76 4.88 0.86
85 5.42 5.48 0.88
88 6.08 6.14 0.89
91 7.02 6.85 O9s
94 93 Tot 0.96
97 8.54 8.43 0.94

100 oT) 9.30 0.98
103 10.54 10.34 0.97
106 11.69 as 74 0.98
109 2761 12.43 0.98
ie? 14.17 135352 POL
115 16.08 14.74 1.06
118 17.26 16.04 1.05
124 18.21 sof 0.96

i ——————————

30 Donald C. Tarter

slope of the logarithmic length-weight equation is greater than 3.0. The
value of K increased with age since fish tend to gain proportionately more
in weight than in length (Figure 3) as they grow older (Rounsefell and
Everhart, 1953).

An attempt was made to determine if any sexual differences in the
coefficient of condition were present during the different seasons (Figure
4). Generally, both sexes showed similar fluctuations in condition in all
seasons except winter. The mean coefficient of condition for both sexes
started to increase in the middle of spring and reached its highest value
just priod to spawning. Condition declined after spawning and was some-
what constant in summer. Females showed a sudden rise in condition in
early fall. Males sharply declined in condition in early winter but gradually
increased from then until spring. The decline in condition of males in
winter and early spring may be correlated with the high percentage of
empty stomachs (Tarter, in press). The good condition of females in winter,
early fall, and early spring may be correlated with the low percentages
of empty stomachs at various stations during those seasons. Females had a
higher mean coefficient of condition (1.22) than males (1.04), and the
combined average of both sexes was 1.13 (based on 743 sexed specimens) ;
the range was 0.94 to 1.57. The average coefficient of condition based on
3,358 specimens from Doe Run (sexes combined) was 0.82; the range
was 0.46 to 1.06. The lower coefficient of condition was to be expected
from the larger number of specimens since many of them were small.

1.60

8 1.40
=
i<
te}
(S)
5 1.20
Females
& All Fish
oo /_-Males
= 1.00
°o
oO

Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov

Figure 4.—Mean coefficient of condition of both sexes of western blacknose dace col-
lected at all seasons from three stations in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.
Pattern of Scale Development

The pattern and sequence of scale development in western blacknose
dace follows the pattern common to other minnows. No scales were found

Western Blacknose Dace 31

on any dace less than 19 mm total length. There were a few cycloid scales
along the lateral line area on the caudal peduncle of dace 19 mm long.
As the fish increased in length, scale development proceeded gradually
anteriorly from the caudal peduncle along the lateral line area with more
scale rows developing below the lateral line than above it. By the time
the fish reached a length of 21 mm, the scale pattern had developed
beyond the origin of the dorsal fin, and had reached the area of the pec-
toral fins at a total length of 23 mm. Western blacknose dace in Doe Run
are completely scaled at a total length of 26 to 27 mm.

Growth in Length and Weight

Total Length

The greatest absolute growth occurred during the first two years of
life, with a gradual decline in the third year, in western blacknose dace
collected from Doe Run (Figure 5). A preliminary study, based on 743
dace, indicated that only a small difference existed between the growth
rates of males and females. Females were only slightly larger than males,
therefore all the growth curves were based on combined data from both
sexes. Growth rate was slightly faster the first year, and slowest in the

Length, Millimeters

Total

Average

Year of Life

Figure 5.—Average calculated total length at the end of each year of life (solid line),
and average yearly increment of growth (broken line) of western blacknose dace
in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

32 Donald C. Tarter

third year (Table 2). If the average length at the end of the third year.

of life (104 mm) is taken as 100 percent, it is obvious that 45 percent and
85 percent of the total length was completed by the end of the first and
second years of life, respectively. The total length at the end df each year
of life and also the annual increments of length are shown graphically in
Figure 5. The percentage increases in total length for the second and third
years of life are listed in Table 2.

TABLE 2. Average calculated total lengths in millimeters, annual increments of length,
and annual percentage increase in total lengths of western blacknose dace in Doe Run,
Meade County, Kentucky.

Year of Life

il ve 3
Total Length 47 88 104
Increment of length 47 41 16
Percentage of increase —_ 87 18

The average total length for each month of life for each age group is
shown graphically in Figure 6. Young-of-the-year dace were collected in
June and averaged 10 mm in total length. The smallest dace fry collected
was 8 mm total length. The growth rate of dace was quite rapid during
the summer and early fall of the first year of life, and they averaged be-
tween 32 and 39 mm total length from September through November.
Growth during winter was limited and dace of Age Group 0 averaged
only about 38 mm long in early spring. Age Group I also grew rapidly in
summer and averaged between 70 and 75 mm in fall. Inadequate sampling
of dace in winter, due to high discharge in Doe Run, no doubt accounted
for the somewhat erratic values during that season. Growth gradually in-
creased again in spring. The growth rate of Age Group II was much slower
in summer than the younger age groups. Dace in that age group reached
a fairly constant level of growth in late summer and fall. The decline in
growth in spring, especially in May, probably was due to inadequate
sampling of fish because of secretive habits of spawning dace. A few fish
(Age Group III) lived on into the fourth year of life but inadequate num-
bers of specimens prevented any interpretation of growth.

Weight

The absolute growth curve of weight increased very slowly during the
first year of life (Figure 7), quite the antithesis of length. The curve of

Western Blacknose Dace 33

ee ee

120

° 100

= 457 Specimens
E

= 80

=

>

iJ

= 758 Specimens
_ 60

\~]

°

-

o 40

= 2131 Specimens
<

20

Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May

Figure 6.—Average total lengths of age groups based on measurements of 3,358 western
blacknose dace from Stations |, II, and III, Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

weight rose sharply in the second and third years of life. The increment
curve increased rapidly during the second year and declined only slightly
during the third year of life. The average calculated weight (from length-
weight equation), annual increments of weight, and annual percentage
increase in weight are listed in Table 3. The percentage increase of weight
during the second and third years of life was about 6 and 4 times greater,
respectively, than the percentage increase in length during that same
period. If the average weight at the end of the third year of life (10.6
grams) is taken as 100 percent, it is apparent that only 9 percent of the
growth in weight was completed by the end of the first year and that an
additional 50 percent was completed at the end of the second year of life.
During the third year of life in Doe Run an additional 41 percent of the
weight is added.

34 Donald C. Tarter

) 2 3

Year of Life

Figure 7.—Average calculated weight at the end of each year of life (solid line) and
average yearly increment of growth (broken line) of western blacknose dace in Doe
Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

TABLE 3. Average calculated weights in grams corresponding to the average calculated
total lengths in Table 2, annual increments of weight, and annual percentage increases in
weight of western blacknose dace in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.

Deena

Year of Life

i 2 3
Calculated weight 1.0 6.1 10.6
Increment of weight iLs{@) Deal: 4.5
Percentage of increase -- 510 74

Western Blacknose Dace 35

The percentages of length and weight indicated that 45 percent of
the total length is reached by the end of the first year of life, but that
nearly two years are necessary to reach an equivalent percentage of weight.

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS AND DISCUSSION

Length-frequency analysis is based on the assumption that the lengths
of fish of one age group show variation in a normal distribution (Rounse-
fell and Everhart, 1953). Fish of successive ages are clustered about suc-
cessive lengths so that when data are plotted from a sample of the pop-
ulation, the different age groups can be recognized (Lagler, 1956). The
longevity of the western blacknose dace in Doe Run usually is three years,
with some individuals living into the fourth year of life. It is doubtful that
any dace completed four years of life in Doe Run.

Traver (1929) and Noble (1964) reported that there were two age
groups and three age groups, respectively, in blacknose dace populations
they studied. Kuehn (1949) found five age groups and four age groups
in females and males, respectively, in the longnose dace from rivers in
southeastern Minnesota.

The relative relationship between lengths and weights of fishes can
be expressed in numerical terms (degree of well-being, plumpness, rel-
ative robustness) using the coefficient of condition, K (Hile, 1936; Lagler,
1956). The values of the coefficient of condition are used to indicate the
suitability of an environment by comparing fish from a specific area with
a general average for an entire region (Rounsefell and Everhart, 1953).
Hile (1936) presented a thorough review of the coefficient of condition
in fishes, and indicated that the weight of a fish may be considered a func-
tion of its length. If specific gravity and form were constant throughout
the life of a fish, the relationship could be expressed by the cube law
(W = cL?, where W = weight, L = length, and c = constant). Wide
variation exists in nature for the value of c, which is not constant for a
species or population. Noble (1964) reported the coefficient of condition
(sexes combined) of backnose dace in Iowa to range from about 1.4 to 1.9,
but no data were given for December, January, or February. No averages
for sexes separate or combined were given for comparison. Males were
more robust at one station and females at another station in his study.

The direct proportion method for aging fish has been in use for many
years (Van Oosten, 1929), and assumes a direct proportion between the
growth of the scale and growth of the body throughout the life of the fish.
Since it is well known that newly hatched fishes do not have scales, it
was suggested by Fraser (1916) that a correction factor must be intro-
duced as an addendum to the direct proportion method. The length of the
body prior to development of the scales must be subtracted from the actual
total length since it was present before any scales were formed. Such a
correction factor is determined by actual measurements from specimens at

36 Donald C. Tarter

hand or by extrapolating the regression line obtained when scale length
is plotted against body length.

The longest male and female dace collected from Doe Run were 121
mm (Station III) and 128 mm total length (Station Il), respectively, both
in their fourth year of life. The longest blacknose dace previously re-
ported in the literature, so far as I could determine, was by Moore et al.
(1934), who reported an individual of 97 mm total length but did not
report the sex. Kuehn (1949) reported that the largest longnose dace in
his study was a 124-mm female, and that males never exceeded 96 mm
total length. Traver (1929) indicated that the largest blacknose dace
taken from Cascadilla Creek, New York, was 63 mm but did not indicate
whether the measurement was in total length or standard length.

The heaviest male and female dace collected from Doe Run weighed
17.2 grams (Station III) and 20.9 grams (Station II), respectively. The
stage of development of the eggs in the female was no doubt partly re-
sponsible for the greater weight.

The constancy of water temperature, abundance of food on a yearly
basis, and a long growing season at this latitude were important factors
in Doe Run which influenced the fast rate of growth and produced larger
blacknose dace than any reported in the literature.

Literature Cited

Beckman, W. C. 1948. The length-weight relationship, factors for conver-
sion between standard and total lengths, and coefficients of condition
for seven Michigan fishes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc., 75:237-256.

Fraser, C. 1916. Growth of the spring salmon. Trans. Pac. Fish. Soc.,
2:29-39.

Hile, R. 1936. Age and growth of the cisco, Leucichthys artedi (LeSueur),
in the lakes of the northeastern highlands, Wisconsin. Bull. U. S. Bur.
Fish., 48(19) :211-317.

Hubbs, C. L., and K. F. Lagler, 1964. Fishes of the Great Lakes region.
(revised ed.). Univ. Mich. Press, Ann Arbor, Mich. 213 pp.

Krumholz, L. A. 1965. A radioecological study of the biota of Doe Run,
Meade County, Kentucky. USAEC Doc. No. TID-22815. Microfiche.

————— . 1967. Accumulation of radioactive fallout materials in the biota
of Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky. 1959-63. In Radioecological
Concentration Processes. Pergamon Press, New York. Pp. 791-818.

Kuehn, J. H. 1949. A study of a population of longnose dace Rhinichthys
c. cataractae. Proc. Minn. Acad. Sci. 17:81-87.

Lagler, K. F. 1956. Freshwater fishery biology, W. C. Brown Co. Dubuque,
Iowa. 421 pp.

Minckley, W. L. 1963. The ecology of a spring stream: Doe Run, Meade
County, Kentucky. Wildl. Monogr., 11:1-124.

Western Blacknose Dace 37

Moore, E., J. R. Greeley, C. W. Greene, H. M. Faigenbaum, F. R. Nevin,
and H. K. Townes. 1934. A problem in trout stream management.
Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 64:68-80.

Noble, R. L. 1964. Life history and ecology of western blacknose dace,
Rhinichthys atratulus meleagris Agassiz, Boone County, Iowa. Unpub-
lished master’s thesis, lowa State University, Ames, Iowa. 76 pp.

Rounsefell, G. A., and W. H. Everhart. 1953. Fishery Science. John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York. 444 pp.

Tarter, D. C. 1969. Food Habits of the Western Blacknose Dace Rhinichthys
atratulus meleagris Agassiz, in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.
Am. Midl. Nat. (In press).

Traver, J. R. 1929. The habits of the black-nosed dace, Rhinichthys
atronasus (Mitchill). J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 45(1):101-125.
Van Oosten, J. 1929. Life history of the lake herring (Leucichthys artedi
LeSueur) of Lake Huron as revealed by its scales, with a critique of

the scale method. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., 44, 1928 (1929) :265-428.

————— . 1938. The age and growth of the Lake Erie sheepshead, Aplodin-
otus grunniens Rafinesque. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Lett., 23
(1937 ) :651-668.

Received December 31, 1968; Accepted July 9, 1969.

A STUDY ON PLETHODON RICHMONDI FROM MASON
COUNTY, KENTUCKY, WITH NOTES ON ITS
DISTRIBUTION WITHIN THE STATE

JAMES T. WALLACE*

Department of Biology, Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

The Ravine salamander, Plethodon richmondi, thought for many years
to be an aberrant form of Plethodon cinereus, was first described by Net-
ting and Mittleman, 1938. Since then, few papers concerning P. richmondi
in Kentucky have been published. The species is recorded in the literature
from 13 counties in Kentucky. These literature records are as follows:
Adams (1940, unpublished thesis), Breathitt, Floyd, Harlan, Knott, Law-
ernce, Pike and Perry Counties; Dury and Gessing (1940), Kenton, Camp-
bell, Harlan and Carter Counties; Schmidt (1953), Carter and Fayette
Counties; Welter and Barbour (1940), Carter and Rowan Counties; Bar-
bour (1953), Harlan County; and Wallace and Barbour (1957), Mason
County.

The zoological collection of the University of Kentucky contains speci-
mens from all of the above named counties with the addition of 18 others.
These are Bath, Bell, Boyd, Bracken, Clark, Harrison, Jefferson, Jessamine,
Leslie, Madison, Montgomery, Nicholas, Pendleton, Powell, Robertson,
Rockcastle, Scott and Wolfe counties. The distribution of these published
and unpublished records is shown in Figure 1.

Over a four year period from 1953-1956, a total of 230 specimens
were collected from 13 localities in Mason County, in northern Kentucky.
In general, the area is steeply sloping, well drained, and possessed of
numerous outcroppings of limestone. A number of the specimens were
found to be unsatisfactory for the study of certain variables; however,
as much data as possible was taken.

METHODS

The following items of data were taken:

a) Snout-vent length (s.v.)—From the tip of the snout to the posterior
end of the vent;

b) Tail length (t.I.)—Posterior end of the vent to the posterior tip of the
tail;

c) Costal grooves (c.g.)—The groove in close approximation to the axilla
of the forearm was counted as number one. The two branches of the

* Present address: Department of Histology, School of Dental Medicine,
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.

Study on Plethodon Richmondi 39
Ss oe
aA F

Be Ki (ac \
S Bago S
( (Ra @.
Piukg wr

%
igh @:
3;

sere CON

GURE
VW

40 James T. Wallace

Y pattern, sometimes present just anterior to the hind legs, were counted
separately as two grooves;
d) Vomerine teeth (v.t.)—Counted via use of stereoscopic scope.

e) Sex determination—Adult males were recognized by the presence of
cloacal papillae. The females lack these papillae. Juvenile specimens
were cut open and examined for the presence of darkening testes in the
males or slightly swollen ovaries in the females or the presence of eggs.

REPRODUCTION

Wallace and Barbour (1957) described the eggs and newly hatched
young of Plethodon richmondi found in the care of two adults of the species.
The author has not found the eggs of this species in nature since that time.
However, females having ovarian eggs were collected in March, April and
November. Of the 94 females captured in March, 68 specimens (71.4%)
contained ovarian eggs. These ranged from 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm in diameter.
Twenty-three of the 35 females (60.7%) captured in April contained eggs
of the same range diameter as in March. None of the three females taken
in July contained developing eggs. Three of the five females collected in
November were gravid. The eggs, however, ranged from only 0.5m to
1.0mm in diameter. This would indicate that laying had probably taken
place in May or early June as suggested by the size of eggs found in the
specimens collected in March and April.

In all, 137 females were taken, of which 94 (68.6%) were gravid.
The snout-vent length of the gravid females was similar in most cases. In
March, the average snout-vent length of the gravid females was 51.6 mm; in
April, 53.1mm; and in November, 47.6mm. The smallest female with
developing eggs was 35 mm snout-vent with a tail of 61 mm. This specimen
was taken on March 2, 1956, and was probably beginning its breeding
cycle for the first time. The average number of eggs per female for each
month ranged from 7.9 to 8.7 eggs per gravid female (Tables 1 and 2).

TABLE 1. Egg diameter as related to month of collection.

EGG SIZE MARCH APRIL JULY NOVEMBER

IN MM.

0.5 t aL - 1
1.0 20 2 - 2
IAG} alah 6 a 2
2.0 23 12 = 2
2e5 ik 2 # m
3.0 6 2 - a

355) ot — - -

Study on Plethodon Richmondi 4]

TABLE 2. Comparative collecion and reproduction data.

MONTH NO. NO. NO. % FEMALES AVG. NO. AVG. SIZE
MALES FEMALES FEMALES WITH EGGS EGGS PER FEMALES
WITH EGGS FEMALE WITH EGGS
* MM.
MARCH 60 oh 68 Talo! 8.7 51.6
APRIL 2h 35 23 65.7 7.9 Does
JULY I 3 = = z i
NOVEMBER 1 5 3 60 8.3 47.6
ANALYSIS

Costal groove counts were made on 221 specimens. Table 3 concerns
the number of costal grooves associated with animals of different snout-
vent lengths. Five specimens had costal groove counts of 18, 27 had 19,
4 had 22, and 1 had 23 costal grooves. It is easily seen from Table 3 that
19-21 costal grooves is the most common.

On 83 males and 135 female specimens, costal groove counts, counts
of the number of vomerine teeth in each half of the upper jaw, and a
measure of the snout-vent length was taken. Tail length and total length
were measurable on 48 of the 83 males, and 107 of the 135 females, in
addition to the above measures listed for the larger group.

Tables 4, 5, and 6 contain the statistical values calculated from the
raw data. T-tests of the difference between means and F-tests of the ratios
between variances and of the ratios between the coefficients of variation
squared were performed. Those values which were found to be statis-
tically significant at P = 0.05 are indicated by asterisks and those sig-
nificant at P = 0.01 by double asterisks.

TABLE 3. Costal groove count as related to snout-vent length.

S.V. LENGTH IN MM. TOTAL NUMBER OF COSTAL GROOVES
18 19 20 aul 22 23
30 1 4 6 3 o a
ho 3 10 41 2h 2 -
50 1 12 73 36 1 ak
60 - 1 1 - iL -

SPECIMENS PER
GROOVE SERIES 5 27 TOA fy 463 4 1

42 James T. Wallace

TABLE 4. Comparative statistics as related to sex and morphological character involved.

COSTAL -VOMERINE VOMERINE SNOUT*VENT TAIL TOTAL

GROOVES TEETH TEETH LENGTH LENGTH

M F R-M L-M R-F L-F M F M F M F
N 83 135 83 83 135 135 83 135 48 107 48 107
2 20.19 20:18 5.08 5.14 5.33 5.41 48.22 50.77 43.64 48.W6 91.35 99.43
8 0.76 0.79 1.07 1.12 1.19 1.14 4.50 5.51 8.40 8017.64 12.02 12.73
5. 0.08 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.49 0.47 1.21 0.74 1.73 1.23
cv «3.74 3.92 21.10 21.71 22.33 21.20 9.34 10.85 19.24 15.76 13.15 12.80

TABLE 5. Calculated t values for selected mean and variance comparisons.
P = 0.05 (*); P= 0.01 (**).

COSTAL VOMERINE VOMERINE SNOUT-VENT TAIL TOTAL,
GROOVES TEETH TEETH LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH
M-F (R,M)-(R,F) (L,M)-(L, F) M-F M-F M-F
t. 0.094 1.564 1.709 3.550% 4 .660%* 891%
M-(R-L) F-(R-L)
te 0.353 0.560
TABLE 6. Calculated F values for selected mean and yariance comparisons.
P = 0.05 (*); P=0.01 (**).
COSTAL VOMERINE VOMERINE SNOUT-VENT TATL TOTAL
GROOVES TEETH TEETH LENGTH LENGTH § LENGTH
M-F (R,M)-(R,F) (L,M)-(L, F) M-F M-F M-F
Fo 1.09 1.23 1.06 1.50* 1.21 1.08
M-(R-L) F-(R-L)
Fo 1.08 1.07

No statistical differences were found between the mean costal groove
counts of the separate sexes. No statistical differences were found in the
mean number of vomerine teeth either between sides within the sexes or
within sides between sexes.

Th mean snout-vent lengths between the sexes and the variance ratios
were statistically significant at P = 0.01, df.co, t, (table value) = 2.575
and P = 0.05, d.f. (females 100, males 80), t, = 1.42, respectively. Both
the tail length and total length means were statistically significant between
the sexes at P= 0.01, df.co, t, = 2.575; however, neither the variance
ratio between the sexes for the tail length or total length was statistically
significant at P = 0.05.

Study on Plethodon Richmondi 43

None of the ratios of (C.V.)? between sexes were significant at the
P = 0.05 level. Neither, in the case of the vomerine teeth, were the (C.V.)?
ratios between sides within sexes statistically significant at P = 0.05.

The coefficients of variation are rather high for all variables except
the number of costal grooves. Such high values are usually indicative of
either an insufficient sized sample or an extremely variable biological
system. The latter appears to be the most probable considering the size of
the sample involved.

The coefficient of variation is used as a means of relating the measure
of absolute variation, the standard deviation, to a measure of absolute size,
the mean. The use of this statistic depends on the assumption that varia-
tion is relative to absolute size in the biological sense.

F-tests were made of the values of ratios between coefficients of varia-
tion squared since the squaring process allows a test of the variance di-
vided by the mean squared of the samples.

The statistical treatment of the data suggests that both sexes are under
similar developmental regulation as indicated by the general lack of static-
tical differences between the variance measurements of the two sexes. The
greater absolute size of the females, however, is statistically different from
that of the males, thus, defining this parameter as a populational sexual
dimorphism, rather than as a response to widely different biological mech-
anisms within the species.

Literature Cited

Adams, William, Jr. 1940. Some amphibia of Eastern Kentucky. Unpub-
lished Thesis. George Peabody College for Teachers, Nashville, Ten-
nessee.

Barbour, Roger W. 1953. The amphibians of Big Black Mountain, Harlan
County, Kentucky. Copeia 1953:84-89.

Duellman, William E. 1954. The salamander Plethodon richmondi in South-
western Ohio. Copeia 1954:40-45.

Dury, Ralph and William Gessing, Jr. 1940. Additions to the herpetofauna
of Kentucky. Herpetologica 2:31-32.

Netting, M. Graham and M. B. Mittleman 1938. Description of P. rich-
mondi, a new salamander from West Virginia and Ohio. Ann. Car-
negie Museum 27:287-293.

Schmidt, Karl P. 1953. A check list of North American amphibians and
reptiles. Amer. Soc. Ichth. and Herp., Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago,
6th ed., 280 pp.

Simpson, George G., Ann Roe, and Richard C. Lewontin 1960. Quantitative
Zoology. Harcourt, Brace and Company, New York, 440 pp.

Wallace, James T. and Roger W. Barbour 1957. Observations on the eggs
and young of Plethodon richmondi. Copeia 1957:48.

44 James T. Wallace

Welter, Wilfred and Roger W. Barbour 1940. Additions to the herpeto-
fauna of Northeastern Kentucky. Copeia 1940:132-133.

Wood, John T. 1945. Plethodon richmondi in Green County, Ohio. Copeia
1945:49.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The author wishes to thank Dr. Roger W.
Barbour, Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky, for the loan of
some of the specimens used in this study.

Accepted July 10, 1969.

SOME NOTES ON THE GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT AND
DISTRIBUTION OF OCHROTOMYS NUTTALLI
(HARLAN) IN KENTUCKY

JAMES T. WALLACE*

Department of Biology Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

Ochrotomys nuttalli (Harlan), the golden mouse, occupies primarily
the southeastern quadrant of the United States from southern Virginia
west throughout Kentucky, southern Illinois, southeastern Missouri, eastern
Oklahoma, eastern Texas and southeast to Florida. Although widely dis-
tributed, the golden mouse has not been extensively studied in Kentucky;
therefore, the presentation of additional data concerning this species is
particularly relevant.

Goodpaster and Hoffmeister (1954) produced a comprehensive study
of the life history of the golden mouse in Kentucky, while Barbour (1942,
1951), has added important details about nests and habitat of the species
within the state. No other literature references concerning the golden
mouse in Kentucky are known to the author. Primarily among the publica-
tions concerning Ochrotomys in other states are studies of its home range
(Dunaway, 1955); ectoparasites (Layne, 1958); response to different small
mammal traps (Sealander and James, 1958); response to flooding (Mc-
Carley, 1959); ecology, behavior and population dynamics (McCarley,
1958); spermatozoa (Hirth, 1960); growth and development (Layne,
1960); distribution (Brown, 1963); hematology (Gough and Kilgore,
1964); nests (Packard and Garner, 1954); and litter size (Blus, 1966).

Although the above publications treat, in detail, many of the important
aspects of the biology of Ochrotomys, the golden mouse has not been suf-
ficiently studied within enough portions of its range for an adequate an-
alysis of its geographic variation; therefore, the following data will sup-
plement the slowly growing literature concerning this species.

The author has had the opportunity to study the litters of several golden
mice collected within the state; however, the data presented here consist
of only the most complete and consecutive records kept on any of the
litters. Fragmentary data collected on other litters support, in general,
the following description of the growth and development of this single
litter of three males.

An adult female was captured near Colossal Cave, Mammoth Cave
National Park (MCNP), Edmonson County, Kentucky, April 23, 1961
and had been retained in isolation 34 days before the birth of young oc-
curred at 12:20 P.M., May 27, 1961. The young were not disturbed for
weighing until 9:15 P.M. of the same day at which time a single member

* Present address: Department of Histology, School of Dental Medicine,
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.

46 James T. Wallace

was found to weigh 2.56 grams. By way of comparison, three young of a
Madison County female, captured on July 18, 1961, weighed 1.75, 1.76,
and 1.66 grams, respectively, at one day post-natal on July 27, 1961.

Positive righting reactions were immediately noticeable at birth and
nursing began within minutes after parturition. The milk obtained during
nursing was easily visible in the swelled stomach through the ventral
abdominal wall. The eyes were closed.

On the second day following birth, the tail showed a slight bicoloration
being darker dorsally. Ventrally the caudal vein was prominent and easily
visible through the light ochrous fur. The whiskers were five millimeters
in length. Squeaking of the litter mates was frequent. Nursing was vigor-
ous, but the young could remain attached to the nipples during only a few
inches of travel when the female left the nest. In general, the body fur
showed dorsal darkening.

Changes in body weight, crown rump length, tail, ear, hind foot and
whisker length were recorded periodically. These data appear in the ac-
companying tables, and will be discussed later.

Four days after birth, righting reactions were more rapid, upright
wobbling about a point occurred and a tenacious attachment to the nipples
of the mother was demonstrable. Development of the ventral abdominal
fur resulted in a pale opaque pelage which almost obscured the stomach
when viewed ventrally. Increased darkening of the ochrous dorsal tail fur
occurred while the ventral tail pelage became slate colored. The pinnae
of ears remained folded closed and became cinnamon colored on the
anterior apical edges and posterior-dorsal portions.

Six days post-partem, the litter mates were agile and ran about blindly
upon release, demonstrated a distinct clinging reaction, and hung on the
finger of the author in an inverted position when it was presented to them.
Distinct openings were visible at the ear locations. The ventral abdominal
pelage lengthened as a short pale fur while the lateral areas became light
brown.

At eight days, the eyes remained closed and the young, attached to
the nipples, accompanied the female when she journied from the nest.
Body fur extended posteriorly over and covered the base of the tail.
Squeaking became decidedly more frequent. The dorsal pelage took on
the dark ochorous color of the adults and the white ventral fur appeared
distinctly dense.

Nine days after birth, the scrotal sac of the males began to enlarge
and the eyes remained closed.

Eye opening occurred on the 12th day; however, considerable squint-
ing was noticeable. Marked difference in mobility was observed and the
young tended to jump on the hand or any object held near by. The well
furred ears were sensitive to being touched and became folded against
the head when disturbed. The ventral abdominal fur showed a yellowish
tinge.

Fifteen days after birth, squeaking gave way to chattering, nursing was

Growth, Development & Distribution of Ochrotomys Nuttalli 47

reduced to infrequent periods, the ears were shaped as in adults, sitting
occurred upon release, and the eyes ceased to be overly sensitive to the
light.

Full weaning had occurred by 24 days of age with no nursing being
observed.

DISTRIBUTION

The distribution of Ochrotomys nuttalli (Harlan) in Kentucky has not
been adequately established; however, from the pattern of the distribu-
tion records available to date, it appears that the animal occupies pri-
marily the eastern, southern and western portions of the state. Excluded
are the central Inner Bluegrass area and the non-mountainous portions
of the Outer Bluegrass region both of which are within the confines of
the Knobs.

Osgood (1909) reported the golden mouse from Lincoln County, Ken-
tucky; Welter and Sollberger (1939) and Barbour (1942) reported speci-
mens from Rowan County. Specimens from Harlan County were reported
by Barbour (1951), and Barbour (personal communication) reported the
collection of Ochrotomys in Hickman, Breathitt, Madison, and Bullitt
County. Goodpaster and Hoffmeister (1954) reporter golden mice from
Lewis, Carter, and Edmonson County. The author has collected Ochrotomys
in Barren, Hickman, Hopkins, Christian, Madison and Edmonson County
and has reliably sighted the species in Hart County.

The following data pertain to specimens collected by the author:
BARREN COUNTY, Kentucky, 0.4: mi. ENE Little Hope Church, 0.1 mi.
NW Sand Cave, Mammoth Cave National Park (MCNP), 22 April 1961,
elevation 910’, adult female, total length 187 mm, tail 84.5, hind foot 18.5,
and ear (from notch) 19.5, with 3 fully furred young, eyes open, attached
to nipples, from nest 12’ high in cedar tree; CHRISTIAN COUNTY, Ken-
tucky, 1 mi. NNW of park lodge, Pennyrile State Forest, 3 July, 1961,
elevation 450’, adult male (187-88-20-18), testes 10 mm by 15 mm long
(scrotal), 26.1 gms, honeysuckle (Lonicera) covered fence row, also, adult
scared from a nest 7’ high in a honeysuckle covered pine tree, Pennyrile
State Forest 9 mi. S Dawson Springs, 1 July, 1961, several empty nests
were found.in the area; EDMONSON COUNTY, Kentucky, 0.7 mi. S.
Mammoth Cave Church, near Colossal Cave, MCNP, Flint Ridge, 23 April,
1961, elevation 620’, adult female with three young, darkly pigmented,
eyes not open, nest 7’ above ground and 24 way out limb of cedar tree of
30-35’ height, HART COUNTY, Kentucky, specimen sighted by the author
as it climbed about in a tree after leaving the nest (date unrecorded);
HICKMAN COUNTY, Kentucky, 1.2 mi. S. Beulah, route 307, Murphey’s
Pond Swamp, honeysuckle growth contained a nest with three subadult
males, 5 November, 1966; HOPKINS COUNTY, Kentucky, 1.37 mi. NW
junction Ky. 109 and U.S. 62, 1 July, 1961, elevation 460’, adult male
(160-74-18-17), testes 5 x 8 (scrotal), 18.0 grams, captured within a

48 James T. Wallace

3’ stand of annuals growing in boggy soil near the outlet from a 4-H camp
lake. A dead tree with numerous cavities was located about 18’ from the
trap site. MADISON COUNTY, Kentucky, 1.2 mi. S. Bighill (town) on
U.S. route 421, 18 July, 1961, elevation 900’, adult female, numerous
empty nests located in honeysuckle and green-brier; 19 November, 1966,
old and newly constructed nests, 3 females were snap-trapped, (184-86-
19.5-20, 170-74-18-18, 185-86-18.5-19), two others disturbed from nest
in greenbrier (Smilax); 20 November, 1966, one male captured as it
leaped from its nest in the greenbrier; 25 November, 1966, 3 females, 6
males, captured in live traps during one night.

GROWTH RATES

The geometric growth rates of a selected number of variables were
determined in order that an approximation could be made of the stages
of development represented by specimens captured in the field.

Table 1 contains the means (x) of the weights, length of hind foot, tail,
ear, whiskers, and total length of young O. nuttalli over various continuous
intervals of time.

The natural logs of the measures were used in the calculation of the
geometric growth rates over each time period via the formula

_ log. Yi - log, Yo

K
2 t, - ty

The values of Kg (Table 2) demonstrate the sharp increase in the
geometrical growth rate of the variables during the first few days of post-
natal development followed by a generally gradual decrease in rate as
the mice continue development. Neither the arithmetic, natural log nor
geometric rate of growth adequately explains the nature of the growth
pattern by itself; however, if the Kg values for each time period are in-
spected in Table 2 it will be noted that the growth rate is not truly ex-
ponential. The geometric growth rates for all variables decrease gradually
from about the sixth day post-natal to adulthood. Plots of these rates
appear in Figures 1 and 2. Body weight did not attain adult values until
some time later than did the other variable considered. Therefore, it is
specifically clear that whisker, ear, tail, hind foot and total length dimen-
sions rapidly approach maximum (i.e. adult) expected size whereas the
weight factor continues at a more gradual but decreasing rate toward
adult values.

Literature Cited

Barbour, R. W. 1942. Nests and habitat of the golden mouse in eastern
Kentucky. Jour. Mamm. 23:90-91.

Barbour, R. W. 1951. The Mammals of Big Black Mountain, Harlan County,
Kentucky Jour. Mamm. 32:100-110.

Growth, Development & Distribution of Ochrotomys Nuttalli 49

TABLE 1. Body weights (gms.) and measures (mm.) relative to time in days. (*) Values
based on a single individual from a litter of three, while the others are the means (x)
of three values.

tS ea

Ww WwW WW

18

TOTAL
LENGTH

68.0*
TH
84.6
105.6
118.0
126.3
127.6
129.0
135.0
14h .0

TATL

LENGHT

19.0*

25.0
30.6
43.6
51.0
57-3
58.0
60.6
62.3
65.6

HIND

FOOT

LENGTH

7.0*
11.6
13.2
16.3
LSS
19.0
19.0
19.3
19.3
19.3

EAR WHISKER
LENGTH LENGTH
45% 4 0%
Bod) 8.3
6.3 9.6
10.0 14.3
12.0 (a3
13.8 21.6
14.6 2h..6
15.5 25.6
16.3 26.6
16.3 28.3

t=t
n

to

2

WEIGHT
(gms. )
2.56%
3.2h*
h 86%
5.91
6.88
8.78
9.59
11.43
12.54
13.64
14.34

19.52

TABLE 2. Kg, geometric growth rates, of selected body dimensions (mm.) and the body
weight (gms.) (*) Values based on single individual from a litter of three, while the

others are based on the means (x) of three values.

paeren

18

TOTAL
LENGTH

.06215
-04706
.05543
03701
-01699
.00341
00364
.01515

.00358

TAIL
LENGTH

- 13722

. 10106

-08851

05225

02912

- oooh

-OL46L

00922

00286

HIND FOOT

LENGTH

225255
.06460
05274
.02367
-02056
.00000
.00522
.00000

- 00000

EAR
LENGTH

.10033
.06790
Sali za
.06077
-03494.
.01878
.01994
.O1677

- 00000

WHISKER
LENGTH

36498
-O7275
.09962
06348
.05549
04335
01328
-01277

00344

WEIGHT
(gms .)

.11778*
-20278*
.09780
-07598
.06096
02941
04328
.03168
02715
.01672

01722

50 James T. Wallace

2
a
git 003.004915 7 © TOTAL LENGTH
ost b 6 9 98
x)
it
sere 003
(o) 904015,202, : © TAIL
or (a) 9
er oO
Le)
°
)
ro
3°
2
Le)
¥ 05 000 000 HIND FOOT
2 1°} 24 92' ou o 9° i)
a 8g [o} o\t
o 1
9 19\"5
% > 6 BODY WEIGHT

Oo 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

AGE IN DAYS

Figure 1. Log values of linear dimensions (mm.) and weights (gms.) as related to age in
days. Kg values are indicated between each pair of points.

Blus, L. J. 1966. Relationship between litter, size and latitude in the golden
mouse. Jour. Mamm. 47:546-547.

Brown, L. N. 1963. Notes on the distribution of Peromyscus nuttalli
flammeus and Peromyscus maniculatus ozarkiarum. Jour. Mamm. 44:
424-425,

Dunaway, P. B. 1955. Late fall home ranges of three golden mice, Peromy-
scus nuttalli. Jour. Mamm. 36:297-298.

Goodpaster, W. W. and D. F. Hoffmeister. 1954. Life History of the golden
mouse, Peromyscus nuttalli in Kentucky. Jour. Mamm. 35:16-27.

Gough, B. J. and S. S. Kilgore. 1964. A comparative hematological study
of Peromyscus in Louisiana and Colorado. Jour. Mamm. 45:421-428.

Growth, Development & Distribution of Ochrotomys Nuttalli 51

Hirth, H. F. 1960. The spermatozoa of some North American bats and
rodents. Jour. Morph. 106:77-83.

Layne, J. N. 1958. Records of fleas (Siphonaptera) from Illinois mammals.
Nat. Hist. Misc. No. 162 (1-7).

McCarley, H. 1958. Ecology, behavior and population dynamics of Peromy-
scus nuttalli in eastern Texas. Texas Jour. Sci., 10:147-171.

McCarley, H. 1959. The effect of flooding on a marked population of
Peromyscus. Jour. Mamm. 40:57-63.

WHISKERS

ao bh ANANDwO

.003
where ° EAR LENGTH

Oo 5S 10 '% 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
AGE IN DAYS

Figure 2. Log values of linear dimensions (mm.) as related to age in days. Kg values
are indicated between each pair of points.

52 James T. Wallace

Osgood, W. H. 1909. Review of the mice of the American genus Peromyscus.
North Amer. Fauna No. 28. Washington. 285 pp.

Packard, R. L. and H. Garner. 1964. Arboreal nests of the golden mouse
in eastern Texas. Jour. Mamm. 45:369-374.

Sealander, J. A. and D. James. 1958. Relative efficiency of different small
mammal traps. Jour. Mamm. 39:215-223.

Welter, W. A. and D. E. Sollberger. 1939. Notes on the mammals of Rowan
and adjacent counties in eastern Kentucky. Jour. Mamm. 20:77-81.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The author wishes to thank Dr. Roger W.
Barbour, Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky, for supplying
information helpful in the completion of this paper.

Accepted July 10, 1969.

ry
ivgn
we
iy
Ri

rT]
an Ly |

ip

A

Sea aih ei

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTORS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles, abstracts of
papers presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s
officers and committees,

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide rate pe on paper of
good stock. The original and one carbon copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one addational carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging, Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations are expensive and should be included only to give effective
presentation of the data. Articles with an excessive number of tables or illustra-
tions, or with poorly executed tables or illustrations, may be returned to the author
for modification.

Line drawings and half-tones will appear as text-figures. Drafting should be
carefully done (hand lettering generally is not satisfactory). Photographs should
have good contrast and be printed on glossy paper. Text-figures are to be num-
bered consecutively and independently; on the back of each its number and the
author’s name should be written lightly in pencil. Each text-figure must be referred
to specifically in the text and must be provided also with a legend, the latter to be
supplied as typed copy separate from the figures. Figures should be arranged into
groups whenever possible and the legend for each group written as a separate
paragraph. The amount of reduction desired should be indicated and should be con-
sistent with the page dimensions of this journal. Indications of magnification should
apply to the reduced figure.

The aim of the paper should be made clear in the introductory portion. If the
paper is of more than a few pages it should contain a brief “Summary,” which
should be lucid without recourse to the rest of the article. In the interest of
bibliographic uniformity, arrange all references under a “Literature Cited” head-
ing, alphabetically by author and date, unnumbered, with textual citation by
parenthetic insertion of author and date, as (Jones, 1940), or Jones (1940). Use
initials for given names. Titles must be included. Abbreviate names of journals,
using the form employed by Chemical Abstracts or Biological Abstracts. Separate
the volume number from page numbers by a colon. References to books should
include also the place of publication and the publisher.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
_ from the original are expensive and must a avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

Yol. 30, No. 34 K3K37 1969 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
CADEMY of SCIENCE

Official] Organ
Kenrucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

¥

CONTENTS

The Fishes of West Kentucky. I. Fishes of Clark’s River
MORGAN E. SISK

The Fishes of West Kentucky II. The Fishes of Obion Creek.
PAUL L. SMITH AND MORGAN E. SISK

An Anotated List of Known Species of Fresh-Water
Ostracoda of Western Kentucky.

MARGARET EVELYN COLE

A Record of the Occurrence of the Exotic Land Planarian,
Bipalium Kewense, in Calloway County, Kentucky.

MARGARET EVELYN COLE

Parospirifer Acuminatus From the Brevispirifer Gregarius
Zone at the Falls of the Ohio.

JAMES E. CONKIN AND BARBARA M. CONKIN

yn

ACADEMY AFFAIRS ............... wien

~s
o)

Index to Volume 30

SB RARIES

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1968-69

President: Orville Richardson, Kentucky Wesleyan College
President-Elect: Lloyd Alexander, Kentucky State College

Vice-President: Karl Hussung, Murray State University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Mary Wharton, Georgetown College ©

OFFICERS 1969-70

President: Lloyd Alexander, Kentucky State College

President-Elect: Karl Hussung, Murray State University

Vice-President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Mary Wharton, Georgetown College

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Lloyd E. Alexander ...........000: to 1969 William M. Clay. ......ccccosessses to 1971

Margaret B. Heaslip ............... to 1969 Gordon Wilson: :..:.ceee to 1972

Roarl Eirias csiecesnstessecnaes to 1970 L.A. Krumbholz:...tecsueees to 1972

Grace Quinte c.isisstdascatecccrasssssns to 1970 Sanford L. Jones: {.cceseres to 1973

John M. Carpenter ............000 to 1971 Ellis V. Brown. ...:..-s.vsseesers to 1978
EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:

Botany and Microbiology: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University

Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Zoology: Robert Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $4.00 per volume; foreign, $4.00 per
volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

EDITORIAL

On November 3-5, 1969, your editor had the privilege of attending a
workshop for editors of academy journals at Battelle Institute, which was
sponsored by the Ohio Academy of Science and supported by the National
Science Foundation. It was perhaps comforting to learn that most of the
editors are plagued with essentially the same problems that we have, but
at the same time disturbing that we do have the problems.

The main concerns expressed at the workshop were: the rising costs
of publications, accompanied by insufficient income to support publication
at the desired rate, and the ability of the journals to attract a sufficient
number of high quality manuscripts.

The workshop brought into focus several questions which have occurred
to me during my initial year as editor. Many of these questions will need
considerable discussion by the members of the Academy and hard work
on the part of many to achieve the goals after the questions are answered.
What should be the goals of the Transactions of the Kentucky Academy of
Science? Briefly, should they be to publish sound material, quickly, at a
reasonable price, and make it widely available, at least through secondary
sources? Our journal is abstracted by Chemical Abstracts and Biological
Abstracts and starting with Volume 31, will be indexed in Science Citation
Index. We do have wide circulation through these media.

Considering finances: The Transactions should be a budgeted item in
the Academy and should have a more substantial and consistent source of
income. Can this best be accomplished by increasing our membership,
selling more subscriptions (to whom?), more institutional support (schools
and industries), selling advertising space (low yield for the effort), raising
dues, increasing subscription rate, initiating page charges to authors who
have financial support for publication, and using cheaper methods of print-
ing (e.g. offset from authors’ manuscripts)?

Concerning editorial policy: Should the editors personally solicit good
papers? Should publication be limited to members? Should subject matter
of manuscripts have special or limited relation to Kentucky or members of
the Academy? Should we encourage some controversial articles, include a
section for member viewpoints, or a regular editorial page (including guest
editorials)? Does our journal’s title accurately reflect its contents—should
it be renamed (as many Academies have done)? Is the format too stodgy
and unappealing? If it were changed, would it attract a wider circulation?

During the coming months, these questions and others need to be
answered. Your editors and officers of the Academy welcome your com-
ments and suggestions. Will you help increase the significance of our
efforts? Write to us—we might publish it as an editorial!

William F. Wagner

THE FISHES OF WEST KENTUCKY. I. FISHES OF CLARK’S RIVER*

MORGAN E. SISK

Department of Biological Science
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

Introduction

The piscine fauna of West Kentucky has never been adequately sampled;
few literature references to fishes from this part of Kentucky have come
to my attention. Woolman (1892) made four collections from the area
and these were later included in Evermann’s catalogue (1918). Sporadic
records appear in recent works (Gibbs, 1961; Collette, 1962; et. al.) but
these represent specimens collected or examined for taxonomic revisions
and not comprehensive studies of this area. This paper represents the first
portion of a faunal survey encompassing the inland streams, lakes and
springs of the eight western counties. The study will culminate in a species
list, distribution records and keys to the species of Western Kentucky fishies.

Rapid changes in topography are occurring throughout West Kentucky
that will probably result in alteration of the present biota. Species com-
position of streams change with habitat changes. The present trend of
flood control measures, agriculture practices and non-agrarian land use are
contributing to these changes. It is therefore desirable to have available
a complete record of existing species in West Kentucky as reference material
for future studies concerned with the effects of habitat changes on the
fauna.

Description of Clark’s River

The Clark’s River System drains about 550 square miles of the Jackson
Purchase region in West Kentucky and Tennessee. The river consists of
two major branches, the Middle and West Forks, both arising from springs
and intermittent streams. The Middle Fork lies to the east of a third and
minor fork, East Fork, a victim of misnomer as yet uncorrected. Middle
Fork arises in the northern part of Henry County, Tennessee and drains
45.5 square miles of the county before flowing in a northerly direction for
55 miles through Calloway, Marshall and McCracken counties in Kentucky.
West Fork arises near Lynn Grove, Calloway County and flows northward
for 31 miles through Marshall, Graves and McCracken counties to its
juncture with Middle Fork at Oaks in McCracken County. From Oaks the
stream continues in a northerly direction to its confluence with the Tennessee
River near Paducah (Anonymous, 1959 and 1960).

The drainage lies in a physiographic region known as the Mississippi
Embayment (Braun, 1943). It is typical coastal plain with clays, sands
and gravels of Tertiary and Cretaceous origin (McFarlan, 1958). Topo-

* Research support by grants from the Murray State University Foundation and
the Society of the Sigma Xi.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—I 55

graphically the area is a low, undulating plain and ranges in elevation from
300 to 640 feet above sea level (Anonymous, 1959 and 1960). Vegetation
consists of broadleaf deciduous trees, primarily oak-ash-maple and oak-
hickory associations, lichens and herbaceous plants other than grasses
(Espenshade, 1964). The entire area slopes toward the north.

Over much of its course, Clark’s River is sluggish with steep, muddy
banks. The stream bed in Kentucky is 20-150 feet wide and is composed
of soft mud, sand, gravel and rocks. The water is clear in the upper
reaches but tends to darken in the lower extremities due to an increased
content of organic matter. Average stream gradients are as follows:
Middle Fork, 55 miles at 3.9 feet per mile; East Fork, 9 miles at 8.3 feet
per mile; West Fork, 31 miles at 4.1 feet per mile (Manthey, 1965; personal
communication).

Description of Stations

This paper includes only collections from the Kentucky portion of
Clark’s River. A total of 24 collections from 23 stations were made.
Stations are listed with data by collection number assigned by the collector.

1. Calloway County, Middle Fork 6 miles south of Murray and 0.5 miles east
of Highway 641, near Tobacco. 6 May 1965.

2. Calloway County, Farley Branch of Middle Fork, 2 miles south of Murray on
Highway 641. 8 May 1965.

3. Calloway County, Middle Fork 1.5 miles east of Dexter. 10 May 1965.

4. Calloway County, Middle Fork 4 miles north and 2 miles east of Murray.
10 May 1965.

5. Calloway County, Middle Fork .5 miles east of Murray on Highway 94.
10 May 1965.

6. Calloway County, West Fork, .75 miles west and 1.5 miles south of Stella.
16 May 1965.

7. Calloway County, West Fork, .75 miles west and 2.5 miles north of Stella.
16 May 1965.

8. Calloway County, Spring fed slough near West Fork, .75 miles west and 4
miles north of Stella. 16 May 1965.

9. Calloway County, West Fork .25 miles west of Backusburg on Highway 464.
16 May 1965.

10. Calloway County, East Fork at Martins Chapel 6 miles southwest of Murray.
18 May 1965.

11. Marshall County, Middle Fork 1.8 miles east of Hardin on Highway 80.
14 July 1965.

12. Marshall County, Middle Fork 7.0 miles east of Benton on Highway 408.
14 July 1965.

13. Marshall County, Middle Fork .5 miles north of Benton on Highway 641.
14 July 1965.

14. McCracken County, Clark’s River at its mouth near Paducah. 14 July 1965.

15. Marshall County, Wades Creek .5 miles south of Hardin on Highway 641.
14 July 1965.

16. Marshall County, West Fork 1.5 miles west of Brewers on Highway 58
and 80. 11 August 1965.

56 Morgan E. Sisk

17. Graves County, West Fork .5 miles west of Kaler. 11 August 1965.

18. Marshall County, Hales Spring 1.0 miles west of Brewers on Highway 58
and 80. 12 August 1965.

19. Calloway County, Rockhouse Creek 1.5 miles north of Almo Heights on
Highway 641. 12 August 1965.

20. Calloway County, Middle Fork 1.0 miles east of Almo Heights. 13 August
1965.

21. Calloway County, Whiteoak Creek, 6 miles south of Murray and .8 miles
east of Toabacco. 22 July 1965.

22. Same station as number 14. 30 October 1965.

23. Marshall County, Middle Fork 3 miles southeast of Draffenville near Scale
crossing. 3 November 1965.

24. Calloway County, Middle Fork .5 miles southeast of Murray at R.R. bridge
near Highway 121. 5 November 1965.

List of Species

In the following list, the scientific name is followed by the common
name, station numbers and pertinent notes. All specimens are at present
in the Murray State University Collection of Fishes.

The nomenclature and arrangement of taxa is that of Moore (1957).

Polyodontidae
1. Polyodon spathula (Walbaum). Paddlefish. Station 14. Sight record.

Lepisosteidae

bo

Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaeus). Longnose gar. Station 24. Natives report
this as a common species. Six caught in gill nets at this station.

3. L. platostomus Rafinesque. Shortnose gar. Station 14. Sight record.

Amiidae
4. Amia calva Linnaeus. Bowfin. Station 17. Sight record. Apparently rare
in stream.
Clupeidae

5. Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sueur). Gizzard shad. Stations 22 and 24.
6. Signalosa petenensis (Gimther). Threadfin shad. Station 22.

Esocidae
7. Esox americanus Gmelin. Grass pickerel. Stations 3, 11, 12, 19 and 20.
Common in the Middle Fork.
8. E. niger Le Sueur. Chain pickerel. Station 24.

Catostomidae
9. Ictiobus cyprinellus (Valenciennes). Bigmouth Buffalo. Station 14. Sight
record.
10. Carpiodes carpio (Rafinesque). River carpsucker. Station 22-24.

11. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). Shorthead redhorse. Station 1. One
specimen.

12. M. erythrurum (Rafinesque). Golden redhorse. Stations 9, 23 and 24.

13.
14,

15.

16.

is
18.

19.

20.
21.

22.

23.

24,

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.
30.

31.
32.
33.

34,

30.
36.

37.

38.

39.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—I 57

Minytrema malanops (Rafinesque). Spotted sucker. Stations 5, 22-24.
Erimyzon oblongus (Mitchill). Creek chubsucker. Stations 3-5, 7, 10, 16,
18, and 20.

pean nigricans (Le Sueur). Northern hogsucker. Stations 2, 7,
9 and 11.

Cyprinidae
Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus. Carp. Stations 5, 22 and 23. Much more common
than records indicate.
Carassius auratus (Linnaeus). Goldfish. Station 5.

Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchill). Golden shiner. Stations 4, 4, 10, 13,
17, and 20.

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Creek chub. Stations 2, 5-7, 9, 10,
15, 16, 18, 20, and 21. Very common in the upper reaches of both forks.

Opsopoeodus emiliae Hay. Pugnose minnow. Stations 1, 3, and 10.
Notropis boops Gilbert. Bigeye shiner. Stations 1, 10, 16, 19, and 21.

N. umbratilis (Girard). Redfin shiner. Stations 1, 5, 8-10, 19, 21. This
species and the next one are common throughout the drainage.

N. atherinoides Rafinesque. Emerald shiner. Stations 3, 10-12, 14, 16, 17,
and 19.

N. blennius (Girard). River shiner. Station 12. One specimen.

N. volucellus (Cope). Mimic shiner. Station 17. One specimen.

N. spilopterus (Cope). Spotfin shiner. Station 16. One specimen.
Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Bluntmose minnow. Stations 1-3, 5-7,
9-11, 16, and 20.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Stoneroller. Stations 1-3, 6, 7, 9,
Miele 6 and 2:

Ictaluridae

Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque). Channel catfish. Station 22.

I. furcatus (Le Sueur). Blue catfish. Station 14. Sight record.

I. natalis (Le Sueur). Yellow bullhead. Stations 5, 20, 21.

I. melas (Rafinesque). Black bullhead. Station 14. Sight record.

Pylodictis olivaris (Rafinesque). Flathead catfish. Station 22. Sight record.

Anguillidae

Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). American eel. Station 22.

Cyprinodontidae

Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Blackstrip topminnow. Station 16.
F. olivaceus (Storer). Blackspotted topminnow. Stations 1-3, 5-7, 11, 13,
16, 17, 19-21.

Poeciliidae
Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Mosquitofish. Stations 8 and 13. Much
more abundant than collections indicate.
Aphredoderidae
Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams). Pirate perch. Stations 17, 19-21.

Atherinidae
Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Brook silverside. Station 14.

58 Morgan E. Sisk

Serranidae
40. Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque). White bass. Stations 17 and 22.

Centrarchidae

41. Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque). Spotted bass. Stations 1, 2, 4, 9,
1a eta arand ob:

42. M. salmoides (Lacepede). Largemouth bass. Stations 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 11, 14,
and 19.

43. Chaenobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). Warmouth. Station 5. One specimen.

44. Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque. Green sunfish. Stations 4-7, 10, 12, 16, 17,
20, and 21.

45. L. megalotis (Rafinesque). Longear sunfish. Stations 1, 2, 5, 6, 9-14, 16-19.

46. L. macrochirus Rafinesque. Bluegill. Stations 1, 5, 10, 13, 14, 17, 20, 21,
and 24.

47. L. humilis (Girard). Orangespotted sunfish. Stations 3-5, 11-13, 19 and 20.
48. Pomoxis nigromaculatus Le Sueur. Black crappie. Station 18. One specimen.
49. P. annularis Rafinesque. White crappie. Stations 9, 13, and 24.

50. Elassoma zonatum Jordan. Banded pygmy sunfish. Station 17.

Percidae
51. Stizostedion canadense (Smith). Sauger. Station 22. Sixteen individuals
netted; one kept for record, remainder released.
52. Percina maculata (Girard). Blackside darter. Stations 1, 9, 16, and 19.

53. P. caprodes (Rafinesque). Logperch. Station 7. Ten collected, one kept
for reccrd.

54. Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque. Johnny darter. Stations 1 and 7. This is
the subspecies nigrum.

55. E. chlorosomum (Hay). Bluntnose darter. Stations 10 and 20.

56. E. sp. Unnamed species, close to E. simoterum (Cope). Stations 1, 2, 6, 7,
9, 16, 18, 19, and 21.

57. E. rufilineatum (Cope). Redlined darter. Stations 9 and 16.

58. E. gracile (Girard). Slough darter. Staticns 1-3, 7, 8, 16, 18, 19-21.
59. E. squamiceps Jordan. Spottail darter. Stations 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12.

60. E. flabellare Rafinesque. Fantail darter. Stations 7, 19, 16, 18, and 21.

Sciaenidae

61. Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque. Fresh-water drum. Station 14. Sight
record.

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous. 1959. Workplan for watershed protection and flood prevention.
West Fork of Clark’s River watershed. S.C.S., U.S. Dept. Agr. State
Office, Lexington, Kentucky.

--—-——— . 1960. Workplan for watershed protection and flood prevention.
Middle Fork of Clark’s River watershed. S.C.S., Dept. Agr. State
Office, Lexington, Kentucky.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—I 59

Braun, E. Lucy. 1943. An annotated catalog of spermatophytes of Ken-
tucky. John S. Swift Co., Cincinnati. 161 pp.

Collette, Bruce C. 1962. The swamp darters of the subgenus Hololepis
(Pisces: Percidae). Tulane studies in Zool., 9(4): 115-211.

Espenshade, E. B., ed. 1964. Goode’s world atlas. Rand McNally, Chicago.

Everman, Barton W. 1918. Fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee: a dis-
tributional catalogue of the known species. Bull. Bureau Fish., XXXV,
no. 858:295-368.

Gibbs, R. H. 1961. Cyprinid fishes of the subgenus Cyprinella of Notropis.
IV. The Notropis galacturus-camurus complex. Amer. Mid. Nat.,
66 (2); 337-354.

Manthey, John. 1965. Personal communication. Data supplied by the
Tennessee Valley Authority, Paris, Tennessee.

McFarlan, A. C. 1958. Behind the scenery in Kentucky. Ky. Geol. Survey
Spec. Pub. 10. U. of Ky., Lexington.

Moore, George A. 1957. In: Vertebrates of the United States. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., N. Y.: 33-210.

Woolman, A. J. 1892. Report of an examination of the rivers of Kentucky,
with list of fishes obtained. Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., Vol. 10(1890):
249-292.

Accepted August 1, 1969.

THE FISHES OF WEST KENTUCKY. Il.
THE FISHES OF OBION CREEK*

PAUL L. SMITH and MORGAN E. SISK**

Department of Biological Sciences,
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

INTRODUCTION

Currently, little information is available in the literature concerning
the combined effect of upstream flood control impoundments and stream
channel diversion on the species composition of a drainage system. This
is a survey to establish the species of fishes present in the Obion Creek
drainage system before flood control measures are taken.

Obion Creek rises in Graves County near Cuba, Kentucky, and flows
some 42 miles in a westerly direction to its confluence with the Mississippi
River near Hickman, Kentucky. The major tributaries are Brush, Little
Joe, Cane and Bowles creeks. Murphey’s Pond, a ponded, swamped area
of several hundred acres, lies in the Obion Creek flood plain, and is
located on the north side of Obion Creek, just east of Kentucky Highway
No. 307.

The Obion Creek watershed comprises an area of 206,108 acres in
Graves, Hickman, Carlisle and Fulton counties, Kentucky. It extends in
an east-west direction for a distance of approximately 35 miles from the
upper extremity to its confluence with the Mississippi River. The average
width, measured in a general north-south direction, is ten miles.

The area is low, rather undulating plain ranging in elevation from 300-500
feet above sea level, with local relief of less than 50 feet. Physiographically
the region is in its youth; the stream dissection having little affected its
rather level upland.

Geologically, the watershed lies in the Gulf Embayment, a coastal
plain region with areas of outcrop of unconsolidated or semil-consolidated
clays, sands and gravels, which are of Tertiary age. The entire region, is
covered with Pleistocene loess, ranging in depth from a few inches in
the upper part of the watershed to several feet along the Mississippi River.

Upland soils are deep, moderately well drained to well drained silt
loams that are derived from loess, with the principal soil series being
Memphis, Loring, Granada and Lexington. Valley soils are well drained
to imperfectly drained silt loams that are of mixed origin and loess with
Collins, Falaya and Waverly being the principle soil series.

In 1957, there were 122,186 acres of cropland; 27,388 acres of pasture;
40,387 acres of woodland; 6,924 acres of idle land; and 7,223 acres in
miscellaneous use in the Obion Creek watershed. The above watershed

* Research supported by grants from the Murray State University Foundation and
the Society of the Sigma Xi.
** To whom correspondence should be addressed.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—II 61

description was taken in part from the Obion Creek Watershed Work
Plan (Dec., 1957).

Obion Creek is a spring fed stream with an average gradient of four
feet per mile. It flows over a two to four foot layer of mud, forming an
alternating series of deep, sluggish pools and swift, well-defined rif_les.
The channel is bordered by deciduous, hardwood forests composed primarily _
of oak-ash-maple and oak-hickory associations. The well-defined channel,
which never exceeds fifty feet in width, contains much debris from
previous logging operations in the bordering forests. During heavy rains,
these logging wastes impede the flow of water causing overflow flooding
in the lower portions of the watershed.

Waters of the stream carry an extremely heavy silt load due to sheet
erosion which occurs throughout the watershed, excepting the floodplain,
at an estimated rate of five tons per acre per year (Watershed Work Plan).

The U. S. Army Corps of Engineers working in conjunction with the
Obion Creek Watershed Conservancy have organized a two-part plan to
prevent both the yearly flooding of the watershed and the severe erosive
conditions. The Corps of Engineers’ plan includes the diversion of Obion
Creek from a point approximately 8.2 miles above its mouth, westerly to
the Mississippi River; and realignment and enlargement of the channel
beginning at this point and extending possibly as far east as the railroad
bridge near Pryorsburg, Kentucky (Watershed Work Plan).

The Obion Creek Watershed Conservancy and Corps of Engineers plan
to construct fourteen floodwater retarding structures having an aggregate
capacity of 1,629 acre feet of sediment storage and 5,444 acre feet of fiood
retention storage, controlling runoff from a 42 square mile area of the
headwaters of Obion, Little Joe, Thompson Branch, Bowles, Cane, Bryon,
Barnes and Little Cypress creeks (Watershed Work Plan).

The only published collection of fishes from Obion Creek is that of
Woolman (1892) who sampled the creek during the summer of 1890.
His species list, included in Evermann’s catalogue (1918), records thirty
species taken during two days of collecting.

Obion Creek is an Order V stream according to the Horton system of
classification, which is based on stream branching (Kuehne, 1962). Accord-
ing to this system, extreme hardwater streams are ranked as first order.
Union of two such streams forms the second order. When any streams
of equal order join, they form a next higher order, but if two streams of
unequal order unite, the order is not increased (Kuehne, ibid.).

The number of species increased with stream order in Obion Creek
as is shown below.

Stream Order Number of Species
I 5
II 9
III ui
IV 26

62 Paul L. Smith and Morgan E. Sisk

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Gill nets, rotenone and seines were used in making collections. The
one-inch mesh gill nets were set in brushy areas of the channel and in
sloughs that could not be seined. When used in the creek, the nets were
stretched completely across the channel. Large seines were used in sloughs
that were free of obstructions. Smaller seins were used to sample the
channels of all streams. The most practical seine proved to be a small
habitat seine (4’ x 3’) of mosquito-net mesh. Powdered 1% rotenone was
used on two occasions in small sloughs that were not connected to flowing
water.

Specimens were killed and fixed in 10% formalin and preserved in
70% alcohol. Collections are presently in the Murray State University
Vertebrate Collections.

Collecting stations generally were located near highways or railroads.
A total of 39 collections from 25 stations were taken from parts of the
entire drainage system. Stations are listed below by collection number.

1. 14:VI:1966; Obion Creek, 3 miles south of Arlington, Kentucky, U. S. 51,
Hickman County.

2. 15:VI:1966; Slough near Obion Creek, 4 miles southeast of Columbus,
Kentucky, Ky. 58, Hickman County.

3. 15:VI:1966; Obion Creek, 4 miles southeast of Columbus, Kentucky, Ky. 58,
Hickman County.

4, 20:VI:1966; Slough near Obion Creek, 4 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky,
Carlisle County.

5. 20:6:1966; Spring near Obion Creek, 4 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky,
Carlisle County.

6. 20:VI:1966; Obion Creek, 4 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky, Carlisle,
County.

7. 28:VI:1966; Obion Creek, 6 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky, Carlisle
County.

8. 18:VII:1966; Little Joe Creek, 3 miles south of Kentucky 80 on Kenucky
307, Hickman County.

9. 22:VII:1966; Obion Creek, .5 miles west of U. S. 51 under Illinois Central
Railroad trestle, Hickman County.

10. 27:VII:1966; Same station as number 9.

11. 10:VIII:1966; Hollingsworth Creek, 4 miles south of Columbus, Kentucky,
Ky. 123, Hickman County.

12. 10:VIII:1966; Obion Creek, .5 miles northwest of Oakton, Kentucky, Ky.
123, Hickman County.

13. 10:VIII:1966; Whayne Branch, 2 miles south of Oakton, Hickman County.

14. 10:VIII:1966; Cane Creek, 3 miles north of Oakton, Hickman County.

15. 10:VIII:1966; Brush Creek, 5 miles south of Arlington, Kentucky, U. S. 51,
Hickman County.

16. 11:VIII:1966;Same station as number 14.

17. 16:VIII:1966; Obion Creek, 4 miles north of Hickman, Kentucky, Fulton
County.

18. 16:VIII:1966; Prehistoric canal, 1 mile north of Hickman-Fulton county line,
Hickman County.

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

24.
25.

26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

3l.
32.
33.

34.
35.

36.
37.

38.

39.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—II 63

16:VIII:1966; Slough 1 mile south of Obion Creek under Illincis Central
Railroad between Arlington and Clinton, Hickman County.

18: VIII:1966; Cane Creek, 4 miles southwest of Pryorsburg, Kentucky,
Kentucky 58, Graves County.

18:VIII:1966; Obion Creek, 2 miles northeast of Watts’ Station, Kentucky
339, Graves County.

18:VIII:1966; Brush Creek, 2 miles southwest of Wingo, Kentucky, Kentucky
45, Graves County.

18:VIII:1966; Obion Creek, Pryorsburg, Kentucky, Kentucky 45, Graves
County.

23:1X:1967; Same station as number 12.

23:IX:1967; Obion Creek, 2 miles north of confluence with Bayou De Chein
Creek, Fulton County.

23:IX:1967; Same station as number 18.

23:1X:1967; Same station as number 12.

6: VIII: 1967; Same station as number 1.

9:X:1967; Same station as number 15.

30:11I:1968; Hurricane Creek, 1 mile south of Arlington, Kentucky, near
the Illinois Central Railroad, Carlisle County.

30:III:1968; Same station as number 9.

17:IV: 1967; Same station as number 15.

17:VIII:1966; Murphey’s Pond, 1 mile south of Beulah, Kentucky, Hickman
County.

30:III:1968; Bowles Creek, .5 miles east of G.M. & O. Railroad on Kentucky
80, Hickman County.

30:III:1968; Unnamed intermittent creek .25 miles south of Zion Church,
Kentucky 123, Hickman County.

30:III:1968; Same station as number 11.

15:IV:1967; Hopewell Creek, 3 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky, on Ken-
tucky 80, Carlisle County.

15:IV:1967; Guess Creek, 5 miles east of Arlington, Kentucky, Kentucky 80,
Carlisle County.

16:IV:1967; Same station as number 1.

RESULTS

This survey resulted in the following list of 17 families represented

by 57 species. The scientific name is followed by the common name and
collection locales. The nomenclature and arrangement of taxa is that of
Moore (1968).

LIST OF SPECIES
Amiidae
Amia calva Linnaeus. Bowfin. Stations 19, 33, and 89. Common in the
sloughs near Obion Creek but rare in the streams.
Lepisosteidae

Lepisosteus platostcmus Rafinesque. Shortnose gar. Stations 17, 19 and 28.
Common in both streams and sloughs.

64

1

12.

Paul L. Smith and Morgan E. Sisk

Clupeidae

Dorosoma cepedianum (LeSueur). Gizzard shad. Stations 1, 2, 6, 7, 9,
17, 21, 23, 25 and 33. Common throughout the system.

Esocidae

Esox americanus Gmelin. Grass pickerel. Stations 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 15, 19, 24,
31 and 33. Common throughout the system.

Hiodontidae

Hiodon alosoides (Rafinesque). Goldeye. Station 7. One specimen collected
in deep, swift water of Obion Creek.

Catostomidae

Ictiobus cyprinellus (Valenciennes). Bigmouth buffalo. Stations 14, 19 and
33. Common in large sloughs and in deep waters of streams.

Ictiobus bubalus (Rafinesque). Smallmouth buffalo. Sight record. Com-
mercial fishermen take this species from the backwaters of Obion Creek.
They may move upstream during periods of flooding.

Carpiodes carpio (Rafinesque). River carpsucker. Station 39. One specimen,
apparently rare in the system.

Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque). Golden redhorse. Station 7. Six
immature specimens collected, uncommon in system.

. Moxostoma aureolum (LeSueur). Shorthead redhorse. Station 39. One

specimen collected.

Erimyzon oblongus (Mitchill). Creek chubsucker. Stations 1, 6, 12, 15,
22, 23 and 30. Common throughout system.

Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Spotted sucker. Station 33. Three very
large specimens were taken from Murphey’s Pond. Apparently absent from
the streams in the drainage.

Cyprinidae
Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus. Carp. Stations 1, 4, 9, 18, 19, 22, 24, 26 and 39.
Common except in intermittant creeks.
Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchill). Golden shiner. Stations 1, 2, 4, 7, 11,
21, 24, 26, 30 and 34. Common throughout drainage but not in large
numbers.
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Creek chub. Stations 15, 22, 23, 30,
32 and 38. Common in small streams but rare in sloughs and large streams.

. Opsopoeodus emiliae Hay. Pugnose minnow. Station 1. Five specimens

taken from a slough.

. Phenacobius mirabilis (Girard). Suckermouth minnow. Stations 7 and 22.

Not common, collected in streams only.

. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Redfin shiner. Several specimens taken by

junior author and class near Station 23 on 10:V1968.

Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque. Emerald shiner. Stations 1, 5, 6, 9, 12,
19, 21, 27 and 28. Common in large streams.

. Notropis rubellus (Agassiz). Rosyface shiner. Stations 9 and 23. One

specimen from each station.

21.

22.

23.
24,

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

3l.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—II 65

Notropis whipplei (Girard). Steelcolor shiner. Stations 6 and 7. Collected
from large streams only.

Notropis lutrensis (Baird and Girard). Red shiner. Stations 6 and 9. From
swift water only.

Notropis volucellus (Cope). Mimic shiner. Stations 7 and 23. Streams only.
Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Silvery minnow. Stations 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14,
15, 18, 26 and 27. Common in streams throughout the system.
Hybognathus hayi Jordan. Cypress minnow. Stations 1, 18 and 29. Occurs
beth in streams and sloughs but is not as common as H. nuchalis.
Pimephales promelas Rafinesque. Fathead minnow. Station 11. Uncommon.

Ictaluridae
Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque). Channel catfish. Station 9. This species
is common in Obion Creek; the most important food and game fish in the
drainage system.
Ictalurus natalis (LeSueur). Yellow bullhead. Stations 18, 22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 32 and 33. Common in streams and sloughs.
Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque). Black bullhead. Stations 1, 5, 6, 11, 22, 24
and 33. Common.
Pylodictis olivaris (Rafinesque). Flathead catfish. Sight record. This species
occurs in deep pools in Obion Creek and is taken occasionally by local
fishermen.
Noturus gyrinus (Mitchill). Tadpole madtom. Stations 6, 7, 9, 12, 24
and 27. Occur in the larger streams and sloughs.
Noturus miurus (Jordan). Brindled madtom. Stations 6 and 7. Collected
from shallow, swift water of Obion Creek.

Anguillidae

Anguilla rostrata (LeSueur). American eel. Sight record. Often taken by
sport fishermen according to natives.

Cyprinodontidae
Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Blackstripe topminnow. Stations 2, 8 and
24. Not common in any area of the drainage system.
Fundulus olivaceous (Storer). Blackspotted topminnow. Stations 1, 2, 6,
7, 12, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 26, 29, 30, 32, 33 and 37. Common in all
streams and sloughs.
Poeciliidae

Gambusia affinis (Gaird and Girard). Mosquitofish. Stations 1, 2, 4, 6, 7,
8, 11, 13, 17, 18, 22, 23, 24, 26, 30, 31, 32, and 33. Common throughout
drainage.

Aphredoderidae

Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams). Pirate perch. Stations 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 12,
18, 24, 26, 29, 32 and 33. Common.

Serranidae

Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque). White bass. Station 39. White bass seem
to migrate up Obion Creek from the Mississippi River each spring.

66

39.

40.

Al.

42.

43.

44,

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.
dl.
52.
53.

54.

50.

56.

57.

Paul L. Smith and Morgan E. Sisk

Centrarchidae

Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Largemouth bass. Stations 1, 7, 9, 17,
21, 24, 33 and 39. Common but individuals do not attain large size.
Chaenobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). Warmouth. Stations 1, 2, 18, 19, 21,
24, 31 and 33. Common in sloughs.

Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque. Green sunfish. Stations 1, 7, 8, 11, 12, 13,
15, 18, 20, 22, 23, 24, 29, 30, 32, 34, 35, 36 and 37. Occurs abundantly in
streams and sloughs; the most wide spread species of the drainage system.
Lepomis symmetricus Forbes. Bantam sunfish. Station 2. One specimen
collected from a slough.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Longear sunfish. Station 17. One specimen
from Obion Creek.

Lepomis humilis (Girard). Orangespotted sunfish. Stations 1, 2, 7, 17,
24 and 33. Common in both streams and sloughs.

Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque. Bluegill sunfish. Stations 1, 7, 8, 15, 17,
19, 22, 23, 24, 33 and 37. Common throughout the drainage.

Pomoxis nigromaculatus LeSueur. Black crappie. Stations 1 and 39. Not as
common as white crappie.

Pom xis annularis Rafinesque. White crappie. Stations 1, 2, 6, 7, 18, 21, 24,
25 and 33. Very common.

Centrarchus macropterus (Lacepede). Flier. Stations 1, 2, 4, 21, 24, 25,
26 and 27. Very common.

Elassomatidae

Elassoma zonatum Jordan. Banded pygmy sunfish. Stations 12, 18, 31
and 33. Common in sluggish waters.

Percidae

Percina cymatotaenia (Gilbert and Meek). Bluestripe darter. Stations 7 and
9. Collected in riffles two to three feet deep.

Percina maculata (Girard). Blackside darter. Stations 6 and 12. Collected
in deep diffles of Obion Creek.

Percina uranidea (Jordan and Gilbert). Stargazing darter. Stations 7 and 9.
Collected in riffles of Obion Creek.

Etheostoma chlorosomum (Hay). Bluntnose darter. Stations 12, 17, 19,
24 and 25. Collected in sluggish areas of Obion Creek.

Etheostoma histrio Jordan and Gilbert. Harlequin darter. Station 12.
Three specimens were collectd from a turbid riffle over a scft mud bottom.
The stream at the collecting site is about 35 feet wide and passes through
an oak-hickory hardwood forest. The habitat and discontinuous distribution
of this species has been discussed by Tsai (1968).

Etheostoma asprigene (Forbes). Mud darter. Stations 12, 18, 24, 25, 26
and 27. Common in the larger streams.

Etheostoma gracile (Girard). Slough darter. Stations 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 13,
17, 18, 19, 22, 24, 26, 31, 32, 33 and 34. The most common darter in
both streams and sloughs.

Sciaenidae

Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque. Freshwater drum. Stations 10 and 26.
Fishermen take this species with hock and line occasionally. Apparently
common in Obion Creek but difficult to collect.

The Fishes of West Kentucky—Il 67

CONCLUSIONS

Habitats of Obion Creek have undergone changes in the past eighty
years and so has the composition of its fishes. When the drainage system
was sampled by Woolman in 1890, the major portion of the watershed
was covered by hardwood forests and the waters were clear. Subsequent to
the conversion of forests to farmland, the silt load in the stream began to
increase. Percina caprodes, Labidesthes sicculus and Micropterus dolomieui
were collected by Woolman but were not encountered during this survey.
These species are not highly silt tolerant and were presumably eliminated
from the drainage system by the increased siltation. One can only speculate
to what extent these changes affected the number of species in the system
because Woolman’s collections were too incomplete to offer any comparison.

The proposed flood and silt control measures will create another
drastic alteration of habitats. Some species, such as Etheostoma histrio,
E. asprigene, and the percids, which were collected only from channel
riffes near the mouth, may be eliminated from the drainage system. The
diversion ditch above the mouth of the stream will destroy that area of
Obion Creek where these fishes have been collected. The habitats of the
ditch will differ from this area of the stream, which presently is bordered
by forests, since it will then bisect existing croplands. Riffles will thus be
eliminated with the leveling of the bed of the ditch. It is doubtful that
E. histrio and E. asprigene will find suitable habitats under these condi-
tions. However, most of the species in the system are not restricted to
this particular type of habitat and may not be drastically affected. There-
fore, the number of species totally eliminated from the drainage will
possibly remain small.

A study by Cross (1950) in Oklahoma indicates that the number of
piscine species may increase following flood control measures. The same
condition may obtain where Obion Creek is concerned. Much of the silt
will be removed from the water by the sediment retention structures, al-
lowing species with a lower silt tolerance to occupy the streams, whereas
few, if any, species will be adversely affected by the silt removal. Possibly
some of the fishes that were eliminated by siltation will be able to re-invade
from the Mississippi River.

There is little reason to doubt that the piscine fauna of Obion Creek
will be altered following man-made changes in the stream system, but
the extent of these changes can only be determined by future collections
of fishes. Therefore, a continual survey must be maintained after com-
pletion of the watershed project to record these changes.

LITERATURE CITED

Cross, Frank B. 1950. Effects of sewage and a headwaters impoundment
on the fishes of Stillwater Creek in Payne County, Oklahoma. Amer.
Mid. Nat., vol. 43:128-145.

68 Paul L. Smith and Morgan E. Sisk

Everman, Barton W. 1918. The fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee: A
distributional catalogue of the Bureau of Fisheries. Vol. 35:295-368.

Kuehne, Robert A. 1963. A classification of streams, illustrated by fish
distribution in an Eastern Kentucky creek. Ecol., vol. 43:608-614.

Moore, George A. 1968. IN: Vertebrates of the United States. Second
edition. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, N. Y.

Watershed Work Plan for Obion Creek, Dec. 1957.

Woolman, Albert J. 1982. Report of the examination of the rivers of
Kentucky with lists of the fishes obtained. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.,
X, 1890(1892) :249-288.

Accepted August 1, 1969.

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF KNOWN SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER
OSTRACODA OF WESTERN KENTUCKY

MARGARET EVELYN COLE
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

To my knowledge there has been no major taxonomic study of the
Ostracoda in Kentucky reported in the literature. Gerald A. Cole sum-
marized the knowledge of the group in Kentucky and added records from
Jefferson County in 1959. Scattered collections have been taken from eight
counties of western Kentucky since 1960 by students of Murray State
University and by me, adding new distribution records.

A systematic list of ostracod species known to occur in western
Kentucky is as follows:

Stenocypris major (Baird, 1859) Apstein, 1907
One female was collected from Hematite Lake, Trigg County in July.

Cyprinotus incongruens (Ramdohr, 1808) Turner, 1895
One female was taken from Empire Lake, Trigg County in November.

Cypricercus reticulatus (Zaddach, 1844) Hoff, 1942

Pepulations of this species were collected from Murphey’s Pond, Hickman
County in February, March, and April. Others were taken from a roadside
ditch near Dog Creek in Calloway County in March. A few males were
present in the Calloway County population, and males of this species are
generally rare.
Cypridopsis aculeata (Costa, 1847) G. W. Muller, 1900

A number of females of this species were collected from Hematite Lake,
Trigg County in February, July, and December.

Cypridcpsis helvetica Kaufmann, 1892

This species was taken from a woodland pond at the Conservation Center,
Land Between the Lakes, Lyon County and from Empire Lake, Trigg County
in November.
Cypridopsis obesa G. S. Brady and Robertson, 1869

Three females of this species were collected from Empire Lake, Trigg
County in November.
Cypridopsis vidua (O. F. Muller, 1776) Brady, 1868

Females of this common species were taken from a tributary of Blood
River, from quarry ponds and pasture ponds in Calloway County, from a
pasture pond in Henderson County, frcm a sinkhole pond in Marshall County,
and from Murphey’s Pond in Hickman County.

Potamocypris pallida Alm, 1914

One female was collected from a spring-fed branch in Mammoth Cave
National Park, Edmonson County in December.
Cyclocypris forbesi Sharpe, 1897

Individuals of this species were taken frem Hematite Lake, Trigg County
in February and December and from Murphey’s Pond, Hickman County in
February, April, and November.

* Supported by Murray State University Institutional Studies and Research Fund.

70 Margaret Evelyn Cole

Cypria obesa Sharpe, 1897

Two individuals of this species were collected from Murphey’s Pond,
Hickman County in April and one from a sinkhole pond in Marshall County
in May.
Cypria turneri Hoff, 1942

Representatives of this species were taken from Hematite Lake, Trigg
County in December and February; from a sinkhole pond in Marshall County
in May; and from Murphey’s Pond, Hickman County in March, April, and
November.
Physocypria globula Furtos, 1933

In Calloway County, individuals of this species were collected from a
pasture pond in October and from a quarry pond in March; in Hematite Lake,
Trigg County they were collected in July; in a sinkhole pond of Marshall
County they were collected in May; and in Murphey’s Pond, Hickman County
they were collected in March, April, and November.
Candona crogmaniana Turner, 1894

In November, representatives of this species were collected from the
Conservation Center woodland pond, Lyon County; from Empire Lake, Trigg
County; and from Murphey’s Pond, Hickman County.

Candona elliptica Furtos, 1933

Individuals of this species were found in the Conservation Center woodland
pond, Lyon County and Empire Lake, Trigg County in November.
Candona simpsoni Sharpe, 1897

A population of this species was located in Murphey’s Pond, Hickman
County in April.

Candona truncata Furtos, 1933
One female was collected from Hematite Lake, Trigg County in February.

The sixteen species reported here are members of the family Cypridae.
Systematic collecting in all types of aquatic habitats should reveal other
representatives of this family as well as the Cytheridae and Darwinulidae.
The future investigator would probably discover a few new species as well
as extend the range of known species.

Ostracods are detritus feeders and herbivores, and they serve as food
for bottom-feeding carnivores such as rhabdocoels, oligochaetes, and midge
larvae. Some of the swimming ostracods are consumed by fish. Therefore
the ostracods desrve to be investigated as an important component of the
microfauna of aquatic situations.

Ostracods also should receive more attention as ideal research organisms,
since many species can be reared in the laboratory under controlled con-
ditions; and due to their small size, they require very little space.

LITERATURE CITED

Cole, G. A. 1959. A summary of our knowledge of Kentucky crustaceans.
Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 20 (3-4):66-81.

Received July 16, 1969. Accepted August 1, 1969.

A RECORD OF THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EXOTIC LAND
PLANARIAN, BIPALIUM KEWENSE, IN
CALLOWAY COUNTY, KENTUCKY

MARAGET EVELYN COLE*
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

In October, 1967, a small population of the land planarian, Bipalium
kewense, was discovered on North 16th Street in Murray, Kentucky. The
animals were established under concrete blocks next to a storage house.
They were collected and examined taxonomically. Serial section slides
were prepared by Robert W. Hackney, graduate student; and the slides
remain in his possession. A preserved specimen is in the Invertebrate
Museum of MSU.

According to Hyman (1943, 1954), this tropical land planarian occurs
in greenhouses in the United States and has become established outdoors
in the Gulf States and up the Atlantic coast into North Carolina. The
closely-related species, B. adventitium, is established outdoors in California
(Hyman, 1943) and in the Northeastern United States (Klots, 1960).
Apparently the exotic land planarians are extending their range in the
United States.

LITERATURE CITED

Hyman, L. H. 1943. Endemic and exotic land planarians in the United
States. Amer. Mus. Novitates 1241: 1-23; 25 figs.

Hyman, L. H. 1954. Some land planarians of the United States and
Europe. Amer. Mus. Novitates 1667: 1-21.

Klots, A. B. 1960. A terrestrial flatworm well established outdoors in the
Northeastern United States. Syst. Zool. 9 (1): 33-34.

Received July 16, 1969. Accepted August 1, 1969.

* Supported by Murray State University Institutional Studies and Research Fund.

PARASPIRIFER ACUMINATUS FROM THE BREVISPIRIFER
GREGARIUS ZONE AT THE FALLS OF THE OHIO

JAMES E. CONKIN

Department of Geology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky
and

BARBARA M. CONKIN

Jefferson Community College, Louisville, Kentucky

INTRODUCTION

During a study of Middle Devonian bone bed stratigraphy of the
Jefferson County, Kentucky-southern Indiana area (Conkin and Conkin,
1969), an occurrence of the stratigraphically important brachipod, Para-
spirifer acuminatus, was noted 0.1 foot above the base of the Brevispirifer
gregarius Zone of the Jeffersonville Limestone (immediately above the
Amphipora Subzone of the Coral Zone) at the Falls of the Ohio, Clark
County, Indiana (Figs. 1, 2); this paper concerns itself with this singular
occurrence and presents some stratigraphic and ecological information
regarding P. acuminatus.

Stratigraphy

As noted by Perkins (1963, p. 1350), the guide fossil, Paraspirifer
acuminatus, does not occur in the lower part of the P. acuminatus Zone
(of old terminology). P. acuminatus is, however, universally present in the
upper part of the P. acuminatus Zone (old terminology) in its out-crop
area in northwestern Kentucky, southern Indiana, and central Ohio.
Perkins (1963, p. 1350) used the term bryozoan-brachiopod zone for the
lower part of the P. acuminatus Zone (without the P. acuminatus guide
fossil); our findings (Conkin, et al., In Press) are in agreement with Perkins
on this point, for extensive study of this lower part of the P. acuminatus
Zone (bryozoan-brachiopod zone of Perkins) in northwestern Kentucky
and southern Indiana has never revealed the presence of P. acuminatus.
It is therefore rather startling to find P. acuminatus near the base of the
underlying Brevispirifer gregarius Zone.

Measured Section

The following section (Fig. 2), with notation as to the occurrence of
Paraspirifer acuminatus in the lowest part of the Brevispirifer gregarius
Zone, was measured at the Falls of the Ohio immediately west of the
whirlpool as marked on the map (Fig. 1).

Paraspirifer Acuminatus 73

—
1000 Ft.

Figure 1. Map showing location of the collecting site of Paraspirifer acuminatus at the
Falls of the Ohio.

Systematic Description

Paraspirifer Wedekind in Salomon, 1926
Paraspirifer acuminatus (Conrad), 1839
Figs. 3, 4

Description.—Paraspirifer acuminatus is represented by a fragment of
the pedicle valve which is bilobed, with a prominent median sinus, be-
coming wider and deeper anteriorly; shell is large with the surface
plicated; some of the plications bifurcate anteriorly; concentric delicate
striae are obsecured by silicification, as is the usual case in the species.

Horizon.—The singular, fragmentary specimen of Paraspirifer acuminatus

PARTIAL
THICKNESS

BRACH | 0-
POD ZONE

BONE BED

<€- SMOOTH LAYER

LIMESTONE

LJ
me
O
N
ic)
=)
FE
<=
a
(aa
<—
=>
—)
a=
Ww)
©
aa)
(ad
=)
=

JEFFERSONVILLE

PARASPIRI FER
ACUMINATUS

PARTIAL
THICKNESS

Figure 2. Measured section at the Falls of the Ohio, Clark County, Indiana.

Paraspirifer Acuminatus 75

was found in place in the lower 0.1 foot of the Brevispirifer gregarious
Zone = the Mollerina greenei Zone of Conkin, et al. (In Press).
Remarks.—This single specimen is fragmentary (Figs. 4A, 4B), but
sufficient detail is preserved for confident assignment of the specimen to
Paraspirifer acuminatus. Detailed comparisons were made between the
present specimen and well preserved specimens of P. acuminatus from the
P. acuminatus Zone of the Jeffersonville Limestone in Jefferson County,
Kentucky and Clark County, Indiana as well as the upper part of the
H Zone (P. acuminatus Zone) of the Columbus Limestone in the Columbus,
Ohio area. The present specimen is a portion of the pedicle valve which

Figure 3. Outlines of disarticulated pedicle and brachial valves and complete specimens
of Paraspirifer acuminatus. Magnification is approximately XI.

A—Outline of “spoonlike” brachial valve;

B—Outline of the less convex posterior two-thirds of the pedicle valve after fragmenta-
tion (which broke off the anterior one-third of the valve);

C—Outline of complete pedicle valye showing the anterior one-third of the valve which
is subject to breakage and separation from the posterior two-thirds of the valve;
D—Ouitline of the posterior view of a complete shell, oriented so that the upper valve
is the pedicle and the lower valve is the brachial valve;

E—Outline of the anterior view of a complete shell, oriented so that the upper valve is
the brachial and the lower valve is pedicle valve.

76 James E. Conkin and Barbara M. Conkin

Figure 4—Stereopair of a fragment of Paraspirifer acuminatus from the Brevispirifer
gregarius Zone at the Falls of the Ohio; X1.5.

is the usual valve encountered when P. acuminatus is found disarticulated;
in fact, the great predominance of specimens of P. acuminatus in the
P. acuminatus Zone in the Falls of the Ohio area, are found as fragments
of the pedicle valve (Fig. 3B). The brachial valve (Fig. 3A) is very
rarely seen except when the shells of P. acuminatus are not disarticulated
(Figs. 3D, 3E). Pedicle valves are almost always broken, but generally
only approximately the anterior one-third of the shell is broken off; the
remaining two-thirds (Fig. 3B) is flatter and much less convex than the
complete pedicle valve (Fig. 3C). The more convex (“spoonlike”) brachial
valve (Fig. 3A) was more liable to have been caught by currents and
carried away, fragmented by impact of the waves in shallow water, and
reduced to “coquinoid” particles.

Deposition. —This specimen of Paraspirifer acuminatus is deposited in
the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., No. 165849 in Paleozoic
Catalog No. 34.

SUMMARY

A fragmentary specimen of the pedicle valve of Paraspirifer acuminatus
was found in place in the lowermost part of the Brevispirifer gregarius
Zone = the Moellerina greenei Zone at the Falls of the Ohio, Clark County,
Indiana.

A detailed measured section of the Brevispirifer gregarius Zone at the
Falls of the Ohio is presented with the occurrence of the Paraspirifer
acuminatus specimen noted in its lowest 0.1 foot which directly overlies
the Amphipora Subzone of the Jeffersonville Coral Zone.

Paraspirifer Acuminatus iy

The predominance of incomplete pedicle valves of Paraspirifer acum-
inatus in the P. acuminatus Zone itself is believed to be a result of dis-
articulation of the pedicle and brachial valves and subsequent fragmentation
of the pedicle valve. After fragmentation, the pedicle valve was reduced
to a rather low convex residual portion which was more stable in currents.
The more convex “spoonlike” brachial valve was quite liable to be carried
away and fragmented by wave action.

LITERATURE CITED

Conkin, J. E. and Conkin, B. M., 1969. Middle Devonian bone beds of
Jefferson County, Kentucky and southern Indiana. Abstract, S. E.
Sec., Geol. Soc. America, p. 14.

—————————— , In Press. Middle Devonian Moellerina greenei Zone and
suppression of the genus Weikkoella Summerson, 1958. Micropaleon-
tology.

Perkins, R. D., 1963. Petrology of the Jeffersonville Limestone (Middle
Devonian) of southeastern Indiana. Bull. Geol. Soc. America 74:
1335-1354.

Received: July 10, 1969. Accepted: October 17, 1969.

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

THE FIFTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE,
MURRAY STATE UNIVERSITY, MURRAY, OCTOBER 24-25, 1969

HOST: DR. WALTER E. BLACKBURN, Dean, School of Arts and Sciences

Minutes

The annual business meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was called
to order by President Orville Richardson on Friday night, October 24, 1969,
immediately following the banquet in the Dining Room of the Holiday Inn,
Murray, Kentucky.

Minutes of the Fall Meeting, 1968, were distributed to members by the
secretary, R. Larance. A mction was made and seconded to approve the minutes.
The motion passed.

The president at this time expressed appreciation and thanks to Murray State
University for inviting the Academy to its campus for the 1969 Fall Meeting.
The host, Dr. Walter Blackburn, and the entire planning committee received a
special thanks.

The treasurer, C. B. Hamann, distributed the financial report for KAS. A
motion was made and seconded that the report be approved. The motion passed.
(This report is filed in the KAS Secretary’s Book. )

President Richardson called upon the Auditing Committee for its report.
C. B. Hamann, representing H. Howell, chairman of this committee, presented this
report. A motion was made and seconded that the report be approved. Motion
passed. (This report is filed in the KAS Secretary’s Book. )

M. Taylor, Director of the Junior Academy of Science, presented his report.
Copies of the year’s activities were made available to members present. He
expressed a desire and need for help wih the Junior Acadmy, particularly from
the extreme Western and Eastern sections of the state. The central sector of
Kentucky is most active in the Junior Academy. The President expressed thanks
and appreciation for Dr. Taylor’s concern with the Junior Academy.

William Wagner, Editor of the Transactions, presented a report o the members.
Dr. Wagner stated that the Academy had caught up with its publications and
that Volume 30, numbers 3 and 4 should be published in December. He stated
that all concerned should try to better the Transactions by submitting high
quality papers.

After some announcements, the President recessed the meeting until the
scheduled 10:00 a.m. Annual Business Meeting on Saturday morning.

After greeting the members of the Academy President Richardson, representing
the Executive Committee, stated that the Committee had received requests for
two new sections of the Academy. These are for the establishment of a “Sociclogy”
section and a section called “Physiology, Bio-Physics, and Pharmacology.” A
motion was made by P. Sears, seconded by R. Barbour, that each section be
established as reccmmended by the Executive Committee. The motion was
approved without any opposition. (The Sociology section met for organizational
purposes at this 1969 Fall Meeting of the Academy; the President of the Academy
appointed Dr. F. Zechman as Chairman and Dr. J. Engelberg as Secretary of
the Physiolcgy, Bio-Physics, and Pharmacology Section. They are to get this
section together for next year.)

The secretary, R. Larance, was called upon to give a report on the Constitution
of the Academy. He stated that the Executive Committee recognized a need for
certain constitutional revisions within the present Constitution, which was last
revised in 1951. After pointing out several parts of the Constitution which should
receive attention and perhaps changes, he stated that the Executive Committee

Academy Affairs 79

strongly recommended to the in-coming president the appointment of a committee
to study and make changes in the Constitution.

President Richardson commented upon the action the Executive Committee
had taken in connection with the role of KAS in KEP (Kentuckians for Environ-
mental Planning.) The President had appointed a committee, Man and His
Environment, to study and make recommendations to the Academy at the Fall
Meeting, 1969, as to KAS’s role and activity with KEP. The Committee had not
met; thus, no report. With this information Dr. R. Barbour made a motion that
“KAS affiliate itself with KEP.” The motion was seconded and passed. Con-
siderable discussion followed as to who would represent the KAS and the duties
of the representatives. With this in mind Dr. B. Branson made a motion that
the Executive Committee cf KAS act as an advisory committee to the representative
to KEP. The motion was amended to read as above plus “the Executive Committee
would appoint a delegate and an alternate delegate (today—10/25/69).” The
motion and amendment passed. Dr. R. Barbour, University of Kentucky, and Dr.
B. Branson, Eastern Kentucky University, were appointed delegate and alternate
respectively.

It was announced by the president that the next Annual Fall Meeting would
be held at Gecrgetown College, Georgetown, Kentucky, and that in 1971 Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky, would host the meetings. In 1972
Transylvania College will act as host to the meeting in Lexington, Kentucky.
Immediately, the Academy received invitations to meet in 1973 at Morehead State
University and from Centre College to meet there in 1974.

G. Wilson, Jr. was recognized by the President to make comments upon the
functicn of the Board of the Academy. He stated that as it is now the Board of
Directors do not meet and are not functioning. He stated that the Board should
work to stimulate local and state industry in supporting the activities of the
Academy. J. Engelberg commented upon the disadvantages of receiving large
financial sums from industries and the advantages of support from small industries.
He stated that it may be to the Academy’s advantage to receive small amounts of
money from a large number of industries rather than large amounts from a few.
There may be danger of becoming committed to large donors, he stated. He also
commented upon advantages of having a secretary as we now have rather than an
Executive Secretary. Dr. B. Branson was recognized to state that he thought the
Academy should receive any amount of money, large or small, from anyone or
from any industry or institution. Dr. Branson also was in favor of the Academy
having an Executive Secretary.

The Nominating Committee reported the following officers for the Academy
and with no additional nominations from the floor, they were elected by ac-
clamation.

PEE SH CTI er aecdeescauchs. <oece sedeauansntina L. Alexander, Ky. State College
President-Elect ............... K. Hussung, Murray State University
Vice-President ............c006 M. Russell, Western Ky. University
SECKCLARY meronert eaten eer ca as R. Larance, Eastern Ky. University
WR ASIIVON fonts cc cease ee ance count cveet C. B. Hamann, Asbury College
Representative to AAAS ........ M. Wharton, Georgetown College

(elected in 1968 for 2-year term)
WRC CEOLS 12:80, eee eeehe os S. Jones, Eastern Ky. University

E. Brown, University of Kentucky

K. Hussung, Chairman of the AAAS Grant Committee, reported that the $120
AAAS Grant money had been awarded to Dr. Mary Wharton of Georgetown
College to aid in her work toward a book concerned with the Ferns and Flora
of Kentucky. There were six applications made for the Grant.

M. Wharton, AAAS representative, made a report of last years AAAS Meeting.
She stated that two members of the Kentucky Academy should represent the

80 Academy Affairs

Academy at the next meeting (December 27, 1969). She stated that there were
40 state Academies of Science and that 10 of these operated on a budget of less
than $5,000 and that three operated on a budget of over $100,000. The Kentucky
Academy is in the first group. She stated that AAAS recommended that each
Academy have an Executive Secretary. The AAAS will supply without charge
to the Academy a consultant to any State Academy which wishes to set up and
operate under the Executive Secretary system.

President Richardson stated that the Academy needed more industries
represented in its membership and that the Executive Committee at its May
1969 meeting suggested that a section for “Industry” be established or at least
considered. No official action.

M. Wharton, Chairman of the T. H. Morgan Fund, reported that the Com-
mittee recommends that the $135 in this Fund be used to help pay the cost of
printing a biography of T. H. Morgan. Dr. Riley has written the biography. A
motion was made and seconded to accept the Committee’s recommendation.
Motion passed.

C. B. Hamann, Treasurer, reported that approximately 50 members had been
removed from the membership list due to lack of dues payment. He also stated
that 12 people had made application for membership. These twelve were voted
into membership.

President Richardson stated that the Executive Committee recognized the
need to have the Academy divided into perhaps three sections, based on geo-
graphical location. There could be a Western, Central, and Eastern section with
vice-presidents from each section. This should aid in membership and establish-
ing a better relationship between industry and the Academy. No action taken.

A report from R. Kuehne, Chairman of the Resolutions Committee, follows:

Be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science, through its Secretary,
express thanks to Dr. Paul G. Sears, Past President of the Academy, for his
continued support and service to the Executive Committee during the year
1969. This resolution passed.

Resolution:

Because Murray State University has graciously served as the host institution
for the Fifty-fifth Annual Meeting of the KAS and because Dean W. B.
Blackburn, College of Arts and Sciences, and the Members of the Site
Committee (Dr. Pete Panzera, Dr. Marion D. Hassell, Dr. W. Reed, Dr.
Charles Homraund, Dr. Karl Hussung) have all worked diligently to make
the meetinsg a success, be it resolved that the Academy express its ap-
preciation to Murray State University and the above individuals and that
the Secretary so inform them. This resolution passed.

Resolution: (This resolution was signed by M. D. Hassell, Roger W.
Barbour, and C. D. Wilder)

Since relatively natural areas no longer are easily available for appreciation
enjoyment, and education by most people of the United States; and

Since most such areas that now exist are rapidly being destroyed; Now,
therefore, be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science go on record
as favoring the establishment of government owned blocks of land of at
least 100,000 acres each, one of which to be located within 200 miles of any
individual point in the nation, and that this acreage be managed to facilitate
its early return to a relatively natural state. This resolution passed.

Resolution: (Also submitted by Hassell, Barbour, and Wilder)

Since the destruction of the natural landscape robs children and_ their
children to come of their natural environment, and thus of even an op-
portunity to learn fist-hand what a natural environment was, it removes an

Academy Affairs 81

important element of their emotional and psychological development; and
Since strip-mining for coal is a major factor affecting this health and well-
being of the peoples of Kentucky; and

Since it is now abundantly clear that current strip-mining practices, even
under Kentucky’s relatively stringent reclamation laws, are rapidly destroying
all streams arising in or transversing areas where strip-mining is practiced;
and,

Since the upheaval of the landscape and the destruction of our streams
brought on by the strip-mining robs our children of a portion of their right-
ful heritage for the sake of transient economic gain;

Now, therefore, be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science go on
record as favoring a law prohibiting the stripping away of the covering
earth for the removal of coal.

The resolution was discussed at some length with quite a controversy arising.
After considerable discussion a standing vote was called. In the meantime, a
moticn was made to table the resolution. The motion to table the resolution was
turned down by a 25-23 vote. The original motion to pass on the resolution was
taken by standing vote and passed by a 23-21 vote.

Due to the controversy arising from the above resolution, C. Hamann made
a motion that any resolution made should be in the hands of the President of the
KAS one week prior to the Annual Business Meeting. The motion was amended
to read as above plus “copies should be made available to all members.” The
motion as amended was passed. Controversy arose from this action due primarily
to the fact that resolutions were usually made (written) by a committee at the
meeting. After a brief discussion, W. Wagner moved to rescind the previous
motion. This motion was seccnded and passed. He then gave another motion
which read, “Any resolution,if possible, should be in the hands of the President one
week prior to the Annual Business Meeting and that copies should be sent, if
possible, to members.” Again, discussion began concerning the words “if possible.”
In the meantime, someone moved that the Annual Business Meeting be adjourned.
This was seconded and passed.

The Annual Business Meeting adjourned at 11:20 a.m.

Robert S. Larance, Secretary

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY

PRECIO ETN red esasetianreds Jace sciesnociaesnurs Orville Richardson, Kentucky Wesleyan College
Ie SEE TESEICCE sea acece et sescccesecsse aneedessabeeooeees Lloyd Alexander, Kentucky State College
RAPE OETESI GENE o2cetesc. costeessacdsedSsesscisevateosdereses Karl Hussung, Murray State University
SIEGIRSUBINY . scocaSSSonee nee CREETREEE DOE EBEEERGE Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University
TLMEESULIGE ssongcccnce ERE A SAREE See ORIN fc SRS C. B. Hamann, Asbury College
Representative to

PNM IAC CO OATIGIL 52) bie secess ese ceceacceseveeeeedes Mary Wharton, Georgetown College
Director, Junior Academy ...................5 Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University
Editor of the Transactions .............00.0. William F. Wagner, University of Kentucky

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Lay JN TRI YO) E2 epee eee co cco aro SCC COE Oe ANCE ate ane Ee to 1972
‘Gromlom, “Walser. Sears eas scene: occ SOG Cee AEM oe ee to 1972
OYE Baieg: Ms (CIES VSR err eeer cee re CoCo oe eR EERE Renee yr ry to 1971

Tune, IMI) (Cit oye cys) ara ctee A-ha eee to 1971

82 Academy Affairs

Grace Quinto! iss CRs WR BRERA ee ee to 1970
Margaret) B. Heaslipy | ..22)...c.ccete-ccecsesceescessedevesaseovsctucasevsersessemeuestoae teeter ceeenenee to 1970
Rear FU USSanra > cccscctadessssesencoaenadossuctencssncacenencese-cesseatateacstentodaatzoctt catecceer eeeeeeeeee to 1969
Tiloyd iB. Alexander. icc tcccccocssiscacatsosacdassestobaccnesoonceedtcccessaneresst ete aa tea eeeeeeen to 1969

PROGRAM
Friday, October Twenty-Fourth

12:45-4:00 p.m. Optional Field Trips:

Land-Between-the-Lakes
Recreation Area or Calvert City Chemical

1:00-6:00 p.m. Registration
6:00 p.m. Social Hour, Holiday Inn
7:00 p.m. Banquet, Holiday Inn

Welcome: Dr. Harry Sparks
President, Murray State University
Feature Address: Dr. Donald Caplenor
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences,
Tennessee Technological University

Topic: “What is the Way to Effective Conservation”
Saturday, October Twenty-Fifth

8:00 a.m. Sectional Meetings
10:00-10:45 a.m. Annual Business Meeting
11:00 a.m. Sectional Meetings
12:00 Noon Informal Luncheon Assembly

8:40

9:00

9:20

9:40

11:00

11:20

11:40

8:30

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION

Richard Furlow, Chairman

Frederic Hicks, Secretary
Initiation Rite Theory: The Maori Case—A Consideration of Alternatives.
Michael F. Conway, Western Kentucky University.

The Management of Tension Persuant to Witchcraft Accusation: A
Comparative Study. Allen C. Turner, University of Kentucky.

A Paramount Chief as an Agent of Change. Steve Davis, University of
Kentucky.

The Growth of Negro Landownership in a Rural Louisiana Parish. Jules
W. Delambre, University of Kentucky.

Preservation of Prehistoric Human Remains in Kentucky. Louise Robbins,
University of Kentucky.

Observation and Analysis of Human Remains from an Archaic Burial in
Trigg County, Kentucky. John E. Keller, University of Kentucky.
Election of Officers

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION
Charles J. Isbell, Chairman
Harold E. Eversmeyer, Secretary

Effects of Cycocel and B-Nine on Certain Mitrogenous Fractions in Barley
Seedlings. Kinser, Linda and Frank Toman, Western Kentucky University.

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45

11:00
11:15

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45
11:00

11:15

11:30

8:00
8:15

8:30

8:45

Academy Affairs 83

The Flora of Kentucky as an Object for Field Study and the Teaching of
Botany. Willem Meijer, University of Kentucky.

Studies in Lichen Enzymology. Seibert, Sr. M. Angelice, Ohio State
University.

The use of Computers in Taxonomy. Marion J. Fuller, Murray State
University.

Flowering Cycle of the Commen Dandelion. Eugene M. McGehee and
Elmer Gray, Western Kentucky University.

Relative Concentration of Fermentation Products in Corn Silage Contain-
ing Various Levels of Urea. Shirley, J. E., L. D. Brown, J. D. Skean,
W. H. Stroube, and L. Mutter, Western Kentucky University.

Relic Species in the Red River Gorge. Mary Wharton, Georgetown College.
Business Meeting and Election of Officers.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

K. Grant Taylor, Chairman
Gordon Wilson, Jr., Secretary

Stoichiometry, Physical Properties and Bonding in Scandium Hydride.
W. G. Bos and C. Dean Parks, University of Louisville.
Thermochromism in Simple Anhydrides. Jerry Hendon, Annette Gordon
and Marshall Gordon, Murray State University.

The Determination of Stability Constants for Iron (III) and Vanadium (V)
with Beta-Isopropyltropolone by the Extractive Method. B. E. McClellan,
Murray State University, David Bright, University of Maryland and Oscar
Menis, National Bureau of Standards.

Synthesis and Characterization of tris—( Malononitriledithiolato ) metalates.
T. H. Crawford, University of Louisville and H. B. Gray, California
Institute of Technology.

Mechanism of the Base Catalyzed Synthesis of Azobenzenes. Ellis V.
Brown and William Kipp, University of Kentucky.

Election of Officers and Coffee Break.

Selective Deprotonation of Imidazoles. John L. Wong, University of
Louisville.

Some Electrophilic Reactions of Carbenoids. K. G. Taylor, W. E. Hobbs,
M. Clark and M. Saquet, University of Louisville.

The Separation of Acetone from Water by Salting Out and its Use in
Solvent Extraction. Charles E. Matkovich and Gary E. Christian.

GEOLOGY-GEOGRAPHY SECTION

Preston McGrain, Chairman
Dennis L. Spetz, Secretary

Election of Officers.

Paleozoic Oil Possibilities in the Jackson Purchase, Western Kentucky.
Howard Schwalb, Kentucky Geological Survey.

Paraspirifer acuminatus in the Brevispirifer gregarius Zone at the Falls of
Ohio. James E. Conkin, University of Louisville and Barbara M. Conkin,
Jefferson Community College.

Plant Fossils from the St. Louis Formation in Kentucky. Ruth G. Browne,

Louisville and Albert L. Bryant, Geologist, Louisville Gas and Electric
Company.

84

8:15

Academy Affairs

The Stratigraphic Position of the Renfro Member of the Borden Forma-
tion (Mississippian) in East-Central and Northeast Kentucky. John C.
Philley, Morehead State University.

Subsurface Geology of Kentucky Cryptoexplosion Structures. C. Ronald
Seegar, Western Kentucky University.

Subsurface Geology and Ground-Water Resources of the Jackson Purchase
Region, Kentucky. Robert W. Davis, United States Geological Survey.
Recognition of Upper Mississippian Time-Stratigraphic Units in South-
central Kentucky. E. R. Pohl, Horse Cave, Kentucky.

Urbanization in Kentucky: Patterns and Trends. William A. Withington,
University of Kentucky.

Development of Railroads in the Purchase Area of Western Kentucky.
Stanford Hendrickson, Murray State University.

Geography of Homer. Kguis Hicks, Murray State University.

The Populaticn Distribution on the Ethiopian Plateau. S. Reza Ahsan,
Western Kentucky University.

PHYSICS SECTION
Fletcher Gabbard, Chairman
George K. Miner, Secretary
Optical Properties of Antimony Trisulfide. G. R. Morris and J. M. Kline,
Murray State University.
Beam Foil Spectroscopy at Murray State University. Lewis M. Beyer,

~Murray State University.

Optical Processing of Ultrasonic Fields...W. Richard Klein, Murray State
University. nh wea ae
A New Method for Investigating the Surface Reflection of Low aces
Electrons. M. W. Russell, A. D. Sanders, J. D. Burd and I. E. Collier,
Western Kentucky University.

Electron Reflection Coefficient of Polycrystalline Tungsten from 0.4 to
10 eV. I. E. Collier and M. W. Russell, Western Kentucky University.
Nuclear Structure of the Argon Isotopes. B. D. Kern, University of
Kentucky.

The Nuclear Energy Levels of 194Pt. Donald Benson, Bresica College.
Mossbauer Measurements on Single Crystal Potassium Ferrocyanide
Trihydrate vs. Orientation. H. E. Groskreutz, Thomas More College.
Report on the Middlebury Confers .on the Teaching of Physics in
Liberal Arts Colleges. G. K. Miner, Thomas More College.

Improved Lecture and Laboratory Apparatus. J. G. Black, Eastern
Kentucky University.

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION

Rex Knowles, Chairman
Harry Robe, Secretary

The role of the Hippocampus in Discrete Trial Inhibitory Behavior.
Thomas B. Posey, Murray State University.

Abstract and Concrete Response Bias on the Similarities Subtest of the
WAIS as a Function of Sex. Thomas B. Posey, Murray State University;
Richard Alumbaugh, Central Washington State College; Charles G.
Halcomb, and David Taylor, Texas Tech University.

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

11:00

11:15

9:00
9:20
Note:

9:00
Note:

8:00

8:15

8:25

8:40

8:55

9:10

9:25

9:40

9:50

Academy Affairs 85

The Role of Intra-maze Cues in Choice of “place” versus “response”
strategics by Rats Solving a T Maze. Sterling Hall, Centre College.

Political Affiliations of High School Seniors and their Parents. Sam Floyd
and Gene Weis, Bellarmine-Ursuline College.

The Effects of Occupation and Social Environment on Female Perception
of Males. L. M. Faindaca, D. S. O’Leary, and E. A. Ross Jr., Bellarmine-
Ursuline College.

Synchronization of Non-24-hour light-dark Cycles Affecting Reproduction
in Animals. Frederick M. Brown, Centre College.

Program: New Programs offered in Conjunction with Psychology in
Colleges and Universities in Kentucky. Rex Knowles, Chairman.

Election of Officers.

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION
Frank Howard, Chairman
Morris Taylor, Secretary
General Business Meeting and Election of Officers.
Discussion of Science Education in Kentucky.
Other Portion of Program to be Arranged.

SOCIOLOGY SECTION
C. D. Bryant, Appointed Chairman

Organizational Meeting and Election of Officers.

This is an organizational meeting for Sociology, which is to become a new
section of the Kentucky Academy of Science.

ZOOLOGY SECTION
John C. Williams, Chairman

Election of Officers.

Preliminary Report: Effects of Stripmining on the Fish Fauna of Leather-
wood and Bear Branch Creeks, Breathitt County, Kentucky. Branson,
Branley A. and Donald L. Batch, Eastern Kentucky University.

Fishes of the Spring River Drainage; Missouri, Kansas and Oklahoma:
Origin and Affinities. Branson, Branley A., Eastern Kentucky University.
Advances in Faunal Research*on Kentucky Lepidoptera. Covell, Charles
V., Jr., University of Louisville.

A Statistical Study of the Human Sex Ratio. Loyd, Robert C. and Elmer
Gray, Western Kentucky University.

A Preliminary Investigation of the Incidence of Acanthocephalans in
Freshwater Fish from two Similar Streams in Rowan County, Kentucky.
Smith, Langston D., Morehead State University.

A Comparison of the In Vitro Viability of Mouse Ova from Hormone-
Treated Mice with Ova from Spontaneous Ovulations. Spears, James R.,
Morehead State University.

Waterfowl Marking for Visual Identification. Rudersdorf, Ward J., Eastern
Kentucky University.

Some Studies of the Feather Tracts of Developing Japanese Quail
(Coturnix c. japonica). Hamon, J. Hill, Transylvania College.

86

11:00

11:15

11:30

11:45

12:00

Academy Affairs

Preliminary Studies of the Effects of Lipase and Temperature on the Rate
of Maceration in Some Birds. Whisler, James R. and J. Hill Hamon,
Transylvania College.

Survey of Plecoptera as they Relate to Stream Classification in Tight
Hollow and Mill Creeks, Wolfe County, Kentucky. Batch, Donald L. and
Branley A. Branson, Eastern Kentucky University.

Does the Arterial Pulse Wave Transport Blood? Engelberg, Joseph,
University of Kentucky.

Body Weight and Blood Volume Relationships in Parasitized and Non-
Parasitized Tobacco Hornworm Larvae. Dahlman, Douglas L., University
of Kentucky.

Sex Hormones and their Effects when Reversed in One-Day Old Chicks.
Meek, Baron and James W. Snyder, Eastern Kentucky University.

INDEX TO VOLUME 30

ACADEMY AFFAIRS, 78

Aliff, J. V., 20

Bipalium Kewense, 71
Brevispirifer Gregarius Zone, 72

Cathaemasia Reticulata, 20
Clark’s River, fishes, 54
Cole, M. E., 69, 71
Conkin, B. M., 72

Conkin, J. E., 72

Destrafication in Impoundments, 1

Eastern Belted Kingfisher, 20
Editorial, 53
Edney, J. M., 20

Falls of the Ohio, 72
Fishes of West Kentucky,
Clarks River, 54
Obion Creek, 60

Irwin, W. H., 1
Land Planarian, 71

Obion Creek, fishes, 60
Ochrotomy Nuttalli

(Harlan) in Kentucky, 45
Ostracoda, Western Kentucky, 69

Paraspirifer Acuminatus, 72
Plankton Populations, 1
Plethodon Richmondi, 38

Rhinichthys Atratulus
Meleagris Agassiz, 23
Robinson, E. L., 1

Sisk, M. E., 54, 60
Smith, P. L., 60
Symons, J. M., 1
Tarter, D. C., 23

Wallace, J. T., 38, 45
Western Blacknose Dace, 23

=e ea vei
eh

Ble Ss.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE,

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

ie

i

%

TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
Volume 31, 1970

EDITORIAL STAFF

Editor

WILLIAM F. WAGNER

Associate Editors

WILLIAM DENNEN, Geology
MarsHALL Gorpon, Chemistry
LL. A. KrumuHowz, Botany and Microbiology

RosBerT KuEHNE, Zoology

Editorial Office

Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Published in 1970 by

THE Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 31
Nos. 1-4

Upper Mississippian Deposits of South Central Kentucky—
A Project Report

HEV, PO ERD i doc eccckedboreendecesdivecssscnisencevuesetetesers-cvesee ee 1

The History of Anthropology Departments in Kentucky
Universities

LOUISE M. ROBBINS, Editor’ «.....):c..6.0ci.s-00-0-;2ee soe 16

I. Anthropology at Transylvania
CARA E. RICHARDS and L. A. BROWN 2.2.2.8 19

II. Anthropology at the University of Kentucky
Lexington Campus

FRANK J. HSSHNED ....0:cccccccscseseotecoecerescscenesereneteeeeememee 22

III. The Growth of Anthropology at the
University of Louisville

FREDERIG HICKS) .5.2...c:cs::chescce.ieccscces sen ee eee 28

An Annotated Check List of the Dragonflies and
Damselflies (Odonata) of Kentucky

PATRICIA LILES RESNER

Some Mechanisms With Which Crotalus horridus horridus
Responds to Stimuli

A Lets) WEED IR. josesecsescssecdeeledeceed caste eet 45

The Corn Snake, Elaphe Guttata Guttata (Linnaeus)
in Kentucky

JOSEPH: A COWLIEINS » o.é.c.2.225.c52 Stenace states see eee 49

An Annotated List of Fishes From the Upper Salt
River, Kentucky

R. D. HOYT, S. E. NEFF and L. A. KRUMHOLZ .................. 51

Record of Occurence of a Trypanosome Infection in the Prairie
Vole Microtus Orchogaster, in Jefferson County, Kentucky
WILLIAM T. McGEACHIN, FRED H. WHITAKER,
and FRANK WitQUIGK: [Rey 2s... cccuceasct re saeneeeeeeeeeeere .. 64

Continued on next page

Kentucky Algae
GARY E. DILLARD and STEPHEN B. CRIDER ................... 66

List of Amphibians and Reptiles from Tight Hollow in East-
Central Kentucky

BRANLEY A. BRANSON, DONALD L. BATCH,
ERIE OU NICE: SIM) ig NOOB 2s loeescusaeounesss-bedanaeconsaceseesoteaseesowees 73

Records for and Annotations on Some Valley Millipeds
(Diplopoda) from Northern Kentucky ..............ccccccssccceseeeeseeees 79

Spiders (Arachnida: Araneida) from Northern Kentucky, with
Notes on Phalangids and Some Other Localities

BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH ............ 84
Pilot Experiments Involving X-ray Induced Mutants in the

Dumpy and Yellow Regions of Scute—19i Chromosomes

in Drosophila Melanogaster

SAU AG Elen @ ON ETAE YOUR YG ie areca socease a. cca sce casuacdaesseaticvsusesecessee 99

A Search for Trypanosoma cruzi in Kentucky Opossums
IKON PANTER Eh Soee sci sccncotus muaria sent dass Sesceuaansnfaey candace arsagaseen 104

PAG MD EEL ey NEO ANE ENS aeac oe csh ananassae hes aseceatcestsousbever vesuscnedeedsdecnerene se 105

Mae XALOMN OLUTIIO LO LO dreh ene an cc ieee Lu Mn CU AED hhc a A ee VS

i

j

ING NG 7

Vol. 31, Nos. 1-2 1970 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY ot SCIENCE

Official Organ
KentTucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

Upper Mississippian Deposits of South Central Kentucky—
A Project Report

mpm RO EDO pO ees ey eee EL iduea ee wanewec 1
The History of Anthropology Departments in Kentucky
Universities
Perse My ROBB INSS BGitor -2.c20.<2 csscccsscoeciesoleevevecacastensscetee 16
I. Anthropology at Transylvania
CARA E. RICHARDS and L. A. BROWN ................ 19

II. Anthropology at the University of Kentucky
Lexington Campus

PEE ea Cd epee EN ocala ee Use naucaet kay satandeebedouendh Ganboonaces 22
Ill. The Growth of Anthropology at the

University of Louisville

USES BAD I Da RU LGah o UG, Co i pal ear ae le le Rae A Ao 28

An Annotated Check List of the Dragonflies and
Damselflies (Odonata) of Kentucky

Berend E NAG LING) es Le Peis ER EL INIUERS sik oes ceg sssaveticubenccesedeeneosabonsederssones 32

Some Mechanisms With Which Crotalus horridus horridus
Responds to Stimuli
Py ED ec, 45

The Corn Snake, Elaphe Guttata Guttata GRRE NZ

in Kentucky

RBH T) CORDING (2... ROT H1970-~- . 49

NLIBRARIE

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1969-70

President: Lloyd Alexander, Kentucky State College

President-Elect: Karl Hussung, Murray State University

Vice-President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Mary Wharton, Georgetown College

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Rear) Einascuin yt 2 sscpeatecsiscsdeeoodks to 1970 Gordon Wilson ........... sasusvencens tO LOE
Grace Ouro. cos.ccnssaverseseeees to 1970 L. A. Krumbolz: 2.0223 to 1972
John M. Carpenter ............00000 to 1971 Sanford’ Li: Jones <;..2225ee to 1978
William M. Clay. i.ccscseccsccacesne to 1971 Ellis .V.. Brown iste to 1973

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:

Botany and Microbiology: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University

Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Zoology: Robert Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

——

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $4.00 per volume; foreign, $4.00 per
volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

UPPER MISSISSIPPIAN DEPOSITS OF SOUTH-CENTRAL KENTUCKY
A PROJECT REPORT

E. R. POHL
Box 527, Horse Cave, Ky. 42749

Introduction

A critical review of the Upper Mississippian sequence in south-central
Kentucky was initiated about five years ago. The endeavor consists of con-
tinuous channeling of these beds. Insoluble residues and polished, vertically
overlapping study surfaces are produced for the carbonates. Thinsections
are prepared at vertical intervals averaging no greater than 15 centimeters,
and multiple slides are produced wherever necessary for biostratigraphical
and sedimentological purposes. The practice is to sample measured field
sections of artificial exposures of greatest possible continuous thicknesses,
geographically closely spaced (Fig. 1). The purpose is to accumulate maxi-
mum source data for the interpretation of the depositional and biological
history of one small area of the earth’s surface during a selected interval
of time. The data, therefore, includes some information not available from
continuous core material alone, by providing unlimited selected-horizon
collections and the opportunity to study and record lateral variations.

Results, to date, comprise just over two thousand mounted micro-
sections, with appropriate reserve samples, and nine excellently preserved,
free-form microfaunules. The latter, composed mostly of foraminifers and
ostracods, are stratigraphically distributed as follows: Salem 2, St. Louis 2,
Ste. Genevieve 2, Fraileys 1, Glen Dean 1, and Tar Springs 1. An estimated
80 percent of the foraminiferan species are undescribed and some of the
genera are new to eastern North America, to the Mississippian, and to the
Paleozoic. Systematic paleontologic study of the most prolific of the faunules,
the Fraileys (Pohl, Browne and Chaplin 1968), has been delayed until
new techniques were devised and refined for thinsectioning specimens in the
100 to 300 micron size-range. This method will be reported in detail later.
A co-worker, R. G. Browne, has a paper in advanced preparation on the
more unusual foraminifer genera. J. W. Baxter is participating in a study
of the stratigraphic value of the dasycladacean genus Koninckopora and
other calceareous algae.

Thanks are due A. C. McFarlan, Alan Horowitz, Garland Dever and
J. W. Baxter, who have read this manuscript and have offered valuable
suggestions.

Discussion

Pre-Salem Deposits. No attempt is made to unravel the intricate and
involved correlation efforts, applicable to the local column, of numerous
workers studying the stratigraphic units near the base of the Upper Mis-
sissippian. Significant efforts in the Illinois Basin have extended over the
past 100 years. An excellent summary of the history of the current unit

bo

E. R. Pohl

1 2 Jackson
Oo 25 50 75 100 MILES

Legend F
sj Outcrop of Mississippian
~~] Post-Borden Epeiric
Ry pest Bord ah
Post-Paleozoic
Embayment.
.
% — Standard Collections.
2 — Comparison or

Preliminary lOWAs,
Collections. Wos

Columbus
1 e
A

< °
x Springfield

\Cincinnati

°* Frankfort 4
SS
J>

/

Cae
\ WARREN
Jy * ee 1

be

Se

OOS
Zs ZRZ~\ LONE EN

Fig. 1. Area of this Study of Upper Mississippian Epeiric Sediments and approximate

Location of Collecting Sites. Outcrop Outline is diagramatic and does not include Out-

liers or Inliers.

names, Borden, Ramp Creek, Harrodsburg, and Warsaw, is given by Line-
back 1966: 33-34. His findings are followed here and are supported at
the present stage of this study.

In south-central Kentucky deposits equivalent in position with the Ramp
Creek Member of the Ullin Formation (Lineback 1966) of Indiana and
southern Illinois form the base of the Upper Mississippian (Fig. 2). The
change from the predominantly terrigenous Borden to the predominantly
biogenous Ullin rocks is not sharply defined. There appears to have been
no interruption in deposition as the regional process of infilling of the deep-
water depressions and troughs of the Borden marine-delta front progressed
to the end of Harrodsburg time. A striking feature of the lower part of these
beds, their massive lenticular nature, is shown in recent artificial cuts in
central Kentucky, particularly along the Blue Grass Parkway east of
Elizabethtown, and at natural exposures near Great Falls, Tennessee. Up-
ward the bedding becomes less and less inclined, and less lenticular; as-
suming horizontal sheet-like bedding toward the top.

The Harrodsburg Limestone was redefined recently for Kentucky to ex-
clude the Ramp Creek Member from the Upper Mississippian and to in-
clude all other beds to the base ‘of the Salem in one unit (Sable, Kepferle
and Peterson 1966). Lineback (1966) has since included the Ramp Creek

Upper Mississippian Deposits 3

beds in the Ullin Formation which is, thus, again equivalent to the
original Harrodsburg definition (Hopkins and Siebenthal 1896).

Salem Deposits. The Salem equivanent beds of the area differ from
those above in the presence of much terrigenous carbonaceous material,
frank pyritization of great quantities of fossil fragments, and quantities of
quartzose silt. It is not at all clear, at present, that the range of Globoendo-
thyra baileyi (Hall) coincides with the boundaries of beds of Salem age.
It is, certainly, most common here; but the genus extends upward through-
out the Mississippian, and has representatives in beds of Harrodsburg
lithology. Until more definitive work is forthcoming on this group of
foraminifers, its occasional occurrence should not, alone, be depended on
to identify Salem deposits.

Salem—St. Louis Contact. The cooperative geologic mapping program,
involving the federal and state agencies, was undertaken early in the 1960's.
Under this project, the field exposures, the subsurface and the relationships
of the Upper Mississippian deposits in south-central Kentucky have under-
gone massive investigation. However, despite the common effort and the
unprecedented opportunity for consultation, the varying backgrounds of the
many mappers has led to a multiplicity of concepts of what constitutes the
limits of formational units and their fundamental internal attributes. Some
confusion and conflict inevitably found its way into the published quad-
rangle maps on matters of complex stratgraphic relationships.

Widely varying and sometimes conflicting criteria have been used to
define the Salem—St. Louis contact of the study area: 1—at the top of the
highest coarse bioclastic limestone of the Salem sequence (Myers 1964, S.
Moore 1963a, Nelson 1963); 2—gradational and/or intertongueing (Haynes
1963, 1962, F. Moore 1968, Ketner 1962, Cattermole 1966, Haynes 1965,
1964a, Peterson 1966, Kepferle 1967); 3—at the topmost sandy limestone
of the Salem (Cattermole 1966); 4—no definitive criteria (Miller and S.
Moore 1967, Kepferle 1966, Gildersleeve 1962, Haynes 1962, Miller and
S. Moore 1967); 5—with local 3 to 6 foot blue-grey limestone at the base
of the St. Louis (Cattermole 1965); 6—a 5 to 15 foot basal unit, in the St.
Louis, of banded, shaley limestone with lens and banded chert and a
“probable facies of the above”, a fine grained detrital limestone with
calcite and silt matrix (S. Moore and Miller 1965); 7a—Salem-like bed 15
to 25 feet above base of St. Louis (S. Moore 1968), or a variant of this,
7b—a 3 to 5 foot bed of dark grey fossiliferous limestone 45 to 55 feet
above the base of the St. Louis (S. Moore 1968); 9—St. Louis crossbedding
and stylolites less prominent than below (Ketner 1962); 10—a 3 foot shale
at the base of the St. Louis (Miller 1969); and 11—“Amoeboid” chert and
conglomerate or breccia near the base of the St. Louis (Kepferle 1967).

In consequence of this diversity of opinion there are probebly as much
as fifty feet of deposits in various parts of the study area whose affinities to
the Salem or St. Louis are in question. In this study, support is given
categories 1 and 3 above thus excluding from the Salem any evaporitic
facies and emphasizing the importance of the non-silty character of the
St. Louis deposits.

E. R. Pohl

|
|
|
|

‘9 @W TaiVd SANTHOOUVIVA JO ZONAS3Hd LS3ITHVS ‘dOl LV S3LIMSINSIO HLIM S31INVdSOO GONV - 113 2

“V3NS = ATLSON 1334 92 Y3ddN “319A9 WILYVd 3AISS3YD3N 1N3S3Yd3Y AVA YO ‘LINN ‘“IWNOILISOd30 POsOIsUesOSsIPUN | Ob-Se|z

SNIATHZONN OL ONOT3S AVN -~- S3LIMOTOG ONY S3LINDIN 4O ATLSON ONILSISNOD ‘SNOIVWONV 1334 S1 1S3MOT =
5 “ZAOBV SONILYVd 3TVHS AVID GNVY S3LIHDIM ‘MO138 S3LIT0DNO W91¥ snoldoo

QNY ‘S3NV14 ZLYWND HONM ‘S3790ILN37 1H3HD NOVIG “NOILISOd3O I10¥d JO ASWHd 3AISS3N93Y n

*LYVd YaddN OL G3L9IN1S3Y ATLSOW ‘FAILONILSIQ 3N33N9 [AWSA SNWNYGOHLT ‘$7 GN3G Y3ZAV]aa $

‘LNBOIAD NOILVZILINAd “34INVdS NIVY9-GALVOD GNV 3LINWdSOO JAISSYN ‘A3ND WNIGSN O1 LHOIT AINIV =

“S3LITOLVWOULS TVOIV "LHY3HO'AVIO ‘IIIs ‘SNIVUD ZLYVNO ANId ANZA ‘3LIGNYOINOIB G3ZILINO10G ‘3N01S07100 40qweW J1dWVS 2

3 “LNGNINOUd VWHOdOUAT “dOl YV3N NOILVZILIYAd GNV “SONA 3LINO100 ‘SONT =}

“AUVA "WW “GUVMdN XILVA G3NIVHD-AaNId JO LN3N39V1d3N GNOHY 3LINO100 3NOS "NMOO9 OL ZLYYNO DIN3D! “87 371IAS1334

*HiNV HOW 'AGO@ NIV NI ONY 3SV@ Lv 3LINVdS NIVYD-G31VO9 ONY 3LINvdSOO G30038-AAV3H “AaN9 LHOIT Cy

ivasois Gani Nid JO SOa8u31NI GNV S3SN31 GNV“31VHS SMO3HVOIVS "3NOLSONNW Aauo yYVO Ps

*dOL 1V OV3NdS30IM NOISOTdxXa VILWTANI “S3I9VS 3LINO100 @ 30I47NS “3LINDINOIB SnMowasiTissos AT ~~ *-48 Aa AY 1 NAL a

-31VU300N ONY ‘“S37VHS SNO3HVOIVS O3G038Y31NI HLIM S3LIGNYVdSOIG IWVGIONIND “3SHVO9 “ASYD NYVO O1 LHOIT ‘87 yaagyuo Hoa3ea i
“INVNINOG SI S3IDV4 ABTVHS 3N3HM ‘S445I19 LMOHLIM'S3d01S 4331S —

--- S3LVNINOG3Yd 3NOLSONVS 3N3HM SdHVOS LNANINOYd SNYOJS GNV ‘MO13G SO38 ONINV3G-3AVD HOS JAILOSLONd
S! LINN “TWNOILVOVHDS JACOBY LOVLNOD “NOVAXOOWO Q3ZIdIDITIS “SLNV1d ONY HLIM G3XIN SANILSNOS ‘S319V4 37VHS
GNV JNOLSONVS NI LN3S3Yd ATIVNOISV9DO YNNV4S SNINVN "dOL 1Y IN3NO3YS BIVHS NOVIG ONINVIE
-3LIMAd ONY 1V09 ‘LUVd,) Y3ddN_ JO S31VHS NI SIIVE8-3WIT “JINNAVS YISININVHOS WYOS-33NdI HSIAVI
HLIM ‘A11V907 ‘GNV ALIGHYVdSOIG TVOIONIND 30 SNOILVINWND9Y GNY S3SN371 NIHL HLIM
$39v1d NI ‘3S5V8 YV3N ‘3TVHS \Luvd NI SNOSZOVOIN 3NOLSLTIS ,13S83y04d AJLNANINOYd ANOLSONVS
"ATIVOILYSA GNVY ATIWHSLV7 JTIEGVINVYA AIGDIdVHY GNY AT3SGIM 31VHS YO 3NOLSLTIS 3JNOLSONVS

"87 @ e1DYS ‘eUO;stIIS
SAZ VHS pup ‘ouojs

-puos ALAJIND O16

"G39NG0¥d 1Y3HD BAILONILSIO “YAdINOV G3LSHYH “LYVd H3ddN NI G3GGaGHIINI JNTVHS SNOaNVOIVO
SNOUSSITISSOS HONM ‘ATIV9OT “3LINOINOT00 GNV 3LINDIWOIG “3LINVdSOIG TVGIONIND A3ZYD WNHIG3W

elous
euojsowi7 AANWH

“NOZINOH VINOG3YS 3HL SV MOTSV ‘Siu830 SV ‘711d LAVHS VOILYBA NI SUVIddv OS1V “a8dv1
-109 3AVD OL 3NG MO13EG NOILISOd 3NOLSINIT ASNVH OLN! G30ISE8NS ATIVDOT “3 78VHSIN

-ONILSIG LONGONd O3Y3HLV3M “3NOLSONVYS 49078 ‘G3LNIN3D AINOOd “G3NIVHO-ANI4 ATLSOW ‘NVL

POsO;suelsossI PUN

“VNNVS LNVONNSY GNVY G3iyvA "SONVS ONV S3TVHS QO73I1dHOLI3T OLNI JAOGVY ONIGVUS

‘SJTVHS O1LINOT00 GNV SnO3HVOIV “(DISNJODOLVNVHL GNVY “TVNWHBHOIG) SNONadITISSOS ABYND
G3003GN31NI ONY S3LINVdSOIG GANIVHYD-3SHYYOD ‘O3003G-NIHL ONY -NOIHL ‘AZHD-3NIG AYVG OL WNIGAaW

POsOLPUSlsIO,sIPUN

®10US @ euoJspUuDdS
SONIYdS YVL

“LN3SWNdYVOSS JIIASLIOd 3HL 30 3d071S
GUVMLNO 3HL ONINYOS S3GISTTIH d331S ‘HLOOWS GNV VAH3LNI G3N3A09 $39NGONd ATLSON
"“NOILIGOd GNW SS3NNOIHL NI WHOSINNM BLIND SI BNOLSIAIT VNN3ZIA OILIMDIWOIG ONY
OILINON10G) 3HL *LN3S3Ud Al¥V1NOauu! S3Id00@ GNVS ONV ILT1IS “SNOISNIONI snouadi1issods
anv AGWIT ‘YVINoaUy! ‘LNANOZYANI HLIM 31VHS ANVLSISZY-NON ‘NOVIG OL AZYD WUVA

@uoj;sows) YWNNGAIA

e1D4US @ euO;spuDS
SYUNGSYALIVM

“SNOLS3AIT 31TIAST33¥N JHL SY MOT SV ‘A11v907 $ynd90 ONIT3NNVHD NViddISSISSIN-1S0d
"S39VSSVd W3LSAS JAVO 3HL JO ,S11Id, T3AVHYD GNVY GNVYS 3HL 40 HONW OS ‘osiv ‘SiNnoooV
TVIMSLVA SIHL “ONVS O30VH5 GNV, AlV 3dVOSONV] VY SY GQ3L30uVN NAHM aNIVWA VIONAW
“WOO 31@VYSGISNOD 3AVH ‘OSTV‘ARHL “WMILSAS AUVINGINLSIO DIVLT3Q 3IASLLOd 3HL ONOTV
SYVG I13AVYD JO SNOILISOd 3H1 JO 3NITLNO BHL WUVA AVN S3IGOG 3SaHL “$8390uNd L4VWHS
TVOILYSA BHL GNV ONILSYM W3INSVENS HLOG HONOYHL SBNOLSIWIT ONIATHZONN JO NOILNIOS

AG@ TVAON3Y NOdN SNOZINOH ODIHdVYDILVHLS Y3IMOT OLNI G3dNNIS BAVH ‘GNVS GNV ‘(Yan
-YVdJ 1V90T 3H1L 4O ,NOOU-HOWE,) JLVHYBNOTONOD AF1VOINOOVSIO 40 §31008 A3ZINVOYONN ‘39uv7

“S3LVYBNOTDNOD JBLIZLYYNO ‘ST1VOO NIHL ‘S3IVHS G3ILVORINVA “S3NOLSONVS G31LN3N3D-A1HOOd ‘NVI

POO ,Ues04;/PUN

YAEWAW

SS4N 3 :
-YOIHL 3 :

wosbolg

ADO IOHLI 16

| NOI] at aAaasvo| a7aiso1i37| N30 SS085! yanoo109 & Y3MOHNAGIy| I70vd

S3IN3SS|"Y9 ATUASLLOd

N

INE Tred,

WLSAS

ts

ian Deposi

upp

USSISS

Upper M

‘syisodap sDjNd1jua|—¢G ‘auo04jsyjIs asozjsonb—g ‘auojsouly ssayaunyonays ‘uassDg ‘payoyididaid Ajjooiwiay> Ajysow ‘so1Dy 9}140dDAa—y
‘soyiupds usoi6-payp02 pun a}1spdsoo—g /saj1joDu0 jo6jp puo ob6jo}DW—¢G /j49Y4D D1y9UabDIP AjsDa ‘uDjnNDIds uayyo ‘(P2eppeq auios) upjnd13u9] puD
‘AB619s ‘sDjnpou—p ‘juajoaoid ayisAd payDulwassip puDd ‘(sa1dDy apiyjns) UoIOZIyIUOIND|B ‘uoIyozZIy4Ad—g¢E ‘sejDYys snouabi4s9j—z7 ‘souojspups oasoz
-J4DNb—| ‘/sauojsojop pud ‘souojsoul; pasajjD puD paziziwojoq—pQ “AyonNyuay jOsjuad-Yyynog ul pasodxa sy20y yo Aydos61yD4135 pazipsouec “7 “Bi4

6 BE [p}s el

69, 1HOd “BNOLSL1IS SNOAYVDIVD LVHMINOS AJHO-HSINIG WHVG ANZA

eS SIT
*O3IdILY3HD 3YV HOIHM JO S1UVd ‘3LINVdS TVOIONIND GANIVYD-3SuVOD WHIGaN O1 WnIdaNW JO
SUBONINIS ONY S3SN371 (.¢ OL) TIVWS 3WOS “3NOLS3NI7 H3HNd 4O SUSVIOVYLNI GNV 1Y3HO YVINDIdS 40 S3TNGON (,;
OL) T1VWS SNOHAWNN GNV ‘SNIVYD 31VOITIS NOM! H3HLO GNV ALINOONVID G3YSLLVOS ‘LNVONNGY S1VINSLVW,
SNOJONOGYVD 4O SNOILVNINVT AAVM ‘NIHL “MVINOAYY! HLIM 3NOLS3WIT IWL37aNS ‘SnouadiliuAd ‘(nWoo! OL)
TIS -3S0ZLYVND_GNV §NO39VITI9NUV ‘G3LNOSNN ‘G3NIVUD-3NI4 AY3A ‘AZHD-3AITIO LH9IT OL WYO ‘3TGVINVA AUBA
“SNIVYD 3LINOONVID G3Y3LAV9S SNMOUAWNN ‘SUIONINIS ONV SONILHVd SNOSOVITIONV ONV ALIS WOVTE OL
WHVG HLIM “NOILISOd3O ONIGVOSVD GNY YVINDILNST YVINOVLO3dS ‘3LIYVdS TVWYBOONIHDS asuVvOD ATaLvua
-OOW OL 3NIS-WNIOAW ‘\3YD LHDIT JO S3SN37 (WOIHL 1334 » AG ONO 1334 OOF OL) LV3YD ‘LYVd Y3ddn
NI AINO LNWONNGVY 1n@ 1N3S3¥d 1Y3HO “LNVONNEY SONA WnSdAD 39YV1 “SWHY GNY SW31Ss GIONIND 39uv7
G3YN3AV1 GNV O3N3L1V9S INVOKNGY HLIM ‘3LiGnYVdS 1VL373aNS ‘ALIS ‘3AISSVN "A3ZYD-WNIGSN 1Y3M07
, “NOILVZILINODNVID TVL3139NS %sI< 'SNIVUD 3LIMAd GNV ‘3LINODNVID GaaNnoY ‘39uvI 23
“LVNIMASSIC SNOYSWNN “MO13E LNVONNEY ‘3AOGVY SONA WNSdAD 397 ‘M34 “MORE LY3aHD YvVINGON LNg3Nd PO,O}jUes04)IPUN
-3Y4d $S37 ‘3AOGV 1HY3HD G30038 GNV YVINDILN37 ‘G3GNVE HONW “SUBONINIS GNV SONILUVd LIS AUD
WHVG YVINOAYY! HLIM ALIONHYVdS TVOIONIND GANIVYD-3SHvOD ABA ‘A3YO HSINASYD 1LH9I7'G30038-AAVaH :Y3ddn

@uoyssyiis
@ SUuojseows 7

SUNGSAGOUYVH

p6-02

W31VS

“LNVISIS3Y AY3A S038 dol “LyYVd Y3MO7 NI NOWWOD ‘(11VH) SINNOSVIIGuVOENS SINAHLAHOVNA ‘I1VH VSN3G
STUAHLV ‘11VH SNS0IONOD SILINAMINSd ‘3AO8V AN3IVAZHd ‘SAaNOLS3WIT 17V NI WUAHLOONSOBOTS aes ae
uA B z 4 BOAT blak S310V4 aLluodvaa
SLNOHONOYHA WAM TIAHdISdVH 3YVY “LYVd Y3ddN NI ATNO 1Y3HD HONW ‘“3NOLSLIIS ABTVHS 37avind
QNY ANOLSATIS 3SOZLYYND SNOaYVOIVD ANVW ‘“(S3IDVS 3GI4INS = SNOMAAILINAd ATIAVAH OL ATBLVUR
GOW 11¥) 3LINSYVOIVS GONV ALILTISIOIVD YBSININVYOS ‘FLINVdS TVGIONIND 4O SNOILVNY3LIV N3ARNN

LS

$319V4d J312aHS
“S3GISINS WOOT3S ‘1VIN3IVAM OILINDIN OL ATLSOW 3NG sYy0109 yYVG ‘LN3S3Yd ATHYVINOAYYI Ine *LNVGNNEaV

3YV S3LINOLVWOMIS GNVY 3V9IV snoauVvo1Vo “S31I9V4 (313HS N3d0) YaddN NI ‘uvindldS N314JO SOW ONY
“INVONNGY “LYVd (NOO9V1-473HS) H3MO7 3HL NI LN3S3Yd ATONINVdS AINO 3YVY S1HY3HD YVINGON ‘NOILVNINY
-SSOYD NOOLS34 AVIdSIO SALINSHYVOIVD 3H1L ‘“Y3ENAW 3AVD 3SHOH MO13@8 S3NOL$010G WOIHL GNV '3YNLVN
Q3IYVA 40 S3NOLS3WIT SNINV3E-GINOILOYLSOHLIT SNOYAIITISSOS ATHDIH ‘SS3LINDIN ONINVaG-GoOoVYLSO ‘Ga
“TVIVA-NIHL *(S3LILTISIOIV9 G3AuVA) S31VHS, 3 Issis-IN3S ‘SNOJOVNOBHVS ATHSIH ‘NMONB AYVO ‘WNSdAD ONA-TIVNG

S3iI9VS BLINOdVAR

Aron

HONW HLIM SNOOTY (SHOHLNVY 4O ,3NOLS3WI7 SIHdVYOSOHLIT-INSS, HL -~- 3LVNOGYVD WHIDTVS ALINNd-HOIH
"O3LVL1dI93Yd - ATIVOINSHS ‘3NITT1VLSAYDOMDIN 'N3NNVE) S3NO1LS3WI7 OILINOdVARS ATMNWYS XSaLIuWdS NIVYD-G3
-QNNOY) SALINSHVOTVD IWL373MS “(NWooe 5) GANIVYD-3NI4 AYZA JO YND90 SNOILVNNSLIV YvVINDauM! ‘yaa s319Vs J13HS
“WAN 3AVD 3SYOH JO dOL GUVMOL 1d39X3 ‘“TVINALVW SNONZOINYAL JO GIOAZG ATHV3N NOILVWHOS 3HILN

OZIHOH Sil JV 1OWINOD WHOd-GNVT HOrVW Siuaxa

1U3HO OIHL “31949 G3131dN09 SIN3S3¥d3y ‘"YIEM3N JO dOl 1V 311N9INO10G GNVY S3N01S0100 ‘a1 3AVO 3SHOH
G3LvI9OSsV-VOIV GNVY ‘038 1H3HO Y3AIN 4801 4O LY3HD A199V¥9S ANY G3003@ HiLIM ALlanyvdsole

SMOADITIS ‘ALIHM '3AOGV 3LIHM *MOT3E A3YD WYVO WNIGAN ‘S3LIuvdS -00 GNY -NIVYD Gaivos | 938 1HaHO waAIN 1807

S

SISGCONVHAHLOQGN303

31S
SGINOILOHLSOHLIT

"1334 2 LSOW3ddN OL G3L9IN1S3Y ATYVAN “LY3HD aSuvdS “39V4UNS QaYNOIS ONILVINGNN NV NO SLUYVIS

31949 IWILYVd HOV “WOIHL 1334 Of GNY O¢ ‘OZ LNOGY SWHLAHY 33YHL NI ‘S3N0LS0700 01 3A08V ONIGVHD
S3LIYVdSOO 4O NOILVNY311V NV N31JO LSOW SI SSVN NIVN “XINLVW GWOHY WV ONISS3SOd ALINSYVOIVD IVGIOL31 euojsowly VINOGSYS

“Tad ONV JLIMOINSIG G3LVIDOSSV-1V91V HLIM SON3 GNV 3LILTISIONVD ONINV38-H1IT00 3YNLVW HLIM SNID38 Y38WaW
"NVL BAILONILSIO SY3HLV3M “LNVGNNGVY SNIVYO ZLUVND ‘3LINOT0G O1 3u311V ‘SLINOIN ©41WOl0d “LW UWd
SXIMLVN LTIS SNO3YVDTVO GNV AVID N33Y9 HIM HSVH VGIONIYD GNV ‘aLINVdS00 GaNIVuO-3Nid “US @ 87 WWNUVH

“3NOZ NOLSV3 SISNSAZIASN3D NOWONSOONOHGIS 11190 Wdaor
"BSAOGY 3LINDINOO GAZILINOIOG “1353404 ATLN3NINONd ‘31INVdSOO G3NIVYD-3NId ‘G30038-AAVaH

*S30WHU3L YONIN GNY S39037 SWYO4 ¢ OL LNIT4 G30038 GNY YVINGON HONW ‘S3LINZYVOIVD ATIVdIONIUd “SNO! ®4)Ues09;/09
“LIQNOO ANAINGUNL YAGNN G3LISCd3G ‘ASOTOHLIT GBIMVA 40 S3NOLSAWIT DILVYRWOTONOD ‘OIASVIOVULNI | @ 41100 SaSVA XNV

SOSN 3° NOILVWHOS 3AZIASN39°
2] Doj0e5

SA3ZIA3SN39 ‘ALS

@;Ouospono

6 E. R. Pohl

St. Louis Deposits. Beds of St. Louis age in the lower two-thirds of the
formation are rapidly variable laterally; no attempt has been made pre-
viously to formally subdivide these deposits. They comprise mostly inter-
tidal, supratidal and evaporitic accumulations with relatively thin, less
restricted marine facies at irregular intervals. Mappers responsble for the
geology of the central and southern parts of the study area fail to mention
the dominant evaporitic facies of the main body of the Lower St. Louis, even
though it was well known to the north and west (Kepferle 1966). This
feature is well shown along U. S. Highway 31E just north of the Green
River Bridge, and at a number of minor exposures elsewhere in the area.
The generally covered nature of this interval and of the dominantly
dolomitic beds overlying them is the probable cause of this failure.

The upper one- third of the St. Louis beds of the area comprise an open
shelf facies. The various carbonate rock types here give the earliest evidence
in the Upper Mississippian of recurrent events of a rhythmic and cyclic
character.

St. Louis—Ste. Genevieve Contact. The determination of the contact
between the St. Louis and Ste. Genevieve Formations has long been highly
controversial among workers throughout the Illinois Basin. It is no less so in
the present area of study. Field criteria have been developed according to
varying concepts, as shown here: 1—no definitive criteria (Miller and
Moore 1967, Richards 1964, F. Moore 1966, Haynes 1966, 1962); 2—at
the top of bedded fossiliferous, or blocky, chert 2 to 10 feet thick (S. Moore
1963, Haynes 1965); 3—Lithostrotionoids in uppermost beds of St. Louis
(Miller 1969); 4—white, oolitic fossiliferous limestone in the upper part of
the St. Louis (Haynes 1964a); 5-10 to 15 feet, or an indefinite thickness,
below (Lost River) chert (S. Moore and Haynes 1967, Shawe 1963, Gilder-
sleeve 1963, Cattermole 1966, Miller 1969); 6—above highest residual
ball chert below tan, blocky chert and at topographic break in slope
(Rainey 1965). Not mentioned in the above list is an informal field
criterion often used where fresh exposures are encountered at this interval,
such as in quarrying operations. This is called the “color break” in which
the St. Louis beds have been identified by their darker, or bluer, color.
Needless to say, this guide is without validity, as it represents only a shift
in the character of the carbonate matrix.

The faunal ranges of certain biocriteria previously considered diagnostic
of beds of Ste. Genevieve age have been extended downward. There have
been earlier reports that Platycrinites penicillus (M. & W.) and Pugnoides
ottumwa (White) were present beneath the base of the Ste. Genevieve
(McFarlan 1943, Bom 1943). This study shows that both taxa occur
65 feet beneath the Lost River Chert Bed (Swann 1963), well below the
top of beds previously assigned to the St. Louis (see Gildersleeve 1963),
at the abandoned McLellan Quarry in the southwest corner of the Bristow
Quadrangle, GQ-216.

Attention to various microfaunal elements, particularly foraminifers and
algae, has added additional historical criteria which appear to be of greater

Upper Mississippian Deposits 7

help in determining affinities of deposits than do such selected taxa of the
macrofauna.

Depositional Energy Zones and the Sequence Model. The late St. Louis,
Ste. Genevieve and early Girkin deposits of the area have been depicted as
a helter-skelter disposition of widely varying carbonate types, both
horizontally and vertically (Klemic 1963a, Miller and S. Moore 1967,
Haynes 1964b, 1966, and others). These beds are here interpreted as an
extremely well organized expression of rhythmic and cyclic deposition with-
in a well-defined model. This study’s findings are not new, and reference
is made to a single, earlier application of this concept to beds in the late
part of the Ste. Genevieve and early part of the Girkin at the western edge
of the present study ara (Sandberg and Bowles 1965). However, their sug-
gested organization was not pursued and there is some confusion in the
two separate sequences they offered for successive parts of the column.

A model involving large amounts of clastics, deep-water environments,
and basin infilling would be required for deposits earlier than the St. Louis,
and is not attempted here. Neither is enough presently known about the
St. Louis evaporitic facies, with its irregular and frequent alternation of
structureless microspars, biomicrites, and minutely comminuted skeletal
calcarenites, to indicate any sequential organization. It is noteworthy that
these limestones, of very high purity, are associated with salt casts, algal
pisolites, algal felts, and indistinct biscuits, oncoliths and stromatoliths:
and that the gypsum, although vuggy, is banded and bedded. Serpulids
are frequent.

The relatively great topographic irregularity of the Borden epeiric sea
floor, amounting to 200 to 800 feet as calculated by Swann, Lineback and
Frund (1965), was mostly eliminated by the accumulation of Ullin and
Salem deposits, resulting in a monotonous, shallow-water shelf. The earliest
true blanket sediments to appear in the Upper Mississippian of east-central
North America were of late St. Louis time. In such sediments lateral ex-
tents were on the order of hundreds of miles and bottom slopes measured
feet, or fractions of feet, per mile—the result of wave base activity in the
lesser depths and of marine currents in areas farther down slope. It is in
these sediments that cyclicity is most frequently evident and most amenable
to interpretation. It is, also, the type of sediment, when composed almost
exclusively of carbonates, that affords little field evidence of nonsequence
and none of hiatal values.

The use of a depositional model for clear-water, shallow marine car-
bonate sediments (Irwin 1965, Armstrong 1967) offers a solution to events
of transgression-regression, which should be reflected in sediment character
as workable criteria. Such use would appear to avoid the confusion at-
tending the determination of the Salem—St. Louis—Ste. Genevieve—Girkin
boundaries. In the study area—one of essentially uninterrupted carbonates—
the “formation” or mapping unit has been arbitrary, at best.

Incidents of greatest stratigraphic significance include the appearance to
an otherwise autochthonous sequence of patently terrigeonus material. This

8 E. R. Pohl

occurs in the form of thin and abrupt clay-shales (near the top of the St.
Louis as later defined, at several horizons within the Fredonia, Karnak and
Paoli, and at the position of the Sample and the Elwren); and disseminated
quartzose silt- and sand-grains (especially at the top of the Salem, in the
top beds of the St. Louis and of the Fredonia, and at the positions of the
Spar Mt., Bethel, Sample, and Elwren= ? Cypress). Occurrences of dolo-
stones, algal stromatolites and oncolites, and of bedded cherts are also
periodic (see Fig 2). In the local depositional model these all find a
proper and rational role in the sequence (Table 1).

Table 1. Shallow, Clear-water depositional Model for Upper Mississippian carbonate

Sequence of south-central Kentucky. Modified from Irwin 1965, and Folk
1959.
ENERGY ZONES

Shoreward ————>- <——— Seaward

Areally Extensive.
MODERATE-LOW ENERGY.

Areally Extensive.

Areally Restricted.
HIGH ENERGY.

GENERALLY LOW ENERGY.

BEYOND ALL BUT STORM-WAVE
ACTIVITY. SEDIMENT MOSTLY
POORLY SORTED DETRITUS

FROM ZONE Y PLUS LITTLE-WORN
INDIGENOUS SKELETAL MATERIAL.

HIGHLY OXYGENATED, SUBJECT TO VIOLENT, STORM-BORN
WAVE & TIDE ZONE. SEDIMENT} FLOODING ACTIVITY. SEDIMENT
MOSTLY WELL SORTED, SKEL-]| BASICALLY CHEMOGENIC.

ETAL DETRITUS, BASICALLY
BIOGENIC.

DEPOSITIONAL ZONES & COMMON SEDIMENT TYPES

MATRIX MOSTLY CALCISILTITIC.

MATURE OO"MICRITE",
BIOCALCISILTITE.

OOSPARUDITE, |FINE-GRAINED
MATURE-OOLITH | CALCARENITE,

CRINOIDAL LIMESTONE, SULFIDE |OOSPARITE, BIO-| FINE-GRAINED
—_ $$

FACIES

SPARUDITE. OOSPARITE &
OOMICRITE,
SPICULAR BIO-
MICRITE, COAT-
ED-GRAIN SPAR-
ITE, MATALGA,

CHALKY DOL-|BEDDED GYP-
OMITE, GHOST |SUM, FLUORI
DOLOSTONE, |MICROSPARITE.
DOLOMITIZED |SALT CASTS.
BIOMICRITE,

DOLOMICRITE,

ALGAL- ASSOC-

IATED DOLO-

MITE.

THIN-WALLED
OSTRACOD

ONCOLITES.

DISSEMINATED
QUARTZOSE SILT

THIN, BARREN.
CLAY-SHALES.

BEDDED CHERT+>LENTICULAR
CHERT (OFTEN

The Horse Cave Limestone: a new stratigraphic member of the St.
Louis Formation. I am convinced of the need to establish a new unit for
beds adjacent to the St. Louis—Ste. Genevieve boundary. These beds,
until now, usually referred to the basal Ste. Genevieve simply because of
the customary presence of Platycrinites penicillus, are assigned to the upper-
most part of the St. Louis Formation. The evidence for this assignment
includes lithologic, sequential, and paleontologic evidence. These beds are
designated as the Horse Cave Member of the St. Louis Formation. The

Upper Mississippian Deposits 9

type locality is the Hart Stone Company Quarry, one mile east of the town
of Horse Cave, Hart County, Kentucky. Here, 38 feet of ledges near the
base of the 1969 excavations comprise the new unit, the lower contact being
at 625 feet A.T. on the south quarry face (Fig. 3). Other excellent exposures
of this interval occur at: highway cuts on both north and south banks of
Green River along Interstate Highway 65, 2.4 miles west-southwest of
Munfordville; at the Pace Quarry, 5.5 miles north-northwest of Glasgow;
at the abandoned McLellan Quarry, 4 miles east-northeast of Bowling
Green, where the base is 50 feet above the quarry floor and the top is at
93 feet; and at the Hoover Quarry, 2 miles northeast of Park City.

These shallow water shelf deposits constitute a completed depositional
cycle, beginning just above a dolostone at the top of the preceding unnamed
unit in the St. Louis, and ending with ghost dolostone, dolomicrite and
microsparite.

The Horse Cave Member has remarkably uniform characteristics over
the area of exposure from central Indiana, via the Pennyrile into western
Kentucky (see also McGrain 1969). Complete series of thinsections are
available for this interval at five localities. Ten more such series are in
various stages of completion, and will allow comparisons for more than
400 miles of extent, west to the type areas of the St. Louis and the Ste.
Genevieve Formations. Such series are parts of the standard and com-
parative collections. The member terminates throughout its occurrence
with stromatolite-associated dolostone and bedded and disseminated ter-
rigenous material. Its upper limit marks the viable extinction, although
perhaps not the final occurrence in this part of the world, of the foraminifer
genus Eoendothyranopsis Reitlinger 1966, and the dasyclad algal genus
Koninckopora Lee 1912 emend. Wood 1942. Three species of the latter are
present in the study area. Both taxa may occur as contaminants later than
the St. Louis. In view of their awesome proliferation, and their abundance
in loosely-bound sediment, it would be surprising not to find contamnation
in later deposits. Calcarenites and lithoclast-containing beds later than the
St. Louis should be particularly suspect if remains of these forms seem to
be present. Eoendothyranopsis is not found outside of the confines of the
St. Louis Formation, as here defined for south-central Kentucky; although
it is reported elsewhere in beds ranging in age from Upper Tournaisian
(?=Keokuk) through the Meramecan Series (Reitlinger 1966, Mamet
1968a & b).

Ste. Genevieve Deposits. Upward there are present, generally well de-
limited, representations of various membrs into which the column is
presently subdivided elsewhere. Each has its distinctive characteristics. The
local Ste. Genevieve Formation consists of the Fredonia Limestone (type
in western Kentucky), Spar Mt. Member, Karnak Limestone, Joppa Lime-
stone and the Aux Vases equivalent (types in southern Illinois and Mis-
souri). Although their differentiation as units is clear, relationships to the
ideal depositional model have not, as yet, been determined.

Significant time limitation is indicated for the distinctive colonial coral

10 E. R. Pohl

DEPOSITIONAL
ZONES (after
IRWIN 1965)

x|_Y.
IT

REGRESSIVE-
~<TRANSGRESSIVE

HORSE GAVE MEMBER

A N OD

BRACKETING BEDS

THICKNESS:
LITHOLOGY

MATURE OOMICRITE, GRADING RAPIDLY UPWARD

TO MEDIUM GRAINED OOSPARITE WITH

DOLOMITE vucs To 2 INCHES ABOVE.

FREDONIA |MEMBER |
GENEVIE vE |FORMATION

GHOST DOLOSTONE BELOW, DOLOMICRITE AND MICROSPARITE ABOVE.
LIGHT TAN DOLOMICRITE WITH FINE MATALGA STRINGERS, ALGAL
ONCOLITES TO |! INCH, AND NUMEROUS THIN-WALLED OSTRACODS.
SOME LARGE, ROUNDED QUARTZ GRAINS. BARREN SHALE AT 35 FEET.
BRYO-BRACHIO-BIOCALCIMICRITE BELOW GRADING THROUGH VERY
COARSE BIOSPARUDITE TO MEDIUM GREY BIOGALGISILTITE. ALL
SAMPLES SHOW ALGAL DENATURATION (SEE ALSO SWINCHATT

LOST RIVER CHERT BED (SEE SWANN, 1963).

WHITISH ECHINO-BRACHIO-BRYO-SPARUDITE WITH UP TO 85%
CALCISILTITE MATRIX. HEAVY, BEDDED AND

LY SILICIFICATION. ALGAL ACTIVITY VERY EVIDENT,
GIVING ROCK PECULIAR “MOTH-EATEN” APPEARANCE, AND
MICRITE-COATING THE SKELETAL FRAGMENTS. FAUNA
INCLUDES! ABUNDANT FENESTRELLINA Sp, POLYPORA
SP, TFENESTRALIASP, cf.DICHOTRYPA LYROIDES ULRICH,
SULCORETEPORA SP., ANASTOMOPORA SP., ARCHEOCIDARIS SP.;
COMMON NEOZAPHRENTI/S SP, SCHELLWEINELLA SP., PRO-
DUCTUS aff. TENUIGOSTATUS HALL, OVATIA OVATA (HAL,
SPIRIFER SP, SPIRIFER PELLAENSIS WELLER, DIELASMA
SP, SEVERAL SMALL GASTROPODS, & RARESYRINGOPORA
cf. MONROE/, Y%CHONETES SP, SETIGERITES SCITULUS
(M8W), COMPOSITA aff. SUBQUADRATA (HALL), CYRTIA SP.,
DIELSMA aff. SINUATA WELLER, PLATYCRIN/ITES PENICILLUS

(MAW), LYRIOPECTEN SP. BYTHOCYPRIS SP. GRIFFITHIDES SP.

WHITE OOSPARITE AND OOSPARUDITE IN LOWEST

2 sPs

ONE FOOT, GRADING ABOVE TO ECHINO-BRACGHIO-BRYO-SPAR-
UDITE WITH MUCH CALCISILTITIC MATRIX. SKELETAL MATERIAL
SHOWS ALGAL DENATURATION. LENTICULAR CHERT ONLY

o

a

on

7)

>

=

i

=<

>

UPPER 6 INCHES. “COLOR BREAK” AT BASE,

ORGANISM-REWORKED, SPICULAR BIOMICRITE WITH SOME RHOMB
REPLACEMENT OF MATRIX, GRADING ABOVE TO GALCAR-

ENITIC, PACKED BIOSPARITE. IRREGULAR OOSPARITE

——-—-—— KONINCKOPORA

INCLUSIONS. SCRAGGLY BLACK CHERT IN LOWER ! FOOT.

MEDIUM GREY, UNPACKED, UNSORTED ALGAL-LEACHED

BRYO-ECHINO-BRACHIO BIOSPARUDITE, WITH UP TO 60%
CALCISILTITE MATRIX IN PARTS AND UP TO 15%
MATURE OOLITHS IN OTHER PARTS. SOME
LITHOCLASTS AND VERY LARGE ECHINOID SPINES. SOME

DISSEMINATED RHOMBS AND QUARTZ SAND IN UPPER 6 INCHES.

FINE GRAINED, COATED-GRAIN SPARITE, MATURE
OOLITHS INCREASING FROM l!0% BELOW TO 80%

|
|
|
I
|
!
I
1
!
I
|
I
|
| ABOVE, ALONG WITH SOME INCREASE IN COARSENESS OF SKELETAL

— FOENDOTHY RANOPS/S

ELEVATION= 624.9 aT.

» WELL-SORTED, LAMINATED AND MILLIMETER-VARVED,
FINE AND MEDIUM GRAINED BIOCALCARENITE WITH SPAR
MATRIX, AND BIOPELSPARITE. MUCH SCRAGGLY AND
LENTICULAR, FORAM-BEARING GHERT BELOW;

SPICULAR CHERT LENTIGLES AND STRINGERS ABOVE.

POHL 69 QUARRY FLOOR 1969

Fig. 3. Measured Section of Type Locality of Horse Caye Member of St. Louis Formation.
Hart Stone Co. Quarry, 1,926,150 ft. E. 308,300 ft. N., Ky. Coord. Syst., S. Zone; Horse
Cave Quadrangle, Kentucky.

Upper Mississippian Deposits ll

-Siphondendron genevievensis Easton (Lithostrotion harmodites of the
literature). It has been found only in beds at the position of the Joppa
Limestone, which in this area ranges in thickness from six to 12 feet. This
fossil is widely distributed geographically and is, therefore, an excellent
marker. Elsewhere this form has been reported from beds above and
below those equivalent to the Joppa, but such occurrences lack authentica-
tion (see Malott 1952, Swann 1963).

Ste. Genevieve—Girkin Contact. No unified opinion is as yet available
for the characteristics of the beds at this horizon. Several widely various
criteria have been developed: 1—no definitive criteria (Miller and S. Moore
1967); 2—limestone and breccia in the upper beds of a _ three-part
depositional cycle (Sandberg and Bowles 1965); 3—at or above the last
occurrence of Platycrinites and/or Siphonodendron genevievensis Easton
(F. Moore 1965, Haynes 1962, S. Moore and Haynes 1967, Shawe 1963,
Rainey 1964, Klemic 1963a, Rainey 1965); 4—above last oolite with
Platycrinites (Haynes 1964a); 5—at the top of distinctive lithology (which,
in the present study, is identified with the Aux Vases) (Haynes 1965);
6—above beds with Platycrinites and below “lowest geode-bearing” bed of
Girkin (Klemic 1963b); 7—Siphonodendron in upper 60 feet of the Ste.
Genevieve (Richards 1964, Haynes 1966); 8—cherts and quartz clusters in
lower part of the Girkin (Haynes 1966); and 9—below beds with
Lithodrumus veryi Greene (and Talarocrinus) (F. Moore 1965, Gilder-
sleeve 1963, Rainey 1963).

Pre-Elwren Girkin Deposits. The limestone sequence, locally, continues,
with only very minor amounts of terrigenous contamination through beds
identified with the Paoli Limestone, Mooretown = Bethel sandy Limestone,
the Beaver Bend Limestone, the Sample Member, and the Reelsville
Limestone. Type localities for these beds are in southern and central
Indiana except for the Sample, originally described in Kentucky. All of
these horizons are identified on the basis of stratigraphic position, lithology,
and gross paleontology. Details of study have begun, and comparative type-
locality thinsections are in preparation.

The fasciculate coral, Lithodrumus veryi Greene (Campophyllum
gasperense Butts), appears to have a remarkably short range and can
nearly always be disclosed in the pertinent part of exposures. Locally, it is
restricted to beds equivalent to the Beaver Bend Limestone, and is especially
abundant in its upper one-third.

Elwren—Beech Creek Deposits. The term Elwren is used here as a
matter of convenience and as a facies term. Nowhere in the study area
does this interval present any true sandstone such as makes up the probably
equivalent Cypress in the latter’s type locality in Illinois. The Elwren,
however, in its type area in central Indiana is made up in large part of
shales, and there are also some associated limestones (Malott 1952: 25).
These characteristics are more descriptive of the local pertinent interval.

No paleontological criteria are presently conclusive for the local Elwren
and Beech Creek deposits. It is now known that the productid brachiopod

12 E. R. Pohl

Inflatia inflata (McChesney) appears as early as mid-Fredonia. It is then
periodically and commonly present throughout the sequence to its heyday
in the uppermost Girkin beds. In the study area it takes on features of a
favorable-facies explosion in biostrome accumulations and thanatocoenoses.
Contrarily, it is uncommon in central Indiana. Another brachiopod,
Martina contracta (M. & W.), often referred to as a diagnostic feature of
the Beech Creek and which is extremely abundant in its type area in
Indiana (Malott: 14), is rare or wanting in most comparable deposits in
southern Kentucky. Two foraminifer genera, Climacammina Brady 1873
and Neoarchaediscus Maclay 1956 are notably abundant in the middle beds
of the type-area Beech Creek and in comparable beds near Slade, Ken-
tucky. In spite of similarities in lithology, strata occupying the same
position in southern Kentucky are nearly lacking in these forms, except for
localized swarms of Neoarchaediscus, other Asteroarchaediscins and the
incertae alga Girvanella. The local Beech Creek basal beds are oosparitic
in character and the higher beds follow the pattern displayed in a typical
cyclic sequence of the area model.

Post-Girkin Deposits. With the introduction to this area of quantities of
coarse terrigenous clastics in Fraileys-Big Clifty time, less difficulty is en-
countered in correlating mid- and late Chester shale-sandstone-limestone
alternations with similar beds at the originally described localities, up
through the Vienna Limestone. Detailed investigation of the Leitchfield
Shale of the area has not been undertaken so far.

The Upper Mississippian Limestone Sequence. Deposits of the entire
Upper Mississippian limestone sequence, from the Ullin to the Beech
Creek, are lithologically and constituently dissimilar to those of the com-
parable type localities, in some cases. Thus, it may be desireable to apply
new, local member names and descriptions, where a particular succession of
events of a rhythmic or cyclic nature, over a significant areal extent,
justifies such treatment. It would be even more desireable to evaluate the
carbonate units, so far described, in a basin-wide framework, and to
develop a uniform model for depositional environment and process con-
tinuity.

Summary

Mississippian deposits upward from the base of the Ullin Formation are
discussed for south-central Kentucky. A depositional model for the car-
bonates is developed. Physical and biological criteria for units and contacts
are compared. A new stratigraphic unit, the Horse Cave Member of the
St. Louis Formation is proposed, described, and criteria for its identification
and limits are offered. The foraminifer genus Eoendothyranopsis is identified
with the St. Louis Formation, and the extinction, locally, of the algal genus
Koninckopora is shown to occur toward the end of this unit. Aims are out-
lined for a continuing study of basin-wide depositional environments within
a suitable model.

Upper Mississippian Deposits 13

Literature Cited

Armstrong, A. K., 1967. Biostratigraphy and Carbonate Facies of the
Mississippian Arroyo Penasco Formation, North-Central New Mexico.
N. Mex. Inst. Min. & Tech., Mem. 20: 1-80.

Born, K., 1943 in McFarlan, A. C., 1943. Geology of Kentucky. Univ. Ky.:
78.

Cattermole, J. M., 1965. Geology of the East Fork Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-413.

Cattermole, J. M., 1966. Geologic Map of the Sulphur Well Quadrangle,
Metcalfe and Green Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-555.

Folk, R. L., 1959. Practical petrogaphic classification of limestones. Bull.
Am. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 43: 1-38.

Gildersleeve, B., 1962. Geology of the Polkville Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-194.

Gildersleeve, B., 1963. Geology of the Bristow Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-216.

Haynes, D. D., 1962. Geology of the Park City Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-183.

Haynes, D. D., 1963. Geology of the Lucas Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-251.

Haynes, D. D., 1964a. Geology of the Glasgow North Quadrangle, Ken-
tucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-339.

Haynes, D. D., 1964b. Geology of the Mammoth Cave Quadrangle, Ken-
tucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-351.

Haynes, D. D., 1965. Geology of the Hiseville Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U.S. Geol. Surv. GQ-401.

Haynes, D. D., 1966. Geology of the Horse Cave Quadrangle, Barren and
Hart Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-558.

Hopkins, T. C. and C. E. Siebenthal, 1896. The Bedford Oolitic Lime-
stone of Indiana. Indiana Dept. of Geol, Ann. Rept. 21: 289.

Irwin, M. L., 1965. General Theory of Epeiric Clear Water Sedimentation.
Bull. A. A. Petrol. Geol. 49 (4): 445-459.

Kepferle, R. C., 1966. Geology of the Elizabethtown Quadrangle, Hardin
and Larue Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-559.

Kepferle, R. C., 1967. Geology of the Vine Grove Quadrangle, Hardin and
Meade Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-645.

Ketner, K. B., 1962. Geology of the Scottsville Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-184.

Klemic, H., 1963a. Geology of the Rhoda Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-219.

Klemic, H., 1963b. Geology of the South Union Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-275.

Lineback, J. A., 1966. Deep-Water Sediments Adjacent to the Borden
Siltstone (Mississippian) Delta in Southern Illinois. Ill. Geol. Surv.,
Cir. 401:29-35.

14 Ey RaPont

Malott, C. A., 1952. Stratigraphy of the Ste. Genevieve and Chester
Formations of Southern Indiana. Edwards Letter Shop, Ann Arbor,
Mich.: 8, 9, 34, 58, 98.

Mamet, B. L., 1968. Foraminifera, Etherington Formation (Carboniferous),
Alberta, Canada. Bull. Can. Petrol. Geol. 16 (2): 167-179.

Mamet, B. L. and D. Mason, 1968. Foraminiferal Zonation of the Lower
Carboniferous Conner Lakes Section, British Columbia. Bull. Can.
Petrol. Geol. 16 (2): 147-166.

McFarlan, A. C., 1943. Geology of Kentucky. Univ. Ky., 77.

McGrain, P., 1969. Extension of Lost River Chert Across Parts of Kentucky.
Bull. A. A. Petrol. Geol. 53 (7): 1506-7.

Miller, R. C. and S. L. Moore, 1967. Geology of the Center Quadrangle,
South-central Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-693.

Miller, R. C., 1969. Geology of the Canmer Quadrangle, Hart County, Ken-

tucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-816.

Moore, F. B., 1965. Geology of the Millerstown Quadrangle, Kentucky.

U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-417.

Moore, F. B., 1966. Geologic Map of the Tonieville Quadrangle, Larue and

Hardin Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-560.

Moore, F. B., 1968. Geology of the Hodgenville Quadrangle, Larue and

Nelson Counties, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-749.

Moore, S. L., 1963a. Geology of the Allen Springs Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-285.

Moore, S. L., 1963b. Geology of the Drake Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-277.

Moore, S. L., 1968. Geology of the Exie Quadrangle, Green County,
Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-752.

Moore, S. L. and D. D. Haynes, 1967. Geologic Map of the Park Quad-
rangle, South-central Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Survey. GQ-634.

Moore, S. L. and R. C. Miller, 1965. Geology of the Glasgow South
Quadrangle, Barren County, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-416.
Myers, W. B., 1964. Geology of the Petroleum Quadrangle, Kentucky-

Tennessee. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-352.

Nelson, W. H., 1963. Geology of the Meador Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-288.

Peterson, W. L., 1966. Geology of the Nelsonville Quadrangle, Kentucky.
U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-564.

Pohl, E. R., R. G. Browne and J. R. Chaplin, 1968. Foraminifera of the
Fraileys Member (Upper Mississippian) of Central Kentucky. J. Pal.,
42, (2): 581-2.

Rainey, H. C., 1963. Geology of the Hadley Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-237.

Rainey, H. C., 1964. Geology of the Rockfield Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-309.

Rainey, H. C., 1965. Geology of the Auburn Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S.
Geol. Surv. GQ-415.

Upper Mississippian Deposits 15

Reitlinger, E. A., 1966. Some Classification Questions and the Evolute
Endothyrins and Primitive Fusilins. Vopros’ Mikropaleontologii, Acad.
Nauk SSSR, Issue 10: 39-70.

Richards, P. W., 1964. Geology of the Smiths Grove Quadrangle, Ken-
tucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-357.

Sable, E. G., R. C. Kepferle and W. L. Peterson, 1966. Harrodsburg
Limestone in Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv., G. S. Bull. 1224-I: I1-112.

Sandberg, C. A. and C. G. Bowles, 1965. Geology of the Cub Run
Quadrangle, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-386.

Shawe, F. R., 1963. Geology of the Bowling Green North Quadrangle,
Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. GQ-234.

Swann, D. H., 1963. Classification of Genevievian and Chesterian (Late
Mississippian) Rocks of Illinois. Ill. Geol. Surv., RI 216: 73.

Swann, D. H., J. A. Lineback and E. Frund, 1965. The Borden Siltstone
(Mississippian) Delta in Southwestern Illinois. Ill. Geol. Surv., Cir.
386.

Swinchatt, J. P., 1969. Algal Boring: A Possible Depth Indicator in
Carbonate Rocks and Sediments. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., v 80: 1391.

Received: July 8, 1969. Accepted: October 14, 1969.

THE HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENTS
IN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITIES

LOUISE M. ROBBINS, Editor

Department of Anthropology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

The early teaching of anthropologically-oriented courses was long
sporadic in the leading institutions of higher learning in Kentucky. The
material presented tended to be a reflection of the special interest of the
presiding instructor and pertained in a general fashion to the discipline he
represented, whether it be history, sociology, psychology, etc. Few of the
early instructors had formal training in anthropology, and they were less
likely to convey the particular emphasis given to the study of man than
would be given by the professional anthropologist. It was comparable to
reading a novel with some major informative chapters omitted, to take
those early courses.

In recent years, an increasing institutionalization of anthropology
departments occurred in several Kentucky universities. Professionally
trained personnel has been hired to design and teach the curriculum of
the newly-formed departments. So much time and energy was directed
toward the development of adequate study programs in anthropology that
the professional anthropologist had little time for interaction with his col-
leagues at other schools in the state.

In an effort to decrease this isolation, several interested anthropologists
suggested that application be made to the Kentucky Academy of Science
in 1967 for the establishment of an Anthropology Section in the Academy.
The application was accepted, and the Anthropology Section met formally
for the first time the following year with Henry F. Dobyns of the University
of Kentucky serving as Chairman, and Louise M. Robbins of the same
institution acting as Secretary.

Since the first session was of historical note for the profession in Ken-
tucky, it was deemed appropriate that the papers presented should
emphasize the historical development of the discipline in the state. Few
anthropology departments, and other academic departments, for that mat-
ter, make an effort to record their historical development, and as a result
contribute nothing to the history of science, especially in the United
States. One of the few anthropology departments that has published
even a short history of itself is the one in the London School of
Economics and Political Science, University of London.1

The papers reproduced here record the history of anthropolgy depart-
ments in three Kentucky universities. Anthropological beginnings at other
schools were discussed in the Anthropology Section meeting, since the
subject is also taught at’ Eastern Kentucky State University, Western

Kentucky State Vevey and in several of the Community Colleges of

History of Anthropology Departments iy

the University of Kentucky system. It is notable that each contributor as-
sesses the development of a department in terms of the emphasis placed
upon anthropology in his or her school at a given period of time. Con-
sequently, the course programs of the different departments are not
replications of each other, which is at it should be if the discipline as a
whole is to continue growing.

The authors of these three histories are eminently qualified by their key
roles in departmental development to write their sketches.

Dr. Cara E. Richards, the first professional anthropologist at Transylvania
University, received her doctorate from Cornell University in 1957. Her
research interests center around the ethnohistory of the American Indians,
particularly the Iroquois,” the effects of cultural change in Peru,* and the
study of inter-ethnic relationst and urban social patterns® in complex
societies.

Dr. Frank J. Essene, former Head of the University of Kentucky anthro-
pology department, received his Ph. D. from the University of California
at Berkeley in 1947. His research has dealt mainly with the ethnology
of American Indians with special emphasis on California® and the Navajo
of the American Southwest.?

Dr. Frederic N. Hicks received his doctorate from the University of
California at Los Angeles in 1963. He is considered a Latin Americanist
among anthropologists since his interest and research are in cultural changes
in contemporary Latin America.’ In keeping with his areal specialization,
he taught for a year at the National University of Paraguay as a Fulbright
Lecturer, stimulating anthropological research there.? He also specializes
in ecological anthropology.!°

References

1. Firth, Raymond, “A Brief History (1913-1963),” Programme of
Courses, The London School of Economics and Political Science,
Department of Anthropology. London, 1967-8. pp. 1-7.

2. Richards, Cara E., “Matriarchy or Mistake: The Role of Iroquois
Women through Time,” in Cultural Stability and Cultural Change.
Proceedings of the 1957 Annual Spring Meeting of the American
Ethnological Society, pp. 36-45.

3. Stycos, J. Mayone and Cara E. Richards, “Fuentes de la Migracion a
la Gran Lima,” in H. F. Dobyns y M. C. Vazquez, (eds.) Migracion e
Integracion en el Peru. Lima: Editorial Estudios Andinos, 1963, pp.
37-44.

4, Richards, Cara E., “Cooperation Between Anthropologist and Medical
Personnel,’ Human Organization, 19:2 (Summer 1960) 64-67;
“Modern Residence Patterns Among the Navajo,” El Palacio, (Spring-
Summer 1963) 25-33.

5. Richards, Cara E., “City Taverns,” Human Organization, 22:4 (Winter
1963-64) 260-268; C. E. Richards & H. F. Dobyns, “Topography and

18

10.

Louise M. Robbins

Culture: The Case of the Changing Cage,” Human Organization, 16:1
(Spring 1957) 16-20.

Frank J. Essene, W. Goldschmidt & E. M. Foster, “War Stories from
Two Enemy Tribes,” Journal of American Folklore, 52 (1939) 141-
154. F. J. Essene, Culture Element Distributions: 21, Round Valley.
Univ. of Calif. Anthropological Records, 8:1, 1942.

F. J. Essene and G. A. Hillery, “Navajo Population: An Analysis of
the 1960 Census,” Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, 19:3 (1963)
297-313.

Frederick Hicks, “Politics, Power, and the Role of the Village Priest
in Paraguay,” Journal of Inter-American Studies, 9:2 (April 1967)
273-282.

Frederick Hicks y Egidio Picchioni, “Algunos aspectos de la in-
dustrialization en una comunidad paraguaya,” Revista del Ateneo
Paraguayo, Suplemento Antropoldgico, 2:1 (Dic. 1966) 31-54.
Frederick Hicks, “La Etnobotanica y el Estudio de la Ecologia Cul-
tural,” Revista del Ateneo Paraguayo, Suplemento Antropodgico, 1:1
(Set. 1955) 15-25.

I. ANTHROPOLOGY AT TRANSYLVANIA

CARA E. RICHARDS & L. A. BROWN

Transylyania University
Lexington, Kentucky 40508

In the late 1700’s interest in American Indians was not limited to
antiquarians, missionaries or other precursors of modern anthropologists.
The subject was of considerable importance to military men and. business
men—especially those involved in fur trade and land speculation. It was
also a topic of considerable interest to the average layman. In Kentucky,
which for some years after the founding of Transylvania University remained
frontier territory, interest in Indians was far from academic. Perhaps for
this reason no courses in Indian lore or antiquites were offered during the
earliest period of Transylvania’s growth. Following the pattern of most
institutions of higher learning at the time, attention at Transylvania was
focused on classical subjects. A typical curriculum of the early part of the
19th century (1824) offered Greek, Latin, Grammar, Logic, Rhetoric,
Declamation and Ethics along with Mathematics, History, Chemistry,
Astronomy and in the Senior year Forensics and Political Economy.

Professors at Transylvania University on the other hand had diverse
interests, and the limited course offerings did not prevent individuals
from pursuing those interests outside the University, nor did it interfere
with their publishing articles that today might be thought appropriate for
inclusion in an anthropological journal. Constantine Samuel Rafinesque was
one of the more prolific early Transylvania professors who became involved
in what would today be anthropological research. He was a naturalist with
broad interests that included archeology, physical anthropology (he
theorized about evolution), ethnology and linguistics.

Rafinesque’s first article of record, published after he joined the
Transylvania faculty, on what today would be considered an anthro-
pological topic was “On a remarkable ancient monument near Lexington.”
This appeared in a Lexington magazine in December of the same year he
came to Transylvania, 1819.1 He followed this up with two other
archeological articles in the same journal in May and August of 1820. In
1824 Rafinesque published several articles in the Cincinnati Literary
Gazette. Most were on archeological topics, but two were ethnological. One
dealt with “Nazahual, the Nabijos and Comanchees,”? and the other was a
“Biography of the American Solomon.”? One was on a linguistic topic. An
exhaustive bibliography of Rafinesque’s works published in Fitzpatrick’s
biography of Rafinesque lists scores of such publications.® From descriptions
of Rafinesque’s character, it is probably safe to assume he did not confine
his opinions on these subjects to his publications but discussed them at
length with students, colleagues, and anyone else who would listen.
Anthropology at Transylvania therefore probably dates at least from the
appearance of Rafinesque on the faculty in 1819.

20 Cara E. Richards and L. A. Brown

Rafinesque was not the only Transylvanian interested in anthro-
pological matters. A museum, of which the present one is the lineal
descendant, was started by Regent J. B. Bowman about 1866 or 1867.
Housed in the old Henry Clay home of Ashland for several years, it then
moved to Morrison Hall and finally to the present science building when
it was built in 1908. The first active curator was Professor Alexander Win-
chell who divided his time between the University of Michigan and Ken-
tucky University (which was the name of Transylvania between 1865 and
1908). The acquisition of Indian relics by the museum is first mentioned
in the University records in 1870 when some were given to the college by
Daniel Boothe. Gifts and purchases continued actively at least until the
turn of the century. Unfortunately when the museum collections were
moved from the first floor of the Science building to the attic in 1933 or
1934, essential records were misplaced. When (and if) the Ledger of Ac-
quisitions and the record books of Professor Winchell and his successors
are located, more detailed information will be available. In 1969 there was
a fairly extensive collection of Indian artifacts in the museum that was
uncatalogued and not on display.

The first formal course offering of Anthropology appears much later in
Transylvania’s history. Robert Peter’s history of the school during the
period from the founding in 1780 up to 1865 makes no mention of any
offerings in anthropology.® There is also no mention of an anthropology
course in Peter’s history of the medical department which covers the
period from 1799 to 1857.7 A sampling at five year intervals of the
catalogues of Kentucky University does not reveal any offerings in anthro-
pology either. The first mention of a course offered after 1908 when
Transylvania resumed its present name is in the 1925-26 catalogue. It
states: “Sociology 431, Anthropology (not offered in 1926-27).”

The 1926-27 catalogue describes an anthropology offering as follows:

Sociology 431. Cultural anthropology. A brief survey of physical an-
thropology is followed by a study of the social and mental life of pri-
mitive men, his economic and industrial activities, his science, magic,
and religion, his ethics, social organization, and culture. Prerequisite,
Sociology 260 and six additional hours. First semester, three hours.

This course was listed through 1935-36, when 21 students enrolled.
The 1936-37 catalogue did not list an anthropology course, but one reap-
peared with the same description in the 1937-38 catalog. Anthropology
apparently dropped out of the curriculum in the wartime academic year
1941-42. Records indicate that 39 students took a course in anthropology
in the Spring quarter of 1950-51. A five quarter-hour course reappeared in
the biennial catalogue for 1953-55, listed as “Sociology”. Beginning with
the Fall quarter of 1954-55, the five credit hour anthropology course taught
as “Sociology 226” was taught by Arnold Foster, an Assistant Professor of
Sociology. From then on a course has been offered regularly, although
sometimes in alternate years. In 1955-56 anthropology became “Sociology
126.” Arnold Foster taught “Sociology 126” until the Winter quarter of

Anthropology of Transylvania 21

1964-65 when the course assumed its present designation, “Sociology
242”. Bruce H. Mayhew, a temporary appointment from the University
of Kentucky, taught it that quarter. The following year Dr. Joyce Query
taught the course and the year after that Mr. Joseph Mouledous. Since the
Fall quarter of 1967, “Sociology 242” has been taught by Dr. Cara E.
Richards, the first professionally trained anthropologist employed by
Transylvania, at least in recent years.8 Since the academic year 1954-55, the
number of students enrolled has varied from eleven in 1954 to approxi-
mately 60 each in 1968 and 1969.

A second course in anthropology was added in the Spring quarter of
1968. This “Sociology 341” course for four credits is labeled “Advanced
Anthropology”. It provides students with an examination of current
theoretical and research interests with emphasis on the relevance of
anthropological concepts and data to modern world and national prob-
lems.

Through the Board of Curators, the university has expressed an interest
in strengthening the fields of Sociology and Anthropology. In the light
of this interest, a third course offering in anthropology—“Development of
Man’—was added to the university curriculum beginning in the Fall
Quarter of 1969. At the same time, the university instituted an “Inter-
Cultural Studies” major which includes anthropology among its require-
ments.

Literature Cited

1. Rafinesque, Constantine, S., 1819, “On a remarkable ancient monument
near Lexington,” Western Review and Miscellaneous Magazine, 1:313-
314.

2. Rafinesque, Constantine S., 1824b, “On Nazahual, the Navajos and
Comanchees,’ Cincinnati Literary Gazette, 1:26 (26 June) 202.

3. Rafinesque, Constantine S., 1824a, “Biography of an American Solomon,”
Cincinnati Literary Gazette, 1:22 (29 May) 170.

4. Rafinesque, Constantine, S., 1824c, “On the Panis Language and
Dialects,” Cincinnati Literary Gazette, 2:7 (14 August) 50-51.

5. Fitzpatrick, T. J., 1911. Rafinesque, a Sketch of His Life with Biblio-
graphy. Des Moines: History Department of Iowa.

6. Peter, Robert, 1896. History of Transylvania University. Louisville:
John P. Morton.

7. Peter, Robert, 1905. History of the Medical Department of Transylvania
University. Louisville: J. P. Morton.

8. See editor’s introduction. Her most recent publication is a theoretical
article: “Presumed Behavior: Modification of the Ideal-Real Dichotomy,”
American Anthropologist, 71:6 (December 1969) 1115-1117.

Received: November 25, 1969

Il. ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY
LEXINGTON CAMPUS

FRANK J. ESSENE

UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

The Department of Anthropology and Archaeology was officially estab-
lished at the University of Kentucky in 1926. The date is amazingly early
and the name of the department oddly redundant. At that time only a
few of the larger universities in the United States had independent
departments of anthropology. Those that offered anthropology automatically
included archaeology as a subdivision of anthropology. The early date
and odd title reflect the drive and to a degree the backgrounds of the
two men who founded the department, William S. Webb and William D.
Funkhouser. Webb was a physicist and Funkhouser a zoologist but both
were zealous collectors of arrowheads, among other things. In addition,
Webb had once been an employee of the Bureau of Indian Affairs working
on the Seminole Reservation in what was then Indian Territory but is now
the state of Oklahoma. To over-simplify only slightly, the word “anthro-
pology” meant to Webb and Funkhouser the study of living Indians and
the word “archaeology” had to do with collecting Indian artifacts, primarily
arrowpoints.

William S. Webb was a powerful figure on the University of Kentucky
campus. He served for many years as Head of the Department of Physics
and one of his well-earned nicknames was “Bull neck”. William D. Funk-
houser similarly headed the Department of Zoology, for a long period of
time. He was also the first Dean of the Graduate School, and for a time
Chairman of the Southeastern Athletic Conference. Both were native Ken-
tuckians with impeccable lines of ancestors. Together they could apply
enough force not only to create a new department but to shape its course
for many years to come.

The subsequent history of anthropology at the University of Kentucky
fits neatly into successive 10 year time spans. Each decade had a different
color and emphasis. To a large extent, U.S. anthropology in general went
through much the same stages as this department, but over a much longer
period of time. It should delight some scientists to recognize that ontogeny
once again recapitulates phylogeny.

The Age Of Innocence (1926-1935)

The first decade of anthropology at the University of Kentucky was a
period of Simon-pure amateurism. Webb and Funkhouser were paid their
salaries and had their primary duties in the Departments of Physics and
Zoology respectively. Webb also had an unpaid co-appointment as Pro-
fessor and Head of the Department of Anthropology. Funkhouser was co-
appointed Professor of Anthropology, also without salary for these ad-

Anthropology at the University of Kentucky 23

ditional duties. Funkouser developed and taught a number of highly
idiosyncratic anthropology courses while Webb was the administrator. They
used week-ends and vacation periods to excavate Indian sites, often en-
listing students and friends as “voluntary” laborers. Sometimes, they even
paid a local: individual to plow upper surfaces of mounds and _ haul
away quantities of dirt.

Descriptions of excavations and artifacts recovered were published. In
1928, their first full-length monograph, Ancient Life in Kentucky appeared
as Vol. 34 in the Kentucky State Geological Survey series. In 1929, they
started the University of Kentucky series entitled Reports in Archaeology
and Anthropology.

In the last year of the department’s first decade, the first degree in
Anthropology was granted by the University of Kentucky. Strangely
enough, it was a Master’s degree but more predictably the thesis dealt
with Kentucky Archaeology.

The Epoch Of Creeping Professionalism (1936-1945)

The Great Depression was at its midway point when policies aimed
at reducing unemployment gave a big boost to anthropology. The U. S.
government began providing funds to employ men on relief rolls, pre-
ferably in projects not competing in any way with private industry. Dig-
ging up the remains of dead Indians competed with no industry and Ken-
tucky, along with several other states, was soon the scene of large scale
excavations. William S. Webb was soon in over-all charge of such projects
not only in Kentucky but also throughout the Tennessee valley. His pro-
ject supervisors and higher-level technicians did not have to come from
relief rolls but were mostly young professionally-trained anthropologists.
Webb learned a good deal of anthropology from these young professionals.
The ones he liked best he moved from field projects to work with excavated
materials brought to the Lexington campus. The next step was to give
regular staff appointments to these young men, when possible including
regular university salaries. In this manner, Charles E. Snow and William
G. Haag were added to the university staff.

Anthropology first was assigned space on campus during this decade,
enough for Museum display rooms, offices, storage, and research areas.
The University Library had moved into a new building and its old building
was grabbed by Webb and Funkhouser in a typical power play. This
building remained the center of many anthropological activities till it was
demolished in 1967.

Symptomatic of Webb’s increasing sophistication were two changes
in title. The Department of Anthropology lost its useless last two words
“and Archaeology.” The University of Kentucky series was similarly
changed to Reports in Anthropology.

The only degrees granted were three B.A.’s in Anthropology in 1941
and 1942. World War II activities then forced a virtual end to all anthro-
pological activities.

94 Frank J. Essene

Poverty-Stricken Professionalism (1946-1955)

The department’s third decade began with Webb still firmly in control
as the Department Head and Funkhouser teaching his own peculiar brand
of anthropology, but, Snow and Haag began to take over most of the
classes. Frank J. Essene was hired in 1947, the last year that Funkhouser
was teaching. Funkhouser died in 1948, which meant a loss to the depart-
ment in campus power but a gain in professionalism. Haag resigned in
1948 and was replaced by Richard Woodbury who in turn was suceeded
in 1952 by Raymond H. Thompson. Thompson also resigned at the end
of the decade. Haag, Woodbury, and Thompson were archaeologists and
their relatively short stays on campus resulted at least partially from
conflicts with Webb over archaeological doctrine.

Webb continued as department head till 1952 when Snow took over.
Webb was 70 years old in 1952 but, far from retiring, he simply went
into archaeology on a full-time basis. (1) (2)

An adequate curriculum leading to the BA and MA degrees in
Anthropology was developed near the beginning of the decade. Large
lectures were the rule for beginning classes with advanced classes quite small
and often conducted like seminars. Some 17 students received bachelor’s
degrees in anthropology and 2 master’s degrees were granted.

Despite the large enrollments and variety of courses, no more than 3
professors were teaching anthropology at any time. There were no
graduate assistants and at best only one part-time secretary. In addition
to normal duties the faculty sometimes taught off-campus, handled evening
classes, and prepared and graded correspondence lessons. All these helped
to eke out the low salaries characteristic of the time. The professionals had
won, but with Webb’s retirement the department lost the last of its potent
amateur boosters.

Opportunistic Expansion (1956-1965)

The year of 1956 witnessed many firsts in the department. It hired its
first full-time secretary, appointed its first graduate assistant, obtained ap-
proval for the first non-staff member to teach evening classes, and signed
the first of many archaeological research contracts with the National Park
Service.

Douglas W. Schwartz was added to the staff in 1956 and proved to
be something of a genius in obtaining contracts that in turn often paid
for additional personnel.? Frank J. Essene was first Head and then Chair-
man for the ten years. Four anthropologically-trained persons in other
departments were given co-appointments in anthropology. Donald Hoch-
strasser, Marion Pearsall, John Barrows, and Kenneth Harper each taught
1 or 2 anthropology courses per year. George P. Faust transferred from
English to Anthropology in 1962 to bring the full time staff up to 4.
Following this break through, Art Gallaher, Louise M. Robbins, Margaret
Lantis, and Martha A. Rolingson were also added to the staff while
Charles E. Snow transferred to the College of Medicine. The number

Anthropology at the University of Kentucky 25

of graduate student assistants increased to 6 and a second secretary was
hired. More courses were drawn up and all classes were offered more
frequently.

Only 16 Bachelor of Arts degrees were awarded in Anthropology, a
decline of one from the previous period. Masters degrees increased to 14, on
the other hand, indicating a new emphasis on graduate education. This
trend also appeared in systematic attempts to obtain approval for starting
a doctoral program. These efforts were not successful then but bore
fruit early in the next period.

The series published at Lexington, Reports in Anthropology, was dis-
continued and a new series Studies in Anthropology was established by
the University of Kentucky Press. Changes in both format and content
were involved. Near the end of 1965, arrangements were made to move
the entire editing and printing of Human Organization, the journal of the
Society for Applied Authropology, to our campus under the editorship of
_ Marion Pearsall.

Florescence And Future (1966-1975)

The first 4 years of the fifth decade are nearly complete. Henry F.
Dobyns came to our department as professor and chairman in 1966. Wil-
liam Y. Adams also joined the department that year. In 1967, the depart-
ment lost Douglas W. Schwartz but added Albert Bacdayan. In 1968,
Martha Rolingson resigned but Philip Drucker joined the staff. The number
of graduate assistants increased each year. During the fall semester 1968,
eleven graduate students in anthropology had assistantships and three
were on fellowships. A third secretary worked for the department.

A program leading to the Ph.D. in anthropology had been approved by
the University administration. A complete revision of the curriculum was
in process with many new courses, particularly on the graduate level, being
added. An image of the department as a center for applied anthropology
was growing in the profession, to which Human Organization, contributes
since it is both edited and published on campus (4).

In the 3 years 1966-1968, 14 Bachelor and 4 Masters degrees have been
awarded.

Within a few years, one or more Ph.D. degrees will be awarded annually.
More new staff will be added particularly at the assistant professor level.
Staff turn-over will probably increase and students are likely to become
more peripatetic as specialized programs become more numerous throughout
the country. Anthropology is expanding generally in the U. S. and Kentucky
now has a good chance of becoming one of the major anthropological
centers of the nation.

Summary of The First 43 Years

Anthropology at the University of Kentucky has developed from
amateur collecting to full professionalism. An early stress on archaeo-

26 Frank J. Essene

logy has been finally succeeded by an accent on applied anthropology.
The degrees awarded in anthropology have been distributed as follows:

Persons receiving only BA 43
Persons receiving BA and MA i
Persons receiving only MA 14

TOTAL 64

Ten of these 64 persons have been awarded the Ph.D. in anthropology
elsewhere and are employed as professional anthropologists. Another 6 are
also working full-time in-anthropological positions. Fifteen of the 64 are
now seeking higher degrees in anthropology at various universities. Three
other former students got their first exposure to anthropology at the Uni-
versity of Kentucky, received a degree here in another field, and then
went on to a Ph.D. in anthropology at other institutions. Kentucky did get
its professional anthropology staff from outside but has already more than
paid its debt to the profession by training young converts.

The development of anthropology in other universities and colleges
within Kentucky is at least partially due to influences emanating from
the Lexington campus. In a number of cases, former students from the
University of Kentucky carried the message to those colleges. In other in-
stances, direct assistance in starting anthropology programs has been
provided. The net result is that the Commonwealth of Kentucky as a whole
has passed many wealthier and more thickly populated states in its interest
in anthropology.

Annotated Bibliography

1. William G. Haag, “William Snyder Webb, 1882-1964’, Amreican
Antiquity 30:4, pp. 470-473, April 1965. A sympathetic obituary
stressing Webb's archaeological career and including practically all of
Webb's archaeological publications.

2. Douglas W. Schwartz, “Conceptions of Kentucky Prehistory” Studies in
Anthropology 6, pp. 1-133, University of Kentucky Press, Lexington,
1967. While other personalities are presented, Webb is the major
character covered. Excellent photographs of Webb and his con-
temporaries are included. Schwartz evaluates Webb solely on his work
in archaeology.

3. Contractors with the U. S. National Park Service for surveying areas
to be destroyed by construction projects or inundated by artificial
reservoirs financed research that discovered many previously unknown |
prehistoric sites in Kentucky, several of them subsequently excavat-
ed in the National Park Service archeological salvage program. Supple-
mented by other research, these contracts led to the publication of
new knowledge of Commonwealth prehistory. See, Lee H. Hanson, Jr.,
The Hardin Village Site (Lexington: University of Kentucky Press),
Martha Ann Rolingson and Douglas W. Schwartz, Late Paleo-Indian and

Anthropology at the University of Kentucky Pail

Early Archaic Manifestations in Western Kentucky (Lexington: Uni-
versity of Kentucky Press), and Martha Ann Rolingson, Paleo-Indian
Culture in Kentucky. (Lexington: University of Kentucky Press).

4. Frank J. Essene, “Geographical Distribution of AES Members” American
Ethnological Society Newsletter 14, pp. 6-7, October, 1967. Kentucky
ranked eleventh of the 50 states in AES members. In addition, Henry
F. Dobyns and Essene in an unpublished manuscript show that Ken-
tucky ranks well above the average state in several other -anthro-
pological societies.

Received: November 25, 1969.

»

Ill. THE GROWTH OF ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE
UNIVERSITY OF LOUISVILLE

FREDERIC HICKS

University of Louisville
Louisville, Kentucky 40208

While some anthropology has been taught at the University of Louis-
ville since 1946, it was not until 1967 that an undergraduate major in the
field was offered. Most of the history of anthropology at Louisville, there-
fore, has taken place within the last few years.

Anthropology has attracted attention on campus, however, from the
time it was first taught in the late 40’s. Or perhaps the attention was at-
tracted not by anthropopolgy itself, but by its leading exponent, Ray
Birdwhistell. Birdwhistell, apparently the first man to teach anthropol-
ogy at Louisville, came to the university in 1946 as a member of the
Department of Sociology. His training at the University of Chicago, how-
ever, had included a good deal of anthropology. After coming to Louisville,
his interests developed still further in that direction, particularly in the
field of personality and culture.

These interests, Birdwhistell found, could be better satisfied in the
Department of Psychology, and he transferred to that department. There,
he set up the university's first curriculum in anthropology, and to ac-
comodate this innovation, the department was re-named the Department
of Psychology and Social Anthropology. This departmental designation was
retained until 1967, and the curriculum designed by Birdwhistell remained
essentially unchanged until 1965.

That curriculum had some unusual features. The introductory course,
on a sophomore level, was called “Personality and Culture”, and was re-
quired of all psychology majors. “Introduction to Social Anthropology” was
a two-semester, junior-level course. In addition, there was a course on
“Culture and Mental Illness” and a graduate seminar in social anthropology.

To many, the most unusual feature of all was Birdwhistell himself. Those
who knew him while he was at Louisville describe him as a dynamic
personality, an exciting but controversial lecturer, given, as one professor
put it, to “making generalizations in class beyond what the data actually
warranted’ —and often about his colleagues and students. Frequently em-
broiled in controversy, often dressing in an unorthodox manner, Bird-
whistell won a fame for his personality and classroom performances that
spread beyond Louisville, and he was once caricatured in Al Capp’s
“Lil Abner’. Some of his students were his devoted followers, others
disliked him strongly, but he made anthropology, or more specifically
“social anthropology”, a familiar word on campus. One of his major
achievements was the organization, in 1955, of a conference on culture,

Anthropology at the University of Louisville 29

psychology, and linguistics, which brought to Louisville such people as
Margaret Mead, S. I. Hayakawa, George Trager and Jerome Frank.

Birdwhistell left in 1956, and was replaced by Harold C. Yeager, who
held a doctorate from Yale in sociology, but who also had a strong back-
ground in social psychology and anthropology. He carried on Birdwhistell’s
program, and for a time there was a second anthropologist: Raymond
Wilkie, who had doctorates in both anthropopolgy and psychology. Wilkie
left after two years, and until 1965, Yeager taught the university’s only
“social anthropology” courses.

In 1956, the first library building was constructed at the University of
Louisville. Previously the university’s “highly selective” book collection was
housed in several rooms of the administration building. In 1961, the board
of trustees made available $200,000 to remedy deficiencies in library
holdings, a good many of which were in anthropology. Largely through
the efforts of Dr. Yeager, who was on the senate library committee at the
time, complete or nearly-complete sets were obtained of the American
Anthropologist, Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, American Antiquity,
Africa, Oceania, and some other journals, plus the Human Relations Area
Files on microcard. Books were also obtained in greater numbers, and by
1965, a promising start had been made toward building an adequate
anthropology library.

As might be expected, however, library holdings were best in personality
and culture, and became progressively worse as one moved away from
this field. In archaeology, for example, they were negligible.

In the early 1960’s, the psychology department began to shift its
emphasis away from social and clinical psychology and into experimental
and laboratory work. The continued presence of “social anthropology” as
an appendage of psychology seemed increasingly incongruous, and a
decision was made to separate the two disciplines. Yeager set out to re-
cruit a second anthropologist, seeking this time someone whose interests
were near the anthropological mainstream, rather than an interdisciplinarian.
I was hired, and Yeager and I were to form the nucleus of a new and
independent department.

Before I arrived in Louisville, however, Yeager took a leave of
absence to head the local anti-poverty program. He decided to apply for
a permanent position with this program, and to increase his chances, he
resigned from the university. He did not obtain the anti-poverty position,
and when the university re-hired him, it was in the department of sociology.
This left me, with no previous departmental administrative experience,
with the primary responsibility for building an anthropology department.

In the fall of 1966, Edwin S. Segal joined the faculty. Segal, presently
a Ph.D. candidate at Indiana University, is an Africanist. The following
year, Joseph E. Granger was added. Granger is a Ph.D. candidate at the
State University of New York at Buffalo, and his interests are in the
archaeology of eastern North America (my own interest is in Latin
America). With a faculty of three, we were now able to meet the uni-

30 Frederic Hicks

versity requirements for independent departmental status, and in the
fall of 1967, the Department of Anthropology was formally established.

Library resources and equipment for teaching and research were still
deficient, however, and in recent years, more attention has been paid to
remedying these deficiencies.

Library holdings in anthropology have increased greatly since the
decision to establish an independent department. Wayne Yenawine, formerly
head librarian at Syracuse University, assumed duties as head librarian at
Louisville in 1965. Under his direction, the number of volumes in the
university library has practically doubled, complete sets of the major
anthropological monograph series and journals have been acquired when
available, standing orders have been placed for the publications of all
university presses, and a relatively large sum has been allocated each year
for other anthropological acquisitions. Today, the major deficiencies are in
older works which have not been reprinted.

Necessary teaching aids and basic equipment for research have been
acquired gradually. A start was made with a National Science Foundation
grant for instructional scientific equipment and with university funds. An
Archaeological Survey, with close ties to the anthropology department, but
formally a part of the Graduate School, was established in 1968, and grants
to the survey from federal and state sources, again supplemented by
university funds, have made possible the acquisition of equipment for
archaeological research. The Survey, under the direction of Joseph E.
Granger, has carried out salvage excavations in each of the two summers
since its formation.

Another slow development has been the awakening of student interest
in anthropology, which has been largely a problem of creating an awareness
of the nature of anthropology’s subject matter. Despite the local fame
which Birdwhistell enjoyed as a person, few people outside the uni-
versity were aware of what he taught, so anthropology was still thought
of as having something vaguely to do with “old bones”.

Overcoming this problem has been.gradual, but encouragaing. Intro-
ductory cultural anthropology is now required of majors in psychology and
sociology, and majors in a number of other fields are being strongly urged
to take it. By dealing with cultural and social anthropology in the first
semester of the introductory sequence, leaving physical anthropology and
prehistory until the second, we believe the student who takes only one
semester of anthropology as an elective will be more likely to get a clearer
picture of the field. Finally, an experimental course developed by Segal
one summer, in which his course on African cultures was modified, in con-
sultation with the directors of the Upward Bound program, to meet the
needs of students enrolled in that program, was apparently responsible
for the sharp increase in enrollment in that and other non-introductory
courses.

The department now has a faculty of three, and is hoping to add one
or two more in the near future, in order to have a well-balanced under-

Anthropology at the University of Louisville 31

graduate program. So long as the university remains relatively small, it is
expected that efforts will continue to be toward improving the quality of
undergraduate training, and toward providing further opportunities for
the professional development of the faculty.

Received: November 25, 1969

AN ANNOTATED CHECK LIST OF THE
DRAGONFLIES AND DAMSELFLIES (ODONATA)
OF KENTUCKY?!

PATRICIA LILES RESENER
Department of Biology
University of Louisville

Louisville, Kentucky 40208

Introduction

There exist to date relatively few published studies of the Odonata
fauna of Kentucky. These are either outdated, scant in detail, or limited in
scope. Garman (1924) was the first extensive state list, and treated 66
species. With the combination of Perithemis domitia with P. tenera in Ris
(1930), Garman’s total was reduced to 65. Other early works treating Ken-
tucky Odonata were Williamson (1909) and Garman (1932).

Cook (1947) gave dates and localities for species of the genus
Somatochlora known from Kentucky; and in 1951 he added 35 species
more to the state list of Odonata. Needham and Westfall (1955) added
four more, and brought together much of the information on dragonflies
known up to the time of publication. Their records included those known
from Kentucky, as well as from nearby states.

In 1967 Macklin and Cook added another 28 names to the species list
for Kentucky; and Montgomery (1967) published another state list, but
without locality or seasonal information. The total number of dragonflies
and damselflies was 133 species at this point.

The present list gives all known county records for each species, plus
the earliest and latest collection dates for adults as compiled from both
specimens in collections and published records. Furthermore, three species
are added to the state record, bringing the total to 136. These are
Neurocordulia molesta Walsh, Enallagma antennatum Say, and Tetra-
goneuria spinigéra Selys. Their determinations have been verified by
specialists. The first two were collected by the author; and the last was
recorded by Dr. Jerry Macklin.

In addition to the records published in the works cited above, data
were taken from specimens in the insect collections of the University of
Louisville and the University of Kentucky. Other material studied was
either collected by the author or borrowed from private collections.
Specimens were identified by the author with the help of various papers
on damselflies, and of Needham and Westfall (1955), which is the
authority for the nomenclature and classification of dragonflies used here.
Some specimens were sent for determination or verification to doctors
M. J. Westfall, Jr., University of Florida, and Oliver S. Flint, Jr., United
States National Museum.

1 University of Louisville Contributions in Biology (New Series) No. 122.

Dragonflies and Damselflies 33

Suborder ZYGOPTERA

Family CALOPTERYGIDAE

Calopheryx angustipennis Selys
Breckinridge; Edmonson; Grayson; Marion. May—June.

Calopteryx dimidiata Burmeister
Garman (1924, p. 285) lists this species as occurring in Kentucky.

Calopteryx maculata Beauvais
Adair; Allen; Ballard; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler;
Carter; Casey; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Graves;
Green; Greenup; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Kenton; Knott; Logan;
Lyon; Marion; Meade; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Ohio; Oldham;
Pike; Powell; Pulaski; Rockcastle; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Wayne; Whitley. Apr. 25—Sept.

Hetaerina americana Fabricius
Adair; Allen; Anderson; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Christian; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Jefferson; Madison;
Marion; Metcalfe; Monroe; Nelson; Oldham; Pike; Pulaski; Rock-
castle; Taylor; Warren; Wayne; Whitley. May—Oct. 5.

Hetaerina titia Drury
Adair; Barren; Breckinridge; Carter; Edmonson; Green; Hardin;
Marion; Metcalfe; Rockcastle; Wayne. July 26—Nov. 2.

Family LESTIDAE

Archilestes grandis Rambur
Fayette; Green. Sept.
Lestes congener Hagen
Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Edmonson.
Lestes disjunctus Walker
Adair; Carter; Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin; Hart; Henderson;
Jefferson; Metcalfe; Ohio; Oldham; Taylor; Warren. Apr. 16—July.

Lestes dryas Kirby
Bell. June.

Lestes eurinus Say
Oldham; Union; Wayne. May 26.
Lestes forcipatus Rambur
Barren; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Hardin;
Hart; Jefferson; Ohio; Taylor; Union; Warren. Apr. 4—Aug. 29.
Lestes inaequalis Walsh
Green; Hardin; Hart; Jefferson; Marion. May 27—Aug.
Lestes rectangularis Say
Carter; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Hart; Hopkins; Jefferson; Russell;
Taylor; Wayne. May 20—Oct.

34 Patricia Liles Resener

Lestes unguiculatus Hagen
Breckinridge; Edmonson; Green; Ohio; Taylor; Union; Warren. June—
Oct.

Lestes vigilax Hagen
Butler; Edmonson; Grayson; Green; Hart; Pike; Powell; Wayne;
Whitley. July 15—Sept.

Family COENAGRIONIDAE

Argia apicalis Say
Adair; Allen; Ballard; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler;
Carter; Casey; Christian; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton;
Grayson; Green; Hardin; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Kenton; Lyon;
Madison; Marion; McCreary; Meade; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg;
Ohio; Oldham; Powell; Pulaski; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Washington; Wayne; Whitley; Woodford. May 5—Oct. 10.

Argia fumipennis Burmeister
Garman (1924, p. 286) lists this species as occurring in Kentucky.

Argia moesta Hagen
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Grant; Green; Hardin; Har-
rison; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Kenton; Lyon; Marion; McCreary;
Mercer; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Ohio; Oldham; Powell;
Pulaski; Rockcastle; Russell; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washing-
ton; Wayne; Whitley. June 4—Sept.

Argia sedula Hagen
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Christian; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fulton; Grant; Green; Hardin;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Logan; Lyon; Marion; McCreary; Mercer;
Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Ohio; Powell; Pulaski; Russell; Taylor;
Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington; Wayne; Whitley. June—
Sept.

Argia tibialis Rambur
Adair; Allen; Barren; Breckinridge; Butler; Carter; Casey; Edmonson;
Green; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Marion; Mercer; Met-
calfe; Monroe; Oldham; Pike; Todd; Union; Wayne. May—Aug.

Argia translata Hagen
Adair; Allen; Butler; Carter; Casey; Cumberland; Edmonson; Green;
Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe; Pulaski; Russell; Washington;
Wayne; Whitley. June—Aug.

Argia violacea Hagen
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Christian; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Grayson; Green; Hardin;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Jessamine; Kenton; Marion;
Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Ohio; Oldham; Pike; Pulaski; Robert-

Dragonflies and Damselflies 35

son; Rockcastle; Taylor; Warren; Washington; Wayne; Woodford.
May 26—Sept.
Amphiagrion saucium Burmeister
Whitley. June.
Anomalagrion hastatum Say
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Edmonson; Fayette;
Green; Hardin; Hart; Letcher; Marion; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren.
_ May 17—Oct. 5.
Chromagrion conditum Hagen
Hardin; McCreary. May—July.
Enallagma antennatum Say
Union. June 28.
Enallagma aspersum Hagen
Adair; Barren; Bullitt; Butler; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Hart;
Jefferson; Muhlenberg; Oldham; Taylor; Trigg. May 15—Aug. 6.
Enallagma basidens Calvert
Adair; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Casey; Fayette; Green; Hart;
Henderson; Jefferson; Oldham; Pendleton; Taylor; Warren. May 15—
Sept. 30.

Enallagma carunculatum Morse
Adair; Bullitt; Green. June—July.

Enallagma civile Hagen
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Boyle; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter;
Casey; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hopkins; Jefferson; Kenton; Letcher;
Lyon; Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe; Nicholas; Ohio; Oldham;
Powell; Pulaski; Robertson; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington;
Wayne. Apr. 4—Oct. 20.

Enallagma divagans Selys
Breckinridge; Hickman; Jefferson; McCreary; Mercer. May 28—July
ulate

Enallagma doubledayi Selys
Taylor. June.

Enallagma ebrium Hagen
Hickman. Sept. 4.

Enallagma exsulans Hagen
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Grayson; Green; Hardin;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Lyon; Marion; Metcalfe; Monroe; Ohio;
Oldham; Pike; Powell; Pulaski; Robertson; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Washington; Wayne. May—Sept.

Enallagma genimatum Kell
Breckinridge; Butler; Fayette; Taylor. June—Sept.

36 Patricia Liles Resener

Enallagma signatum Hagen
Adair; Barren; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Christian; Cumberland; Edmon-
son; Fayette; Green; Hardin; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Lyon;
Marion; Metcalfe; Monroe; Ohio; Pulaski; Taylor; Trigg; Union; War-
ren; Washington. May—Sept. 26.

Enallagma vesperum Calvert
Breckinridge; Green; Hardin. May—July.

Ischnura kellicotti Williamson
Bullitt; Fayette; Hardin; Taylor. June—Sept.

Ischnura posita Hagen
Adair; Allen; Ballard; Barren; Bell; Boyle; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler;
Carter; Casey; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Green;
Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hopkins; Jefferson; Kenton; Lyon;
Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe; Ohio; Oldham; Powell; Pulaski;
Robertson; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington; Wayne. May
1—Sept.

Ischnura verticalis Say
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter;
Casey; Cumberland; Edmonson; . Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hopkins; Jefferson; Jessamine; Kenton;
Lyon; Marion; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Ohio; Oldham; Powell;
Pulaski; Robertson; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington;
Wayne. Apr. 13—Oct. 12.

Nehalennia irene Hagen
Fayette.

Suborder ANISOPTERA

Family PETALURIDAE
Tachopteryx thoreyi Hagen

Fayette; Green; Jessamine; McCreary; Powell; Wayne; Whitley. June
4—Aug. 8.

Family CORDULEGASTERIDAE

Cordulegaster diastatops Selys

Russell. May.
Cordulegaster erroneus Hagen

Green. Aug.
Cordulegaster maculatus Selys

Adair; Bell; Floyd; Letcher; McCreary; Whitley. May 28—June 19.
Cordulegaster obliquus Say

Harrison. May.

Family GOMPHIDAE

Progomphus obscurus Rambur

Allen; Bell; Butler; Carter; Edmonson; Grayson; Green; Harrison;

Dragonflies and Damselflies 37

Marion; Metcalfe; Pulaski; Robertson; Rockcastle; Todd; Trigg; War-
ren. June—Aug.
Hagenius brevistylus Selys
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Butler; Carter; Edmonson; Green; Harrison;
Metcalfe; Oldham; Rockcastle; Trigg; Warren. June—Aug.
Ophiogomphus aspersus Morse
Green. June—July.
Ophiogomphus rupinsulensis Walsh
Breckinridge; Green; Harrison. May—June.
Erpetogomphus designatus Hagen
Butler; Cumberland; Edmonson; Grayson; Hart. July—Sept.
Dromogomphus spinosus Selys
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Cumberland;
Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Letcher;
Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe; Pike; Pulaski; Russell; Taylor;
Todd; Trigg; Warren; Washington; Wayne. June—Sept.
Dromogomphus spoliatus Hagen
Butler; Henderson; Warren. July—Aug. 4.
Lanthus albistylus Hagen
Bell; Letcher. June—July.
Lanthus parvulus Selys
Harrison. May.
Gomphus (Arigomphus) lentulus Needham
Union. July.
Gomphus (Arigomphus) pallidus Rambur
Fulton; Monroe; Pulaski; Trigg. June—July.
Gomphus (Arigomphus) submedianus Williamson
Union. July.
Gomphus (Arigomphus) villosipes Selys
Bullitt: Breckinridge; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd; Green; Hardin;
Hart; Metcalfe; Trigg. May 20—June 5.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) crassus Hagen
Green; Marion. July.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) externus Hagen
Bullitt; Green; Trigg. June—July.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) fraternus Say
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Bullitt; Butler; Cumberland; Edmonson;
Fayette; Green; Harrison; Letcher; Marion; Metcalfe; Pike; Rockcastle;
Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington. May 27—June 5.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) hybridus Williamson
Cumberland. May.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) lineatifrons Calvert
Adair; Allen; Barren; Butler; Casey; Edmonson; Green; Marion;
Taylor; Warren; Washington; Whitley. May 17—July.

38 Patricia Liles Resener

Gomphus (Gomphurus) vastus Walsh
Bullitt; Cumberland: Edmonson; Green; Russell; Trigg. May—July.
Gomphus (Gomphurus) ventricosus Walsh
Grayson; Green. May—June.
Gomphus descriptus Banks
Letcher. May 29.
Gomphus exilis Selys
Bell; Bullitt; Casey; Fayette; Kenton; Letcher; Marion; Rockcastle;
Washington.
Gomphus graslinellus Walsh
Bullitt; Fayette; Jefferson; Marion. May 24—June 5.
Gomphus lividus Selys
Adair; Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Butler; Edmonson; Floyd;
Grant; Grayson; Green; Hart; Henderson; Letcher; Marion; Metcalfe;
Rockcastle; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington; Whitley. Apr.
17—July 5.
Gomphus quadricolor Walsh
Green. May 23—30.
Gomphus (Hylogomphus) viridifrons Hine
Green.
Gomphus (Stylurus) amnicola Walsh
Campbell; Robertson. July.
Gomphus (Stylurus) laurae Williamson
Casey; Green.
Gomphus (Stylurus) notatus Rambur
Bell; Breckinridge; Butler; Cumberland; Edmonson; Green; Harrison;
Letcher; Marion; Mason; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Rockcastle; Russell.
July 21-Sept.
Gomphus (Stylurus) spiniceps Walsh
Adair; Green; Harrison; Marion; Russell. Sept.—Oct.

Family AESCHNIDAE

Gomphaeschna furcillata Say
Green; McCreary. June.
Basiaeschna janata Say
Barren; Bell; Bullitt; Butler; Casey; Edmonson; Green; Jefferson;
Marion; Metcalfe; Robertson; Rockcastle; Trigg; Warren. May 10.
Boyeria grafiana Williamson
“Cave Branch, Kentucky.” Aug.
Boyeria vinosa Say
Allen; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Cumberland; Edmonson;
Green; Harrison; Hart; Marion; Rockcastle; Russell; Taylor; Washing-
ton; Wayne. July—Oct.

Dragonflies and Damselflies 39

Anax junius Drury
Allen; Barren; Bath; Bell; Bullitt; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Green;
Hart; Hopkins; Jefferson; Jessamine; Madison; Marion; Menifee;
Oldham; Richmond; Rockcastle; Scott; Taylor; Trigg; Warren. Apr.
12—Oct.

Anax longipes Hagen
Green. June—Aug.

Epiaeschna heros Fabricius
Breathitt; Bullitt; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Jackson; Jefferson; Met-
calfe; Trigg. Apr. 21—Sept.

Aeschna constricta Say
Breckinridge. Sept.

Aeschna mutata Hagen
Green. May—June 16.

Aeschna umbrosa Walker
Adair; Green; Jefferson; Metcalfe; Trigg. Aug. 5—Oct.

Aeschna verticalis Hagen
Harrison. Sept.

Family LIBELLULIDAE

Didymops transversa Say
Fayette; Jefferson; Oldham. Apr. 18—May 9.

Macromia alleghaniensis Williamson
Adair; Grayson; Green; Marion; Rockcastle. June 23—July.

Macromia georgina Selys
Butler.

Macromia illinoiensis Walsh
Adair; Allen; Bell; Butler; Carter; Cumberland; Edmonson; Green;
Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Letcher; Marion; Metcalfe; Powell;
Robertson; Rockcastle; Russell; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Washington; Wayne. May 5—Sept.

Macromia taeniolata Rambur
Adair; Butler; Cumberland; Edmonson; Gallatin; Green; Marion;
Powell; Union; Warren; Washington. June—Aug. 12.

Neurocordulia molesta Walsh
Henderson. June 15.

Neurocordulia obsoleta Say
Bell; Cumberland. June—Aug.
Neurocordulia yamaskanensis Provancher
Adair; Green; Hart; Whitley. May 12—Aug. 10.
Epicordulia princeps Hagen
Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Carter; Clinton; Edmonson; Fayette;

40 Patricia Liles Resener

Fulton; Grayson; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hopkins;
Letcher; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muhlenberg; Pike; Powell; Rockcastle;
Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Washington; Wayne. May—Aug. 4.

Tetragoneuria cynosura Say
Adair; Allen; Anderson; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler;
Carter; Christian; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton;
Grayson; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Kenton;
Letcher; Logan; Marion; McCreary; Meade; Metcalfe; Monroe; Muh-
lenberg; Nelson; Ohio; Oldham; Pike; Pulaski; Robertson; Russell;
Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington; Whitley. Apr. 10—
July 5.

Tetragoneuria spinigera Selys
Union. June.

Helocordulia uhleri Selys
Bell; Floyd; Letcher; McCreary. May 28—June.

Somatochlora filosa Hagen
Edmonson; Fulton; Union. June 27—July.

Somatochlora linearis Hagen
Breckinridge; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Hart; Pulaski; Trigg; Union;
Warren. June 19—Sept. 3.

Somatochlora'provocans Calvert
Green; Trigg. June 28.

Somatochlora tenebrosa Say
Edmonson; Floyd; Fulton; Green; Letcher; Pulaski; Trigg. June—July
30.

Nannothemis bella Uhler
Edmonson; Hardin; McCreary. May—June 9.

Perithemis tenera Say
Allen; Ballard; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter;
Casey; Christian; Clinton; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd;
Fulton; Grayson; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hick-
man; Hopkins; Jefferson; Letcher; Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Ohio;
Oldham; Pike; Powell; Pulaski; Robertson; Russell; Taylor; Todd;
Trigg; Warren; Wayne. May 22—Oct. 3.

Celithemis elisa Hagen
Adair; Allen; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Edmonson; Fayette; Gray-
son; Green; Hart; Henderson; Jefferson; Marion; McCreary; Meade;
Ohio; Oldham; Pulaski; Russell; Taylor; Union; Warren; Washington.
Apr. 14—Aug. 24.

Celithemis eponina Drury
Adair; Allen; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Gray-
son; Green; Hart; Hickman; Hopkins; Jefferson; Letcher; Marion;
Meade; Metcalfe; Ohio; Russell; Shelby; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Washington. June—Aug. 22.

Dragonflies and Damselflies 41

Celithemis fasciata Kirby
Bullitt; Edmonson; Green; Hart; Metcalfe; Ohio; Taylor; Trigg; War-
ren. June—Aug.

Celithemis verna Pritchard
Edmonson; Hart. May 14—July 26.

Ladona deplanata Rambur
Breckinridge; Edmonson; Hart. May 14—June 5.

Libellula auripennis Burmeister
Fulton. June.

Libellula axilena Westwood
Breckinrdige; Bullitt; Edmonson; Green; Hart; McCreary; Ohio; Union.
June 26—Aug. 25.

Libellula cyanea Fabricius
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinrdige; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey; Ed-
monson; Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson;
Jefferson; Marion; McCreary; Meade; Metcalfe; Ohio; Pike; Pulaski;
Russell; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren; Wayne. May 3—Sept.

Libellula flavida Rambur
Whitley. June. |

Libellula incesta Hagen
Barren; Bell; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Edmonson; Fayette; Green;
Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Hickman; Ohio; Oldham; Pulaski; Taylor;
Trigg; Union; Warren. Apr. 14—Sept.

Libellula luctuosa Burmeister
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Cumberland; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton; Green; Harrison; Hart; Hender-
son; Hickman; Hopkins; Jefferson; Jessamine; Letcher; Marion; Mc-
Creary; Metcalfe; Ohio; Pike; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Wayne. Apr. 14—Oct. 19.

Libellula pulchella Drury
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;
Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton; Grayson; Green;
Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hickman; Hopkins; Jefferson;
Jessamine; Letcher; Lincoln; Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Ohio;
Oldham; Pike; Powell; Pulaski; Robertson; Russell; Taylor; Todd;
Trigg; Union; Warren; Wayne. Apr. 11—Sept. 25.

Libellula semifasciata Burmeister
Breckinridge; Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Hart; Jef-
ferson; Marion; McCreary; Taylor; Trigg; Warren. Apr.—July 26.

Libellula vibrans Fabricius
Adair; Ballard; Breckinridge; Edmonson; Green; Hart; Marshall; Trigg;
Union. June 26—Sept. 3.

Plathemis lydia Drury
Allen; Barren; Bell; Boyle; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Casey;

42 Patricia Liles Resener

Cumberland; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton; Grayson; Green;
Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Henderson; Hickman; Hopkins; Jefferson;
Kenton; Letcher; Lincoln; Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe;
Ohio; Oldham; Pike; Powell; Pulaski; Robertson; Russell; Taylor;
Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren; Wayne. Apr. 13—Sept.

Leucorrhinia intacta Hagen
Cumberland; McCreary; Pulaski; Russell. May.

Erythrodiplax minuscula Rambur
Union. June.

Sympetrum ambiguum Rambur
Bullitt; Carter; Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Green; Harrison; Hart;
Jefferson; Ohio; Oldham; Rockcastle; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren;
Washington. May 20—Oct. 16.

Sympetrum danae Sulzer
Montgomery (1967) lists this species as occurring in Kentucky.

Sympetrum internum Montgomery

Bell; Carter; Edmonson; Green; Hart; Ohio; Trigg; Union. Aug.—Oct.
Sympetrum obtrusum Hagen

Breckinridge; Edmonson; Hart; Ohio. Aug.—Oct.

Sympetrum rubicundulum Say
Bullitt; Edmonson; Fayette; Green; Harrison; Hart; Jefferson; Mc-
Creary; Ohio; Taylor; Trigg. July—Oct. 29.

Sympetrum semicinctum Say
Carter; Harrison. Sept.

Sympetrum vicinum Hagen
Allen; Bell; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Edmonson; Green; Hardin; Har-
rison; Hart; Jefferson; Marion; McCreary; Ohio; Pulaski; Rockcastle;
Taylor; Whitley. June—Oct. 27.

Erythemis simplicicollis Say
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Carter; Cumberland; Edmon-
son; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton; Green; Harrison; Hart; Henderson;
Hickman; Jefferson; Jessamine; Marion; Meade; Metcalfe; Oldham;
Russell; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Warren; Washington. May 7—
Sept. 10.

Pachydiplax longipennis Burmeister
Allen; Ballard; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter;
Casey; Edmonson; Fayette; Floyd; Fulton; Green; Hardin; Harrison;
Hart; Henderson; Hickman; Hopkins; Jefferson; Marion; McCreary;
Meade; Metcalfe; Ohio; Oldham; Pike; Pulaski; Russell; Taylor; Todd;
Trigg; Union; Warren. Apr. 12—Oct. 6.

Tramea carolina Linnaeus
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Butler; Carter; Christian;
Edmonson; Fayette; Fulton; Green; Hardin; Harrison; Hart; Jefferson;

Dragonflies and Damselflies 43

Letcher; Marion; McCreary; Metcalfe; Monroe; Ohio; Rockcastle;
Russell; Taylor; Trigg; Union; Warren; Whitley. May 7—Sept.
Tramea lacerata Hagen
Allen; Barren; Bell; Breckinridge; Bullitt; Carter; Cumberland; Ed-
monson; Fayette; Floyd; Green; Harrison; Hart; Hopkins; Marion;
Meade; Mercer; Metcalfe; Russell; Taylor; Todd; Trigg; Union; Wash-
ington; Warren; Wayne. May 4—Sept.
_ Tramea onusta Hagen
Carter; Edmonson; Fayette; Hart; Ohio; Pulaski; Trigg; Wayne. May
12-Aug.
Pantala flavescens Fabricius
Bullitt; Butler; Edmonson; Fulton; Green; Harrison; Hickman; Jef-
ferson; Kenton; Marshall; Ohio; Pike; Pulaski; Taylor; Trigg; Union;
Warren. June—Sept. 16.

Pantala hymenea Say
Breckinridge; Cumberland; Edmonson; Green; Harrison; Henderson;
Jefferson; McCreary; Trigg; Wayne. June 5—Aug.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. M. J. Westfall, Jr., and to Dr. O. S.
Flint, Jr., for determining specimens; to Dr. Jerry Macklin, University of
Kentucky, for making available his personal records; to Dr. P. H. Freytag
for the use of material in the University of Kentucky Insect Collection; to
Mr. Carl Cook, Center, Ky., for encouragement and assistance; to messrs.
Keith Collins, Richard Henderson, and Leroy Henderson for the loan of
material; and to Dr. Charles V. Covell, Jr., University of Louisville, for
supervision of this project. I am also grateful to Dr. John A. Dillon, Jr.,
Dean of the Graduate School, University of Louisville, for providing
fmancial support for this study.

References

Cook, C., 1947. Notes on the genus Somatochlora collected in Kentucky
and Tennessee (Odonata; Cordulinae). Ent. News 58 (5):
127—131.

, 1951. Some new dragonfly records for Kentucky (Odonata). Ent.
News 62 (6): 181—188.
Garman, H., 1924. Odonata from Kentucky. Ent. News 35 (8): 285—288.

, 1932. The genus Archilestes in Kentucky (Odonata). Ent. News
43 (4): 85-92.

Macklin, J. M. and C. Cook, 1967. New records of Kentucky Odonata.
Proc. N. Central Branch Ent. Soc. Amer. 22: 120—121.

44 Patricia Liles Resener

Montgomery, B. E., 1967. Geographical distribution of the Odonata of the
North Central States. Proc. N. Central Branch Ent. Soc. Amer.
92: 121129;

Needham, J. G. and M. J. Westfall, Jr., 1955. A manual of the dragon-
flies of North America (Anisoptera). Los Angeles, Univ. of Calif.
Press, xii + 615 pp., 342 figs.

Ris, F., 1930. A revision of the libelluline genus Perithemis (Odonata).
Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Publ. 21: 1—50.

Williamson, E. B., 1909. The North American dragonflies (Odonata) of
genus Macromia. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 37 (1710): 369—398.

Received: October 28, 1969. Accepted: January 7, 1970.

SOME MECHANISMS WITH WHICH
Crotalus horridus horridus
RESPONDS TO STIMULI

A. L. WHITT, JR.

Department of Biology
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

Introduction

Although snakes in general have a fairly well-developed nervous sys-
them, they do not have the accessory apparatus to react to their environ-
ment quite as well as some of the other vertebrates. Snakes lack movable
eyelids and have instead a transparent window, the “brille” which be-
comes opaque before ecdysis and renders vision poor during this time;
snakes lack an outer ear, middle ear, eustachian tubes or tympanium of
any type; it is difficult to determine the mechanism of smell since both
gustation and olfaction are so closely related, but both are located in
Jacobson’s Orange; the flickering, two pronged tongue picks up chemical
particles from the atmosphere around the animal and when retracted, the
tongue tips insert into the openings of the pockets of Jacobson’s Organ.

Beyond the above sense organs perhaps the most used and most valu-
able sense organs possessed by two groups of nocturnal snakes, the
Viperidae and Boidae, are the radiation or heat sensitive organs. Rattle-
snakes and other members of these two groups posses special sensory pits
on each side of the head. In the Viperidae they are con-shaped depressions
located slightly below and midway between the nostrils and the eyes
and have forward directed openings. These pits have been known as far
back as the seventeenth century, but it was not until 1937 that Noble and
Schmidt presented a satisfactory theory to account for the function of
these pits. Their experiments with rattlesnakes with all major sensory
organs other than these pits destroyed or blocked showed that these
reptiles could still accurately locate and strike at objects with temperatures
higher than that of the surrounding environment. It appears then, that even
under noctural conditions these heat sensitive organs can accurately locate
and enable the snake to strike at warm-blooded vertebrates whose body
temperatures are warmer than the environment.

Purpose

This research was conducted to define the role that the various sen-
sory mechanisms of Crotalus horridus horridus play in picking up external
stimuli.

46 A. L. Whitt, Jr.

Procedure

The snake was placed in a 24x 12x12 inch cage which was mounted
on foam rubber pads to cut down on substrate vibration. All test materials
were lowered into an open cage on a piece of string to cut down noise
and odors. Water at 3 to 4°C, 20-22°C, 37-40°C was introduced in cel-
lulose tubing, and acetic acid or 40% formalin was placed on laboratory
cotton for the same reason stated above. Sound reception was tested by
striking the sides of the wooden cages with a solid object. Rest periods of
at least one hour were given between each stimulus presented. Any re-
sponse to the stimulus was recorded as positive and the absence of any
response was recorded as negative.

Experiment 1. No sense organs were blocked.

When materials were lowered into the cage and moved back and forth
in front of the snake, it would follow the object with movement of the
head due to vision, smell, taste and/or pits. The response was positive to all
three temperatures of the water, to the cotton soaked in 40% formalin or
in acetic acid and to the test for sound receptions.

Experiment 2. Two thicknesses of adhesive tape were placed over each
eye to completely obstruct vision.

After a brief period of readjustment during which the snake hit against
the sides of the cage, he appeared well-oriented to the surroundings. Later,
when removed for further taping, the snake experienced little difficulty in
readjusting to the cage. Cellulose tubing with room temperature (20-20°C)
water was lowered within three inches of the snake’s head with no
response. When his head was touched, he responded by flicking out the
tongue. One hour later when 37°C water was introduced in front of his
head, the response was immediate. Again water at room temperature was
used and there was no response. Ice water (4-5°C) lowered into the cage
illicited the same response as the warmed water (37°C).

The snake could not detect 37-40°C water when it was placed directly
over the head and behind the eye level. Due to the position and direction
of th pits it was necessary to bring the object, at least lateral to and
in front of the eye level for detection by these heat sensitive organs.

The snake reacted to 40% formalin at room temperature and actually
followed it. Two hours later when acetic acid at room temperature was
offered, he pulled away and would not move toward it. The reactions had
to be gustatory and/or olfactory.

There was also a positive reaction to substrate vibrations when the
cage was tapped.

Experiment 3. The pit (heat-sensitive organ) on the right side of the
head was blocked. The snake was still blindfolded.

A small piece of (pleistocene) clay was used with tape to hold the
clay in the shallow pit. There was not response to water at room tem-

Crotalus Horridus Horridus AT

perature when lowered on the side of the occluded pit, nor on the open
pit side. When 37°C water was lowered on the right side, there was no
response but when the tubing was rotated past the midline in front of his
head there was an immediate response. With cold water (4 to 5°C) there
was no reaction on the occluded side but a positive response on the open
pit side.

The response to formalin and acetic acid were the same as in ex-
periment one and two.

Again there was a positive reaction to substrate vibration.
Experiment 4. Both pits were occluded—still blindfolded. There were no
responses to water at any of the three temperatures. The responses re-
mained the same to acetic acid and 40% formalin as in preceding tests and
again there was a positive reaction to substrate vibrations.
Experiment 5. The tape was removed from the snake’s eyes but the pits
remained occluded.

The snake now responded positively to all tests: Water at 4°C,
20°C, 37°C, acetic acid, 40% formalin and substrate vibration.

Summary

There is no doubt that Crotallus horridus horridus uses its eyesight to
good but restricted advantage in its life’s activities. Although the hearing
apparatus is much modified, the purpose seems to be fuHilled quite well
considering the amount of body in contact with its substrate environment.
There is little doubt that the sense of taste and/or smell is well developed

TABLE 1

Heat Sensitive Pits Olfactory and/or Auditory
Gustatory

Water Water Water 40% Acetic Substrate

Room 387-40°C 3-5°C Formalin Acid Vibrations

Temp.

No sense organ blocked + + a a au ct
Eyes covered = + aL ae at at

—on —on

— right right = ae +

+ on + on

left left
Eyes covered with
both pits occluded =~ al a a at a
Eyes uncovered
with both pits oe = 2a a ae ae
occluded

+ indicates response ( Postitive )
— indicates no response (Negative)

48 A. L. Whitt, Jr.

in this snake and that it keeps in almost constant contact with its en-
vironment with the tongue and Jacobsen’s Organ. However, the most
used sensory structure may very well be the sensory pits. As long as ob-
jects of differential temperatures were anterior to, and within 50 or so
degrees lateral to the midsagittal line of the body they could be detected
by the snake quite easily. See Table 1.

Literature Cited
Noble, G. K. and A. Schmidt 1937. Proc. Amer. Philo. Soc. 77:263

Received: July 30, 1969. Accepted: May 18, 1970.

THE CORN SNAKE, ELAPHE GUTTATA GUTTATA
(LINNAEUS) IN KENTUCKY

JOSEPH T. COLLINS

Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas
Lawrence, Kansas 66044

Garman (1894) first mentioned the Corn snake in Kentucky when he
placed it on his list of possibly occurring forms as Elaphis guttatus
(= Elaphe guttata) and referred to it by the common name “fox snake.”
No actual example of this species was found for 41 years after Garman’s
work until Hibbard (1936) collected three Kentucky specimens of Elaphe
g. guttata (only two specimens were preserved—MCNP 1907 and KU
19760). The first specimen (MCNP 1907) was collected at Taylor’s Coats
Hollow, 8 mi NW Park City within the Mammoth Cave National Park con-
fines, Edmonson County, on 10 September 1934. The second example (KU
19760) was found at Mammoth Cave Ridge, Edmonson County, on 30
April 1935. Chenoweth (1949) cited Hibbard’s records and reported another
Corn snake (CU 5716) collected 2 mi W Park City on Preston’s Ridge
within the Mammoth Cave National Park confines, Edmonson County, on
22 April 1948. These three specimens represent the only published examples
of Elaphe g. guttata from Kentucky to date.

I have discovered five additional Elaphe g guttata from various localities
in Kentucky. These specimens, with the three just mentioned, are deposited
in the following collections: Cornell University (CU), Illinois Natural
History Survey (INHS), Joseph T. Collins collection (JTC), University of
Kansas (KU), Mammoth Cave National Park collection (MCNP), Uni-
versity of Kentucky (UK), and the University of Louisville (UL). The new
records are: BARREN COUNTY: near Park City—no other data (UK R-
178). EDMONSON COUNTY: near junction Mammoth Cave Ferry road
and old Route 70—collected by Arthur Graham on 25 May 1961 (MCNP
1823). HART COUNTY: 3 mi W Barren County line on U.S. Rt. 31-W—
collected by Joseph T. Collins and Dennis R. Magee on 19 August 1958
(JTC 82). MENIFEE COUNTY: 8 mi S Frenchburg at junction of Ken-
tucky Routes 77 and 715—collected by William Clay on 24 June 1954 (UL
6511). POWELL COUNTY: Natural Bridge State Park—collected by
L. & M. Stannard on 12 August 1958 (INHS 8953).

These eight specimens of Elaphe g. guttata are divided into two widely
separated populations. Six of the snakes are from the Mammoth Cave
Park area (Barren, Edmonson, and Hart Counties) while the remaining two
specimens were collected in the Natural Bridge State Park region (Menifee
and Powell Counties), approximately 140 miles airline to the northeast.
This disjunct distributional pattern is consistent with evidence presented
by Smith (1957) for southern animal species which invaded northward
during the post-Wisconsin Climactic Optimum. Unless additional specimens
are discovered in the hiatus separating the two isolated Kentucky colonies

50 Joseph T. Collins

or the hiatus between these two colonies and the main range of this
species to the south, the map of Conant (1958) depicting the Kentucky
range of Elaphe g. guttata as isolated, disjunct populations is correct.

I wish to thank Roger W. Barbour, William Clay, Carl H. Ernst, Edward
Raney, Thane S. Robinson, and Philip W. Smith for the loan of specimens.
For assistance in the field I am indebted to Corson J. Hirschfeld.

Literature Cited

Chenoweth, W. L. 1959. Elaphe guttata in south-central Kentucky. Herpeto-
logica 5(2): 22.

Conant, R. 1958. A field guide to reptiles and amphibians. Houghton-
Mifflin Co., Boston. xv + 1-366 p.

Garman, H. 1894. A preliminary list of the vertebrate animals of Ken-
tucky. Bull. Essex Inst. 26(1-3): 1-63.

Hibbard, C. W. 1936. The amphibians and reptiles of Mammoth Cave
National Park proposed. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 39: 277-281.
Smith, P. W. 1957. An analysis of post-Wisconsin biogeography of the
prairie peninsula region based on distributional phenomena among

terrestrial vertebrate populations. Ecology 38(2): 205-218.

Received: April 17, 1970. Accepted: May 18, 1970.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE,

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the authcr have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors,

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good repreduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors.
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

i a eee nes

Vol. 81, Nos. 3-4 1970 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ

Vt ASOn,
Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE al Wy

CONTENTS

An Annotated List of Fishes From the Upper Salt
River, Kentucky
R. D. HOYT, S. E. NEFF and L. A. KRUMHOLZ

Record of Occurence of a Trypanosome Infection in the Prairie

be Vole Microtus Orchogaster, in Jefferson County, Kentucky
WILLIAM T. McGEACHIN, FRED H. WHITAKER,
prema WN, OUI PRG choos ccs kescedstcnnceocnscenteaseescecsesnensoas 64

Kentucky Algae
GARY E. DILLARD and STEPHEN B. CRIDER

List of Amphibians and Reptiles from Tight Hollow in East-
Central Kentucky
BRANLEY A. BRANSON, DONALD L. BATCH,
and CHARLES J. MOORE

Records for and Annotations on Some Valley Millipeds
(Diplopoda) from Northern Kentucky

Spiders (Arachnida: Araneida) from Northern Kentucky, with
Notes on Phalangids and Some Other Localities
BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH

Pilot Experiments Involving X-ray Induced Mutants in the
Dumpy and Yellow Regions of Scute—19i Chromosomes
in Drosophila Melanogaster
SARA H. COMLEY-FRYE

A Search for Trypanosoma cruzi in Kentucky Opossums
JOHN V. ALIFF

ACADEMY AFFAIRS
Index to Volume 31

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1969-70

President: Lloyd Alexander, Kentucky State College

President-Elect: Karl Hussing, Murray State University

Vice-President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Mary Wharton, Georgetown College

OFFICERS 1970-71

President: Karl Hussung, Murray State University

President-Elect: Louis Krumholz, University of Louisville

Vice-President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

arly ussving (,,.sccecsteccocmtee to 1970 Gordon, Wilson :.i.2.eeeeee to 1972
Grace AO UTEO ss ccer url ateraseeut to 1970 Sanford .L,. Jones 725s to 1973
John M. Carpenter .............0000 to 1971 Ellis 'V. Brown (32 to 1973
William We Clay cnr eee oe to 1971 Donald. Batch ..).: 335 eee to 1974
Bg, Ae ern nie Ie. Sure seoctotes aes to 1972 J: Ball Hamon..02 ee to 1974

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506
Associate Editors:

Botany and Microbiology: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky
Zoology: Robert Kuehne, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $4.00 per volume; foreign, $4.00 per
volume.

Tue TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF FISHES FROM THE UPPER
SALT RIVER, KENTUCKY?

R. D. HOYT?, S. E. NEFF, and L. A. KRUMHOLZ

Department of Biology and Water Resources Laboratory
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky

INTRODUCTION

The Salt River in central Kentucky has a drainage area of 2920 square
miles. This area includes all or parts of 15 counties and makes up 7.2% of
the total area of the Commonwealth. The main stem of the Salt River
_ arises in Boyle County, Kentucky, in the southwestern part of the Inner
Bluegrass region, flows north to near Lawrenceburg, turns west across the
Outer Bluegrass region, and enters the Ohio River at West Point. It drains
the northern and extreme eastern parts of the basin. The two main tribu-
taries of the river, the Beech Fork and the Rolling Fork, drain the southern
regions of the basin.

Due to a history of floods on the river, three flood control impoundments
are scheduled for construction on the Salt River and its two tributaries
during the 1970’s. Since the impoundment of the river will create three
sizable bodies of water (ca. 4000 acres each) and will cause changes in
the flora and fauna and influence downstream water quality, an intensive
pre-impoundment survey of the Salt River has been undertaken at the
Water Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, under the spon-
sorship of the Office of Water Resources Research, U.S. Department
of the Interior. Information gathered in this survey will permit an accurate
appraisal of the various changes that will be brought about by impound-
ment of portions of the river system.

The first flood control reservoir is to be constructed on the main stem
of the Salt River about 3 miles east cf Taylorsville, Spencer County,
Kentucky. The proposed reservoir will have a surface area in flood of 7900
acres, and the seasonal surface area will be about 3600 acres. This body of
water will provide an aquatic recreational area within easy access of an
urban area of nearly a million people. In order to estimate the potential of
this reservoir for recreational fishing, we conducted a preliminary survey of
the fish fauna of the uper reaches of the Salt River. Collections were begun
in the fall of 1968 and intensified during the spring and summer of 1969.

1 Contribution No. 126 (New Series) from the Department of Biology, University
of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. This study was supported by the
Office of Water Resources Research, Department of the Interior, under
Project No. B-005-KY with the University of Louisville.

2 Present address: Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, Kentucky 42101.

52 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Fishes were collected using a 30-foot bag seine, minnow seines, and dip
nets in conjunction with electroshocking apparatus (U.S. Army Signal Gen-
erator, Model GN-51-B, 300 watt, 120-240 volts, 2.5 amps with 150 feet
of line and electrodes) which provided effective sampling along 200 feet
of stream at each sampling station.

Specimens were fixed in formalin and preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol.
All material is deposited in the University of Louisville Fish Collection,
Louisville, Kentucky. A total of 6,722 fish was taken during the study;
50 species, referable to 11 families, and 3 hybrid sunfishes were repre-

SHELBYVILLE

ips

> z-__—_.

Ke ak /
TAYLORSVILLE nf < F ok % eed
an seen GY QL. Ma) Se" eservoir 6 @ 2 XS k
A PAAR Be we:
=O eM an x AV, ey Wy oo oO Ry: Qi)
ae 0 “g =
2 RD Ae) roy v9 Y@
& G3) (PF LER
2 a OIG ®
: > <! BURE:
ry
ey, Rp OOMFELD
SALT RIVER, KENTUCKY 3
Showing Fish Sampling Stations a
June - October, 1969
Figure 1 HARRODSBURG
@)2
<
@ee
3 ° 3 6 4) Gi)
Scale in Miles (@) X27) DANVILLE
@3)
(30)

Figure 1—Main stem of Salt River showing sampling stations for fish and site of pro-
posed flood control reservoir.

Fishes From the Upper Salt River 53

El Rough

80

e a
ON 70 Forage
; N
o Game
7)
Q 60
©
a]
rs
5
a 50
= §
©
2 40
rd
&
7)
ig
30
20 ee
10 =

Total Lower Upper Tributaries
Area Salt Salt
River River

Figure 2—Relative abundance of rough, forage, and game fish in collections from upper
Salt River. Total area (Stations 1-45), Lower (Stations 1-14), Upper (Stations 15-30),
Tributaries (Stations 31-45).

sented in our collections. Nomenclature follows that of the American
Fisheries Society (1970).

The study area, collecting stations, and site of the proposed reservoir
are shown in Figure 1. The area was divided into lower and upper portions
and tributaries. The lower portion of the river includes Stations 1-14 from
below Taylorsville, Spencer County, upstream to a small distillery pond at
McBrayer, Anderson County. The upper reaches of the river (Stations
15-30) extend from the Bluegrass Parkway in Anderson County to its
source southwest of Danville in Boyle County. Tributary collections (Sta-
tions 31-45) were made on all streams entering the Salt River in the area.

RELATIVE ABUNDANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The relative abundance of each species was calculated on the basis of
the number of stations at which a species was collected, and this is ex-

54 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

pressed as a percentage (Fig. 2). The occurrence of a species was then
designated as follows:
61-100% — abundant (A)
21- 60% — common (C)
16- 30% — occasional (O)
0- 15% — rare (R)

From Figure 2 it is apparent that the relative abundance of forage
fishes is similar in all sections of the sampling area. In the upper reaches
of the Salt River and in the tributaries, the relative abundance of game
fishes is higher than the other sections of the river, and the relative abun-
dance of rough fishes is decidedly lower. This may be attributed to sea-
sonal variations and fluctuations in rate of flow on the upper reaches
and tributaries.

In the annotated list, these categories are given along with the relative
abundance as a percentage. The 5 predominant species in the area in
order of abundance were Lepomis megalotis, Pimephales notatus, Notropis
ardens, Lepomis cyanellus, and Campostoma anomalum. The kinds of habi-
tats in which different species were collected generally agree with those
described by Forbes and Richardson (1920) and Trautman (1957).

Fishes in our samples were separated into 3 categories: game fishes or
those sought by anglers; forage fishes or small fish that serve as prey through-
out at least a part of their life cycle; and rough (including commercial
species) fishes or those species not actively sought by sportsmen and which
may or may not be of commercial value (see Lagler, 1956, Appendix F).

These categories and the fishes that are included in each are:

Rough Forage Game
gar shad sunfish
suckers minnows black bass
carp shiners crappie
catfish chubs sauger
madtoms dace
drum topminnows

silversides

darters

sculpins

Total weights of all fish in each category from the total area, lower
and upper sections and tributaries, are given in Figure 3. In the total study
area, game fish produced the greatest poundage followed closely by rough
fish. Although forage fish were present in the greatest relative abundance,
they produced the lowest poundage of all categories in the total study
area. In the lower reaches of the main stream, the greatest weight was
provided by rough fish followed closely by game fish. The greater weight
of rough fish was due to fewer individuals of greater size, while game fish
weight was due to large numbers of smaller fish. Game fish produced the

Fishes From the Upper Salt River 55

B Rough

E Forage

SN
N Game

WLLL

Total Lower Upper Tributaries
Area Salt Salt
River River

Figure 3—Weights of rough, forage, and game fish in collections from upper Salt River.

greatest weight in the upper portion of the river as well as in the tribu-
taries, decreasing respectively, from the lower reaches to the tributaries.

Considering the deficiencies of electroshocking and seining for con-
sistent standing crop estimates, we present the following amounts of fish
obtained during this study: Stations 1-5 yielded a standing crop of (about)
80 Ibs per acre; Stations 6-10, 130 lbs per acre; Stations 11-15, 60 lbs
per acre. These 15 stations gave an average standing crop of 90 lbs per
acre, with a range of weights from 4.7 to 217.8 Ibs per acre. The upper
portion of the river showed a lower standing crop yield of approximately
48 lbs per acre (Stations 16-25). Low water and poiluted effluents entering
the river in this upper portion may account for these reduced yields.

Since many of the tributaries were intermittent during the sampling
periods, our estimates concerning their standing crops are lessened. Bra-
shears Creek appears to have the largest standing crop, averaging just
under 80 lbs per acre. Jacks and Ashes Creeks averaged 17 Ibs per acre,
while Beech Creek had a standing crop of about 22 lbs per acre.

These estimates are similar to the preimpoundment standing crop
estimates given by Tuhner (1967) in his study of the Middle Fork of the
Kentucky River and Buckhorn Reservoir, although he reported average
weights pe racre of 31.79 and 29.63 Ibs which are lower than our yields.

56 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

It is interesting to see that Turner’s standing crop yields increased after
the impoundment of Buckhorn Reservoir. Prior to impoundment,.49 species
of fishes were collected in the area; post-impoundment collections pro-
duced 39 species. This may bode well for the development of a successful
sport fisheries in the Taylorsville Reservoir after construction.

ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES

Lepisosteidae

Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaeus) longnose gar (R) 2%.

One young-of-the-year specimen taken in main stream, at edge of deep pool,
away from current. Low numbers collected in seemingly favorable habitats may
be traceable to their resistance to electrical current. Keith (1964) reported adult
gar to be resistant to shocking.

Clupeidae

Dorosoma cepedianum (Lesueur)—gizzard shad (O) 19%.

Most prevalent at downstream stations on main stream and tributaries. En-
tirely absent from upper reaches where pools were deeper, bottom covered with
thick layer of silt and mud, and water quality altered by agricultural runoff and
sewage treatment effluent.

Cyprinidae
Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque )—stoneroller (A) 65%.

One of the three most common minnows taken. Distributed throughout lower
reaches of main stream and most tributaries. Decreases in numbers in upper
reaches, where pools were longer and deeper, substrate covered with silt and mud,
and quality of organic material increased. Occurring in equal frequency in riffles
and pools.

Chrosomus erythrogaster (Rafinesque )—southern redbelly dace (R) 4%.

A well-known indicator of cold, springwater habitats or permanent, clear
headwater streams (Forbes and Richardson, 1920; Trautman, 1957). Collected
in the 2 uppermost stations on the main stream within one-half mile of the stream
origin. Young of the year as well as adults were taken at both stations, repre-
senting what appeared to be an indigenous population.

Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus—carp (R) 9%.

Taken in low gradient areas with large pools and an abundance of organic
matter. Greatest numbers collected in upper reaches of main stream, below
sewage plant effluent.

Ericymba buccata Cope—silverjaw minnow (O) 17%.

Taken at only two stations on the main stream but found in 6 of 15 tribu-
tary collections. Occurring most often in small streams of moderate to steep
gradients with clean sand or bedrock bottoms (Forbes and Richardson, 1920;
Hoyt, 1969).

Hybopsis amblops (Rafinesque)—bigeye chub (O) 26%.

At many stations along the main stream, none were taken in tributaries. Found
primarily in riffle areas or in shallow stretches of stream having gravelly, silt-free
substrate.

Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchill)—golden shiner (R) 2%.

Collected at one station on main stream; occurrence at station may be result
of bait release since station appears to be a popular fishing area.

Fishes From the Upper Salt River BT

Notropis ardens (Cope)—rosefin shiner (A) 65%.

Another of the three most abundant cyprinids taken and only Notropis occur-
ring at upper headwater stations. Common in the pool and riffle areas of main
stream and tributaries. Appears intolerant to waters of high organic content
and strong currents, since it was absent in collections below sewage effluents
and in chutes or riffles with unusually strong current.

Notropis boops (Gilbert)—bigeye shiner (O) 22%.

Most abundant in riffle and shallow, bedrock-rubble pool areas in lower
reaches of main stream. None taken at upper stations where silt and organic ma-
terial were prevalent.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill)—common shiner (C) 50%.

Shows general preference for pools in lower gradient sections of main stream
and tributaries. Most abundant in lower two-thirds of main stream and in lower
tributaries. Most specimens exhibit characteristics of form chrysocephalus (Traut-
man 1957, 352; also see Gilbert, 1961).

Notropis stramineus (Cope)—sand shiner (O) 19%.

Taken in low frequency at many stations in lower half of main stream. Ab-
sent from headwaters of main stream and all tributaries. Occurring chiefly on
rifles and in pools with clean sand and gravel.

Notropis spilopterus (Cope)—spotfin shiner (O) 30%.

Similar to the sand shiners in preferring clean rifles and pools in lower half
of main stream. Some specimens occurring with steelcolor shiner possess 9 anal
rays and diffuse lateral band suggesting possible hybridization (Trautman 1957,
STU
Notropis whipplei (Girard )—steelcolor shiner (R) 6%.

Collected along with spotfin shiner in lower reaches of main stream.

Phenacobius mirabilis (Girard )—suckermouth minnow (R) 2%.
Three individuals taken at one lower station on main stream.

Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque)—bluntnose minnow (A) 89%.

Most abundant minnow taken, occurring in 25 of 30 stations on main stream
and in all tributary collections. Shows a tolerance for wide variety of habitats.

Pimephales promelas Rafinesque—fathead minnow (O) 17%.

Collected at lowermost and uppermost stations on main stream and in tribu-
tary headwaters. Taken along with bluntnose minnow at each station along main
stream except at headwater stations where bluntnose was absent and fathead
occurred in its greatest abundance.

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchell)—creek chub (C) 52%.

Widely distributed throughout entire study area, occurring most commonly
in upper main stream reaches and tributaries. Second most abundant species
taken at uppermost station on main stream where gradient was steep and stream
measured no more than 5 feet wide and 18 inches deep.

Catostomidae

Catostomus commersoni (Lacépéde )—white sucker (C) 32%.

In larger pools along lower reaches of main stream; also collected in clear,
gravel-bottomed pools of many tributaries. Not common in large pools in upper
reaches of main stream. Only sucker occurring upstream from sewage plant
effluent.

58 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur)—northern hogsucker (O) 30%.

Confined to stations on lower half of main stream and a few of larger tribu-
taries. Occurring chiefly in upper and lower ends of pools having noticeable cur-
rent and bedrock or rubble bottoms relatively free of silt.

Ictiobus cyprinellus (Valenciennes )—bigmouth buffalo (R) 2%.

Three young of the year were taken in a pool at 1 station in upper reaches
of main stream, one-half mile downstream from sewage effluent. In pool, water
was green with organic material, and substrate covered with dense, slippery
mass of agae.

Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque )—spotted sucker (O) 19%.

Adults and young of the year taken in low densities at stations in lower
reaches of main stream and in two of lower tributaries. Except for a large, dead
individual found just below sewage effluent, none taken upstream.

Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque)—golden redhorse (O) 26%.

Very common in large pools in downstream areas of main stream and tribu-
taries. Only a few taken in upper reaches of main stream. Specimens weighing
more than 1 pound common; 4 to 7 fish often found together.

Ictaluridae

Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque )—black bullhead (R) 11%.

Not typically a moderate to steep gradient stream inhabitant (Trautman,
1957:429), but reported as abundant in Illinois streams (Forbes and Richard-

Q

son, 1920). Our material taken in 3 collections in upper reaches of main stream
and two tributaries.
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur )—yellow bullhead (R) 4%.

Taken at 2 stations, both in headwater areas of tributaries. Not in association
with either black or brown bullhead.
Ictalurus nebulosus (Lesueur)—brown bullhead (O) 17%.

Widely distributed along lower reaches of main stream and near mouths of
few tributaries. Few specimens taken in deeper pools upstream.
Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque)—channel catfish (R) 2%.

Collected only at the lowermost station on main stream.

Noturus flavus Rafinesque—stonecat (R) 2%.
One collected in lower reaches of main stream.

Noturus miurus Jordan—brindled madtom (R) 4%.

Two collected at stations in lower half of main stream. Both taken in large
pools with large rocks and much sand and silt.

Cyprinodontidae

Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque )—blackstripe topminnow (R) 15%.

Widely distributed throughout lower reaches of main stream, found in 1
tributary collection. Occurring along edges of pools and among rooted vegetation.

Centrarchidae

Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque )—rock bass (C) 32%.

Common inhabitant of lower half of main stream; absent entirely from upper
reaches of river. Found in deeper pools beneath large rocks and ledges and in
beds of water willow.

Fishes From the Upper Salt River 59

Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque—green sunfish (A) 89%.

Occurring at more stations than any other species. Although not present in
large numbers at each station, represented by adults and young of the year
where collected.

Lepomis humilis (Girard )—organespotted sunfish (R) 9%.

Four individuals collected at 4 stations; 2 in upper reaches of main stream and
in 2 tributaries.

Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque—bluegill (C) 59%.

Taken throughout the study area. Noticeably absent from areas markedly
affected by agricultural waste runoff and sewage effluent. Rarely taken in large
numbers at any collection site. Seemingly prefers more heavily vegetated areas
and not commonly found in current.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque)—longear sunfish (A) 85%.

Numerically most abundant fish taken. Widely distributed throughout main
stream and tributaries. Smaller specimens and young of the year commonly found
between and beneath large rocks along banks; adults found beneath ledges and
in thick stands of water willow.

Lepomis microlophus (Ginther)—redear sunfish (R) 2%.

One adult collected in large pool in headwaters of main stream. Pool with
great masses of floating algae and bedrock substrate covered with layers of mud
and silt.

Micropterus dolomieui Lacépéde—smallmouth bass (O) 24%.

Found in low density throughout lower half of main stream and a few tribu-
taries. Preferring deeper pools where large rocks or boulders, logs, and rocky
ledges common.

Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque)—spotted bass (C) 48%.

Most commonly found in lower reaches of main stream and most tributaries.
Found most often in current near vegetation along edge of pools and in center
of pools.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde)—largemouth bass (O) 24%.

Most widely distributed of black basses throughout main stream, taken in
only 1 tributary collection. Preferring large pools and commonly found in stands
of water willow in and along edges of the pools. Largest specimen (4 pounds)
collected in deep plunge pool below rock dam.

Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque—white crappie (R) 6%.

Taken at 3 stations on main stream. Collected in long pools of moderate
depth and in stream sections flowing beneath complete tree canopies. One large,
dead specimen found floating one-half mile downstream from sewage plant
effluent.

Percidae

Etheostoma blennioides Rafinesque—greenside darter (O) 26%.

Most prevalent in downstream stations on mainstream and only rarely in
tributaries. Found in gravel and rubble riffle areas with constant current.
Etheostoma caeruleum Storer—rainbow darter (R) 15%.

Confined to lower reaches of main stream and in only 2 tributaries. Taken only
on rifles and collected at most stations with greenside darters.

Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque—fantail darter (A) 67%.
Widely distributed throughout main stream as well as most tributaries. Very

60 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

tolerant to habitat type and found in pool areas as well as riffles. Predominant
darter taken in study.

Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque—johnny darter (C) 50%.

Distributed sporadically along entire main stream and abundant in tribu-
taries. Taken chiefly on rifles where gravel and rubble not coverel with algae.

Etheostoma zonale (Cope)—banded darter (R) 2%.

Occurred at 1 station on lowermost section of main stream in long, shallow
rifle flowing through series of gravel shoals.

Percina caprodes (Rafinesque)—logperch (R) 15%.

Greatest numbers taken at stations along lower reaches of main stream and
in 1 tributary. Collected in long pools having some large rocks and a clean sand
or gravel bottom.

Percina maculata (Girard )—blackside darter (R) 11%.

Confined to 2 stations at lower end of main stream and 8 tributaries. Taken
along with logperch in long pool containing some large rocks, clean sandy
bottom and overhanging willow trees.

Stizostedion canadense (Smith)—sauger (R) 2%.
Single specimen taken from a pool with sandy bottom and many large rocks
in lower half of main stream.

Sciaenidae

Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque—freshwater drum (R) 9%.

Collected in lower reaches of main stream and at the lower end of 1 tribu-
tary. Found in long, deep pools having some rooted plants and floating or sunken
logs.

Cottidae

Cottus carolinae (Gill)—banded sculpin (R) 9%.

Confined to middle and upper reaches of main stream. Taken on riffles of
noticeable gradient below pools having much silt and agricultural waste runoff.

Atherinidae

Labidesthes sicculus (Cope)—brook silverside (R) 13%.

Occurring in low densities throughout main stream and tributaries. Primarily
in pools and, because of its top-dwelling habits, most easily collected with the
seine.

Hybrid centrarchids

Lepomis cyanellus x megalotis
One specimen was taken in lower reaches of main stream.

Lepomis macrochirus x humilis

One specimen was taken in deep pool below an impoundment dam in upper
reaches of main stream.

Lepomis cyanellus x humilis

Two specimens were taken at 2 stations; one in upper reaches of main stream
and one in tributary.

It is interesting to note that forms having humilis characteristics were taken
only in the upstream or tributary areas where the orangespotted sunfish was found.

Fishes From the Upper Salt River 61

DISCUSSION

The pre- and post-impoundment investigations conducted by the Ken-
tucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources during the last 15 years
provide a basis for comparison with our fish collections from the Upper
Salt River. Turner’s 1967 study of the Middle Fork of the Kentucky River
has already been mentioned and his results compared with our findings.
Earlier pre-impoundment surveys of Kentucky streams offer interesting
parallels (Turner 1959). The percentage (by weight) of rough fishes in
the Barren River, Rough River, and Drakes Creek is more than we found,
while the forage fish group in these streams was relatively less abundant
than we encountered in the Upper Salt River. Game fish were more abun-
dant in the Salt, and this category made up a much larger quantity of the
total catch than Turner encountered in his samples.

Some of the factors which appear to influence the distribution and
abundance of fishes in the Salt River are the fluctuations in stream flow,
sewage effiuents, and farming practices along the stream. The effects of
these last two factors are somewhat localized, while the influence of the
first is generally exerted throughout the stream course. The discharge
of the Salt River is dramatic, and, when discharge is compared with average
flow, it has been said that the basin has “a runoff somewhat character-
istic of a metal roof” (Hendrickson and Krieger 1964, 100).

Recent discharge records at Harrodsburg and Van Buren, Kentucky,
stress these variations. At Harrodsburg, average flow (15 years) is 46.8
cfs, with a range of no flow to 4,190 cfs (November, 1957). Average flow
at Van Buren (29 years) is 238 cfs, with a range of no flow to 16,700 cfs
(March, 1964). Even more instructive in emphasizing variations in flow
are monthly discharge records. In 1967 at Van Buren, discharge varied
from 173 cfs on 4 March to 5,410 cfs on the 6th to 410 cfs on the 11th
of March. Similar variations may be cited at other gaging stations along
the water course (see Annual Water Resource Data for Kentucky, Part
1—Surface Water Records). The effects of these variations on fish distri-
butions are difficult if not impossible to ascertain, but the possibility that
such fluctuations must bear upon the abundance and distribution of the
fishes is evident.

The influence of domestic sewage is easier to assess than stream flow,
for only two areas along the main stream are significantly affected by sew-
age effluents. Near Harrodsburg (Fig. 1, Stations 18-21), composition of
the fish fauna is less diversified and shows a decided gradient in standing
crop yields along the main stream. At Station 21 which is 2 miles upstream
from the tributary that receives the effluent from the Harrodsburg treat-
ment plant, a yield of 154 Ibs per acre (10 species) was obtained. Within
0.5 miles of the effluent tributary (Station 20), the standing crop yield
declined to roughly 11 lbs per acre (6 species), but the yield increased
to 41 lbs per acre (7 species) at the next downstream site, 3 miles below
the effluent tributary. At Station 18, 6.5 miles downstream from the tribu-

62 R. D. Hoyt, S. E. Neff, and L. A. Krumholz

tary, the standing crop yield was 106 Ibs per acre (10 species). Cyprinus
carpio (carp) made up about 50% of the sample at both Stations 18 and
19. Carp are well known to inhabit warm water that is often enriched by
organic material introduced from treatment plants or agricultural practices
(Trautman, 1957: 285).

Hammond Creek, a tributary which receives the discharge from the
Lawrenceburg treatment plant, produced a yield of 33 lbs per acre (8
species). Stations on the main stream in this area were some of the most
productive in the river (180-200 lbs per acre), but again a distinct
gradient was evident along the main stream.

The influence of farming on the abundance of fishes in the Salt River
is rather difficult to determine. The parts of the basin traversed by the
stream range from relatively poor to good farm lands. While the amounts
of solutes gained from fertilized farm lands by runoff is not known, fish
collections from the stream in regions where the flood plain is intensively
cultivated may provide some basis for comparisons. It appears that the
overall effect of runoff enrichment may account for our higher yields
when our data are compared with those of Turner (1967). The source
of increased potassium in the Salt River at Shepherdsville has been sug-
gested to be due to greater use of fertilizers (Hendrickson and Krieger,
1964-102). In the region of Van Buren, our estimate of 130 Ibs per acre
(Stations 6-10) is in an area where the river terrace is heavily farmed and
fertilized. The area in the vicinity of Lawrenceburg where the land is less
heavily cultivated and fertilized and more urban in nature yielded 60 Ibs
per acre. In this latter region, pollution effluents complicate an assessment
based on our samples, and it is impossible to assign realistic proportions
to each effect.

The impoundment to be created in the construction of the Taylors-
ville flood control project should support a relatively productive sports
fishery. The Salt River contains an established fish and benthic fauna; much
of the areas is underlain by limestone strata and supports a rich, diversi-
fied flora. New reservoirs are known for initially producing rather exceptional
sport fisheries which decline subsequently (Bennett 1937, Jenkins 1961).
This initial high productivity has been attributed to a variety of causes,
the most common of which is the higher amounts of organic matter in
young impoundments. Mullan and Applegate (1965) reported that the
more commonly assayed chemical parameters, including dissolved organic
content and trace elements, failed to show a significantly higher value in a
new reservoir when compared with a 15-year-old reservoir. On this basis,
it seems apparent that other factors, such as fish behavior, population
density changes, or the production of a variety of new niches, may explain
fishing success in new reservoirs.

During the filling of the Taylorsville reservoir, both benthic organisms
and fishes will undergo the change from a lotic to a lentic environment.
Typical stream species—such as the stoneroller minnow, the silverjaw
minnow, most darters, and sauger—should disappear or be reduced in

Fishes From the Upper Salt River 63

numbers in the inundated portion of the river and be replaced by the
bluntnose minnow, rosefin shiner, golden shiner, shad, suckers, catfish,
and sunfishes. In large measure, the composition of benthic organisms
and forage fish species will determine the success of the game fish inhab-
itants. Proper management practices should produce a successful game
fish population in the reservoir.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The following men provided help in the collecting, sorting, and weigh-
ing specimens: E. J. Bacon, D. E. Hinton, A. C. Hoyt, R. L. Lattis, J. S.
Parsons, and J. D. Woodling. Their efforts and assistance are appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

American Fisheries Society. 1970. A list of common and scientific names of fishes
from the United States and Canada. Spec. Publ. No. 6. 150 pp.

Bennett, G. W. 1937. The growth of the large mouth black bass, Huro salmoides
(Lacépéde), in the waters of Wisconsin. Copeia 1937(2):104-117.
Forbes, S. A., and R. E. Richardson. 1920. The fishes of Illinois. Ill. Nat. Hist.

Surv. Div., Springfield, Ill. 357 pp.

Gilbert, C. L. 1961. Hybridization vs. intergradation: an inquiry into the relation-
ship of cyprinid fishes. Copeia 1961(2):181-192.

Hendrickson, G. E., and R. A. Krieger. 1964. Geochemistry of natural waters of
the Blue Grass region, Kentucky. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply Paper
#1700. GPO, Washington, D.C. vii + 134 pp.

Hoyt, R. D. 1969. The life history of the silverjaw minnow, Ericymba buccata
Cope, in Kentucky and the anatomy and histology of its cephalic lateral line
system. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Louisville, Louis-
ville, Kentucky. 237 pp.

Jenkins, R. M. 1961. Reservoir fish management—progress and challenge. Sports
Fishing Institute, Special Publication, Washington, D.C. 22 pp.

Keith, W. E. Jr. 1964. A pre-impoundment study of the fishes, their distribution
and abundance, in the Beaver Lake Drainage of Arkansas. Unpublished
M.S. thesis: University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas. 166 pp.

Lagler, K. F. 1956. Freshwater Fishery Biology, 2nd ed. W. C. Brown Co.
Dubuque, Iowa. 421 pp.

Mullan, J. W., and R. L. Applegate. 1965. The physical-chemical limnology of
a new reservoir (Beaver) and a 14-year-old reservoir (Bull Shoals) located
on the White River, Arkansas and Missouri. Proc. 19th Ann. Conf. South-
eastern Assoc. Game Fish Comm. Pp. 413-421.

Trautman, M. B. 1957. The Fishes of Ohio. Ohio St. Univ. Press: Columbus,
Ohio. 683 pp.

Turner, W. R. 1959. Pre-impoundment surveys of six Kentucky streams. Ky.
Fisheries Bull. 24. 43 pp.

Received: 2/5/70. Accepted: 6/15/70.

RECORD OF OCCURRENCE OF A TRYPANOSOME INFECTION
IN THE PRAIRIE VOLE MICROTUS ORCHOGASTER, IN
JEFFERSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY

WILLIAM T. McGEACHIN, FRED H. WHITTAKER* and FRANK W. QUICK, JR.
Department of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky

As a part of a recent ecological study of Microtus orchogaster orcho-
gaster (Wagner) by the third author, blood smears were prepared and
examined for the presence of parasites. Numerous trypanosomes were
found in the blood of several of these voles which were captured alive.
As far as it is known, there are no previous reports in the literature of
trypanosomes from Microtus orchogaster in Kentucky, although such
parasites have been reported from M. orchogaster in Illinois (Levine, 1965).

Trypanosome species are widely distributed and infect many different
types of hosts. They have been reported from fish, amphibians, reptiles,
birds and mammals. Although many trypanosomes infecting a particular
host group are morphologically similar, they are believed to be _host-
specific. Davis (1952) reported that 80 to 90 species of trypanosomes
morphologically similar to Trypanosoma lewisi of the rat occur in various
small mammals throughout the world. She also stated that these species
appeared to be host-specific since they had been found naturally in dif-
ferent hosts. The purpose of this paper is to report the first record of oc-
currence of a trypanosome infection in M. orchogaster in Kentucky, and
to suggest the identification of the parasite.

Materials and Methods

The voles were live-trapped in a 1.48 hectare study area three miles
south and one mile east of Okolona, in Jefferson County, Kentucky. Thin
smears were prepared with blood drawn from the toes of the living voles.
The preparations were air dried, fixed in absolute methanol and stained by
the Giemsa method. The parasites were examined with an oil immersion
objective and 10X oculars.

Results and Discussion

Trypanosomes were found in the blood of 9 of 26 voles captured alive
in the summer of 1968 in Jefferson County, Kentucky. On the basis of
morphological similarity and more importantly, on the basis of host occur-
rence, the present species of trypanosome is referable to T. microti, Laveran
and Petit, 1909. T. microti is believed to be host-specific in voles of the
genus Microtus and has been reported from several species of this genus
variously from five states and from Europe (Levine, 1965). That attempts by
Davis (1952) to infect experimentally voles of different genera with

* To whom correspondence should be sent.

Occurrence of a Trypanosome Infection 65

tryponosomes from Microtus spp. were essentially unsuccessful, supports
the view of specificity of the trypanosomes (T. microti) for Microtus spp.

The ages and sexes of all 26 voles were known, and analysis of these
data by a Chi square test with a 2x2 contingency table revealed that there
was no significance in the distribution of parisitized animals as to sex or age.
These results agree with those of Kirner et al. (1958) who studied infec-
tions of T. microti in Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord).

It is noteworthy that no trypanosomes were detected in the blood of nine
specimens of M. pinetorum captured in the same study area.

SUMMARY

In the blood of 9 of 26 voles, Microtus orchogaster Wagner, captured
alive in Jefferson County ,Kentucky, were found trypanosomes. On the
basis of morphological similarity and host occurrence, the trypanosomes
are referable to T. microti Laveran and Petit, 1909.

This report constitutes the first record of occurrence of trypanosomes
in M. orchogaster in Kentucky.

LITERATURE CITED

Davis, Betty S. 1952. Studies on the trypanosomes of some California mammals.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 57: 145-250.

Kirner, S. H., K. R. Barbehenn and B. H. Travis. 1958. A summer survey of the
parasites of two Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicuc (Ord.) popu-
lations. J. Parasit. 44: 103-105.

Laveran, A. and A. Petit. 1909. Sur un trypanosome d’un compagnol Microtus
arvalis Pallas. Comp. Rend. Soc. Biol. 67: 798-800.

Levine, N. D. 1965. Trypanosomes and Hoemobartonella in wild rodents in
Illinois. J. Prot. 12: 225-228.

Received July 6, 1970. Accepted September 18, 1970.

KENTUCKY ALGAE, I!

GARY E. DILLARD and STEPHEN B. CRIDER?

Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, 42101

INTRODUCTION

Studies on the algal flora of Kentucky were initiated by the senior
author in June of 1968 to be continued for an indefinite period of time.
Several taxa previously unreported or infrequently reported as occurring
in Kentucky have been collected. This is the first in a series of papers
planned to report additional knowledge on the algal flora of this State.

Apparently the first reference to Kentucky algoe was that of Tellkampf
(1845) who sent drawings prepared from a collection acquired from Mam-
moth Cave to Professor C. G. Ehrenberg of Berlin. Ehrenberg subse-
quently identified one of the drawings as being representative of Chil-
omonas emarginata Ehr. (Cryptophyceae). According to Packard (1889),
Ehrenberg later (1854) added Synedra ulna (Nitz.) Ehr. (Bacillari-
ophyceae) to Tellkampf’s list.

Since that time, several authors have referred to Kentucky algae in
one context or another. For the sake of discussion, these reports have been
divided into four categories. Theses and dissertations are included, if un-
published. First to be considered are those papers which contribute pri-
marily to the extension of knowledge of the floristics, systematics, and
distribution of algae within the State. Second are those papers, mainly
ecological in content, which deal with the algae. Third are those papers,
essentially monographic in nature, not limited to but mentioning Ken-
tucky algae. Fourth are miscellaneous papers whose emphasis is some-
thing other than floristic, systematic, or ecological. This classification is ad-
mittedly arbitrary since, in a sense, all the papers are taxonomic or have
ecological aspects. However, this segregation of papers is one of conve-
nience and serves to indicate the types of research conducted that involve
Kentucky algae.

Floristic and Taxonomic Studies

Of the total of thirty-three papers known to the writers, nineteen may
be considered as taxonomic contributions dealing directly with the identi-
fication and distribution of Kentucky algae or with the description of new
taxa whose type localities are within the State.

Of particular note in this category are the papers of B. B. MclInteer
(1930, 1933, 1938, 1939, 1941, 1944) whose doctoral dissertation at the

1 Supported by a Faculty Research Grant, W.K.U.
2 Present Address: Department of Biology; University of Louisville; Louisville,
Kentucky,

Kentucky Algae 67

Ohio State University dealt entirely with Kentucky algae. McInteer’s field
activities, as well as those of subsequent workers, were almost entirely
restricted to central and eastern portions of the State.

Another group of papers represents the results of speleological re-
search. Included here are the publications of Tellkampf (1845), Kofoid
(1899), Van Landingham (1965, 1966, 1967), Jones (1965) and Nagy
(1965).

Daily’s papers (1942, 1944) summarized and annotated reports of
Cyanophyceae of Ohio and Indiana as well as Kentucky. Brinley and
Katzin (1942) reported on phytoplankton of the Ohio River system in-
cluding several of the Kentucky tributaries. Lillick and Lee (1934) in-
cluded a list of taxa from Kentucky in their paper on Ohio algae.

Also to be included here are the theses of Mutchler (1934) who sur-
veyed the algal flora of some temporary ponds in Warren County and
Brohm (1963) who reported on the diatom flora of a spring stream in
Meade County.

Ecological Studies

All of the ecologically oriented reports of Kentucky algae to date rep-
resent the research efforts of students and faculty of the University of
Louisville. Included here are the studies of Minckley (1963), Minckley
and Tindall (1963), and Geiling and Krumholz (1964) on Doe Run
Creek and its environs in Meade County. Eichelberger (1963) studied
the periphyton and Nall (1965) the phytoplankton community of the
Ohio River at Louisville. Cole (1957), while on the faculty at Louisville,
published a paper concerning qualitative aspects of the plankton of Tom
Wallece Lake, Jefferson County.

Monographic Studies

Four monographic studies cite Kentucky specimens many of which
were originally reported elsewhere, particularly in the papers of McInteer.
Two of these monographs (Atkinson, 1931; Palmer, 1941) deal with the
rhodophycean genus, Lemanea. The third is Drouet and Daily’s (1956)
revisionary study of coccoid Cyanophyceae. Transeau’s monograph of the
Zygnemataceae (1951) includes several Kentucky records.

Miscellaneous Studies

The papers of Hotchkiss (1958) and Sawa (1965) on karyotypic
analyses of several charophytes include identifications and collection data
on five charophytes from Kentucky.

ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF TAXA

The Lyon County reports are all based on collections from Glass Pond located
approximately one-half mile west of Saratoga on Rt. 293. The Warren County
reports are based on collections from numerous, unnamed farm ponds and sink-
holes in the area.

Nomenclature follows that of Conrad & Van Meel (1952), Bourrelly (1968),

68 G. E. Dillard and S. B. Crider

Prescott (1962), W. & G. S. West (1904-12), and W. & G. S. West & Carter
(1923).

Entries preceded by an asterisk represent new reports for Kentucky; others
represent additional distribution records. Included for each taxon is a literature
source for a description and figure. Preserved samples are in the herbarium of
Western Kentucky University at Bowling Green.

CHLOROPHYCEAE

Volvocales

Pandorina morum Bory. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 662, f. 238.
Tetrasporales
Tetraspora gelatinosa (Vauch.) Desv. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 670,
Pose
*T. lamellosa Presc. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 670, f. 6.
*Palmella mucosa Kuetz. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 666, f. 8,9.
*Palmodictyon varium (Naeg.) Lemm. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p.
668, f. 3,4.
Ulotrichales

Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch.) Ag. Lyon: December, 1969. Precott, p. 690, f. 5.
*Chaetosphaeridium globosum (Nordst.) Kleb. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott,
Dp: 688, £. 6,7.

Chlorococcales
Chlorella vulgaris Beyer. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 766, f. 18.

Zygnematales

Netrium digitus (Ehr.) Itz. & Rothe. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Whitford &
Schumacher, p. 199, f. 23.

Closterium braunii Reinsch. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Whitford & Schumacher,
=, AUR, he

C. gracile Breb. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 242.

C. kuetzingii Breb. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Whitford & Schumacher, p. 205, f. 1.
C. venus Kuetz. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. Forest, f. 258.
Pleurotaenium ehrenbergii (Breb.) DeB. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 335.
Cosmarium bioculatum Breb. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 263.

*C. depressum (Naeg.) Lund. Lyon: March, April, 1969. West & West, 2, pl.
GP, 18, Del,

C. laeve Rab. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. West & West, 3, pl. 73,
f. 8-19.

C. portianum Arch. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 287.

C. reniforme (Ralfs) Arch. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 294.
Micrasterias radiata Hass. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 326.

*M. radiosa Ralfs. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Whitford & Schumacher, p. 213, f. 11.

Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Breb. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969.
Forest, f. 316.

Desmidium swartzii Ag. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Forest, f. 306.

EUGLENOPHYCEAE

Euglena acus Ehr. Lyon: April, 1969. Prescott, p. 830, f. 28.

*E. fusca (Klebs) Lemm. v. minima Szab. Lyon: April, 1969. Conrad & Van
Meel, pl. 18, f. 13.

Kentucky Algae 69

*E. spiroides Lemm. Lyon: April, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl. 16, f. 23.

E. tripteris (Duj.) Klebs. Lyon: March, 1969. Prescott, p. 832, f. 4-6.

*Phacus lemmermanni (Swir.) Skvor. Lyon: March, 1969. Prescott, p. 836, f. 12.
P. longicauda (Ehr.) Duj. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 834, f. 1.

*Trachelomonas abrupta (Swir.) Defl. Warren: July, 1969. Prescott, p. 826,
f. 18,19.

T. crebea (Kell.) Defl. Lyon: March, 1969; Warren: April, 1969. Conrad &
Van Meel, pl. p. f. 13.

*T. crebea v. laticollis Weik & Mohlenbrock. Warren: June, 1969. Weik & Mohlen
brock, f. 14.

*T. granulata Defl. Warren: June, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl. 8, f. 10-12.

*T. hispida (Perty) Stein v. coronata Lemm. Warren: August, 1969. Prescott,
p. 826, f. 30.

*T. hispida v. duplex Defl. Lyon: March, 1969; Warren: May, 1969. Forest, f. 449.
*T. hispida v. punctata Lemm. Warren: June, 1969. Prescott, p. 828, f. 3,4.
*T. intermedia Dang. Warren: June, 1969. Prescott, p. 826, f. 10.

*T. oblonga Lemm. v. truncata Lemm. Warren: May, 1969. Conrad & Van
Meel, pl. 12, f. 26-31.

*T. planctonica Swir. Warren: May, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl. 2, f. 17.

*T. pseudofelix Defl. Warren: August, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl. 7, f. 3,4.
*T. robusta Swir. Warren: May, 1969. Prescott, p. 826, f. 29.

*T. scabra Playf. v. longicollis Playf. Warren: March, 1969. Prescott, p. 830, f. 7.
*T. similis Stokes. Warren: May, 1969. Prescott, p. 828, f. 12.

T. superba (Swir.) Defl. Warren: August, 1969. Prescott, p. 828, f. 10.

*T. varians (Lemm.) Defl. Warren: July, 1969. Prescott, p. 826, f. 4,5.

*T. vermiculosa Palm. Warren: August, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl. 2, f. 22.

*T. verrucosa Stokes v. granulosa Playf. Warren: August, 1969. Conrad & Van
Meel, pl. 11, f. 24.

*T. volvocina Ehr. Warren: August, 1969. Prescott, p. 826, f. 1.
*T. volvocina v. compressa Drez. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 826, f. 2,3.

*T. volvocina v. punctata Playf. Lyon: March, April, 1969; Warren: July, 1969.
Prescott, p. 826, f. 12.

*T. volvocinopsis Swir. Warren: April, August, 1969. Conrad & Van Meel, pl.
Oi Say

XANTHOPHYCEAE

*Ophiocytium desertum Printz v. minor Presc. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott,
ith Sey 1 PARSE

O. majus Naeg. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 848, f. 17,18.

O. parvulum (Perty) A.Br. Lyon: December, 1969. Prescott, p. 848, f. 20.

CHRYSOPHYCEAE

*Chalkopyxis tetrasporoides Pasch. Lyon: March, 1969. Bourrelly, p. 29, f. 4,5.
Apparently this is the first report of the occurrence of this genus in the
United States. Our material fit Bourrelly’s (1968) description very well.

*Tetrasporopsis perforata (Whitf.) Bourrelly. =Phaeosphaera perforata Whitt.
Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. Whitford & Schumacher, p. 257, f. 14.

*Uroglena volvox Ehr. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. Forest, f. 554.

70 G. E. Dillard and S. B. Crider

*Epipyxis utriculus Ehr. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. Whitford & Schu-
macher, p. 253, f. 31.

*Synura adamsii G. M. Smith. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 844, f. 1.

Synura uvella Ehr. Lyon: March, April, December, 1969. Prescott, p. 844, f. 6,7.

*Rhipidodendron splendidum Stein. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Whitford & Schu-
macher, p. 255, f. 11.

DINOPHYCEAE

Ceratium hirundinella (OFM) Schr. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 844,
1 ALS,

CYANOPHYCEAE

*Glaucocystis nostochinearum (Itz.) Rab. Lyon: March, 1969. Prescott, p. 876,
i Dy

Coccochloris peniocystis Dr. & Daily. =Gloeothece linearis Naeg. Lyon: March,
1969. Prescott, p. 864, f. 9.

CRYPTOPHYCEAE
Cryptomonas ovata Ehr. Lyon: March, April, 1969. Prescott, p. 850, f. 40.

LITERATURE CITED

Atkinson, G. F. 1931. Notes on the genus Lemanea in North America. Bot. Gaz.
92:225-249.

Bourrelly, P. 1968. Les Algus D’eau Douce. Tome II: Les Algues Jaunes et Brunes
—Chrysophycees, Pheophycees, Xanthophycees et Diatomees. Editions N.
Boubee & Cie, Paris.

Brinley, F. J. and L. J. Katzin. 1942. Distribution of stream plankton in the
Ohio River system. Amer. Midl. Nat. 27:177-182.

Brohm, C. M. 1963. The diatoms of Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky. M. S.
Thesis, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.

Cole, G. A. 1957. Studies on a Kentucky Knobs lake. III. Some qualitative aspects
of the net plankton. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 18-88-101.

Conrad, W. and L. Van Meel. 1952. Materiaux pour une monographie de Trach-
elomonas, Strombomonas, et Euglena, genres d’Euglenacees. Inst. R. Sci.
Nat. de Belgigue, Mem. 124:1-176.

Daily, W. A. 1942. The Chroococcaceae of Ohio, Kentucky, and Indiana. Amer.
Midl. Nat. 27:636-661.

. 1944. Additions to the filamentous Myxophyceae of Indiana, Ken-
tucky, and Ohio. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies, 7:132-189.

Eichelberger, H. H. 1963. Ecological investigation of the periphyton (Auf-
wuchs) community in the Ohio River at Louisville, Kentucky. M. S. Thesis,
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.

Ehrenberg, C. G. 1854. Microgeologie: Das Erde und Felsen schaffende Wirkendes
unsichtbar Kleinen selbotandigen Lebens auf der Erde. Leipzig.

Forest, H. S. 1954. Handbook of Algae. University of Tennessee Press, Knoxville.

Geiling, W. T. and L. A. Krumholz. 1964. A limnological survey of sink-hole
ponds in the vicinity of Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky. Trans. Ky.
Acad. Sci. 24:37-80.

Kentucky Algae 71

Hotchkiss, A. T. 1958. Some chromosome numbers in Kentucky Characeae. Trans.
Ky. Acad. Sci. 19:14-18.

Jones, H. J. 1965. Algological investigations in Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Inter.
J. Speol. 1:491-516.

Kofoid, C. A. 1899. The plankton of Echo River, Mammoth Cave. Trans. Amer.
Micr. Soc. 21:118-126.

Lillick, L. C. and I. M. Lee. 1934. A check list of Ohio algae with additions
from the Cincinnati region. Amer. Midl. Nat. 15:713-751.

McInteer, B. B. 1930. Preliminary report of the Kentucky algae. Ohio J. Sci.
30:131-142.

. 1933. A survey of the algae of Kentucky. Ph.D. Dissertation, The
Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

. 1938. Distribution of the algae of Kentucky in relation to soil re-
gions. Castanea, 3:32-35.

. 1939. A check list of the algae of Kentucky. Castanea, 4:27-37.

. 1941. Algae of Kentucky: Additions to the check list of March,
1939. Castanea, 6:6-8.

. 1944. Algae on wet rocks at Cumberland Falls State Park. Castanea,
9:115-116.

Minckley, W. L. 1968. The ecology of a sprign stream—Doe Run, Meade County,

Kentucky. Wildlife Monog. 11.1-124.

and D. R. Tindall. 1963. Limnological observations on Doe Valley
Lake, Meade County, Kentucky, during impondment. Amer. Midl. Nat.
7:248-250.

Mutchler, F. M. 1934. The algae of a transient lake in Kentucky. M. A. Thesis,
Western Kentucky State College, Bowling Green, Kentucky.

Nagy, J. P. 1965. Preliminary note on the algae of Crystal Cave, Kentucky.
Inter. J. Speol. 1:479-490.

Nall, R. 1965. Some factors affecting phytoplankton pulses in the Ohio River at
Louisville, Kentucky. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Louisville, Louis-
ville, Kentucky.

Packard, A. S. 1889. The cave fauna of North America with remarks on the
anatomy of the brain and origin of the blind species. Mem. Nat. Acad.
Sci. 4:1-56.

Palmer, C. M. 1941. A study of Lemanea in Indiana with notes on its distribu-
tion in North America. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies, 5:1-26.

Prescott, G. W. 1962. Algae of the Western Great Lake Area. Wm. C. Brown
Company, Dubuque, Iowa.

Sawa, T. 1965. Cytotaxonomy of the Characeae: Karyotype analysis of Nitella
opaca and Nitella flexilis. Amer .J. Bot. 52:962-970.

Tellkampf, T. A. 1845. Memoirs on the blind fishes and some other animals living
in Mammoth Cave in Kentucky. N.Y. J. Med. July, 1945:84-93.

Transeau, E. N. 1951. The Zygnemataceae. The Ohio State University Press,
Columbus.

Van Landingham, S. L. 1965. Diatoms from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Inter.
J. Speol. 1:517-539.

. 1966. Three new species of Cymbella from Mammoth Cave, Ken-
tucky. Inter. J. Speol. 2:133-136.

. 1967. A new species of Gomphonema from Mammoth Cave. Ken-
tucky. Inter. J. Speol. 2:405-406.

2, G. E. Dillard and S. B. Crider

Weik, K. L. and R. H. Mohlenbrock. 1963. Notes on the algal flora of Illinois.
II. The genus Trachelomonas Ehr. of the Pine Hills, Union County, Illinois.

West, W. and G. S. West. 1904-12. A Monograph of the British Desmidiaceae.
The Ray Society, London. Vols. I-IV.

and N. Carter. 1923. A Monograph of the British Desmidiaceae. The
Ray Society, London. Vol. V.

Whitford, L. A. and G. J. Schumacher. 1969. A Manual of the Fresh-water
Algae in North Carolina. Tech. Bull. 188, N.C. Agri. Exp. Station, Raleigh.

Received: 8/4/70. Accepted: 10/1/70.

LIST OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM TIGHT HOLLOW IN
EAST-CENTRAL KENTUCKY *

“ BRANLEY A. BRANSON, DONALD L. BATCH and CHARLES J. MOORE
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

Even a cursory review of the literature demonstrates a marked paucity
of information regarding the Kentucky flora and fauna. This is evident
even in advanced forms, with perhaps birds being best known. In the lower
vertebrates, viz., herptiles and fishes, vast areas of the state are blank on
distribution maps.

This hiatus in unfortunate, for some of the finest undisturbed habitat
in North America lies in east-Central Kentucky. However, many such
areas are already ear-marked for despoilation by the U.S. Corps of En-
gineers' dam-building projects, and by stripmining operations. In the first
category is the Red River drainage, especially the North Fork of that stream.

Acknowledgement: Drs. Neil Richmond and Clarence J. McCoy, Jr.,
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, are thanked for verifying
some identities.

THE STUDY AREA

The canyons of Tight Hollow Creek (Fig. 1), deeply dissected and
dendritic, head about four-fifths of a mile northwest of Pine Ridge, Wolfe
County, Kentucky. This system consists of first, second, and third order
canyons, and it drains 0.558 mi.2 The system is roughly Y-shaped. The
south arm, which receives a short, deep bifurcation, heads at 1,040 feet

Be

a _ an
N 0.5 mile

Figure 1.—Map showing positions of collecting stations in Wolfe County, Kentucky.

* Supported by Eastern Kentucky University Faculty Grant 5-3-372-6.

74 B. A. Branson, D. L. Batch, and C. J. Moore

H. S. L. and extends 2.4 miles to its confluence with the lower end of the
north arm. The north arm heads at 1,240 feet M. S. L., following which
it continues for 2 miles to its confluence with the lower or south arm. The
latter extends 2,225 feet to contact the valley of Mill Creek. Mill Creek
debauches into the Middle Fork of Red River.

Each of the collecting stations are delimited in Figure 1. Twelve-foot
wide swaths were searched at each station, from rim to rim across the
canyon. In the text and tables, specimens are referred to their proper sta-
tions by figures in parentheses. Unless otherwise noted, all specimens are in
the Eastern Kentucky University Museum of Zoology.

ACCOUNT OF SPECIES

During the period from February 19 through May 21, 1966, a total
of 27 species of amphibians and reptiles was secured from the environs of
the seven stations sampled in Tight Hollow, 12 salamanders, 7 frogs and 8
reptiles. No trend toward an increase in numbers or in species diversity
was noted with an increase in valley magnitude. However, a very definite
and expected increase in both numbers and kinds of organisms was noted
as the season progressed. Regardless of season, however, Eurycea bislineata
and Desmognathus monticola are the co-dominant salamanders present in
the valley system. Meristic and mensurable data for all salamanders col-
lected is presented in Table 1. Table 2 shows the species and numbers
collected, and collecting sites.

In the following, authority for epithets is derived from Smith (1946)
for lizards, Wright and Wright (1957) for snakes, Bishop (1947) for
salamanders, Wright and Wright (1949) for frogs and toads, and Carr
(1952) for turtles.

Table 1. Mensurable Data for Salamanders Collected From Wolfe County, Kentucky.
All Measurements in mm

Number Costal _Average Length |

Specimens Grooves Total Body
Oesmognathus fuscus fUuscus ..........:ce ee 51 13-14 100.2 50.1
Desmognathus monticola monticola ............ 66 13-14 (SR S187
Desmognathus o. ochrophaeus. .............0000+- 27 12-15 65.4 36.6
Plethodon glutinosus glutinosus ..........000.00- 8 15-16 12332) Sa
Blethodonsnchmonds) eect econ 1 20 119.0 59.0
Plethodon cinereus Cin€reuUs ......0..cccccccccees 1 21 99.0 43.0
Eurycea bislineata rivicola .......0.cc00ccccccccceees 100 13-15 93.4 34.7
Eurycea longicauda longicauda ...............0... 4 13 135.0 43.0
Notophthalmus v. viridescens .........00.c00000 19 —— 103.9 41.4
Hemidactylium, ‘scutatim) ee..ce eee 1 12) 92.0 43.0
Pseudoinitonumuben ruben .ccscscce tees 1 15 165.0 81.0

AN CIC ESIICEN CUS ee eee il 14 119.0 48.0

List of Amphibians and Reptiles ()

Table 2. Amphibians and Reptiles Secured from Wolfe County, Kentucky.
Station 8 is at confluence of Tight Hollow and Mill Creeks (Map 1).

COLLECTING SITES

1

SPECIES 2 3 4 5 6
Desmognathus fuscus fuscus 2 0 6 2
Desmognathus monticola monticola 10 16 21

Desmognathus o. ochrophaeus
Plethodon glutinosus glutinosus
Plethodon cinereus cinereus
Plethodon. richmondi

Eurycea bislineata rivicola
Eurycea longicauda longicauda
Notophthalmus v. viridescens
Hemidactylium scutatum
Pseudotriton ruber ruber
Aneides aeneus

Bufo americanus americanus
Bufo woodhousei fowleri

Hyla versicolor versicolor

Hyla crucifer crucifer

Rana clamitans

Rana palustris

Rana pipiens sphenocephala
Terrapene carolina carolina
Sceloporus undulatus hyacinthinus
Lygosoma laterale

Eumeces fasciatus

Carphophis amoenus helenae
Diadophis punctatus edwardsi
Coluber constrictor constrictor
Agkistrodon contortrix mokeson

pi

oooocooocoocoococooocnoroononoooodwn
op)

SConwnrNOrnwmnoocoocoocorcoorABRCOrFs-l
OU

OrFrorcorcoocoocoooocoocoorcoNnunw
=

CSCOOCOCOOCOFRPRrEFONFONRFOORFROODRFOCOCOWOND SD
= —
SOCONCCONOCOCOOCOCOFRROOCOACONA OD
COCOOFMCrFrFNOCOCONGCOCOCOCONAN OK WN OF ~l
=
FOOCOCOOCOCOOCOWNOCOOCOOHRKFERE FEE OOCOCCOCOUNFE #& oo

OSCOCOCOOCOFRrFOrRrFOOCrFOrFRCOOCOHOOCOW

Desmognathus fuscus fuscus Rafinesque
Desmognathus monticola monticola Dunn
Desmognathus ochrophaeus ochrophaeus Cope

All three species were secured from the same general type of habitat,
i.e., near the water's edge beneath large flat slabs of sandstone. In several
instances, all three were collected from an area no largr than three square
feet. One specimen of D. ochrophaeus (CM42340), and two adult
(CM42337 and 42338) and two larvae (CM42339) of D. monticola were
deposited in the Carnegie Museum, all from station 4.

Plethodon richmondi Netting and Mittleman

Plethodon cinereus cinereus Green

A single specimen of each of the last two species was collected from
beneath rocks on the more or less dry forest floor. The P. cinereus was of the
leadback color phase; verified identification.

76 B. A. Branson, D. L. Batch, and C. J. Moore

Plethodon glutinosus glutinosus Green

Most of our specimens were removed from beneath rocks and logs,
5 to 100 yards distant to the creek. Many others were seen retracting
into their burrows.

Eurycea bislineata rivivola Mittleman

Relatively few adults were removed from the stream, except during
the cold weather of February. The majority were found beneath small
rocks immediately adjacent to the stream, none more than five feet away.
Larval stages seemed to prefer pools rather than the main current. Nine
larvae (CM42341, 42342, 42343) were deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

One hundred of the specimens, 64 males, 36 females, all with com-
plete tails, were studied by Moore regarding measurements and myotome
counts, using standard methods. The males ranged from 67.0 to 112.0,
averaging 91.7 mm, whereas the body length measured 32.4 mm (28.0-39.0).

2 13 14

Figure 2.—Myotome variation in Eurycea bislineata rivicola from Wolfe County, Ken-
tucky. A, total population (n=100); C, males (n=64). Horizontal baselines=range; open
boxes=one standard deviation on either side of mean; solid boxes=two standard errors
on either side of mean; vertical line—=mean.

List of Amphibians and Reptiles lia

The tail thus comprised 64.5% of the total length. On the other hand,
female specimens averaged 95.1 mm in total length (62.0-116.0), 36.9 mm
in body length, and tail length made up 63.0% of the total. Our largest
specimen, a gravid female, is 2.0 mm longer than the record of 114.0 mm
listed by Bishop (1967).

Bishop (1947) indicated that the majority of two-lined salamanders
have 15 costal grooves, or 16, counting as two the grooves that merge
in the groin. In our specimens, the count in both males and females was
not significantly different from one another at the 1% level (see Fig. 2),
averaging 13.3.

Colorwise, all specimens have an immaculate, lemon-yellow to dull
brownish-yellow venter, limbs included. The dorsal color pattern consists
of a central dark yellow to yellow-brown band bordered laterally by a black
line, the black lines extending from nostril to the tip of the tail. In some
specimens, the lines break up into series of black dashes and dots on the
tail. Below these lines, and on the dorsal portions of the limbs, there is
variable black mottling.

Dorsal coloration between the two lines is extremely variable. In three
specimens, the back is immaculate, but in all others there are a few to
many irregular black spots. When few in number, the spots tend to form
a middorsal row, giving the appearance of a much-interrupted longi-
tudinal line.

From the above, it is suggested that the subspecies E. bislineata riv-
icola is perhaps a good one. The form should, at least, be re-evaluated on
a larger scale than is here possible.

Eurycea longicauda longicauda Green

Our specimens were secured from wet leaves and forest litter, 5 to 20
feet from the stream.

Notophthalmus viridescens viridescens Rafinesque

The specimens from station 8 were third-stage aquatics, and they were
removed from small side pools of the creek. These pools were six inches
to four feet in depth, mud-bottomed, and densely surrounded by vege-
tation. Three efts and one newly transformed adult were found at station
1, approximately 75 yards away from and about 100 feet above the stream.

Pseudotriton ruber ruber Sonnini

All specimens were collected from the stream, two adults from beneath
submerged rocks, the larvae from forest debris which had accumulated
behind rocks and fallen logs. Four of the larvae (CM42333, 42334, 42335,
and 42336) were deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

Hemidactylium scutatum Schlegel

Our only specimen, a male, was found beneath a much-decayed hem-
lock log, lying approximately 75 yards from the stream. There are few
records for this species in Kentucky.

78 B. A. Branson, D. L. Batch, and C. J. Moore

Aneides aeneus Cope and Packard

Our specimens were found beneath loose bark on fallen trees. However,
in most areas we have found the common habitat to be crevices (particu-
largly horizontal ones) in sandstone cliffs.

All frog and toad specimens were collected from the stream margin,
except two Hyla versicolor Le Conte, found on the forest floor some 50
yards from the stream, and one Rana clamitans Latreille found beneath
a log near the canyon wall, 75 yards from the stream.

Terrapene carolina carolina Linnaeus

The specimens were all found on the canyon floor, approximately mid-
way between the cliffs and the creek.

Sceloporous undulatus hyacinthinus Green

Lygosoma laterale Say

Eumeces fasciatus Linnaeus

All lizards were collected from fallen tree trunks near, or from the
cliff walls themselves.

Carphophis amoenus helenae Kennicott

Diadophis punctatus edwardsi Merrem

Both snakes were found beneath logs and/or large rocks on the forest
floor, but never on the flood plain.

Coluber constrictor constrictor Linnaeus

The single specimen was observed beneath some pine litter. It was
released following capture.

Agkistrodon contortrix mokeson Daudin

Collected from the flood plain. On later visits, specimens were sighted in
rock rubble at stations 1 and 2, and beneath brush at station 8.

LITERATURE CITED

Bishop, S.C. 1949. Handbook of salamanders. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca.
Carr, A. 1952. Handbook of turtles. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca.
Smith, H. 1946. Handbook of lizards. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca.

Wright, A. H., and A. A. Wright. 1949. Handbook of frogs and toads. Comstock
Publ. Co., Ithaca.

—____. 1957. Handbook of snakes of the United States and Canada. Vols.
7 and 2. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca.

Received September 24, 1970. Accepted October 11, 1970.

RECORDS FOR AND ANNOTATIONS ON SOME VALLEY MILLIPEDS
(DIPLOPODA) FROM NORTHERN KENTUCKY*

BRANLEY A. BRANSON aud DONALD L. BATCH
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky

Most of the information available on Kentucky millipedes has been
gleaned by collectors outside the state, such as Causey (1948, 1955) and
Packard (1871), and nearly all the records were included in Chamberlin’s
and Hoffman’s (1958) checklist. From these sources, a dearth of informa-
tion regarding Kentuckian Diplopoda is evident. Consequently, the data
presented here are quite meaningful, and they are an extension of those
reported by the authors (Branson and Batch, 1968; 1969) for spiders and
centipedes, respectively.

In this regard, the collecting sites from which our millipedes were
secured are the same as those presented in the last-cited paper, i.e., from
a segment of the Red River Drainage in Wolfe and Powell Counties, Ken-
tucky, and hence there is no need to repeat that information. In the present
contribution, the source of specimens is indicated by the first numeral
presented, and the number collected follows in parenthesis. As example,
1(10) would indicate ten specimens from station 1.

Acknowledgement: The authors are grateful for the assistance of Dr.
Nell B. Causey, Louisiana State University, and Mr. William A. Shear,
Museum of comparative zoology, Harvard, in identifying the specimens.

* Supported by Eastern Kentucky University Faculty Grant 5-3-372-6.

Annotated List

The following list includes data for 15 families, 21 genera, and (excluding
immature forms) 16 recognizable species. In addition, the collections included
three apparently undescribed species in the genera Conotyla, Trichopetalum, and
Cleidogona. Gyalostethus monticoleus is reported from Kentucky for the first time.
Excluding specimens of the new species, retained by Causey for later description,
all specimens were deposited by Shear in the American Museum of Natural History.

Polyzoniidae
Polyzonium bivigratum (Wood )

Collecting Sites: 5(1), 1(12), 1(18).

Terminal antennal segments bulbously inflated; head conical, nearly hidden
beneath the first body segment with minute black eyes at bases of antennae.
Body, planoconvex, the venter flattened ;dorsum moderately convex and sloping
laterad, very smooth, the lateral edges of each scutum marked by a rust colored,
transverse bar, those from the two sides becoming confluent on the anterior one-
third of the animal. Legs, small and yellowish, occupy a narrow, midventral strip.
One female measured 14.0 mm in length, 1.3 mm in width, and had 50 segments.
Found under decaying leaves and stones.

80 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

Platydesmidae
Brachycybe lecontei (Wood)

Collecting Sites: 3M, 7F, 2 immature (12).

Head and antennae appear to be covered by tiny scales, there being no ob-
vious eyes. The body, (51 segments) when viewed from above, forms an elon-
gated elipse, and it is nearly flat, only the middorsal and midventral region being
slightly elevated. The dorsal scutes extend downward laterally over the legs,
the edges being slightly deflected posteriad, thus obscuring the appendages from
view. The general ground color is pinkish above with a grey middorsal stripe,
and yellowish beneath. Length 19.2 to 21 mm, width 3.8 to 4.0 mm. Very
sluggish; in leaf litter.

Euryuridae
Gyalostethus monticoleus ( Bollman)

Collecting Sites: 3M, IF (4), IF (7), 2F (8), 1M, 2F (9), IF (10), 1M (11),
IF (12).

Body somewhat flattened, up to 32 segments, the last of which bears a tongue-
like projection. The scutes are either yellowish at the edges with a middorsal
triangle on each, or they are dark brown to black with pink markings along the
posterior one-half, the pink not continuing from one side to the other, and bear
a red triangle near the center.

Length Width Antenna Length
23.0 3.8 D5)
31.0 4.6

Xystodesmidae

Gyalostethus mouticolens ( Bollman)
The specimens of this species were retained by Causey.

Nannaria sp.

Collecting Sites: 2F (1), 11F (4), 1M (lacks gonopods) (6), 4M, IF (7),
(ID), L(1S), BE Cz).

Unfortunately, all of the above specimens were too immature to allow positive
identification. The small head is covered by the first body segment. The body is
convex, the dorsal scutes appearing frilled laterally. The general coloration is
dusky-yellow with a thin, middorsal black line. The legs are yellow. Odor glands
open through the laterodorsal margins of the scutes.

Length Width Segments
12.8 4.5 18
237 6.5 18

Brachiora hansonia (Causey )

Collecting Sites: 1M (3), -(4), 3(5), 2F (6), 1F (9), 1(11), 2F(12).

Brown antennae with 6 segments each; the head also dark brown. Thirty pairs
of legs, basal segments of which are yellow, the remaining ones pink. Nineteen
body segments, the lateral edges being produced as lappet-like extensions. The
postero-dorsal half of each segment is cherry-red, and behind this (near midline)
is an isoceles triangle of the same color. Venter of body yellowish-white.

Brachiora plecta (Keeton)
Collecting Sites: 1M, 2F (10), 1F (14).
A common Appalachian form.

Apheloria pinicola (Chamberlin )

Collecting Sites: 1M, 1F (5), 1M, 2F (9), 3M (10).
In this glistening black and yellow species, which averages around 40 mm in

Valley Millipeds From Northern Kentucky 81

length and 9.5 in width, the terminal segment of the six-segmented antennae is
inflated; pale brown in females, nearly black in males. Male genitalia open
between the sixth and seventh segments. Nineteen segments behind the head,
each being extended laterally beyond the body’s curvature.

Polydesmidae
Scytonotus granulatus (Say)

Collecting Sites: 2M, 1F (1), 2F (3), 1 immature (4), 1F (18).

A slender, purplish species with faint dark lines crossing the posterior margins
of the 18 body segments. The dorsal scutes, strongly beaded, are more or less
rounded to the general contour of the body; the terminal one is triangular, sharply
pointed. About 12 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Mostly in dead leaves.

Dixidesmus branneri (Bollman)
Collecting Sites: 1 immature (9), 1M, 3F (10), 5M, 5F (14), 15M, F (15).
A common, uniformly yellowish-brown species with 6 antennae segments (num-
ber 3 longest), 19 body segments, which is flattened above, convex below.
Length 12 to 138 mm, width 2.5 to 5 mm. Under decaying leaves and woody debris.

Pseudopolydesmus serratus (Say)

Collecting Sites: 12 immature (2), 1M, 3 immature (3), 24 mixed (4), 7 mixed
(6), 4M (7), 7 mixed (8), 2M (9), 7 mixed (11), 8 mixed (13), 1 immature,
IF (14).

A light tan species with a broad birch-red to brown median band; birch-red
ventrally in the yellow legs. The granular scutes (19 segments) give the animal
a fimbriated appearance; they are flattened dorsally, turn sharply posteriod later-
ally. Length 9.5 to 20 mm, width averages 3.5 mm, antennae 4.0 mm. Under
rocks on moist soil. The most common species in the study area.

Polydesmus species

Collecting Sites: 1 immature (2).
Too young for diagnosis.

Strongylosomidae
Oxidus gracilis (Koch)
Collecting Sites: 6 M and F (14).

Lysiopetalidae

Abacion magnum (Loomis )

Collecting Sites: 5F (8), 1 immature (9), 3M, 1F, 1 immature (10), 1 each
M, F, immature (11), 1 immature (12), 2F (13), 1 female, several immature (14).

This slender, lead-grey species, in which the dorsal scutes bear numerous
longitudinal keels, is common in second and third order valleys. Under rocks,
logs, and decaying leaves.

Striariidae

Striaria sp.

Collecting Sites: 2 immature F (13).

Conotylidae
Conotyla species

Collecting Sites: 3(10), 1(18).

A new generic record for Kentucky, these specimens seem to represent a new
species, now being considered by Dr. N. B. Causey. Th short antennae (1.0 mm-+ )
of 6 segments are purplish, the antipenultimate segment being largest. The head,
dark-brown in color and not hidden beneath the first body segment, bears 3 rows
of bristles (each about one-half the length of the antennae) along each side, and
a black, triangular eye at the base of each antenna. Body of 23 segments, dark

82 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

grey with many long, hair-like processes, and 29 pairs of legs. Legs long, two-
thirds length of antenna. Lenth 4.2 mm, width 1.0. Under dead, moist leaves.

Trichopetalidae
Trichopetalum cornutum (Cook and Collins)
Collecting Sites: 1, 1 (3).
A common, whitish species.

Trichopetalum new species

Collecting Sites: several (3).
All specimens retained by Causey.

Cleidogonidae
Pseudotremia species

Collecting Sites: 1F (12), 1F (14).

An uncommon, brownish-grey (lighter below) species with a thin, middorsal
yellowish-white line. Body segments (29) bear large, tubercular, glandular
masses posterolaterally, causing the scutes to extend beyond the body contour,
which give rise to short, stiff hairs. The middorsal region of the scutes are smooth,
but this area is bordered by series of longitudinal keels; last segment bluntly
truncate. Eyes of a few black, beady facets. Legs yellow. Length to 27.5 mm,
width 3.0. Under dead leaves.

Cleidogona new species

Collecting Sites: (F (9), 2F (10), 1F (18), 1F (14).

A brownish species, each segment (28) of which bears a transverse, slightly
darker band. Dorsolaterally placed, there is a double longitudinal row of tubercles
bearing long, stiff, whitish hairs; the dorsal most row is single, the ventral one
double. Antennae (2.9 mm long, of 6 segments) minutely hirsute. Legs long,
lighter than body. Length 12.5 mm, width 2.0. Under dead leaves.

Paraiulidae
Uroblaniulus species
Collecting Sites: 2 immature (13).

Nemasomatidae
Paraiulus impressus (Causey )

Collecting Sites: 1F (2), 1F (3), 2F (4), 2F (6), 2 immature (8), 1 immature
(11), 2 immature (12), 3 immature (18).

A brownish, smooth, nearly round species in which a black spot occurs later-
ally on each segment. Legs very small, weak. Eyes dark, triangular. Sixty-
three to 64 body segments, the last bluntly rounded. Antennae very short, 2.5
to 3.5 mm, of six segments. Total length 42 to 52.5 mm; width 3.0 mm.

Spirobolidae
Narceus annularis (Rafinesque )

Collecting Sites: 1(18), 9(9), 1(11), 5(13).

The common brown, red-banded, ground milliped prefers lower, moister val-
leys.

Cambalidae

Cambala annulata (Say )

Collecting Sites: 10M, F (4), 1F (5), 5F, immature (7), 2M (8), 2 imma-
ture, 2M (9), 1F (14).

A lead-grey, hard, nearly round species possessing 5 rows of dorsal secretary
ridges (secretion white, milky, with a bitter-almond odor). Antennae short,

Valley Millipeds From Northern Kentucky 83

club-shaped, of 6 segments, the terminal one inflated. Sixty-one body segments.
Fifty-six to 60 mm long, 3.0 to 3.5 mm wide. Under dead, moist leaves.

LITERATURE CITED

Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1968. An ecological study on valley-forest spiders
from Northern Kentucky. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 197-208.

Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. (1969). Valley centipedes (Chilopoda; Sym-
phyla) from Northern Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 28:77-90.

Causey, N. B. 1948. A collection of Xystodesmid Millipedes from Kentucky and
Tennessee. Ent. News 61: 5-7.

. 1955. Spirobolidae (Spirobolida: Diplopoda) east of the Rocky
Mountains. J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 28: 69-80.

Chamberlin, R. V. and R. L. Hoffman. 1958. Checklist of the Millipeds of
North America. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 212: 1-212.

Packard, A. S. 1871. The Mammoth Cave and its inhabitants. Amer. Nat.
5:739-761.

Received: December 10, 1968. Accepted: October 15, 1970.

SPIDERS (ARACHNIDA: ARANEIDA) FROM NORTHERN KENTUCKY,
WITH NOTES ON PHALANGIDS AND SOME OTHER LOCALITIES

BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH

Department of Biology, Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky

Very few local lists, especially annotated ones, of spiders and _phal-
angids (harvestmen) are available for any region of Kentucky. This void
is glaringly obvious in areas more or less isolated from research centers
and institutions of higher learning, particularly the deeply incised canyon
systems of the Cumberland mountains. In this regard, this list and notes
is offered with the hope that it will stimulate additional study of this little
known, diverse fauna.

Since the authors have already detailed the basic elements composing
the 14 collecting stations in Wolfe and Powell counties elsewhere (Bran
son and Batch, 1969), there is little need to repeat that rather extensive
material here. In this paper, all station-number designations refer to the
aforementioned work. However, an additional eight localities were sampled
in various other regions. These are designated as stations 15 through 22,
as follows:

Station 15, 17 September 1966. On vegetation or in buildings, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond, Madison County.

Station 16. 21 May 1965. Under stones on ground or on flowers, Vickers
Village, Richmond, Madison County.

Station 17. 5 December 1965. Banks of Turpin Creek, 3.9 miles south
of Waco, Madison County.

Station 18. 18 December 1965. Under limestone slabs and leaf litter,
one and one-half miles south of Big Hill, Madison County.

Station 19. 14 March 1966. Prairie field, two miles south of Richmond,
Madison County.

Station 20. 6 February 1966. In a cave, near Pine Hill, Kentucky.

Station 21. 4 May 1966. Berea woods, near Berea, Madison County.

Station 22. 15 July 1966. Cumberland Falls State Park, Whitley County.

From these 22 localities, the authors secured 503 spiders, representing
20 families, 68 genera and, including the immature forms which could not
be diagnosed, 85 species: of the total number, 70% were females, 17%
males and the remainder immature forms. Included in the 35 phalangid
specimens secured by us are representatives of two families, three genera
and seven species. All of these records are new locality ranges; many are
reported from Kentucky for the first time.

* Supported by Eastern Kentucky University faculty grant 5-3-372-6,

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 85

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: We are indebted to Dr. Arlan L. Edgar, Alma
College, Michigan, for identifying the phalangids, and to Dr. H. W.
Levi and his student Mrs. S. E. Coyle, Museum of Zoology, University of
Harvard, for diagnosing the spider material.

ANNOTATED LIST

In the list that follows, under “collecting stations,” the first figure of each pair
is the designator of the locality; the one in parentheses is the number secured. All
measurements are in mm.

SPIDERS
CTENIZIDAE
Only a single, unidentified species collected, a new genus for the state.

Antrodiaetus sp.

Collecting stations: 2(1), 5(1).

Abdomen globular, 5.0 mm long, 3.5 mm wide, tan to olive-tan in color, the
spinnerets placed well below; cephalon, 5.0 mm in length, 3.3 wide, olivaceous in
color, is greatly depressed in posterior one-half, elevated anteriorly; anterior eye
row greatly recurved, the anterior medians round, anterior laterals narrowly
elongate; posterior eye row less recurved, all eyes of the same shape, though the
posterior laterals white; all eyes situated within a small space, about one-tenth the
total length of the carapace; legs olivaceus, bearing numerous black hairs and
spines; sternum about as wide as long, broadly peltate, angular behind and hirsute.

The specimens, immature females, were secured beneath decaying logs. This
is apparently a cold-weather habit (Mr. J. E. Coyle, pers. comm.), for they
normally inhabit tunnels.

HYPOCHILIDAE

This primitive family (Gertch, 1958), represented by a single species in
Kentucky, is easily recognized by an oval body, long legs and two book lungs.
Hypochilus thorelli Marx

Collecting Stations: 22(2).

The two females were collected from their webs beneath overhanging rocks,
located a few yards from the Cumberland River. Associated with them was a
philomycid slug, Pallifera wetherbyi. The only other record for Kentucky is Pine
Mountain, Bell County (Gertsch, 1958).

SEGESTRIDAE

Small ground-dwelling forms, which build their nests in crevices and cracks,
with three tarsal claws, tan cephalothorax, and in which the first three pairs of
legs are directed forward. Two genera are here recorded.

Segestria sp.

Collecting Sites: 18(1).

Most of the species in this genus live in the West (Comstock, 1948). Our
single specimen, with a brown cephalothorax and off-white, faintly red-maculated
abdomen, is too immature to permit specific diagnosis.

Ariadna bicolor (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 9(1).

This single male was secured from the face of a cliff near the water.
PHOLCIDAE

Nondescript, gray spiders with exceptionally long legs with three tarsal claws,

86 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

poorly developed chelicerae, and palps (in the male) divided into two com-
plicated posts. One species.

Pholocus phalongioides (Fuesslin)

Collecting Sites: 15(1).

The femal especimen was secured from a web near the ceiling. This species
is adapted for dark habitats (Branson, 1966), and feeds principally on spiders.

THERIDIIDAE

This family, notorious by way of including black widows, is a large and
richly differentiated one. Most of the members possess globose abdomens, with
the spinnerets in a markedly ventral position, which strongly overhang the
cephalothorax, and light-colored eyes, except the anterior median pair, which is
usually dark. We secured representatives of five genera and six species.

Achaearnea tepidariorum (Koch)

Collecting Sites: 12(1); 14(1).

Usually associated with man-made structures (Fitch, 1963), our specimens,
both females, were secured from bark on fallen logs. Both these collecting areas,
however, are in close proximity to the building of Natural Bridge State Park. The
commensal nature of the species, then, accounts for its absence at most of the
other sites visited.

Measurements
Abdomen Abdomen Cephalon Cephalon
Total Length Length Width Length Width
105) 5.1 4.0 OMS 25
5D 4.0 U5) 2.0 1.8

Latrodectus mactans (Fabricius )
Collecting Sites: 7(1), 16(2), 19(1).

The four specimens, three females and one male, were found beneath stones.
Station 7, it will be recalled, is located near the site of an abandoned farm.
Steatoda Lithyphantes albomaculata (DeGeer )

Collecting Sites: 10(1).
Theridion rupicola Emerton
Collecting Sites: 12(1).
Theridion albidum Banks
Collecting Sites: 13(1). :
Total length, 3.0; length abdomen, 2.0, width 1.5; length cephalon, 1.0, width,
0.75. Secured from low vegetation.
Euryopsis funebris (Hentz)
Collecting Sites: 16(1).
Total length, 3.0 mm. Removed from the corolla of a flower.

LINYPHIIDAE

These small spiders are recognized by lacking a cribellum and bosses on
the chilicerae, but possessing scopulae; the legs lack trichobothria but bear a few
long, slender spines. Characteristically spiders of woodlands. Six genera repre-
sented in our collections.

Frontinella communis (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1(9).

Total length, 4.5; length cephalon, 1.9, width cephalon, 1.4, length abdomen,
3.0, width abdomen, 2.0 mm, on a “bowl and doily” sheet web attached to willow.

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 87

Pityohyphantes phrygianus (Koch)
Collecting Sites: 1(3), 1(9), 1(11).
Found on fallen logs.

Measurements
Length Width Length Width
Total Length Cephalon Cephalon Abdomen Abdomen
1S EE eae 5.0 Dele) 2.0 3.0 2.0
Female ............ 6.0 2.5 2.0 4.0 2.5

Helophora insignis (Blackwell)

Collecting Sites: 1(5).

Total length, 2.5; length abdomen 2.0, width abdomen 2.0; length cephalon,
0.5 mm. Secured from web on grass.

Lepthyphantes sp.
Linyphia marginata Koch

Collecting Sites: 1(12), 1(21).

A common and abundant species in woodland situations, usually on low
vegetation.

Linyphia maculata Emerton

Collecting Sites: 1(13), 1(21).

Likewise a common species, but seems to prefer rocky ledges and overhangs
as habitat.

Microneta baria (Blackwell )

Collecting Sites: 2(1), 1(3).

Viewed from above, the cephalon is clavate, narrow anteriorly, and yellow
in coloration; posterior median eyes white; abdomen ovoid, grayish-white, higher
anteriorly, overhanging cephalon; epigynum mahogany brown, raised. Total
length, 1.7 mm. Found in leaf litter; uncommon.

MICRYPHANTIDAE

Minute spiders bearing considerable resemblance to members of the last
family. The female palpus is clawless, and the tibia either spineless or bearing
only a single, dorsal one. Two genera in our collections.

Ceraticelus sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(6), 1(13).

Since both specimens were immature specific diagnosis was impossible.

In the male, the cephalon is very high anteriorly, depressed and nearly
rounded posteriorly; in female, it is truncate posteriorly. The anterior half is black,
the posterior reddish-brown in the male, whereas in female a black triangle marks
the anterior half and encloses the eyes; 8 eyes, posterior row procurved, anterior
row recurved, the laterals contiguous; sternum mahogany colored, strongly con-
vex, notched for insertion of legs, completely separating last coxae; male legs with
yellowish coxa and trochanters, reddish-brown femora, and other segments
yellowish; in the female, the first two pairs of legs are orangish-yellow, the last
two pair about the same except the tibia and metatarsus are black; embolus of male
nearly black; abdomen of male slate gray with 3 very thin, V-shaped marks
posteriorly, profusely stippled with yellowish spots, the venter is gray with
two yellowish lines centrally; in the female, the anterior two-thirds of abdomen
bears a large orangish-yellow blotch, the posterior third being pale yellow. Total
length: 2.5 mm, 2.0; cephalon length: 1.2, 0.8; cephalon width: 1.8, 0.6; ab-
domen length: 1.5, 1.1; abdomen width: 1.0, 0.75. Found in leaf litter.

Erigone sp.
Collecting Sites: 1(13).

88 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

The cephalon is red-mahogany, glabrous and shiny; narrowly convex, highest
anteriorly, widest near center; 8 eyes, posterior row procurved, anterior row re-
curved, laterals contiguous; legs light reddish-brown with scattered bristles;
sternum glabrous, colored as cephalon, chordate, widely separating the last
coxae; abdomen overhangs cephalon, black with some minute yellow spots and
very short hairs; length 2.3 mm, length cephalon 1.0, width cephalon 0.7; length
abdomen 1.5, width abdomen 0.7. Secured from leaf litter.

ARGIOPIDAE (=Epeiridae, Araneidae, Auct.)
Orb-weavers and garden spiders, eight genera collected.
Micrathena gracilis (Walckenaer )

Collecting Sites: 1(7), 3(14), 1(16), 1(22).
On low vegetation.

Measurements
Total Cephalon Cephalon Abdomen Abdomen
Length Length Width Length Width
fas, 25 ila bs 3.3
9.0 So 2.5 6.0 45
12.0 3.0 2.8 8.0 7.0
5.0 Wes 1 3.5 1.5

Micrathena mitrata (Hentz )

Collecting Sites: 4(7).

Length 5.8; length cephalon 2.0, width cephalon 1.5; length abdomen 4.0,
width abdomen 3.5. On webs in low trees in uplands.

Argiope aurantia Lucas

Collecting Sites: 1(16).
Meta menardi (Latreille )

Collecting Sites: 2(9), 2(16), 3(20).

Cephalon smooth, glabrose, depressed, narrow but widest near middle, yel-
lowish; 6 eyes, tlaerals contiguous; legs yellowish with many black hairs and
spines; abdomen ovoidal, yellowish, heavily mottled by gray above, yellowish
below, covered by short, gray hairs. Length 3.7; length cephalon 1.8, width
cephalon 1.3; length abdomen 2.0, width abdomen 1.5. Under deeply placed
rocks; and in caves. Uncommon in collections.

Mangora placida ( Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1(9), 2(10), 1(12).

Length 3.2 to 3.5; length cephalon 1.4 to 1.5; length abdomen 1.9 to 2.4.
On low vegetation near creek.
Mangora maculata (Keyserling )

Collecting Sites: 1(14).

Length 3.5; length abdomen 2.4, width abdomen 1.5; length cephalon 1.8,
width cephalon 1.5. Found on low vegetation.
Acanthepeira stellata (Walckenaer )

Collecting Sites: 2(15).

Our specimens were removed from evergreen shrubs.
Neoscona sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(3), 1(7).

It was not possible to diagnose these two female specimens as to species.

Cephalon-bright orange laterally, more or less white medially; declivitous
caudally and emarginate, widest posteriorly, lateral fields inflated, cardiac groove

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 89

longitudinal, bears long, white hairs anteriorly and a dark mark on either side;
8 eyes, arranged as in the species which immediately follows; sternum truncate
anteriorly, its edges undulating, sends a spur posteriorly between last coxae, dark
laterally with a central, wavy yellow stripe; coxae, trochanters, femora and
patellae bright orange with distince to indistinct dark bands, the distal segments
yellow tipped with black; abdomen overhanging cephalon, triangular, widest
anteriorly, dark brown with a centrally placed white cross with dark and light
cross-bands on the posterior arm, sparsely clothed by very slender, colorless hairs;
venter black with a pair of round white spots anteriorly and a pair of white bars
medially. Length 11.0, 11.0; length cephalon 4.5, 4.5; width cephalon 4.0, 4.0;
length abdomen 8.0, 7.5; width abdomen 5.7, 6.5. On low vegetation.
Epeira raji ( Scopoli )

Collecting Sites: 1(1), 1(7).

Length 19.5; length cephalon 7.5, width cephalon 6.5; length abdomen 15.0,

width abdomen 12.7. Constructs a large orb six to seven feet above ground and
hides in rolled leaves.

Araneéa sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(14).

Cephalon slopes posteriorly, otherwise rather narrow, widest posteriorly, con-
vex, uniformly yellow, as are the legs; 8 eyes, arranged as in E. raji; sternum
yellow, very broad and truncate anteriorly, convex, rounded laterally, with a blunt
spur posteriorly; last coxae widely separated; abdomen, greatly overhanging
cephalon, oval in dorsal view, uniformly off-white above with a few yellowish
lines and spots, a scale-like pattern laterally; length 4.0; length cephalon 2.0,
with cephalon 1.5; length abdomen 2.5, width abdomen 1.5. On low vegetation.

THERIDIOSOMATIDAE

Small spiders of damp habitats with smooth legs and chelicerae. One uncom-
mon species in our collection.

Theridiosoma gemmosum (Koch)

Collecting Sites: 1(9), 1(11).

Cephalon strongly triangular, much wider posteriorly than anteriorly, truncate
posteriorly, swollen laterally where it is darker; anteriorly and posteriorly yellowish;
8 eyes, posterior row procurved, anterior row recurved, laterals contiguous, median
ocular region triangular; sternum truncate behind, yellowish margined by black,
last coxae widely separated; legs yellowish-orange, slender with many spines, the
first pair longer and much stouter than the others; embolus very large, globular,
black; abdomen globose with four dorso-laterally directed, thin black lines
anteriorly, the remainder covered by a scale-like dark and tan pattern; spinnerets
ventral, swung forward; length 2.0; length cephalon 1.0, width cephalon 1.0;
length abdomen 1.5, width abdomen 1.0 (male). Close to ground at margin
of creek.

TETRAGNATHIDAE

Spiders with slender, elongated bodies and hypertrophied jaws, otherwise
similar to argiopids. Two genera and four species here reported.
Leucauge venusta ( Walckenaer )

Collecting Sites: 1(6), 2(12), 1(13).

Length 2.0; length cephalon 0.7, width cephalon 0.7; length abdomen 1.3,
width abdomen 1.0. Removed from low vegetation at water’s edge.
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz

Collecting Sites: 1(16).
Found on garden flowers. Very common in Kentucky.

90 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

Tetragnatha versicolor Walckenaer

Collecting Sites: 1(7), 1(10).

Found on vegetation overhanging the stream.
Tetragnatha elongata Walckenaer

Collecting Sites: 2(7), 1(8), 9(11), 7(12).
Length 6.8 to 9.3. Removed from vegetation overhanging the stream.

AGELENIDAE

Ground dwelling spiders with bossed chelicerae, oblique and toothed fang
grooves, three tarsal claws, and long spinnerets, the posterior ones much longer
than the anterior. Seven genera and eight identified species (three genera were
represented by immature specimens only).

Cicurina robusta (Simon)

Collecting Sites: 2(4), 5(5), 2(7).

Length 7.0; length cephalon 2.5; length abdomen 4.5. On ground, either
under fallen leaves or vagrant.

Cicurina brevis AEmerton )

Collecting Sites: 7(1), 10(2), 1(3), 1(6), 2(7), 1(10), 1(14).

Length to 6.0; representative relative measurements: length 4.0; length ceph-
alon 1.7, width cephalon 1.3; length abdomen 2.5, width abdomen 1.5. Vagrant
on ground.

Agelenopsis pennsylvanicus (Koch)

Collecting Sites: 1(11), 5(12), 9(18), 9(14), 1(18).

Length 5.8 to 14.8. Vagrant on ground. This species apparently has an affinity
for buildings (Chamberlin and Ivie, 1941).

Wadotes carolinus Chamberlin
Collecting Sites: 4(1), 10(2), 5(3), 6(4), 24(5), 1(6), 1(7), 1(8).
Length, 8.0 to 25.0 mm.

Wadotes calcaratus (Keyserling )

Collecting Sites: 1(3), 3(6).

Length 7.5; length cephalon 3.5, width 2.0; length abdomen 5.0, width 2.0.
On the ground.

Coras lamellosus (Keyserling )

Collecting Sites: 3(9), 1(16).

Length 11.5; length cephalon 4.0, width 3.5; length abdomen 7.0, width
4.8. Under edge of a stone.

Coras taugynus Chamberlin

Collecting Sites: 1(2), 3(3), 1(4), 1(6).

Length 15.5; length cephalon 7.0, width 4.3; length abdomen 8.5, width 6.0.
On the ground.

Coras montanus (Emerton )

Collecting Sites: 1(7).

Length 13.3; length cephalon 5.5, width 4.0; length abdomen 7.7, width 5.0.
Under decaying leaves on ground.

Calymmaria sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(2), 1(3).

Cephalon narrow, higher anteriorly than posteriorly, yellowish-brown with a
middorsal dark V, bordered by dark brown and marked on each side by three or
four dark blotches or by a jagged-edged band; legs long, thin, banded by grayish-
green; abdomen elongate-globose, grayish-green to grayish-yellow bearing either

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 91

a darker middorsal line on anterior half and a greenish reticulum posteriorly or the
whole reticulated. Length 5.0, length cephalon 2.5, width 2.0, length abdomen
3.2, width 2.0. On ground.

Cybaeus sp.

Collecting Sites: 2(1), 3(2), 1(3), 6(4), 8(5), 4(6).

Cephalon smooth, slightly higher anteriorly than posteriorly, dark brown
or grayish-yellow bearing three pairs of broad, gray bands radiating from a
middorsal point; chelicerae inflated, yellowish-orange, the fang deep mahogany;
eight eyes, posterior medians and anterior laterals white; sternum and bases of
legs yellowish-white; rest of leg segments grayish-yellow with stiff, red spines;
abdomen globose, grayish-yellow to dark gray or nearly black above, lighter
below; spinnerets short and stout. Lentgh 4.0 to 6.0 mm. Under rocks, fallen
logs, and leaves.

Tegenaria sp.
Collecting Sites: 1(4), 1(6).
All very immature specimens.
HAHNIIDAE

Small spiders, similar to agelenids, in which the spinnerets are arranged in a
single transverse row, progressively shorter inwardly. Build very delicate sheet
webs on the ground. One species in our collections.

Hahnia cinarea Emerton

Collecting Sites: 1(13).
Length 2.3; length cephalon 1.0, width 0.7; length abdomen 1.3; width 0.9.
Under leaves on ground.

PISAURIDAE

Moderate to large spiders with notched trochanters, large chelicerae with
bosses and numerous trichobothria; usually found near water. One genus and
four species in our collections.

Dolomedes scriptus Hentz
Collecting Sites: 1(3).
Length 13.5, length cephalon 6.5, width 6.0. On vegetation at water’s edge.

Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz
Collecting Sites: 1(4), 1(6).

Length Width Length Width
Length Cephalon Cephalon Abdomen Abdomen
10.0 3.8 3.3 6.0
13.0 6.0 5.5 6.6 4.0

On aquatic plants near creek.

Dolomedes urinator Hentz

Collecting Sites: 1(12).

Length 15.5; cephalon length 7.4, width 6.5; abdomen length 8.5, width 5.5.
In water near shore.

Dolomedes vittatus Walckenaer

Collecting Sites: 1(12), 1(18, 1(14), 1(15).

Length 11.0; length cephalon 4.5, width 5.0; abdomen length 6.7, width 4.0.
In and around water; one specimen caught while diving below the surface.

LYCOSIDAE
Ground-dwelling spiders with bulky bodies, long, tapered legs, eight homog-

92 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

eneous eyes, bossed, scopulated chelicerae, trichobothriate legs, and mostly of dull
coloration. Wolf spiders. Six genera and five recognizable species in our collections.

Pirata sp.

Collecting Sites: 9(3), 1(12), 1(17).

Cephalon nearly twice as long as wide, narrow, moderately convex, widest
and truncate at posterior end, brownish with a median, longitudinal light band
which posteriorly encloses a small, dark V-shaped mark; sternum yellowish with
several long, stiff hairs, oval, pointed behind, slightly separating last covae; pos-
terior median eyes greatly removed from posterior laterals, the latter being di-
rected caudad; legs yellow with a few very strong, black spines and numerous
shorter ones; abdomen drop-shaped, mahogany to brick-red above with an in-
distinct, central wavy band; females 3..8 to 5.0; males 4.0 to 5.0; all immature.
Found on ground under various objects.

Pirata montanus Emerton

Collecting Sites: 3(9), 7(10).

Length 4.6; cephalon length 2.5, width 2.0; abdomen length 2.5, width 1.6.
On ground under leaves, bark, and ete.

Pirata maculatus Emerton

Collecting Sites: 2(14).

Length 5.5 to 6.0; length cephalon 3.0, width 2.4 to 2.5; length abdomen 2.7
to 3.2, width 2.0 to 2.5. On valley floor near the creek.

Pardosa sp.

Collecting Sites: 7(4), 4(5), 4(6), 2(9), 2(14).

Since each collection apparently contains a mixture of species, no attempt will
be made to characterize these immature forms.

Arctosa funerea (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1(16).

Length 4.2; length cephalon 1.7, of abdomen 2.2. On ground under a large
stone.

Trochosa sp.

Collecting Sites: 2(9).

Cephalon grayish-brown, widest at posterior end, with a yellowish-white
triangle behind the eyes; eyes 8, the anterior row recurved, posterior row
strongly procurved, laterals contiguous, the anterior laterals separated from
anterior medians by a space equal to 4 diameters of one of them, posterior
medians separated from the anterior by a space equal to diameter of one of them;
legs moderately long, hairy with only a few stout spines; sternum small, peltate,
light yellowish medially, margined by dark gray, scarcely separating last coxae;
abdomen, greatly overhanging rear of cephalon, projects in conical protuberances
posteriorly beyond level of spinnerets, the latter being placed ventrally, with
many brownish-margined white granules and a pair of very dark, undulating lines
on either side of midline and a transverse, black bar posteriorly; venter brown
margined by white granules; length 6.5; length abdomen 4.5, width 4.0; length
cephalon 2.3, width 2.0. Found wandering on ground.

Schizocosa sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(21).

A very immature female specimen.
Schizocosa crassipes (Walckenaer )

Collecting Sites: 4(10), 3(11), 2(12), 4(13), 4(14).

Length 9.6; length cephalon 7.0, width 3.0; length abdomen 5.6, width 4.0.
On ground under stones, logs, leaves.

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 93

Lycosa helluo Walchenaer

Collecting Sites: 1(8), 1(10), 1(11), 1(19), 1(21).

Length cephalon 3.0, width 2.5; length abdomen 5.0, width 3.5. On ground
and under large stones and logs.
Lycosa avida Walckenaer

Collecting Sites: 2(15).
Length 12.4. On ground.

GNAPHOSIDAE

Mostly small spiders with free chelicerae, depressed cephalothorax with poor
demarcation between the cephalic and cardiac portions, two tarsal claws, and a
depressed, ovidal abdomen. Two genera and species in our collections.

Zelotes duplex Chamberlin

Collecting Sites: 4(10).

Length 2.0; length cephalon 0.8, width 0.6, length abdomen 1.2, width 0.8.
Found under decaying leaves.
Drassyllus virginianus Chamberlin

Collecting Sites: 1(10), 1(13).

Length 6.2; length cephalon 3.0, width 2.5; length abdomen 3.5, width 2.1.
Under a deeply embedded rock.

CTENIDAE

Small to medium-sized spiders with eight eyes in three rows, two tarsal claws,
normal chelicerae, one pair of lungs, and lacking a cribellum. One species in our
collections.

Anahita punctulatus (Hentz)
Collecting Sites: 1(3), 1(4), 5(5), 1(6), 2(10), 1(11), 1(12), 4(14).
Measurements are:

Length Width Length Width
Length Cephalon Cephalon Abdomen Abdomen
4.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.0
6.3 BD) 2.9 3.5 1.8
All specimens were found wandering on the forest floor.

CLUBIONIDAE

Minute to small spiders with 8 eyes in two rows, spiny appendages, two
tarsal claws, and the lower edges of the chelicerae bearing teeth; anterior spin-
nerets nearly fused. Seven genera and four identifiable species in our collections.
Micaria sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(4).

The cephalon in this immature male is drop-shaped, rather truncate posteri-
orly; strongly prognathous; abdomen elongate-ovoid, grayish with numerous
prostrate black hairs (longest anteriorly). Length 7.0; length cephalon 2.0, width
2.0; length abdomen 4.0, width 2.0. Found under leaves on the ground.

Trachelas sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(1).

An immature female. Cephalon (and fangs) mahogany red dorsally, lighter
ventrally, much lighter anteriorly than posteriorly, widest posteriorly; first pair of
legs reddish-brown, second pair faint brown, the last two pair yellowish; 8 eyes,
the anterior laterals and posterior medians white, the others dark; abdomen ob-
ovate, moderately pointed posteriorly, yellowish-gray with a very indistinct
grayish, middorsal line anteriorly. Total length 7.0. Found on ground.

94 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

Clubiona sp.
Collecting Sites: 1(5).
One exceedingly immature female.
Clubionoides texana (Gertsch)
Collecting Sites: 1(9).
Length 9.0; length cephalon 3.5, width 3.0; length abdomen 5.0, width 3.5.
On low-growing shrub.
Castianeira longipalpus (Hentz)
Collecting Sites: 1(11).
Length 6.5; length cephalon 3.0, width 2.3; length abdomen 3.4, width 2.0.
On ground.
Agroeca minuta Banks
Collecting Sites: 1(13).
One female, retained at Harvard.
Phrurotimpus alarius (Hentz)
Collecting Sites: 1(9), 1(11), 3(14).

Measurements are:

Length Width Length Width
Length Cephalon Cephalon Abdomen Abdomen
3.5 1.3 1.2 2.0 15
D5) 0.9 0.7 Tae) 1.0

ANYPHAENIDAE

In general, body proportions similar to the Clubionidae, but differing from
them in possessing branches of the trachael system in the cephalothorax and in
lacking broom-like claw tufts. One species in our collections.

Anyphaena pectorosa Koch
Collecting Sites: 1(13).
A common species in Kentucky.

THOMISIDAE

Small to medium sized spiders with strongly bossed chelicerae which
nearly lack grooves and teeth, or with only 1 or 2 small ones. The anterior
spinnerets are contiguous, and the first two pairs of legs are latigrade, i.e., crab-
like in position. Three genera and 4 recognizable species in our collections.

Oxyptila sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(11).

Cephalon dark brown, widest and truncate posteriorly, triangular in shape;
8 eyes, posterior row strongly recurved, the anterior one only moderately so,
laterals not contiguous, posterior medians minute (about one-fourth the size of
anterior laterals) and closer to the anterior medians than to posterior laterals; legs
brown banded by white, femora darker than other segments; anterior tibia with
3 heavy ventral spines; sternum peltate, widely separating the last coxae; abdomen,
slightly overhanging cephalon, mottled white and brown with a series of dark
brown spots along the sides, venter tannish-white with transverse streaks, broad
truncate-oval, widest at posterior end; length 4.0, length abdomen 2.5, width
2.5; length cephalon 2.5, width 1.5. On ground under leaves.

Xysticus sp.

Collecting Sites: 7(16).

Cephalon light tan, margined by white ventrally, posterior slope and ocular
area white, three black triangles dorsally; both eye rows recurved; legs whitish-

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 95

tan; abdomen white with two pairs of widely spaced, small black spots; length
7.0; length abdomen 4.5, width 4.0; length cephalon 2.5. On flowers.

Xysticus pellax Cambridge
Collecting Sites: 1(18).
A very common species in vegetation.

Xysticus elegans Keyserling

Collecting Sites: 1(11).

Length 6.8; length abdomen 4.8, width 3.8; length cephalon 4.0, width 4.0.
On a milkweed.

Xysticus ferox (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1(12), 1(14).

Measurements (female-male, respectively). Length 8.6, 4.5; length abdomen
5.5, 2.5, width 5.5, 2.0; length cephalon 3.5, 2.5, width 3.5, 2.5. Secured from
ironweed on flood plain.

Philodromus rufus Walckenaer
Collecting Sites: 1(2).
Total length 3.0. On ground under leaves.

SALTICIDAE

Spiders with three rows of eyes, four in the first and two in each of the others,
a heavy, box-like cephalon which slopes strongly ventrad, heavy chelicerae (es-
pecially in male), and robust, spiny, two-clawed limbs. Eight genera and four
diagnosed species in our collections.

Habrocestum pulex (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1 male (5).
Length 4.5; length cephalon 1.8, width 1.3; length abdomen 1.5, width 1.5.
On dead leaves on ground.

Habrocestum acerbum Peckham

Collecting Sites: 1(12), 1(14).

A very common ground spider on forest floors in Kentucky.
Thiodina sp.

Collecting Sites: 2(10).

Male: Cephalon strongly convex, nearly spherical, deep mahogany with black
streaks through eyes, bordered ventrally by black, sparsely covered with thin,
long white hairs; posterior median eyes closer to anterior laterals than to posterior
laterals; sternum narrow, elongate-oval, scarcely separating last coxae; first pair
of legs much heavier than others, nearly black, hairy; distal half of last two
femora, patellae, and fibulae black, otherwise yellow; abdomen, elongate, tapering
posteriorly, slightly overhangs cephalon, yellowish-gray, dusky anteriorly, with
scattered black spots posteriorly, bears a pair of broad, yellowish-white bands
near mid-dorsum; anterior two-thirds of venter black bordered by citron yellow;
length 7.5; length cephalon 3.3, width 2.5; length abdomen 4.0, width 2.1.
Female: cephalon shape and color similar to that of male; sternum very small,
oval; abdomen elongate-ovoid with two longitudinal rows of black spots; length
8.5; length cephalon 4.0, width 2.8; length abdomen 4.5, width 2.9. On ground.

Pellenes sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(10), 1(21).

Cephalon, broadly convex, minutely hairy, anterior one-half solid black,
posterior half yellowish-orange with few hairs; posterior median eyes approxi-
mately mid-way between posterior and anterior laterals; sternum yellowish-orange
with numerous short hairs; truncate anteriorly, angled posteriorly, last coxae con-

96 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

tiguous; first femora black, distal segments yellowish, other legs horn-colored;
abdomen, slightly overhanging cephalon, elongate-ovoid, pointed, dark brown
with two pairs of white, drop-shaped spots, minutely hairy; venter orangish-
yellow with a mid-ventral, elongated black blotch and a pair of black streaks
on posterior one-half; length 3.9; length cephalon 2.1, width 1.8; length abdomen
2.0, width 1.5. On ground and under dead leaves.

Habronattus sp.

Collecting Sites: 1 male (9).

Cephalon strongly convex, nearly deep as long: anterior half black, posterior
fourth mahogany, a yellow Junule between; posterior eyes near middle of car-
apace, removed from others by a space equalling four diameters of one of them;
anterior medians exceedingly minute; very hairy around eyes, nearly globose
elsewhere; sternum convex, oval; last coxae contiguous; legs orangish-yellow
with numerous black hairs; abdomen, ovoid, truncate anteriorly, yellowish with
a jagged-edged, transverse mark on upper surface near anterior end; remainder
with many tar-black diagonal and longitudinal streaks; on posterior half are several
boomerang-shaped black marks; venter ground color like dorsum with three
parallel gray bands; lengths 4.5; length cephalon 2.1, width 1.8; length abdomen
2.5, width 2.0. On ground.

Paraphidippus sp.

Collecting Sites: 1(3), 2(4).

Cephalon strongly convex, truncate anteriorly, sloping posteriorly, covered
by short hairs, anterior half black, posterior half mahogany; posterior median
eyes very small and located on lateral slope, widely separated from others;
pedipalps heavily scopulated on inner margin; first pair of legs very heavy, their
tibiae and metatarsae bearing a total of. five very heavy, immobile, pugent
spines on the inner surfaces; all legs mahogany, except the tarsae, which are
yellow and black-tipped; abdomen, pear-shaped and hairy, rusty red below with
a pair of midventral white lines bordered by black; dorsally, the anterior end is
black, the remainder brick-red with lateral white band on either side and four
white ocelli margined by black on posterior half; length 7.5; length cephalon 3.0,
width 2.5; length abdomen 4.0, width 3.0. Under decaying wood or on ground.

Neon nelli Peckham

Collecting Sites: 1 male (8).

Length 2.5; length cephalon 1.0, width 1.0; length abdomen 1.5, width 1.0.
On ground.
Metaphidippus sp.

Collecting Sites: 2(17).

Length 4.6; length cephalon 2.0, width 1.5; length abdomen 3.4, width 2.0.
On garden flowers.
Maevia vittata (Hentz)

Collecting Sites: 1(6), 1(13), 1(14).

Length 3.5, 6.1, 7.0; length cephalon 1.5, 2.5, 3.0; width 1.2, 2.0, 2.3; length
abdomen 2.0, 2.8, 4.0; width 1.3, 1.6, 2.5, respectively. All specimens found on
the ground or under decaying leaves.

PHALANGIDA (OPILIONES )

Spider-like arachnids with nine abdominal segments, two eyes situated on
a prominent tubercle, and chelate, three-jointed chelicerae. Two families, three
genera, and seven species distributed as follows.
Family PHALANGODIDAE

Harvestmen in which the sternum of the cephalothorax is narrowly elongate,

Spiders From Northern Kentucky 27

depressed tibia and tarsus on pedipalps, and two separate claws on the hind tarsi.
One genus and two species in our collections.

Phalangodes

Harvestmen with very low eye tubercles rounded at the posterior end; eyes
are nearly sessile on the carapace and, in the species reported here, the legs are
short. Two species from Tight Hollow.

Phalangodes brunnea Banks

Collecting Sites: 1(3), 1(18).
Length of body 2.5; width 2.0; length of longest leg 6.0. In dead leaves on
ground.

Phalangodes acanthina Crosby and Bishop

Collecting Sites: 1(5), 1(14).
Body length 2.0; width 1.51; length of longest leg 5.5. In dead leaves.

Family PHALANGIIDAE

Harvestmen with a short, transverse sternum on cephalothorax; tarsi with
one claw each; pedipalps ending in a claw, its last segment longer than the
preceding one. Two genera and five species in our collections.

Odiellus pictus pictus (Wood)
Collecting Sites: 1(10), 1(14).

Body Length Width Length Longest Leg
3.0 2.0 12.0
5.0 3.0 23:5

Removed from dead leaves on ground.

Leiobunum

The members of this genus have more or less soft bodies, and the carapace
is nearly smooth laterally; the eye tubercle is generally small, remote from the
anterior end; usually provided with long, slender legs. Four species found by us.

Leiobunum verrucosum (Wood)
Collecting Sites: 1(13), 3(14).

Body Length Width Length Longest Leg
8.5 4.0 63.0
ES 55) 66.0

In dry grass.

Leiobunum ventricosum Wood

Collecting Sites: 1(14).

Length of body 9.0; width 4.0; length of longest leg 71.0.
Leiobunum longipes Weed

Collecting Sites: 8(14).

Body Length Width Length Longest Leg
4.5 3.0 86.5
5.5 3.0 83.0

Leiobunum nigripes Weed
Collecting Sites: 1(8), 2(9), 1(10), 4(11), 4(12), 3(18).

98 B. A. Branson and D. L. Batch

Body Length Width Length Longest Leg
4.0 2.0 34.8
5.0 3.3
6.0 3.0 28.0
6.5 4.5
7.0 3.5
8.2 4.3 47.6

In dead leaves.

LITERATURE CITED

Branson, B. A. 1966. Spiders of the University of Oklahoma Biological Station,
Marshall County, Oklahoma, with observations on species used by mud-
daubers as larval food, and a review of the species known from Oklahoma.
Southwest. Nat. 11: 338-371.

Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1969. Valley centipedes (Chilopoda; Symphyla)
from northern Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 28:77-90.

Chamberlin, R. V. and W. Ivie. 1941. North American Agelenidae of the genera
Agelenopsis, Calilena, Ritalena, and Tortolena. Am. Ento. Soc. America,
34:585-628.

Comstock, J. H. 1948. The Spider Book. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New
York, p. 729.

Fitch, H. S. 1963. Spiders of the University of Kansas Natural History Reservation
and Rockefeller Experimental Tract. Misc. Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. U. Kansas
33:1-202.

Gertsch, W. J. 1958. The spider family Hypochilidae. Amer. Mus. Novitates 1912:
1-28.

Kaston, B. J. 1948. Spiders of Connecticut. Connecticut State Geol. Nat. Hist.
Surv. Bul. 70:1-874.

Received: March 14, 1968. Accepted: November 11, 1970.

PILOT EXPERIMENTS INVOLVING X-RAY INDUCED MUTANTS IN
THE DUMPY AND YELLOW REGIONS OF SCUTE-191 CHROMOSOMES
IN DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER

SARA H. COMLEY-FRYE
226 Broadway, Irvine, Kentucky 40336

Genetic analysis of yellow mutants induced by X-rays in scute-8 chrom-
osomes of mature sperm at various moderate and low doses showed that
most of these yellow phenotypes, irrespective of dose, were associated
with altered phenotypes of their left or right neighboring known marker
(Frye, 1958, 1961, 1962). The yellow mutants were recovered in Fy
females containing a maternally derived y w In49 f (yellow, white, forked)
chromosome. In the scute-8 chromosome the left end of the chromosome
contains the markers (among others): JJ1+ y+ ac+ sect sc-I1+ or 1J1+
act yt sect sc-1+. The bb*+ is located in the proximal heterochromatic
region of the X-chromosome, but the scute-8 inversion brings this marker
relatively close to the tip of the yellow region. The region from 1J1+ to
sc-1+ in a non-inverted X-chromosome is estimated to occupy less than 0.1
map units. If these phenotypically complementing mutants represent par-
ticulate regions, then the sc? B chromosome contains three markers juxt-
aposed to a heterochromatic boundary immediately to the right of act.
Because of the association of two or more of these markers in the recovered
yellow mutant phenotypes, it seemed likely that many of these multiply-
associated markers were due to the following events:

1. minute chromosomal changes such as deletions, inactivations, inver-
sions, position effects, and presumptive point mutations.

2. gross chromosomal changes such as translocations, large deletions,
and inversions.

3. combinations of 1. and 2.

Radiation studies on the qualitative alterations of a specific visible
region, the dumpy region (2, 13.0) were carried out by Carlson (1959).
Mutant phenotypes in a structurally unaltered Oregon R wild type 2nd
chromosome were usually unassociated with multiple markers. These markers
were ed, 2 map units of the left of dp (11.0) and cl, 3.5 map units to the
right of dp (16.5). Most of the mutant phenotypes obtained were dumpy
alleles whose frequency was comparable to the frequency of yellow
phenotypes in scute-8 chromosomes at comparable X-ray doses and in
similar germ cells, but other experimental factors differed. Recombination
tests of the dumpy alleles indicated a pseudo-allelic organization with eight
sites—the size of this region is approximately 0.1 map unit. Even within
the dumpy region, many of the mutants were not the extreme amorphic
form characteristic of deletions or total inactivations, i.e., the olv phenotype.

100 S. H. Comley-F rye

Five induced olv mutants which were capable of recombining with ed (2
map units to the left) and cl (3 map units to the right) also were capable
of recombining with other alleles of this series (Carlson and Southin, 1961).
While this did not rule out small intragenic alterations as the basis of muta-
tions of these alleles it suggested to Carlson that many, if not most of the
dumpy mutants induced at 1000 r and many of those induced at 4000 r are
free of the intergenic type of alterations comparable to those in the 1J1+
y+ act (or 1J1+ act y+) region of the scute-8 chromosome.

The scute-19i chromosome used in this work was found by Teague and
an analysis showed that it contains the loci y+ act+ sc+ sc-1+ as a half-band
insertion between the dp and cl regions so that the order of the markers in
the 2nd chromosome is now: ed+ dp+ y+ act sect sc-1+ clt (Muller,
1935). The proximity of these two regions in the scute-19i chromosome
and the absence of adjacent heterochromatin made it structurally favorable
for the induction of mutant phenotypes in these two regions and a re-
combination analysis. This paper represents only preliminary findings on
the pattern of X-ray mutagenesis and/or breakage in this chromosome.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The males used for the irradiation were of y/Y; scl19i / S InCyl, Cy genotype,
where the balancer second chromosome contains the dominant markers Star
eyes and Curly wings. A dose of 2000 r was administered at a rate of 200 r / min-
ute to 24-hour old males, and the males were mated within an hour after the
irradiation treatment. Four groups of virgin females of y/y; ed dp cl / ed dp cl
genotype were inseminated for four successive 24-hour broods. Several transfers
were made of the inseminated females in each brood to obtain as many progeny
as possible. A separate control series, using the same stocks, was conducted about
six months prior to the treated series.

The expected F, phenotypes of the mating were (+) and (y; S Cy). Only
the F, (+) progeny were counted for the total progeny of the scl9i treated
chromosomes, but both phenotypic classes were examined for mutant phenotypes
at any of the marker loci present in the P, stocks. F, exceptional flies were
individually recorded on separate cards and preliminary descriptions were often
noted. At a later date the mutant individual was re-examined and any additional
phenotypic features were recorded.

Table 1

Exceptional phenotypes induced in scute-19i chromosomes by a
X-ray dose of 2000 r.

Recovered Recovered Other

Age of sperm Total flies dumpy yellow recovered

in days counted phenotypes phenotypes phenotypes
i 7,456 7 0 2
2 6,457 12 I 3
3 6,722 10 1 3
4 5,892 2 1 0
X-ray 26,628 31 3 8

TOTALS

Control 7,243 3 0 0

Pilot Experiments 101

RESULTS

The frequency of recovered mutant phenotypes in the scute-19i chromosome
is presented in Table 1. The transmissibility of the mutant phenotypes recovered
in the scute-19i and the S Cy chromosome is indicated in Table 2.

Table 2

Transmissibility and presumptive classification of phenotypes among recovered
exceptional flies containing heterozygous scute-19i or S Cy chromosomes.

Unambiguous Ambiguous

Phenotype phenotype phenotype
transmitted (not tested (not tested
A. — sc-19i exceptions as recorded or sterile ) or sterile ) Total |
X-ray 9 22 0 31
dumpies
Control 1 2 (5)a 8+(5)
sc-19i cl 1 4 0 5
y sc-19i 1 1 0 2
Df (y+ sc-19i cl+ ) 0 1 0 1
“ac sce” sc-19i 0 0 (1) (1)
“ed” sc-19i 0 0 (2)e (2)
B. S Cy exceptions
X-ray 4 20 4a 28
dumpies
Control 4 0) 0 4
versie yey 2 0 3e 5
y;)5) Cy cl 0 1 0 1

a=all mild oblique wings; probably due to penetrance of oblique wing effect
at 27°C in heterozygote.

b=would have been dominant “ac-sc”; perhaps due to other bristle mutant.

¢=probably ed but may be other rough eye mutant with dominant expression.

d=either y/y; (ed dp®v y sc-19i cl) cl+ / ed dp cl or y/y; S Cy dp®l’. The
latter preferred for reasons discussed in text.

e=either y/y; (ed dpt y sc-19i cl+ / ed dp cl or y/y; S Cyrev. There were
six individuals with a presumed Cyrev origin. Two of these were progeny
tested and proved to be in the S Cy chromosome. The other four are also
believed to have been induced in that chromosome. Carlson (1959, un-
published) found similar losses of Curly in an X-ray experiment using
several dumpy alleles which were balanced with S Cy orCy Bl L chrom-
osomes. A Total of 15 Cytev phenotype is considered to be similar to
other such phenomena found for decisions or mutations in the Bar eye
duplication or in the Star or Stubble systems (see Review, Carlson, 1959).

DISCUSSION

There is a dual interpretation for some of the dumpy exceptional flies. Be-
cause of the extreme reduction in wing size in some olv mutants, it is difficult
at a phenotypic level, to distinguish some of the y/y; S olv Cy / ed dp cl exceptions
from the y/y; R(ed olv y) sc 19% / ed dp cl exceptions where R indicates an

102 S. H. Comley-Frye

alteration or multiple marker mutational event affecting the markers ed+, dp+ and
y+ in the scute-19i insertion. The four exceptions which could not readily be dis-
tinguished by phenotype according to the chromosome of origin are probably
y/y; S olv Cy / ed dp cl. There are two reasons which support this view.

1. The ratio of dumpy exceptions in both chromosomes would be approximately
the same, 31 in sc-19i and 28 in S Cy. If these four cases were attributed to
the scute-19i chromosome then the ratio would be 35 sc-19i and 24 S Cy. A
statistically significant departure from a 1:1 ratio would require an ad hoc
assumption that there was differential mutability or viability in the two
chromosomes used in this experiment.

Of the seven y/y; S olv Cy / ed dp cl exceptions which were verified by
progeny testing, four were originally classified as ambiguous in phenotype.
None of the progeny-tested mutants of this phenotype proved to be in the
scute-19i chromosome. None of the four dubious individuals showed extreme
symptoms of a deficiency of that length (similar, for example, to Df 2 MB
which covers the region from ed to dp). That is, there were no pronounced
Minute bristle effects, necroses, or other morbid characteristics such as those
of the Df 2 MB / ed dp cl phenotype.

bo

Neither of these points is telling, however, but they do constitute arguments
for the S Cy origin of these four questionable exceptions.

Using the scute-19i data as presented in Table 1 (p.3), one sees that the
number of dumpy mutants induced (31) is about ten times higher than the
number of yellow mutants induced (3). Of these three yellow mutants, one was
likely to have been a deficiency because it was both yellow and clot with a
Minute bristle effect. There are eight additional cases, six of which are probably
of S Cy origin. Four have already been mentioned as probably S olv Cy excep-
tions; four are probably losses of the Cy phenotype in the S Cy chromosome re-
sulting in a (y S Cy”¢’) manifestation, where the Cy”¢” represents straightforward
flies which have retained the Cy recessive lethal. Two remaining individuals oc-
curred in the fourth brood, appearing as (y ed “dp’cl) individuals. They might
represent contaminants of F, non-virgins with a room temperature (21°C) re-
duction in the expression of the dumpy wing effect. A slight comma effect and
mildly oblique wings such as is seen in ov/ov temperature phenocopies of wild
type individuals were noted for one of these exceptions. Assuming, however,
that these really were scute-19i types of induced alterations of various sorts,
this would still only give thirteen exceptions of yellow phenotype compared to
the thirty-five which would have to be attributed to the dumpy phenotype.
Hence, at the very maximum, the number of recovered mutants of a dumpy
phenotype attributed to the scute-19i chromosome is in excess of that found for
the yellow phenotype, as was expected. In conclusion, the relative production
of yellow mutants (3/26,000 = 1/8,666) in the scute-19i chromosome is less than
that found for dumpy mutants and less than that which would be found for
yellow mutants induced in the sc8B chromosome at a similar dose (38/19,108 =
1/502, Frye, 1968).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author wishes to acknowledge the use of the radiation facilities of the
Department of Nuclear Medicine at the University of California at Los Angeles.
Work supported by Dr. B. H. Comley, the estate of Dr. H. J. Comley, NSF
grant G 22924 and U.S.P.H:S. training grant 5TI-GM-337-05.

LITERATURE CITED

Carlson, E. A., 1959. Allelism, complementation, and pseudoallelism at the dumpy
locus in Drosophila melanogaster. Genetics 44:346-373.

Pilot Experiments 103

Carlson, E. A., and Southin, J. L., 1962. Comparison of micromaps obtained by
direct and indirect methods of recombination in the dumpy region of Dros-
ophila melanogaster. Genetics 47:1017-1026.

Comley-Frye, Sara H., 1958. An analysis of minute rearrangements of the yellow
region in Drosophila melanogaster. Proceedings of the Xth International
Congress of Genetics, Vol. 2., p. 90.

Comley-Frye, Sara H., 1961. Structure of the “yellow” mutants induced by X-rays
of scute-8 chromosomes of different germ cells in Drosophila melanogaster.
Genetics 30; 75-76.

Comley-Frye, Sara H., 1962. Concerning the X-ray dose-frequency relation of
minute chromosome changes in the yellow region of Drosophila melanogaster.
Genetics 31:84.

Comley-Frye, Sara H., 1968. Chromosome breakage in the yellow-achaete region
in Drosophila melanogaster. Jour. of Cell Biology 39:48a.

Muller, H. J., 1935. The origination of chromatin deficiencies as minute deletions
subject to insertion elsewhere. Genetics 17:237-252.

Received: June 30, 1970. Accepted: November 24, 1970.

RESEARCH NOTE
A Search for Trypanosoma cruzi in Kentucky Opossums

John Vincent Aliff, Department of Zoology
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Forty-three opossums, Didelphis marsupialis virginianum, were col-
lected using box traps in Central Kentucky. Using the procedures of Olsen
et al (J. Parasit. 50:599-603), five ml. whole blood was inoculated into a
culture tube of Chang’s semi-solid medium (J. Inf. Dis. 80:164-171). The
thoracic cavity was opened and small pieces of the ventricle were excised
and placed into a culture tube. The abdominal cavity was next opened and
a small piece of kidney, excised from the area of the hilus, was placed
into the medium. Streptomycin and penicillin mixture was added (250-500
units per tube) to reduce bacterial contamination. Inoculated tubes of
media were stored at room temperature for two weeks before examination
for growth by wet mount. Culture tubes were negative when examined,
suggesting absence or rarity of T. cruzi in Central Kentucky.

Trypanosoma cruzi has been discovered in Maryland (J. Parasit. 42:20),
Georgia and Florida (J. Parasit. 44:483-487), and isolated from both in-
fected triatomid bugs and raccoons and opossums in Alabama (J. Parasit.
50:599-603).

The possibility still exists that T. cruzi is present in Kentucky and that
cases of Chagas disease have escaped diagnosis. The geographical ranges
of Triatoma sanguisuga and T. lecticularius, known vectors of Trypanosoma
cruzi in Mexico and the United States, overlap Kentucky. Additionally one
reservoir host of T. cruzi, the opossum, exists in Kentucky in great numbers.

I wish to acknowledge Dr. Jon P. Shoemaker, Marshall University,
Huntington, West Virginia, for his procedural assistance.

Accepted November 11, 1970.

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

The Fifty-Sixth Annual Meeting of The Kentucky Academy of Science,

Georgetown College, Georgetown, Kentucky
November 13, 14, 1970

HOST: DR. DWIGHT LINDSAY
Professor of Biology, Georgetown College

Minutes

The annual business meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was
called to order at 11:10 A.M. in room 112, Science Center, Georgetown College,
Georgetown, Kentucky, by President Lloyd Alexander. (Date: November 14,
1970).

President Alexander recognized Dr. Dwight Lindsay, Host for the meeting,
who made comments concerning availability of noon meals.

Dr. Alexander, after expressing his graitude to Dr. Lindsay and his site
committee, stated that the order of business would be that as set in the KAS
Constitution.

Since the minutes of the annual business meeting, Fall, 1969, had been pub-
lished in Vol. 30, Nos. 3 & 4 of the Transactions, and since all members had been
mailed these Transactions, the President called for action to be taken on the
minutes. Dr. Branson moved that the minutes be accepted as recorded. Sec-
onded by Dr. Keefe. Passed.

The Treasurer's report was given by the Treasurer, Dr. C. B. Hamann, and
comments concerning the report followed. A motion to accept his report was made
by Dr. Wagner and seconded by Dr. P. Sears. Approved. Note: A complete
report from the Treasurer may be found in the Secretary’s book.

Dr. Morris Taylor, Director of the Junior Academy of Science, reported that
there were 45-50 Science clubs throughout the state. He stated that the Junior
Academy meets annually in the Fall with the meeting places rotated from school
to school. This year, the Fall meeting will be held at St. Xavier school in Louis-
ville. The annual Spring meeting is held in Richmond, Kentucky on the campus
of Eastern Kentucky University. At this time the annual Junior Academy of Science
Fair and a paper reading session are held. Dr. Taylor stated that the Junior Acad-
emy was working on a revision of their Constitution and that they needed an
Editor for the Junior Academy Journai. It was brought out that the Junior Acad-
emy had not recived the usual financial support of $500.00 from the KAS. Dr.
Hamann, Treasurer for KAS, stated the reason for this was that Phillip Morris
had not donated their usual $500.00. Dr. Branson then stated that there were
sources other than Philip Morris from which monvy could be obtained. He stated
that this possibility should be looked into. The Junior Academy’s report was
accepted.

Dr. William F. Wagner, Editor for the Transactions of the KAS, commented
upon the questionnaire sent out to all Scientists in Kentucky by the Kentucky
Press. He stated that results of this questionnaire indicated that Scientists in gen-
eral had sufficient channels through which to publish their work; however, it was
indicated that the biologists in Kentucky felt that a “Biological Monograph Series”
(and perhaps other series) should be published. Dr. E. Beal mentioned the pos-
sibility of a committee being set up to study the “Monograph Series” idea.

The Editor stated that the quality of the Transactions had increased during
the last few years and that the publications are current—next issue, Vol. 31,
Nos. 3 & 4 should be out in early Spring, 1971. Editor’s report was accepted.

106 Academy Affairs

Dr. Alexander, President of KAS, stated that the Executive Committee had
three lengthy meetings during the year. He reported that the Committee had ac-
cepted into membership twenty-one new members and that the Committee had
acted upon the revision of the KAS Constitution which will be presented later.

Resolutions were presented by Dr. Branson, speaking for the Resolution
committee. Resolutions presented were:

Because Georgetown College has graciously served as the Host Institution
for the Fifty-sixth Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science, and
because Dr. Dwight Lindsay, Members of the Site Committee, and Members
of the local Beta Beta Beta Club have all labored diligently to make the
meeting a success, be it therefore resolved that the Academy express its
appreciation to Georgetown College and the above namd individual, and
Club, and that the Secretary be instructed to so inform them.

Since several members of the Kentucky Academy of Science have deceased
during the academic year just passed, be it therefore resolved that the Ken-
tucky Academy of Science express its deepest sympathy, and that the Sec-
retary be instructed to transmit this sentiment to the decedent’s survivors.

Dean Marvin Russell, Chairman of the AAAS Grant Committee, reported
that the AAAS Grant of $140.00 would be awarded to Sister Roderick of Spalding
College, Nazarath Campus, for support of her work on “a study of the saponins of
Koelreuteria paniculata as tumor inhibitors.” A motion was made by Dr. Sears
and seconded by Dr. Wagner to accept this report. Passed.

A special committee on Constitutional Revision was appointed during the year
for the purpose of studying the present Constitution and bringing to the Academy
recommended changes to be made in the Constitution. Dr. Ralph Weaver, Chair-
man of this committee, was recognized by the President for his presentation. He
stated that the changes recommended by the committee had been accepted by
the Executive Committee and that the Secretary had mailed to all members of
the Academy the such changes, and that it is in proper order at this time to
bring these changes before the Academy for its action. The amendments, as pre-
sented to the Academy may be found in the Secretary's book—attached at the
end of these minutes. After some discussion, a motion was made by Dr. Paul Sears
to “remove the word ACTIVE from Article X, Section 3, Fourth line of the sug-
gested amendments.” Seconded and Passed. Dr. H. Eversmeyer made a motion
to accept the Constitutional Amendments as presented by Dr. Weaver and his
committee with the above change included. Seconded and passed.

Dr. Gordon Wilson, Jr., member of the Board of Directors, was recognized
by the President for comments concerning the activity of the Board. He stated that
the Board would meet to consider what they, as an organized body, might do
to aid the Academy. A report will be given at next year’s annual meeting.

Dr. W. A. Withington was given the floor. He reported that at the Geology-
Geography Section Meeting held earlier in the morning a discussion was held con-
cerning dividing the Section into two separate sections—Geology Section and
Geography Section. They voted to request the Academy to allow such division
to become effective this year—for next year’s meeting. Dr. Withington then moved
that such action be approved by members at this annual meeting. This received
a second and was passed. Officers for the two Sections have been elected.

Professor Orville Richardson, Chairman of the Nominating Committee, pre-
sented the following members to hold offices during the year:

President—Karl Hussung (Murray St. Univ.)
Pres. Elect—Louis Krumholz (Univ. of Louisville)
V. Pres.—Marvin Russell (Western Ky. Univ.)

Academy Affairs 107

Secretary—Robert Larance (Eastern Ky. Univ.)

Treasurer—C. B. Hamann (Asbury College)

AAAS Representative—Branley Branson (Eastern Ky. Univ.)

Board of Directors (4 yr. terms)—J. Hill Hamon (Transylvania Univ); Don-
ald Batch (Eastern Ky. Univ.)

With no further nominations from the floor, Dr. Eversmeyer moved that the
slate of officers, as presented by the Committee, be elected by acclamation.
Seconded by T. Keefe. Passed.

Dr. J. G. Rodriguez requested that Entomology be added to the Zoology
Section to read “Zoology and Entomology Section.” After a short discussion, B.
Branson moved that this be acted upon by the Executive Committee. Seconded
by T. Keefe and passed. The Academy Secretary, R. Larance, asked if this meant
that the decision of the Executive Committee would be final. Dr. Charles Covell
then moved that the decision of the Executive Committee on this matter be final.
Seconded and passed.

Dr. Charles Covell, requested information from the President concerning the
appointment of members to committees. He stated that “new blood” should be
added to the committees. After a few brief comments, C. Covell moved that the
Executive Committee, during the coming year, study the means of selecting
members serving on standing committees. Seconded by W. Wagner. Passed.

President Alexander gave his thanks and appreciation to the Executive Com-
mittee and to all in the Academy for their support of the Academy during the
past year. He, then, turned the meeting over to the new president, Dr. Karl
Hussung of Murray State University.

Dr. Hussung thanked Dr. Alexander for his work in the Academy and stated
that upon his acceptance of the presidency, he pledged to support the Academy
with all his energies to carry out the duties of the office.

The new President rpeorted that Dr. Morris Taylor would remain as Director
of the Junior Academy of Science and that Dr. William Wagner would remain
as Editor of the Transactions.

A request was made by Dr. Hussung to all members for their support in the
Academy and that if anyone had any suggestions as to improvements for the
Academy, send them by letter and they would be considered. He also stated that
any member desiring to serve on a committee let it be known and action would
be taken.

President Hussung closed the meeting with this comment: “It is my hope to
increase the membership of all types in the Academy by using some concen-
trated effort and I hope to communicate effectively with all members and pros-
pective members.”

The annual meeting adjourned at approximately 12:15 P.M.

ROBERT S. LARANCE, Sec. KAS

PROGRAM

Friday, November Thirteenth

4:00-6:00 p.m. Registration, Lobby of Science Center

6:00-7:00 p.m. Registration, Student Center

Refreshments will be provided by Georgetown College and
served by Beta Beta Beta, Honorary Biological Society

4:00-6:30 p.m. Tour of Science Center and Georgetown Campus

5:00 p.m. Planetarium Demonstration

108

Academy Affairs

7:00 p.m. Banquet, Student Center

A.M.

8:00
11:00

11:00

Welcome: Dr. Robert Mills
President, Georgetown College

Speaker: Dr. Stanley A. Cain
Director, Institute for Environmental Quality
The University of Michigon

Topic: “The Polluter Goes to Court”
Immediately after Banquet, all committees meet.

Saturday, November Fourteenth

Sectional Meetings, Science Center

Annual Business Meeting
Room 112, Science Center

Planetarium Demonstration
Designed for wives and guests of members

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION

Louise Robbins, Chairman
Joseph E. Granger, Secretary

Archaic Settlement Systems in the Cave Run Reservoir.

William H. Marquardt, University of Kentucky.

Preliminary Analysis of the Dedmon Site, Marshall County, Kentucky.
Roger C. Allen, University of Kentucky.

Excavations at Locust Grove: Implications of Plantation Storage Economy.
Joseph E. Granger and Steven T. Mocas, University of Louisville.

A Test of Some Archaeological Field Sampling Techniques.

John Dorwin, University of Kentucky.

Culture and Disease: The Hookworm Case. Allen Turner, University of
Kentucky.

The Uses of Still Photography in Social Science Field Research: The
Walnut County Case. Charles Smith, University of Kentucky.

Sugar and Minifundia in the West Indies. Frederic Hicks, University of
Louisville.

Human Relations Aspects of Indian Employment in Western Oklahoma.
Jeff Freeland, University of Kentucky.

Election of Officers for 1971.

Coffee Break

History of the Teaching of Anthropology at Eastern Kentucky University.
Murray Walker, Eastern Kentucky University.

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Harold E. Eversmeyer, Chairman
Willem Meijer, Secretary

The Periodicity of Ceratium hirundinella and Peridinium cintum in Re-
lation to Certain Ecological Factors. Sister Lois Ann Pfiester, O.P., Saint
Catharine College.

A Vegetation Map of Mammoth Cave National Park, Rhoda, Ky. Quad-
rangle. Adolph Faller, Terre Haute, Indiana.

8:30

8:45
9:00

9:15
9:30
9:45
10:00

10:15
10:30
10:45

10:55

A.M.
8:00

8:15
8:30
8:45
9:00
9:15
9:30

9:45
10:00

Academy Affairs 109

Possible Mechanism of Adaptation in Acer negundo L. R. D. Williams
and J. E. Winstead, Western Kentucky University.

Flowering Cycle of the Common Dandelion (Taraxacum officinale).
Elmer Gray, Eugene M. McGeehee, and Don F. Carlisle, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Megaspore Germination and Asexual Reproduction in Isoetes. J. E. Win-
stead, Western Kentucky University, and H. E. Elmore, Vanderbilt
University.

Life Cycle of Nodding Thistle (Carduus nutans L.). G. D. Lacefield and
E. Gray, Western Kentucky University.

Forest Communities in the Great Valley of East Tennessee. William H.
Martin, Eastern Kentucky University.

Microbial Degradation of Carbaryl and its Metabolites. Lorraine D.
Rodriguez, R. H. Weaver, and H. W. Dorough, University of Kentucky.
Examination of Natural Water Samples from the London, Kentucky Area
for Enteric Bacteria. Nick D. Ruoder and F. D. Cohenour, Union College.
Occurrence and Identification of Bacteria Isolated from Human Urinary
Infections and the Correlation with the Medical History. L. P. Elliott
and D. A. Watkins, Western Kentucky University.

Hydrocyanic Acid Potential and Its Relation to Morphological Character-
istics of Sorghum Plants. John H. James and Elmer Gray, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Influence of Excised Pistils on In Vitro Growth of Alfalfa Pollen. Elmer
Gray, Emmerson R. Shipe, and Kenneth H. Quenenberry, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Election of Officers for 1971.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Gordon Wilson, Jr., Chairman
Gary D. Christian, Secretary

Election of Officers for 1971, Room 218

Session A—Room 218
Gordon Wilson, Jr., Presiding

Thermal Isomerizations of 2H-Pyrroles. John M. Patterson, J. D. Ferry,
M. R. Boyd, and J. W. deHaan, University of Kentucky.
Photoaddition of Methanol to 2H-Pyrroles. John M. Patterson, M. R.
Boyd, and Robert L. Beine, University of Kentucky.
The Reaction of II-Thianaphthyl Sodium with Benzaldehyde. Verne A.
Simon, Morehead State University.
Chemistry of Acylammonium Ion. John L. Wong and D. O. Helton,
University of Louisville.
The Meisenheimer Reaction in the Isoquinoline Series. Ellis V. Brown and
Andrew C. Plasz, University of Kentucky.
Thermal Decomposition of Some Pyridine 1-Oxide Coordination Com-
pounds. J. E. Moscoe and Howard B. Powell, Eastern Kentucky
University.
Coffee Break

Kinetic Energy Released in Metastable Transitions in the Mass Spectrum
of Tris (trifluoroacetylacetonato) aluminum (III). Robert W. Fraas and
Robert W. Kiser, University of Kentucky.

110

10:15

10:30

9:15

9:30

A.M.

8:00
8:25

8:50
9:30

A.M.

8:30
9:10

9:25
9:40

9:55
10:10

10:25

Academy Affairs

The Preparation and Characterization of Anhydrous Europium Tris-
acetylacetonate. Ivan B. Liss and William G. Bos, University of Louisville.

k
Stochastic Model of the Reaction A=B.

9

Paul L. Corio, University of Kentucky. :
Session B—Room 219

Gary D. Christian, Presiding
Synthesis and Properties of Cobalt Complexes of 1,4—Dicyanobutane.
David L. Greene and Paul G. Sears, University of Kentucky.
Preparation and Thermo-gravimetric Studies of Double Nitrates of
Cobalt (III) and other Ions. Darnell Salyer and Jesse E. Samons, East-
ern Kentucky University.
NMR Contact Shift Studies of Adducts of Nickel (II) Dithiophosphate
Complexes. Jeanne R. Angus and John R. Wasson, University of Kentucky.
NMR and Electronic Spectra of Amine Adducts of Bis (diphenyldith-
iophosphinato) nickel (II). Gerald M. Woltermann and John R. Wasson,
University of Kentucky.
Enhancement of Atomic Absorption Sensitivity for Arsenic, Gold, Iron,
Lead, and Tin by Means of Solvent Extraction. B. E. McClellon and
Kenneth R. Harrison, Murray State University.

Enhancement of Nonaqueous Titration Curves by Neutral Inorganic
Salts. W. Lynn Schertz and Gary D. Christian, University of Kentucky.

GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY SECTION

W. A. Franklin, Chairman
Peter Whaley, Secretary

Philately in Geology. Robert Nichols, Eastern Kentucky University.

A Landform Map of Kentucky. William G. Adams, Eastern Kentucky
University.

Regionisms. Louis E. Hicks, Murray State University.

Business Meeting. Election of Officers for 1971.

PHYSICS SECTION

N. Frank Six, Chairman
Louis M. Beyer, Secretary

Implementing Quantitative Physical Science in Kentucky (film). F. M.
Carter and N. F. Six, Western Kentucky University.

Saturn’s Moons and the Gaps in Its Rings. B. G. Dickinson, Georgetown
College.

Gaussian Wave Functions for Ethane. W. T. Kwo, University of Louisville.
The Transistor Characteristic Curve Tracer As An Instructional Aid. H. E.
Groskreutz, Thomas More College.

An Automatic Constant Velocity Mossbauer System. Timothy Loos,
Thomas More College.

Diamagnetism of Phenyl-Ring Compounds Compared to Benzene.
Jeffrey Tarvin, Thomas More College.

Charged Particle Produced X-Rays As a Means for Trace Element An-
alysis. L. M. Beyer, W. E. Maddox, L. Bridwell, and R. C. Etherton,
Murray State University.

A.M.

8:00

8:15
8:30

8:45
9:00

9:15

A.M.
8:00

8:15
8:30

8:45
9:00
9:15

9:30

10:45

A.M.
9:00

9:20

9:40

Academy Affairs 111

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS, AND PHARMACOLOGY SECTION

Fred Zechman, Chairman
Joseph Engleberg, Secretary

Extended phase-shifting of the circadian activity rhythm in rats after
“whole-life” experience under a 28-hr. day. Frederick M. Brown, Centre
College.

The effects of hemodynamic changes on hypothalamic unit activity. Don-
ald T. Frazier and Richard Menninger, University of Kentucky.
Cardiovascular response to hypoxia in the plethodontid salamander
Desmognathus fuscus. Randall N. Gatz, University of Kentucky.

The oscillatory mechanics of the respiratory system as related to panting
in pigeons. Geoffrey Kampe and Eugene C. Crawford, Jr., University
of Kentucky.

Presynaptic hyperpolarization—replication of a disputed experiment and a
reconsideration of the gate control theory of pain. Kenneth H. Reid
and Rex Cox, University of Louisville.

Evidence for the participation of 35’ AMP in alpha adrenergic response
of the peripheral vasculature. Daniel R. Richardson, University of Ken-
tucky.

Section B

Blood protein patterns in developing tobacco hornworm larvae. James R.
Greene and D. L. Dahlman, University of Kentucky.

Survival and developmental capacity of ova obtained from constant
estrous rats due to constant light. J. C. Drake and James R. Spears,
Morehead State University.

The in utero development of mouse embryos after cultivation in vitro
from two-cell to blastocyst in 17B-estradiol treated medium. Harley J.
Schneider, Jr. and James R. Spears, Morehead State University.
Acetazolamide and calcium metabolism. Len C. Waite, University of Lou-
isville.

Design of a small animal pneumatachograph. Louis Diamond and W.
Lipscomb, University of Kentucky.

Adrenal and ACTH dynamics in the unanesthetized dog. R. E. Miller
and F. E. Yates, University of Kentucky.

SPECIAL LECTURE —Sections A and B, Room 15.

Some Facts and Speculations Concerning the Cell Membrane. Dr. Tim-
othy Z. Csaky, Department of Pharmacology, University of Kentucky.
Election of Officers of Physiology, Biophysics, and Pharmacology Section
for 1971.

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION

Harry Robe, Chairman
Charles Homra, Secretary

Art Preference and Personality. Edward S. Rosenbluh, George B. Owens,
and Martin J. Pohler, Bellarmine-Ursuline College.

Attitudinal Differences as a Result of Seminary and Non-seminary En-
vironment. Louis Korfhage, Edward S. Rosenbluh, and Martin J. Pohler,
Bellarmine-Ursuline College.

Creativity and Abstract Reasoning. David G. Thomas and Edward S.
Rosenbluh, Bellarmine-Ursuline College.

112

10:00

10:20

10:40

A.M.

9:00
9:30

9:55

10:20

8:30
9:00

9:30

10:00

10:30

A.M.
8:00
8:15
8:30
8:40

8:50

9:05

Academy Affairs

A New Role for the Clinical Psychologist. Bernard Segal, Murray State
University.

Implications of the Placebo Effect for Research in Psychotherapy, Psy-
chopharmacology and .Medicine. Herschel Pollard, Murray State Uni-
versity.

Business Meeting for Psychology Section.

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION

Ronald K. Atwood, Chairman
Arvin D. Crafton, Secretary

Business Meeting and Election of Officers for 1971.

Individualized Instruction in Elementary Science Methods. Doris K.
Mouser, Murray State University.

The Cognitive Preference Concept and Assessment in Science Education.
Ronald K. Atwood, University of Kentucky.

The Relationship Between Scientific Process Skills and Scores on an
Advanced General Science Standardized Test. Crayton Jackson, More-
head State University.

SOCIOLOGY SECTION

Clifton D. Bryant, Chairman
Louis M. Beck, Secretary

Election of Officers for 1971.

The Change Agent and The Client: A Study of Human Relationships.
Ezekiel A. Oke, University of Kentucky.

The Functional Significance of Pornography. Michael J. Craddock, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

The Sociological Perspectives of William Faulkner: Some Observations
on the Sociology of Literature. Katherine Stuart, Transylvania University,
and Clifton D. Bryant, Western Kentucky University.

An Examination of the Trends in Occupational Sociology: 1960-1969.
Michael C. Moore and Charles H. Vaught, Western Kentucky University.

ZOOLOGY SECTION

J. Hill Hamon, Chairman
Rodney M. Hays, Secretary

Election of Officers for 1971.

The re-introduction of Canada geese to Madison County, Kentucky. Ward
Rudersdorf and Eugene Schroeder, Eastern Kentucky University.

Notes on Pegias fabula (Lea) in Kentucky. Shaw Blankenship, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Notes on Kentucky Riffle Beetles. Branley A. Branson, Eastern Kentucky
University.

The use of Cobalt 60 in ascertaining the movement patterns and general
behavior of the toad Bufo americanus. Ralph W. Taylor, University of
Louisville.

The status of Notropic chrysocephalus (Rafinesque) in Kentucky. Vin-
cent H. Resh and Robert D. Hoyt, University of Louisville.

9:20

9:35

9:45

10:00

10:15

10:30

Academy Affairs 118

Biosystematic studies of geometrid moths of the Subfamily Sterrhinae.
Charles V. Covell, Jr., University of Louisville.

Coffee Break.

Population dynamics of mosquitoes in catch basins in Jefferson County,
Kentucky. Charles C. Covell, Jr., and Vincent H. Resh, University of
Louisville.

Survey of the Sparrow Hawk population in Boyle County, Kentucky.
Daniel S. Rush and Kerry B. Thomas, Centre College.

Additional Distribution Records for Decapod Crustaceans from Ken-
tucky. Donald L. Batch, Eastern Kentucky University.

A redescription of the Trichinella spiralis (Nematoda) Life Cycle. John
P. Harley, Eastern Kentucky University.

INDEX TO VOLUME 31

Academy Affairs, 105
Algae, 66
Aliff, J. V., 104
Amphibians in East Central Ken-
tucky, 73
Anthropology in Kentucky, 16
I. Transylvania, 19
II. University of Kentucky, 22
III. University of Louisville, 28
Arachnida: Araneida, 84

Batch, DD? Le, 73, 79; 84
Branson, B. A., 73, 79, 84
Brown, LA. 19

Chromosomes, Scute—19i, 99
Collins, J. T., 49
Corn Snake, 49
Crider, S. B., 66
Crotalus horridus horridus, 45

Damselflies, 32

Diplopoda, 79

Dillard, G. E., 66
Dragonflies, 32

Drosophila Melanogaster, 99

Elaphe guttata guttata (Linnaeus),
49
Essene, F. J., 22

Fishes, Salt River, 51
Frye, S. H. C., 99

Hicks, F., 28
Blow, he 1h, Bil

Krumholz, L. A., 51

McGeachin, W. T., 64

Microtus Orchogaster, 64

Moore, C. J., 73

Mutants of Scute—19i Chromo-
somes, 99

Neff, S. E., 51
Opossums, 104
Quick, Jr., F. W., 64

Phalangids, 84
Pohl, E. R., 1
Prairie Vole, 64

Reptiles in East Central Kentucky,
73

Resner, P. L., 32

Richards, C. E., 19

Robbins, L. M., 16

Salt River, fishes, 51
Snakes
Crotalus horridus horridus, 45
Elaphe guttata guttata (Lin-
naeus), 49
Spiders (Arachnida: Aranedia), 84

Tight Hollow, amphibians and
reptiles, 73

Transylvania, anthropology, 19

Trypanosoma cruzi, 104

Trypanosome Infection, 64

Upper Mississippian Deposits, 1

University of Kentucky, anthropol-
ogy, 22

University of Louisville, anthropol-
ogy, 28

Valley Millipeds (Diplopoda), 79

Whitaker, F. H., 64
Whitt, Jr., A. L., 45

X-ray Mutants of Scute—19i,
Chromosomes, 99

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
- accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the auther have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

If

: vol 32, Nos. 1-2 IN3 Kz Jigencral Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

A Study of Pigments in Seed-Coat of Abrus Precatorious, Linn.
SISTER VIRGINIA HEINES

The Substitution of Various Species of Egg Yolks as a
Substrate in Testing for Staphylococcal Lipase

L. P. ELLOTT

_ An Unusual Record of Feeding in Cottus Carolinae
SHAW BLANKENSHIP and VINCENT H. RESH

A Preliminary List of Fishes of Drakes Creek, Lincoln
and Garrard Counties, Kentucky

SHAW BLANKENSHIP and DAVID R. CROCKETT

The Smooth Earth Snake, Virginia Valeriae (Baird and
Girard), in Kentucky

GEORGE R. PISANI and JOSEPH T. COLLINS

Culture and Disease: The Hookworm Case
ALLEN C. TURNER

The Maintenance Requirement of the Brock Stickleback
Culaea Inconstans (Kirtland)

VINCENT H. RESH

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1970-71

President: Karl Hussung, Murray State University

President-Elect: Louis Krumholz, University of Louisville

Vice-President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Secretary: Robert S. Larance, Eastern Kentucky University

Treasurer: C. B. Hamann, Asbury College

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

John M. Carpenter .............000 to 1971 Sanford L.. Jones'.cc.s ee to 1973
William M. Clay .......cccssssscesees: to 1971 Ellis V.’ Brown. i:..sccee weet 1973
35: A. Rerembolz 322 co dacs saeteaee to 1972 Donald Batch ....::.:22eee to 1974
Gordon Wilson ‘Scie ccdetoseoudst to 1972 J. Hill Hamon <\..ccuahoeeeee to 1974

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:
Biological Sciences: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. —THr TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $4.00 per volume; foreign, $4.00 per
volume.

Tue TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

A STUDY OF PIGMENTS IN SEED-COAT OF
ABRUS PRECATORIUS, LINN.*

SISTER VIRGINIA HEINES
Spalding College, Louisville, Kentucky 40203

The Abrus precatorius plant, native to Southeastern Asia, has many
English names, such as jequirity bean, rosary pea and crab’s eye. Three
varieties of seeds, red, white and black are known and grow in pods about
one inch long. The hard yellow kernel is extremely toxic to humans if
chewed before swallowing.! The seeds used in this study were of the red
variety with a black spot restricted to the hilum end (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Abrus precatorius seeds have a bright glossy red coat with an oblique black
area at hilum end. Yellow kernels show through seeds with broken coats.

Extraction and Chromatography

Two hundred grams of fresh seeds were cracked in a Waring blender
to remove the red shell from the yellow kernel. The seed-coat was separated
(hand-picked) from the oblique black spot at the apex. Each portion was

* Work supported in part by a grant from Kentucky Academy of Science.

2 Sister Virginia Heines

covered with a 2 per cent methanolic HCI solution and allowed to stand
at 10° C for 10 days. The colored extracts were filtered, concentrated to
14 volume in vacuo and treated with a large excess of anhydrous ether.

Red precipitates from the shells and black spot extracts were filtered, as
well as red crystals resulting from evaporation of ether filtrate. All three
precipitates were brought into solution with a 0.01 per cent methanolic
HCI reagent and spotted in broad bands on chromatographic paper (What-
man 3MM, 7 x 10 sheets). The sheets were developed in a unidirectional
(ascending) manner at 20° C for 30 to 36 hours. Among the many mixtures
of solvents recommended in the literature for plant pigment separation on
paper?,, BAW (n-butanol: acetic acid: water-top layer), 4:1:5 was found
to be the most satisfactory. Thin-layer plates* of Silica Gel G, Cellulose, or
a mixture of these, did not yield as efficient results as the paper media be-
cause of tailing and fading of spots.

Identification of Pigments

Six colors (Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) were separated from the seed-coat. Two
colors, Nos. 5 and 6, were faint and are still under investigation (see Figure
2). The black spot extract and red crystals from ether filtrate lacked the
fluorescent bands, Nos. 2 and 3. Each color was excised from the paper
and eluted. Each eluate obtained by capillary flow with a 0.01% meth-
anolic HC1 solution was concentrated in vacuo, re-dissolved and re-chroma-
tographed for purity.

The four principal spots, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, were identified by ®,4
values, color reactions®, ®, sugar moieties’ and spectral properties®.

Preliminary color tests made on the purified extracts pointed to the
compounds as belonging to the ANTHOCYANINS®. The sugars in the
eluates of the bands, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, were hydrolyzed in 20% HC1 and
at the end of one, two and three minutes, rapidly cooled, and extracted
with isoamyl alcohol. Acidity in the water layer of the hydrolysate was re-
duced by passing it through a column containing the ion-exchange resin,
Amberlite IR-100 (cation). Identification of the sugars in the isoamyl
alcohol extract was achieved using paper chromatography.!, 11. Thin layer
chromatography using the cellulose-coated plates and a developing spray
of anisaldehyde/sulfuric acid was used to check the results obtained by
paper chromatography. Only glucose was detected in the anthyocyanin
hydrolysates as can be seen from the results shown in Figue 3.

The A max of the visible and u.v. spectra agree very well with the
literature values!°. The single peak on each aglycone of u.v. max as seen
in Figure 4 indicates these pigments, Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 lacked acylation and
belong to the primitive type. A shoulder on No. 3 and No. 4 between 400
nm and 440 nm shows a free 5(OH) group, and the bathochromic shift on
No. 1 and No. 4, after addition of a few drops of ethanolic AlCl,
(anhydrous A1C1, in absolute ethanol), indicated the presence of adjacent
hydroxyl groups. Individual differences with the glucosides Nos. 2 and 3,

A Study of Pigments

Figure 2. Pigments: (A) in red coat, (B) in black spot, (C) in either fraction.

were determined by the ratio per cent of Absorbancy at 440 nm. and A
max!!, This ratio of 19 and 33% respectively indicated No. 2 had no free
5(OH) group. Analysis made on 0.2 mg. of solid eluted from spot at
origin before separation and the relative amount of each color separated
from this spot, averaged the per cent for Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 in coat as 15,
31, 14 and 39 respectively; that of the black spot as 20 and 79 per cent;
and the ether-soluble fiaction as 45 and 54 per cent (see Table I).

4 Sister Virginia Heines

@, d-rhamnose

on... 0.0 Ga

1 a ca

Figure 3. Glueose in coat pigments: 1, 2, 3, 4. Knowns: a, b, c, d.

From the results of 8, values, color reactions, sugar identification and
spectral properties, the structures as seen in Figure 5 may be assigned to the
anthocyanins isolated from the Abrus precatorius seed-coat.

Acknowledgement

Grateful acknowledgement is made to Dr. Charles R. Gunn, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Crops Research Division, Beltsville, Maryland,
for reprints of Journal articles.

A Study of Pigments 5

ro)
Ww)
oO
=
rs
io) -
OP ae
G)
Zz
Lu
i
eS
+ <
=
fo)
ite)
mM
oO
Oo 10
wo QJ
ro) ro)
AONVEYOSEV

.Figure 4. U.V. spectra in 0.01 per cent methanolic HCI of: (1) delphinidin-3, 5- dig-
glucoside, (2) pelargonidin-3,5-diglucoside, (3) pelargonidin-3-glucoside, (4) cyanidin-
3-glucoside.

Sister Virginia Heines

O-qluc ose “J O-qlucose
Delphi mdin- 3,5 diglucoside Pe Jar ye mdin -3,5 diqlicos ide
oc

Zt. 2

qlvcose

ow
Pelargomidin - B-qluceside Cyanidin -3 gle coside
5 a

Figure 5. Anthocyanins isolated from the Abrus precatorius seed-coat.

Table |. Properties of Anthocyanin Glucosides in Seed-Coat of Abrus precatorius, Linn.

Band Colors*

Number R, Visible u.v. \ max u.v. max Shoulder Shift** Sugar Pigment
1 12 BV DV 533 286 — - Glucose D-8, 5-diG
2 22, DR C(fl) 506 275 _— — Glucose P-8, 5-diG
3 27 RO CY (fl) 505 285 a — Glucose P-3-G
4 41 M DV 526 275 + + Glucose C-8-G

bo

* BV-blue violet; DV-dark violet; DR-dark red; C-cerise; M-mauve; fl-fluorescent
®® Bathochromic shift with ethanolic A1C1,

References

. Gunn, G. R., Garden J. Jan./Feb. p. 2 (1969).
. Jiracek, V. and Prechazka, in “Paper Chromatography’, I. M. Haid and

K. Macek (Ed.) Acad. Press, and Pub. House, Czech., Prague, (1963),
ps 2G9:

. Stahl E., and Jork, H., Thin-layer Chromatography, Acad. Press, N. Y.

(1965), p. 376.

. Seikel, M. in “Chemistry of Flavonoid Compounds”, Geissman, T. A.

(ed), N. Y. Macmillan, (1962) p. 34.

. Geissman, T. A., in “Moderne Methoden der Pflanzenanalyse, IIT’,

Paech and Tracey (ed) Springer-Verlag, Berlin (1955) p. 466.

. Onslow, M., “Anthocyanin Pigments of Plants”, CUP, Cambridge,

(1925), p. 30.

A Study of Pigments Ml

7. Harborne, J. B. and Sherratt, A. S. A., Biochem. J. 65, 23, (1957).
8. Jurd, L., in Geissman (ed) loc. cit. (1962), p. 133.

9. Block, R. J., Durrum, E. L., Zweig, G., “Paper Chromatography and
Paper Electrophoresis”, Acad. Press, N. Y. (1961) p. 335.

10. Harborne, J. B., Phytochemistry, 2, 85 (1963).
11. Harborne, J. B., J. Chromatog. I, 473 (1958).

Received: August 25, 1970 Accepted: December 28, 1970.

THE SUBSTITUTION OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF EGG YOLKS AS A
SUBSTRATE IN TESTING FOR STAPHYLOCOCCAL LIPASE

Pe ELLIOT

Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

Egg yolk factor, a lipolytic enzyme, is secreted by certain strains of
coagulase-positive staphylococci (Gillespie and Alder, 1952; Shah and
Wilson, 1965). Production of this enzyme is characteristic of many
coagulase-secreting staphylococci which are considered pathogenic. A re-
lation between these two enzymes and virulence of the organism has been
suggested (Alder et al., 1953). When the lipase activity of S. aureus is de-
termined hen egg yolk is commonly employed in the standard test. Since the
composition of avian eggs is similar, S. aureus might be expected to give
positive reactions on other species of egg yolk and, therefore, could be sub-
stituted for hen egg yolk used in standard tests. This study was undertaken
to test this hypothesis.

Materials and Methods

Organisms, growth conditions and media. Coagulase positive S. aureus
strains Dack 9, 209P, 69870, and Wis. 523 were used as the test organisms
and strain 196E as a negative control. The strains of S. aureus were grown
on Brain Heart Infusion (BHI) agar or broth (Difco) at 37 C for 24 hr
before storing as stocks or using as an inoculum in experiments. The Gil-
lespie and Alder egg yolk broth was made according to the authors. The
selenite egg yolk agar (SeEy) was made according to Elliott (1968). Hen,
goose, duck, quail, and turkey eggs were tested in these two media. The hen
egg was used as a control. Twenty ml of egg yolk from each species of
fowl was added to the SeEy medium.

Two drops of a 24-hr BHI broth culture of the test organisms were used
to innoculate the liquid medium incubated at 37 C for 24 hr. The SeEy
agar was spot inoculated and incubated at 45 C for 24 hr.

Results and Discussion

The results are presented in Table 1. It appeared that various species
of eggs are enough alike in composition that the substrate for the lipase
egg yolk factor is satisfied. This data showed no differentiation of S. aureus
strains by their egg yolk factor reacting on different species of egg yolks.
No significant differences were found by incorporation of the egg yolks in
broth or into an agar medium.

Testing for Staphylococcal Lipase 9

Table 1. Usage of Eggs from Different Fowls in Egg Yolk Media.

Strains of S. aureus

Source of
egg yolk Wis. 523 69870 209P Dack 9 196E
Egg yolk broth
Goose alnaly a6 leat alice a
Quail + ++ + + —
Hen cas 44 + + -
Turkey + + $ + =
Duck ++ ++ ++ ++ -
SeEy agar
Goose cinalp ainaig state Ir =
Quail ++ ++ ++ ++ -
Hen + 4p -4 4 —
Turkey ++ ~ ~ 4p —
Duck ++ 4 ++ ++ —
+ slight to moderate opacity in broth or precipitate around colony on agar

moderate to abundant opacity in broth or precipitate around colony on agar
egg yolk negative strain. No opacity in broth or no precipitate around colonies on
agar medium.

4+

References

Alder, V. G., Gillespie, W. A., and Herden, G. 1953. Production of opacity
in egg-yolk broth by staphylococci from various sources. J. Pathol.
Bacteriol., 66:205-210.

Elliott, L. P. 1968. Development of selenite egg-yolk agar. Can. J. Micro-
biol., 14:287-290.

Gillespie, W. A., and Alder, V. G. 1952. Production of opacity in egg-yolk
media by coagulase-positive staphylococci.
J. Pathol. Bacteriol., 64:187-200.

Shah, D. B., and Wilson, J. B. 1965. Egg-yolk factor of Staphylococcus
aureus II. Characterization of the lipase activity. J. Bacteriol., 89:949-
953.

Received: April 3, 1970. Accepted: February 6, 1971

AN UNUSUAL RECORD OF FEEDING IN COTTUS CAROLINAE

SHAW BLANKENSHIP

Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

VINCENT H. RESH

Department of Biology,
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208

Banded sculpins, Cottus carolinae (Gill), were collected during July
1970 from Beechy Creek, a small coldwater tributary of the lower Cumber-
land River Drainage (upper portion of Lake Barkley), Trigg County, Ken-
tucky. Temperatures ranged from 10—15°C.

Craddock (1965), in his life history study of this species in Doe Run,
Meade County, Kentucky, reported that full stomachs of banded sculpins
most often contained a single individual of a large food species, or many
small individuals of several food species. He also indicated some seasonal
diet differences in sculpins 75-125 mm in length, no fish being eaten during
the winter and summer. Fish, however, made up 20 per cent of the diet in
the fall.

Of the 20 specimens collected, the largest male (113 mm SL) was found
to have two smaller (43 and 54 mm SL) sculpins in its stomach. Stomachs
of other sculpins collected from the creek were filled with a variety of
invertebrate organisms. Although two species of snails (Physa sp. and
Goniobasis sp.) were abundant throughout the stream, no snails were found
in the sculpins.

While Craddock (1965) did find an 115-mm sculpin in the stomach of
a 205-mm C. carolinae, the presence of two sculpins in the stomach of our
smaller specimen, coupled with the fact that this occurred during summer
months, makes this a noteworthy feeding record for the species. Koster
(1937) has reported that in other species more young-of-the-year sculpins
were found in Cottus stomachs than all other fish species combined.

Although Doe Run and Beechy Creek both appear to be similar streams,
Doe Run possesses certain distinct, unique features (Minckley, 1963).
Craddock (1965) described Doe Run as near the northern periphery of the
natural range of the banded sculpin, and that the food habits of C.
carolinae therein are not typical of the species as a whole. He concluded
that the typical diet of banded sculpins probably would include more
fishes than those in the diet of C. carolinaé in Doe Run. This record of
feeding in Beechy Creek would tend to corroborate this conclusion.

Acknowledgements are due Dr. Branley A. Branson, Department of
Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, and Dr. Louis A.
Krumholz, Water Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, for their
assistance and for comments on this manuscript.

Feeding in Cottus Carolinae 11

Literature Cited

Craddock, J. E. 1965. Some aspects of the life history of the banded
sculpin, Cottus carolinae carolinae in Doe Run, Meade County, Ken-
tucky. Ph. D. Dissertation, University of Louisville, Louisville, Ken-
tucky. 157 pp.

Koster, W. J. 1937. The food of sculpins (Cottidae) in Central New York.
Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 66: 374-382.

Minckley, W. L. 1963. The ecology of a spring stream: Doe Run, Meade
County, Kentucky. Wildl. Monogr. 11: 1-24.

Received: December 18, 1970. Accepted: January 15, 1971

A PRELIMINARY LIST OF FISHES OF DRAKES CREEK, LINCOLN
AND GARRARD COUNTIES, KENTUCKY

SHAW BLANKENSHIP! and DAVID R. CROCKETT?2
Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky

Greeson (1963) listed fishes from Dix River and some of its tributaries,
but apparently did not sample Drakes Creek. This inventory includes
specimens secured by seine during March, April, and May 1968. Authority
for scientific names and for common names is Bailey et al. (1970). Field
data were taken according to the procedure outlined by Herrington and
Dunham (1967).

Drakes Creek rises in Garrard County, flows for its entire length of 6.5
miles through Garrard and Lincoln counties, and empties into Dix River of
the Kentucky River Drainage near Preachersville (See Fig. 1). Over its
length, Drakes Creek has a rather uniformly low gradient of 21.5 feet per
mile. There are many pools and riffles and the riparian vegetation is largely
beech, maple, elm, sycamore, hickory, and oak with some scattered willows
and junipers.

Eleven collecting stations were selected to insure sampling from as
many types of stream habitat as possible, but were not spaced uniformly.
Collections from 11 stations in Drakes Creek yielded 34 species referable
to 7 families (Table I). The list below represents additions and corrections
to the Dix River fauna as described by Greeson (1963). Each species name
is followed by a station number with the number of specimens collected
in parentheses:

Esox americanus vermiculatus Lesueur. Grass pickerel. 5 (2).
Listed as E. vermiculatus by Greeson.

Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Redfin shiner. 5 (33), 10 (55).

Thirty-nine shiners were taken at Station 10, only 5 of which were N.
umbratilis, 1 was N. ardens, and all others were hybrids, as confirmed by
Dr. B. A. Branson (personal communication).

Notropis chrysocephalus (Rafinesque). Striped shiner. 2 (1), 5 (2), 6 (3),
8 (3), 9(6), 10(5), 11 (9). Although distributed throughout the stream,
the abundance of the striped shiner was inversely proportional to stream size.
Only males taken in the deep waters exhibited breeding colors in early March
whereas the males in shallow waters did not reach this condition until a
week later. This species probably was reported as N. cornutus by Greeson
(1963) prior to its elevation to a distinct species by Gilbert (1964).

Notropis photogenis (Cope). Silver shiner. 1 (20), 2 (1).
Cyrinus carpio Linnaeus. Carp. 1 (2).

1 Present address: Madisonville Community College, Madisonville, Kentucky
42431

2 Present address: Department of Zoology, University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Nebraska 68504

List of Fishes of Drake Creek 13

Moxostoma duquesnei (Lesueur). Black redhorse. 1 (1), 2 (7). This species
preferred the deeper parts of the stream.

Lepomis humilis (Girard). Orangespotted sunfish. 5 (1).
Lepomis microlophus (Gunther). Redear sunfish. 1 (1).

In his list, Greeson (1963) included 44 species for the Dix River System,
but failed to report the following species: Moxostoma duquesnei, Notropis

Uf

PREAGHERSVILLE ©

cop)
oo
z

‘\
0.5 MILE
a
CN 3
Zz
a
Fig. |. Drakes Creek, Lincoln and Garrard Counties, Kentucky, showing locations of

collecting stations.

14 Shaw Blankenship and David R. Crockett

Table |. Longitudinal succession of the fish fauna of Drakes Creek; Lincoln and Garrard
Counties, Kentucky.

Station No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LOR ee
Elevation (ft.) 820 825 880 840 845 850 850 860 880 920 960
Gradient (ft./0.5 mi.) 207 2077 12092078 10 20 2 One ORO ft NO

Species
Moxostoma erythrurum
Percina caprodes
Cyprinus carpio
Ictalurus melas
Lepomis microlophus
Moxostoma duquesnei
Notropis photogenis
Micropterus punctulatus
Lepomis megalotis

Aw mM mM
Pia

Lepomis macrochirus

Ar OO OO OK

Micropterus dolomieui
Micropterus salmoides
Etheostoma blennioides
Notropis boops

Pas

Catostomus commersoni
Etheostoma nigrum
Etheostoma flabellare
Notropis chrysocephalus
Ericymba buccata
Pimphales notatus

ww MM MM OM OM
mr mM OM
AM mM PM OM

Campostoma anamalum
Semotilus atromaculatus

mr OO OO OM OM

wr mM
wr OM OM

nw

wr MM OM OM OM
*

wr MM mM OM

Etheostoma caeruleum
Carpiodes cyprinus
Dorosoma cepedianum

mm

Hypentelium nigricans
Esox americanus
Lepomis humilis
Ictalurus natalis
Notropis umbratilis

Ps Pd OP Pt OM

Lepomis cyanellus
Pimephales promelas
Notropis rubellus

FNNWONRPrRPrFPNr rR WHO OONA BR ROKRNYNOeKHR UU Y DD BH eB ee

Notropis ardens
10 16 8 8 20 10 10 7 10 13 6

photogenis, Cyprinus carpio, Lepomis humilis, and Lepomis microlophus.
In addition, Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaeus) was sighted September 4, 1970
by the senior author.

By applying the guidelines of longitudinal succession suggested by Odum
(1959) to the fish fauna (Table I) it became evident that there was no
marked linear change in species composition of the fauna. Three species,
all minnows, were taken at each of 9 stations; 1 species, a darter, was taken
at 8 stations; 2 species, a darter and a minnow, were taken at 7 stations;
and 1 species, a minnow, was taken at 6 stations. All others were taken at

List of Fishes of Drake Creek 15

fewer than half of the stations, and 12 species were taken only at one
station each. All specimens were placed in the vertebrate collection at
Eastern Kentucky University.

This project was suggested by Dr. Branley A. Branson, and Drs. Branson
and Donald L. Batch of the Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern
Kentucky University are now conducting an extensive survey of the fishes
and selected invertebrate fauna of the Dix River.

Literature Cited

Bailey, R.M., et. al. 1970. A list of the common and scientific names of
fishes from the United States and Canada. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec.
Publ. No. 6: 1-150.

Gilbert, C. R. 1964. The American cyprinid fishes of the subgenus Luxilus
(genus Notropis). Bull. Fla. St. Mus. (Biol. Sci.). 8 (2): 95-194.
Greeson, P. E. 1963. An annotated checklist of fishes from Dix River

and tributaries. Ky. Acad. of Sci. 24: 23-27.

Herrington, R. B., and D. K. Dunham. 1967. A technique for sampling
general fish habitat characteristics of streams. U.S. Forest Ser. Res.
Paper INT-41. 12 pp.

Odum, E. P. 1959. Fundamentals of Ecology. Second Edition. W. B.
Saunders Company, Philadelphia, Pa. pp. 324-325.

Received: November 11, 1970. Accepted: February 25, 1971

THE SMOOTH EARTH SNAKE, VIRGINIA VALERIAE (BAIRD AND
GIRARD), IN KENTUCKY

GEORGE R. PISANI and JOSEPH T. COLLINS
Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66044

The distribution and subspecific status of Virginia valeriae in Kentucky
have been summarized (Collins, 1962) on the basis of 21 specimens from
five counties. This same paper showed that Virginia valeriae is represented
in Kentucky by two subspecies, Virginia v. valeriae (known from four
specimens collected in McCreary County in southeastern Kentucky) and
Virginia v. elegans (represented by 17 specimens taken in Bullitt, Edmonson,
Livingston, and Meade counties in the central and western part of the state).
Subsequently we have accumulated records of 35 additional specimens of
Virginia valeriae from Kentucky, including examples from nine additional
counties: Bell, Calloway, Christian, Graves, Hardin, Lyons, Nelson, Trigg,
and Wayne.

Blanchard (1923) studied available specimens of Virginia valeriae
throughout its range (no specimens from Kentucky were examined),
relegated the form Virginia elegans to a subspecies of Virginia valeriae (pri-
marily on the basis of intermediate dorsal scale row counts), and presented
characters by which the two subspecies might be separated. Blanchard’s
information was based on the measurement of 14 characters of 72 specimens
from 15 states.

Based on available Kentucky specimens plus examples from five
neighboring states, we have attempted to: 1) show the distribution of the
two subspecies of Virginia valeriae in Kentucky, 2) define the area of inter-
gradation (if any) between the two subspecies, 3) analyze variation of 22
meristic and morphometric characters of Virginia valeriae in order to de-
termine those characters which do or do not show significant variation be-
tween subspecies or between sexes within subspecies, and 4) present data
(very limited) from available field notes, collection dates, and Kentucky
specimens which shed light on the natural history of this snake in the state.

Materials: We have examined 56 specimens of Virginia valeriae (45 V.
v. elegans and 11 V. v. valeriae) from 14 counties in Kentucky (see Map
1) and obtained detailed data from 42 of these animals. The remaining 14
examples were identified and examined (by Collins, who obtained partial
data from them) prior to 1962, but they have since been destroyed or lost
by their respective institutions. No specimens have as yet been found in the
northeastern quarter of Kentucky, a region where this species is expected to
occur since valid records are known from adjacent Ohio and West Virginia.
In addition to the Kentucky material, we examined 35 specimens from five
other states (Maryland, Ohio, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia) of
which 8 were V. v. elegans and 27 were V. v. valeriae.

Specimens were examined from the following institutions: Austin Peay
State University, Tennessee (APSU), Carnegie Museum (CM), Chicago

The Smooth Earth Snake 17

VT >
=

| so . iy, ap
unwSee nce oe ae

Map 1. The ranges of Virginia valeriae valeriae (diagonal lines) and Virginia valeriae
elegans (stippling) in Kentucky. Solid circles represent the localities of specimens
examined.

Academy of Sciences (CA), private collection of Joseph T. Collins (JTC),
private collection of James C. List, Muncie, Indiana (JCL), Field Museum
of Natural History, Chicago (FMNH), Mammoth Cave National Park,
Kentucky (MCNP-—collection was destroyed in 1968), University of Ken-
tucky (UK), University of Louisville (UL), United States National Museum
(USNM), and the West Virginia Biological Survey, Huntington (WVBS).

Methods: In our study, 91 specimens of Virginia valeriae were com-
pared using 22 characters (characters 1 through 14 are those used by
Blanchard, 1923). All measurements were taken in millimeters. Characters
15 through 22 were measured with dial calipers. The characters examined
and measured were:

1. Keeling on anterior dorsal scales—dorsal scales were either keeled
(though sometimes faintly) or not keeled on the anterior one-third of the
body (snout-vent).

2. Keeling on posterior dorsal scales—dorsal scales were examined as in
character 1, but recorded for the posterior one-third of the body (snout-
vent). NOTE: Keeling on median dorsal scales tends to be so variable
among both V. v. valeriae and V. v. elegans that it is of little value as a
character. Care must be exercised in looking for keels because frequently
the dorsal scales possess a light-colored median line that superficially re-
sembles a keel. This median line, however, shows no elevation and is not
a keel.

3. Number of dorsal scale rows—counted in an oblique line across the
body. Counts were initiated on the first dorsal scale row as follows: neck
(within one head length of the posterior margin of the parietals), mid-body
(center of the snout-vent length), and pre-anal (within one head length
anterior to the anus).

4. Number of ventral scales—the number of ventral scutes present, ex-

18 George R. Pisani and Joseph T. Collins

cluding the anal plate, were counted by Dowling’s (1951) method.
Blanchard (1923) did not employ this standardized counting technique,
but we feel that the difference in number between his counts and ours
would not be significant.

5. Number of subcaudal scales—were counted from the first sub-
caudal scale contacting another subcaudal scale on the opposite side up to,
but not including, the terminal spine. Tails lacking a terminal spine were
not counted.

6. Anal plate—determination of whether the anal plate was single or
divided.

7. Number of supraocular scales, left and right.

8. Presence or absence of loreal scale.

9. Number of supralabial and infralabial scales, left and right.

10. Number of parietal, prefrontal, and internasal scales.

11. Number of nasal scales, left and right—the nasal was judged to be
single unless divided both above and below the nostril.

12. Number of postocular scales, left and right.

13. Presence or absence of apical scale pits.

14. Ratio of tail length to total length—tail length was measured from
the posterior margin of the anal plate at midline to the tip of the terminal
spine. Tails lacking a terminal spine were not measured.

15. Frontal scale length (FSL)—distance between the anterior and
posterior apices of the frontal scale.

16. Frontal scale to rostral scale length (FRL)—distance from the
anterior apex of the frontal scale to the most anterior portion of the
rostral scale.

17. Head width—the greatest width of the head between the snout and
the posterior edge of the parietal scales.

18. Distance from eye to eye (DEE)—the distance between the most
convex portion of each eye.

19. Ratio of FSL plus FRL to head width.

20. Ratio of FSL plus FRL to DEE.

21. Ratio of FSL plus FRL to snout-vent length.

22. Ratio of FRL to FSL plus FRL.

Characters of Virginia v. valeriae and V. v. elegans were examined to
ascertain differences between these subspecies as well as sexual dimorphism
within them. Most comparisons were made a priori by use of the Student’s
t-Test (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969) on an Olivelli-Underwood 101 Programma
electronic desk computer. Relative degree of anterior and posterior dorsal
scale keeling (characters 1 and 2) was computed on the 101 Programma by
treating presence of keels as a “success”, the total number of specimens
examined as n, and comparing the ratios of “successes” to n’s via Olivetti-
Underwood program 5.30 (Williams, 1969). All other ratios tested were
transformed to arcsine values (from Rohlf and Sokal, 1969) prior to com-
putation. Terminology used for the degrees of difference noted via the t-Test
is as follows: significantly different (p <.05), very significantly different
(p <.01), and highly significantly different (p <.001).

The Smooth Earth Snake 19

' Analysis of Character Variation

Characters showing no significance: The two subspecies of Virginia
valeriae found in Kentucky are alike in the following characters: Appearance
of the anal plate (divided in all specimens), number of supraoculars one
on each side of the head in all specimens), presence or absence of loreal
scale (present in all specimens), number of supralabial and _ infralabial
scales (generally 6 of each scale on each side of the head, rarely 5 or 7 -
scales), number of parietal, prefrontal, and internasal scales (two of each
in all specimens), number of nasal scales (generally two on each side of the
head, rarely one left or one right, or both), and presence or absence of
apical scale pits (absent in all specimens).

The frontal scale length (FSL), frontal scale to rostral scale length
(FRL), head width, and distance from eye to eye (DEE), and ratios in-
volving these morphometric head characters also showed no diagnostic
significance. Snout-vent lengths among specimens of both subspecies were
homogeneous, a fact that permitted the above morphometric comparisons
to be made without bias. Detailed examination of a sample of the Pen-
nsylvanian subspecies, Virginia valeriae pulchra, showed that when body
sizes (snout-vent) differed significantly, differences in apparent head
dimensions also occurred.

Virginia v. valeriae shows a greater tendency towards possession of three
postocular scales than does V. v. elegans. The difference was of limited
significance and would not be useful as a diagnostic character except pos-
sibly for large samples.

Characters showing significance: Difference in degree of keeling of
dorsal scale rows ‘was highly significant; V. v. elegans has a greater tendency
to exhibit keeled dorsal scales both anteriorly and posteriorly than V. v.
valeriae.

Other characters that showed either highly significant or very significant
differences were (values given are range and mean for V. v. elegans fol-
lowed by the same for V. v. valeriae): number of ventrals (males) 110-126
(117.3) and 112-118 (114.2), number of ventrals (females) 119-134
(124.7) and 114-127 (119.6) (see Figure 1); number of subcaudals
(males) 33-44 (40.1) and 29-37 (33.9), number of subcaudals (females)
24-34 (31.0) and 24-29 (26.3) (see Figure 2); ratio of tail length to total
length (males) 0.158-0.222 (0.196) and 0.123-0.218 (0.177), ratio of
tail length to total length (females) 0.133-0.241 (0.158) and 0.123-0.187
(0.134) (see Figure 3).

In all characters depicted in Figures 1, 2, and 3, males differed from
females within subspecies to a highly significant degree. High significance
also exists in the number of dorsal scale rows, with V. v. elegans typically
having 17 rows from the neck to the pre-anal region while V. v. valeriae
has 15 rows through the same area. Occasional specimens of V. v. elegans
show a loss of one anterior dorsal scale row.

Many specimens of Virginia valeriae have been examined by us from
a number of states throughout its range. No differences between populations

20 George R. Pisani and Joseph T. Collins

140
9 elegans
130 .
ff elegans 9 valeriae
Us f valeriae
(19)

110

100

Figure 1. Differences in number of ventral scales between Virginia valeriae valeriae and
Virginia valeriae elegans. Vertical line = range and horizontal line = mean. Solid
rectangle = +2 X standard error of mean. Number in parentheses is n of sample.

of the subspecies of this snake in Kentucky and those populations in neigh-
boring states were noted. For purposes of comparison, data from popula-
tions in Maryland, Ohio, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia were in-
cluded with the data from the Kentucky specimens in some of our calcu-
lations when the Kentucky sample size was too small to permit accurate
computation. This larger sample size gave a more accurate representation
of the range of variation to be expected in Kentucky.

Anomalous specimens: Four specimens of Virginia v. elegans from
western Kentucky, and one V. v. valeriae from southeastern Kentucky show
anomalous dorsal scale row patterns of 16-17-15, 15-17-15, and 16-17-16-
17-15. Blanchard (1923) referred to such specimens from other states as
examples of intergradation and used them as a basis for assigning Virginia
elegans to a subspecific status of Virginia valeriae. Examination of variation
in over 200 specimens of Virginia valeriae throughout its range indicates

The Smooth Earth Snake 21

that these phena may not truly represent intergrades. A detailed examination
of geographic variation in this genus is in progress as the doctoral thesis
research of the senior author.

Natural History

Habitat: Data from field notes are available for only three specimens.
Two specimens of Virginia v. valeriae (JTC 42 & 49) were found dead on a
highway bordered by heavy forest in McCreary County in southeastern
Kentucky. Suitable retreats were available in this area in the form of leaf
litter interspersed with large, flat rocks. A single example of Virginia v.

50
45 f elegans
40
J valeriae
35 $ elegans
(21)
30

i valeriae

Figure 2. Differences in number of subcaudal scales between Virginia valeriae yaleriae
and Virginia yaleriae elegans. Vertical line = range and horizontal line = mean.
Solid rectangle = +2 X standard error of mean. Number in parentheses is n of
sample.

22 George R. Pisani and Joseph T. Collins

9 elegans
.240

f elegans
.220 f valeriae

.200

9 valeriae

.180

.160

.140

.120

Figure 3. Differences in ratio of tail length to total length between Virginia yaleriae
valeriae and Virginia yaleriae elegans. Vertical line = range and horizontal line =
mean. All standard errors were less than .001. Number in parentheses is n of
sample.

elegans (JCL 636) was captured beneath a rock at the foot of a sandstone
bluff in Livingston County in western Kentucky. These limited data preclude
any attempt to determine whether these two subspecies exhibit distinct
habitat preferences in Kentucky.

Annual activity: Collection dates are available for 26 Virginia v. elegans.
This subspecies was found during every month from March to September
with the months of March through May yielding the most specimens. No
significant data are available for V. v. valeriae in Kentucky.

Breeding habits: No information about gestation period or breeding

The Smooth Earth Snake 23

activity for either Kentucky subspecies is available. However, three female
specimens of Virginia v. elegans were X-rayed to determine reproductive
activity. The largest specimen (APS 321b) from Trigg County had a
snout-vent length of 219 mm and contained six enlarged follicles. A second
specimen (JCL 1862) from Ballard County had a snout-vent length of 200
mm and also contained six enlarged follicles. The third and smallest animal
(APSU 321la) from Trigg County had a snout-vent length of 196 mm and
contained four enlarged follicles. There is no way to determine from X rays
whether any of these follicles had been ovulated. The size of the three
females and their respective follicle number are within the range of variation
for this snake when compared with specimens from throughout its range.

In addition, records of brood sizes are available for two female Virginia
v. elegans from Bullitt County. One specimen (UL 6486a) collected on 18
August 1950 and having a snout-vent length of 235 mm gave birth to five
young (UL 6486b-f) measuring 96, 94, 92, 92, and 81 mm snout-vent,
respectively. No date of birth was recorded. The second and larger snake
(UL 6487a) measured 246 mm snout-vent, was collected on 21 June 1950,
and gave birth on 21 September 1950 to a single young specimen (UL
6487b) which measured 96 mm snout-vent.

Range

The ranges of Virginia v. valeriae and V. v. elegans in Kentucky are
shown (see Map 1). Most immediately apparent from the map is the
lack of records from the northeastern quarter of the state and the
hiatus between the ranges of the two subspecies. Collecting of additional
specimens of this snake from both the northeastern quarter and the discovery
of populations in the hiatus (if they occur there) would contribute much
to a more accurate assessment of the distribution and variation of Virginia
valeriae in Kentucky.

No intergrading individuals or populations between Virginia v. valeriae
and V. v. elegans are recognized from Kentucky. Analysis of variation of
22 meristic and morphometric characters of 91 specimens of this snake
from Kentucky and five other states shows that five characters are very or
highly significant in separating the two forms. They are: 1) degree of
keeling of dorsal scale rows, 2) number of ventral scales, 3) number of
subeaudal scales, 4) ratio of tail length to total length, and 5) number of
dorsal scale rows.

The natural history of Virginia valeriae in Kentucky is poorly known.
Available information for V. v. elegans on annual activity, follicle number,
brood number, and dates of birth are presented. Meager habitat data for
both V. v. elegans and V. v. valeriae are given.

Specimens Examined

A total of 53 specimens of Virginia valeriae elegans were examined
from the following localities:

24 George R. Pisani and Joseph T. Collins

KENTUCKY: Ballard County: Blandville (JCL 1862). Bullitt County:
Bernheim Forest (UL 6487a-b), Bernheim Forest, 5 mi S Shepherdsville on
Ky. Rt. 61 (UL 6485, 6486a-f), 5 mi S Shepherdsville (UL 3346), 5 mi
W Shepherdsville on Ky. Rt. 44 (UL 6488). Calloway County: near Murray
(JCL 1273), New Concord (JCL 1492). Christian County: Pennyrile State
Park (UK R-183). Edmonson County: Mammoth Cave .25 mi back of Park
Hotel (USNM 79291), Mammoth Cave National Park grounds (MCNP
2060). Graves County: 5 mi SE Lowes (JCL 1566). Hardin County: Ft.
Knox (JTC 373). Livingston County: 8.6 mi N Smithland (JCL 548-551,
1073, 1078-1081, 1484), 1.5 mi SE Smithland (JCL 636). Lyons County:
Duncan’s Creek Cove (APSU 193). Meade County: near Otter Creek (UL
3400, 4645), Lapland, 4 mi W Battletown (UL 2900, 3019, 3087), 4 mi
NW Battletown (UL 3111). Nelson County: 4 mi E Boston (UK R-1101).
Trigg County: S Golden Pond (APSU 600), SW Golden Pond (APSU
861), in (former) Kentucky Woodlands Wildlife Refuge near Lyon County
line (UL 4636), 1 mi NW Turkey Creek (APSU 32la-b), NNE Fenton
near Lyon County line (APSU 475a-b).

TENNESSEE: Stewart County: near Model (APSU 631, 819), SE
Model (APSU 504), NW Dover (APSU 296a-b), Ft. Henry (APSU 584),
S Fork Panther Creek (APSU 566), 3 mi SW Bumpus Mills (APSU 357).

A total of 38 specimens of Virginia valeriae valeriae were examined from
the following localities:

KENTUCKY: Bell County: Middlesboro (CA 13309, 13670), Chenoa
(UK R-4, R-173, R-209). McCreary County: no other data (JTC 331), W
Cumberland Falls on Ky. Rt. 90 (JTC 42), E Monticello on Ky. Rt. 92
(JTC 49), near Cumberland Falls (JTC 320). Wayne County: Wolf Creek
Lake (UL 2392, 2398).

MARYLAND: Cecil County: Elk Neck (FMNH 44977).

OHIO: Scioto County: Shawnee State Forest (JTC 52, 420a, 420b),
Shawnee State Forest at North Shawnee sawmill (JTC 145).

VIRGINIA: New Kent County: Lanexa (CM 13265-13266, 18163,
34504, 34519-34520, 35450, 36537, 37601, 37608, 40527). York County:
Harwood’s Mill (CM 35451).

WEST VIRGINIA: Hampshire County: near Romney (CM 23794).
Hardy County: 5 mi S Moorefield (WVBS 1313). Kanawha County: Belle
(WVBS 2293). Lincoln County: near Ranger (WVBS 2439). Mineral
County: near Reese’s Mill (CM 13893), 3 mi SE Keyser (CM 9028),
Gerstell Hollow (CM 13826). Wayne County: Wayne (WVBS 3785), 5 mi
S Wayne (WVBS 2884), West Huntington (WVBS 2108).

Acknowledgements

For assistance in the field or for the loan of specimens we are indebted
to Roger W. Barbour, Lois Bousman, William M. Clay, the late Doris M.
Cochran, N. Bayard Green, Corson Jay Hirschfeld, George Iannarone,
James C. List, Clarence J. McCoy, George T. McDuffie, Burt L. Monroe,
Jr., David H. Snyder, and George R. Zug.

The Smooth Earth Snake 25

Stephen R. Edwards instructed us in the use of the Programma 101.
We are also grateful to William E. Duellman and students of the Uni-
versity of Kansas herpetology division who read the manuscript and offered
suggestions. Jane W. Collins assisted in typing the manuscript.

Literature Cited

Blanchard, F. N. 1923. The snakes of the genus Virginia. Papers Michigan
Acad. Sci., Arts & Letters 3: 343-365.

Collins, J. T. 1962. Notes on Virginia valeriae (Baird & Girard) in Kentucky.
Herpetologica 18(2): 136-137.

Dowling, H. G. 1951. A proposed standard system of counting ventrals in
snakes. British Journ. Herp. 1(5): 97-98.

Rohlf, F. J., and R. R. Sokal 1969. Statistical Tables. ix—253 pp. W. H.
Freeman & Co., San Francisco.

Sokal, R. R., and F. J. Rohlf 1969. Biometry. xxi—776 pp. W. H. Freeman
& Co., San Francisco.

Williams, J. B. 1969. Statistical analysis programs for the Olivetti-Under-
wood 101 Programma. 372 pp. Olivetti-Underwood Corp.

Received February 18, 1971. Accepted March 5, 1971.

CULTURE AND DISEASE: THE HOOKWORM CASE

ALLEN C. TURNER
Department of Anthropology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky

Introduction

An increasing awareness of the complex inter-relationships between culture
and biology, especially with regards to evolution, has resulted in an in-
creased emphasis on medical anthropology (Alland 1966). Recognizing
that relationship as a factor in primate evolution, Shultz states, “. . . disease
is the most potent selective factor in anthropoids.” Focusing more specifically
on parasitic disease as a mitigating factor in evolution, Lambrecht (1964:22
quoted by Alland 1966:43) says, “Exposure to and invasion by parasitic
organisms may play an important part among many other intrinsic factors
that guide the evolution of animal forms.” Lambrecht further suggests that
more resistant primates (resistant to trypanosomes, the etiological agents
of African sleeping sickness) were able to fill available ecological niches
associated with ground-dwelling. This, he says, provides a clue as to why
man developed in Africa as opposed to some other area of the world.

Fruitful investigation of the relationships between culture and disease
is dependent upon adequate analysis of the interaction complex. Alland
(1966) has provided a framework within which disease and culture traits
are related. He considers the following categories for study:

The mutual adjustment between host and parasite.

Cultural practices which indirectly affect health and fertility levels.
Ethnomedicine.

Introduction of new diseases through contact.

Acculturation.

UU 09 to

The problem to which we address ourselves in this paper is the re-
lationship between hookworm disease and culture and to that end we
shall avail ourselves of Alland’s framework.

Hookworm Disease and Culture

1. The Mutual Adjustment Between Host and Parasite

Due to the specificity of environment it is clearly demonstrable in the
case of most parasites, that both host and parasite evolved together. Such
simultaneous evolution is not so prevalent in the Phylum Nematoda of
which the hookworms are members. The Nematodes are, as a group, suc-
cessful both free-living and as parasites (Dougherty 1951).

There are two principle species of hookworm which rely upon man as
their host. Ancylostoma duodenale is the more injurious to his host while
Necatur americanus is the more frequently occurring. Although it was
first discovered in America, Necatur is of African origin. Necatur, primarily

Culture and Disease 27

a human parasite, finds pigs, apes and monkeys, similarly amiable. The
mode of infestation is the penetration of the host’s skin by the larvae. Skin
penetration generally occurs as a result of contact with infested soil. The
life cycle of the hookworm involves penetration, migration through the
blood system to the heart and lungs where it may cause pneumonia. While
in the pulmonary capillaries they begin to burrow into the air spaces in
the lungs and are carried by the ciliary movement of the epithelium to the
throat. From the throat they are either expectorated or swallowed. If swal-
lowed they proceed to the intestines and attach themselves to the wall and
commence to lay eggs. The eggs are eliminated with the feces, develop into
viable larvae and present themselves for contact by a suitable host (Chandler
1958:408-417). Morbidity resultant from infestation is due to iron deficiency
anemia caused by blood loss (Foy and Kondi 1960) as well as reduced
protein absorption (Banwell, et al. 1967).

The general picture of hookworm disease is one of lassitude which is
exemplified by the Erskine Caldwell characters. The victims of hookworm
are caught in the sweep of a vicious circle. A typical picture is that of the
victim who lacks industry, doesn’t work and therefore cannot afford to buy
shoes for himself or his children who then go barefoot and contact hook-
worm disease and spread it further. This cycle continues until at some point
it is broken either by eradication of the larvae, the adult worm in the
intestine, or by the provision of shoes or sanitation facilities. The goal of
the parasite is not to kill its host but rather to provide itself with a suitable
environment. To this end the parasite will debilitate its host as much as is
compatible with their mutual life.

Hookworms, like many other parasites have definite host preferences.
In a survey taken in 1940, Keller found that rural whites are more suscep-
tible than are rural. Negroes. It was found that whites were, on the aver-
age, infested four times as frequently as Negroes with the highest propor-
tion being found in Florida whites of whom 38.8 percent were infested.

The lowest, on the other hand, were Mississippi Negroes, 1.3 percent of
whom carried hookworm. These percentages do not reveal the total picture
as the intensity of infestation, as determined by fecal egg count, was twice
as high in whites as in Negroes. On this point it should be recalled that
Necatur americanus is of African origin as are American Negroes. It would
appear therefore, that the Negroid race, through prolonged contact with
hookworms, evolved an adaptive mechanism which lessens the impact of
the hookworm as a negative environmental factor.

2. Cultural Practices which Directly Affect Health

Just as hookworm thrives in particular physical environments (es-
pecially tropical) certain cultural practices lend themselves to producing
a suitable environment for their growth. Chandler (1958:418-420) notes
several of these cultural factors. The keeping of feces-eating animals such as
hogs and dogs serves to sperad hookworm in the same areas where
humans are likely to go. The eggs can be eaten by these animals and pass
through their intestines unharmed. Cockroaches, on the other hand, seem to

28 Allen C. Turner

destroy the eggs and were a significant factor in reducing the incidence and
intensity of hookworm disease in mines in India. Chandler also makes note
of the occupational factors which predispose to the disease. Agriculture
and mining are the occupations most conducive to hookworm disease be-
cause of the moist and warm medium. Tropical agriculture is especially
significant. Jute and rice farming are less conducive to hookworm growth
if the cultivation is of the flooded ground type. Dry soil farming such as
grain farming is not favorable to hookworms nor is cotton farming as the
soil is unfavorable in constitution.

Defecation habits are another significant cultural factor. The provision of
latrines which keep the feet off the ground can eliminate much of the
disease as can the wearing of shoes.

A particularly interesting relationship between disease and another
cultural characteristic is that of the habitual chewing of coca leaves and
the intensity of morbidity of hookworm disease. Buck, Sasaki, Hewitt, and
MacRae (1968) demonstrated the potentiating effect of coca use and
hookworm infestation on malnutrition and anemia among Peruvian peasants.
The chart below demonstrates this effect.

Table 1. Intensity of hookworm infestation and hemoglobin mean yalues among 41 pairs
of coca chewers and controls

Differ-

Coca Chewers Controls ence

Hookworm no. per cent mean no. per cent mean

Eggs of total Hgb of total Hgb %
in gm in gm
Jo %

Negative 11 26.8 10.6 17 41.5 12.4 1.8
Few 18 31.7 Wt 14 34.1 12.6 1.5
Moderate 15 36.6 9.6 7 17.1 11.2 1.6
Numerous 2 4.9 TUetl 3 7.3 10.8 3.1
Totals 41 100.0 10.4 Al 100.0 12.2 1.8

From this chart one can see that the morbidity of hookworm disease is
especially acute in individuals with numerous worms and also chew coca.
This is demonstrated by a difference in mean hemoglobin of 3.1 percent
while in non-coca chewers who are heavily infested it is about the same as
in coca users who have no hookworms. This relationship is also noted by
Roche and Layrisse (1966) and further substantiated by Buck, Sasaki, and
Anderson (1968). An explanation for this relationship between coca chew-
ing and hookworm disease rests in the fact that coca provides a local
analgesic effect in the stomach. In areas of chronic poverty where hunger
is constant, coca can provide relief from the pains of hunger. At the same
time it provides relief from the discomfort caused by the worms. With this
added factor (the relief from pain) those individuals with more hook-
worms chew more coca.

Culture and Disease 29

3. Ethnomedicine

Although it is not defined by users as a prescription for hookworm
disease it is possible that the widespread use of betel nut indicates that
it is considered salubrious. Although betel nut contains areceline, an an-
thelmintic, the continuous spitting associated with betel nut use in Asia is
probably a more significant factor in reducing the incidence and intensity
of the disease in the Asian population. A more definite ethnomedical cor-
relation occurs in the southern United States where hookworm disease is
endemic. In that area, tobacco chewing was considered good for the health.
Again, the virtue lies not in the substance being chewed but rather in the
expectoration of the hookworm (Chandler 1958: 420).

Relating specifically to the ethnoetiology of hookworm disease is the in-
junction against fetching the cows before the dew dries and going barefoot
in the rain (related by a rural Kentucky informant). Both of these pre-
cautions are well based in fact as the hookworm larvae are viable only in
moist soil and are readily susceptible to dessication.

4. Introduction of New Disease through Contact

Payne, et al. (1956) conducted a survey in the Callejon de Huaylas
valley of Peru for the purpose of designating the type and spread of pa-
rasites. The survey accounted for nine groups of people in five villages and
one plantation at altitudes ranging from 8,000 to 11,000 feet of elevation.
It is interesting to note that of the nine groups studied only two had hook-
worm—the prisoners in the Huaraz jail and the Huaraz police force. The
disease was obviously brought into town by people who became prisoners.
This was verified by unsuccessful attempts to incubate the hookworm eggs
in local soil. They would incubate only outside the valley.

Salem and Truelove (1964) expressed concern that the disease might
spread from Pakistani immigrants througout the English mining camps.

5. Acculturation

Alland (1966) uses this heading to treat the introduction of new di-
sease as a by-product of acculturation of cuture contact. We shall use it to
describe some of the problems encountered in attempts to eradicate the
disease which originates from outside the affected culture. Foster (1962:50,
61-62, 129, 239-240) recounts some of the problems described by Phillips
(1955) which obstructed the progress of the Rockefeller campaign against
hookworm disease in Ceylon. First of all, the coolies were suspicious of
capsular form medication. Even when convinced that the medicines were
safe they were reluctant to take it as it prevented them from working for a
few days—something they could not afford. They were also suspicious of
the goals of the medicators as their offerings were free of charge. This
objection was counterbalanced when it was explained that Mr. Rockefeller,
the donor, had been ill with hookworm, was cured, and felt obligated to
Allah to express his gratitude by curing all who had the disease. The
Ceylon example points out well the need for cultural fit of any program
designed to bring aid to a suffering people.

30 Allen C. Turner

Evolutionary Consequences

As was indicated above, hookworm disease is a vicious circle which is
difficult to break due to cultural factors as well as characteristics inherent
in the disease itself. The consequences of the disease go far deeper than
personal discomfort and debilitation. Children who are victims may suffer
from several years’ physical and mental retardation. Their capacity to learn
is reduced. Delayed puberty severely impairs their ability to reproduce.
Particularly acute are the effects of hookworm disease during pregnancy
because of the increased demand for iron and protein. Hookworm disease
causes a large number of stillbirths and is responsible for more serious
complications of pregnancy than is syphilis (Chandler 1958:422-423).

As population or biomass is the predominant success indicator in Dar-
winian evolution it is evident that any disease which reduces reproductivity
is evolutionarily significant. Likewise, the adaptive value of the differential
resistance to infestation offered by the Negroid and Caucasoid races has
evolutionary implications although modern medical practice largely oblite-
rates these differences. This suggests that a profitable course for research in
this area might focus on an investigation of early hookworm morbidity and
mortality statistics to determine to what extent the antebellum whites were
at a biological disadvantage to their chattels.

References Cited

Alland, A. Jr. 1966. “Medical anthropology and the study of biological and
cultural adaptation,” American Anthropologist, 68, 1:40-50.
Banwell, J. G., et al. 1967. “Hookworm infection and intestinal absorption

amongst Africans in Uganda,” American Journal of Tropical Medicine
and Hygiene, 16, 3:304-308.

Buck, A.A., Sasaki, T. T., Hewitt, J. J. and MacRae, A. 1968. “Coca chew-
ing and health: an epidemiological study among residents of a
Peruvian village,’ American Journal of Epidemiology, 88:2, pp. 159-
ae

Buck, A. A., Sasaki, T. T., and Anderson, R. I. 1968. Health and Disease in
Four Peruvian Villages: Contrasts in Epidemiology. Johns Hopkins
Press, Baltimore.

Chandler, A. C. 1958. Introduction to Parasitology. Wiley, New York.

Dougherty, E. C. 1951. “Evolution of zooparasitic groups in the Phylum
Nematoda, with special reference to host-distribution,” Journal of
Parasitology, 37: 353-378.

Foster, G. M. 1962. Traditional Cultures: and the Impact of Technological
Change. Harper and Row, New York.

Foy, H. and Kondi, A. 1960. “Hookworms in the aetiology of tropical iron

deficiency anemia, Radioistotope studies,” Transactions of the Royal
Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 54:419-433.

Culture and Disease 31

Keller, A. D., Leathers, W. S. and Densen, P. M. 1940. The results of
recent studies on hookworm in eight southern states,” American Journal
of Tropical Medicine, 20:493-509.

Lambrecht, F. L. 1964. “Aspects of evolution and ecology of tsetse flies
and trypanosomiasis in prehistoric African environment,” Journal of
African History V, No. 1:1-24.

Payne, E. H., Gonzales Mugaburu, L., and Schleicher, E. M. 1956. “An in-
testinal parasite survey in the High Cordilleras of Peru,” American
Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 5:4 (July) 696-698.

Phillips, J. 1955. “The hookworm campaign in Ceylon,” In Howard M. Teaf,
Jr., and Peter G. Granck, eds. Hands across frontiers: case studies in
technical cooperation. Ithaca, N. Y.: Cornell University Press, pp. 265-
05.

Roche, M. and Layrisse, M. 1966. “The nature and causes of hookworm
anemia, American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 15:1032-
1102.

Salem, S. N. and Truelove, S. C. 1964. “Hookworm disease in immigrants,”
British Medical Journal, 1:1074-1077.

Schultz, A. H. 1950. “The specialization of man and his place among the
Catarrhine primates,” Cold Springs Harbor Symposium on Quantitative
Biology 15:37-53.

Received: March 2, 1971. Accepted: March 27, 1971

THE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT OF THE BROOK STICKLEBACK
CULAEA INCONSTANS (KIRTLAND)!

VINCENT H. RESH
Department of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208

Detailed studies of members of the stickleback family, Gasterosteidae,
both in the field and laboratory, have centered on physiological and be-
havioral responses during reproduction, descriptive and analytic behavior,
endocrinology, and neuroanatomy (Reisman and Cade, 1967). Reports of
sticklebacks’ feeding habits indicate that their food source consists mainly
of aquatic insects and crustaceans (Hynes, 1958). Most descriptions of
aquarium care with these fish have entailed presenting an abundance of
food and removing the excess after a designated period of time. This
periodic feeding may be repeated daily, three times a week, or at longer
intervals, depending on the study.

While feeding behavior and responses to various diets have been de-
scribed in detail, no report has been given of the maintenance requirement
of gasterosteids. The maintenance requirement is the amount of food
that a fish must eat to provide for routine metabolism and neither gain
nor lose weight (Brown, 1946). This amount of food has been reported to
vary with the size, age, and physiological state of the fish (Brown, 1957).
The purpose of this paper is to report the maintenance requirement of
sticklebacks of various sizes, under controlled conditions.

In this study, 9 male and 11 female sticklebacks possessing 5 dorsal
spines, ranging in size from 0.27 to 0.86 g and including first- and second-
year fish, were used. These specimens were collected from Fish Creek, a
slow-moving stream in Niagara County, New York. They were collected in
early fall 1968 and were kept at 11.5 C for more than 2 weeks prior to be-
ginning the study, the length of time necessary to assure temperature ac-
climation (Armitage and Olund, 1967).

Each fish was kept separately in a 300-ml Florence flask throughout
the study. The fish were also given an adjustment period to these con-
tainers and at no time showed undue signs of stress as a result of being
confined. No mortalities occurred. Nylon netting with approximately
4 mm? mesh was placed over the flasks to prevent escape.

The 20 flasks containing the sticklebacks were placed in a gravel-
bottomed 10-gallon aquarium. A temperature of 11.5 C was maintained
throughout the 10 days of the study by a thermostatically controlled re-
frigeration system; daily variations never exceeded 0.5 C. Water was cir-
culated through the aquarium by an underground filter. An air line
placed in the center of a tin-coated copper cooling coil located at mid-

1 Contribution No. 14D (New Series) from the Department of Biology,
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208.

Maintenance Requirement of the Brook Sticklebrack 33

depth toward one end of the aquarium resulted in further circulation and
aeration of the water. The purpose of this air line was to reduce formation
of ice on the cooling coils when the system was operating at lower
temperatures. A photoperiod of 12 hours was maintained, supplied by a
15-watt flourescent lamp, 5 cm above the water line and controlled by a
time switch.

Thawed, frozen brine shrimp, Artemia salina (Leach), served as the
food source. Prior to the experiment, an average percentage dry weight of
10 samples of brine shrimp was determined. When the rations were weighed
daily for each fish, a sample was set aside for dry weight determination.
This dry weight determination remained within 95% confidence limits of
the average percentage dry weight of the 10 samples. All amounts fed were
then expressed as dry weight.

The fish were weighed every 24 hours and fed immediately thereafter.
The excess food and feces in each flask were filtered through a Buchner
funnel and the preweighed filter paper and debris were dried in an oven
for 20 hours at 80 C and placed in a desiccator until weighed. The dry
weight of the food digested and absorbed was then determined by sub-
tracting the dry weight of the uningested food and fecal material from the
original amount fed.

The fish were transferred to a beaker containing moist cotton and were
weighed. This procedure took about 1 minute. For each day of the study,
weight changes and amounts of food assimilated were recorded.

The results of these measurements are shown in Figure 1. Using the
normal equations, the slope of the curve of the maintenance requirements
and body weights equaled —1.97. This indicates the mean of the relation
of the factors analyzed. No significant differences were found between
males and females in this relationship.

The relationship between the maintenance requirement and the body
weight of the brook stickleback is similar to that reported for the brown
trout (Salmo trutta L.). At 11.5 C, the maintenance requirement of the
trout decreased with increase in weight (Brown, 1946). Plaice (Pleuronectes
platessa L..) also exhibited this decrease in maintenance requirement with
increase in weight (Brown, 1957). However, studies of brown trout from
7.0 to 10.0 C showed no correlation between maintenance requirement and
body weights (Pentelow, 1939).

Johnson (1966) reported little difference between the maintenance re-
quirements of large and small pike (Esox lucius L.). In that study, the
maintenance requirement differed with season and temperature (Johnson,
1966). A relationship between the maintenance requirement and tempera-
ture has also been reported for the brown trout and plaice (Brown, 1957).

In the present study, both temperature and photoperiod were within
the ranges which promote breeding behavior. Therefore, if seasonal variation
of maintenance requirements does exist for the brook stickleback, the main-
tenance requirements calculated possibly approach the maximum for the
species. Although no estimates of maintenance requirements were made at

34 Vincent H. Resh

g BRINE SHRIMP/g FISH/24 hr

O 1 2 ° 3 4 5 6° 7 28° Momo

WEIGHT OF FISH (g)

Figure 1. Maintenance requirement for brook sticklebacks of different weights as indicated
by weight of brine shrimp eaten during 24 hours.

lower temperatures, observations of fish at temperatures approaching 0 C
indicate that the maintenance requirement probably is lower at this
temperature.

This work was done at Niagara University, Lewiston, New York, under
the direction of Dr. Bryan T. Britten. I thank Dr. Louis A. Krumholz, Water
Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, for reading and criticizing
the manuscript.

Literature Cited
Armitage, K. B., and L. J. Olund. 1967. Salt tolerance of the brook stickle-
back. Am. Midl. Nat. 68:274-277.

Brown, M. E. 1946. The growth of the brown trout (Salmo trutta L.). II.
The growth of two year old trout at a constant temperature of 11.5 C.
J. Exp. Biol. 22:130-144.

Maintenance Requirement of the Brook Sticklebrack 35

———-———— 1957. The Physiology of Fishes. Academic Press, Inc., New
York. Vol. 1, 447 pp.

Hynes, H. B. N. 1958. The food of fresh-water sticklebacks (Gasterosteus
aculeatus and Pygosteus pungitius), with a review of methods used in
the study of foods of fishes. J. Anim. Ecol. 16:188-204.

Johnson, L. 1966. Experimental determination of food consumption of pike,
Esox lucius, for growth and maintenance. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
23:1495-1505.

Pentelow, F. T. K. 1939. The relation between growth and food consumption
in the brown trout (Salmo trutta). J. Exp. Biol. 16:445-469.

Reisman, H. M., and T. M. Cade. 1967. Physiological and behavioral aspects
of reproduction in the brook stickleback, Culaea inconstans. Am. Midl.
Nat. 77:257-295.

Received: March 5, 1971. Accepted: April 4, 1971.

‘want i dere woos inl rch
; tay ahs tN i see

~ ede yee Bie,
cea ni’ TP ey ges | ¥ Hoh it wealth
a Petieh! fo BUMP es ee ay i leei
u iaridenae) Slat Aare

nq ov hai
:
'
=x — Ss —— a . a
, ‘ { ie
; e \
:
“ p an

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
comnittees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are

_ accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted

for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other

errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of

_ the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
_ manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to

A ho ak ie

assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage

_ in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended

_ for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,

American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

Sa (Madi (tig Bh eee A ‘
‘ol. 32, Nos. 3, 4 1971 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS

_ of the KENTUCKY
\CADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

Trichinella Spiralis: Morphology of the First-Stage Migratory Larva

a SET TE BUCO RITE 02s SS NSS ES Oe aa 87
Molecular Orbital Calculations. I. Off-diagonal Matrix Elements

in Extended—Huckel Molecular Orbital Theory

Pe NS SUCHIN Se eee coo ss acasadcnscctcholoccosddsicedecessoces 43
Mass Conservation and Multiple Stoichiometries
Bem ERRS Dro cee ere Ge cos es cusculssusiau casos ia lanuivesecsuone 5k

Radiation Effects on the Permeability of the Nuclear Membrane of
Frog Erythrocytes to Sodium, Potassium, and Chlorine
ESE SDSS il 21 ORR Sp 57
RESEARCH NOTES
Effect of Nippostrongylus Brasiliensis (Nematoda) on Rabbit Body

Weight

Ieee ANU ER TCE NCc caccclacsvenscsaceuce 62
New Records of Zapus Hudsonius (Zimmerman) from Kentucky

Siar Narte UA CEI cc oss sapocbs dave dossaecooosiesiees: 65

Monopetalonema Alcedinis (Rudolphi) (Nematoda Filariidae )
in the Eastern Belted Kingfisher
pee ve AE: and HIUGH BY ENGLISH 2.c..:.-ccccssccecdoscgsseccesteccecas 70

ERNEST DEL FOSSE and FRED H. WHITTAKER
Fundulus Notti in Kentucky
ge SOME UTS UTS a 76

RALPH W. TAYLOR
PE UAE se siicbsccesnseesendhh cas.easssccevoOoccenlelssoereces
Minutes of 1971 Annual Meeting
Program of 1971 Annual Meeting
CORRESPONDENCE

POR ema a emer eee eee e ease eeeeeaeeseeee

PPP O Some eee es eee sees seeeeeeeeeseesussentesese

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1971-72

President: Louis Krumholz, University of Louisville

President-Elect: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Vice-President: Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University

Secretary: Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University

Treasurer: Wayne Hoffmun, Western Kentucky University

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

John M. Carpenter .............000 to 1971 Ellis V. Brown. .:s-neoe oe to 1973
Willian Me Glay-ccsccaccunsteaskont to 1971 Donald Batch ..4.043 ee to 1974
Lv Krom holes Aeon astaeeecans to 1972 J. Hill Hamon iio eee to 1974
Gordon WalsOm: tiscescascsescesvtenes to 1972 Thomas B. Calhoon ..........:...-. to 1975
Sanford. Eu; JOMeS sispscksuevessesandoce to 1973 Charles Kupchella ................-.++ to 1975

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:
Biological Sciences: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $5.00 per volume; foreign, $6.00 per
volume; back issues $6.00 per volume.

Tue TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

TRICHINELLA SPIRALIS: MORPHOLOGY
OF THE FIRST-STAGE MIGRATORY LARVA

JOHN P. HARLEY

Department of Biological Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Male ablino rats infected with Trichinella spiralis were killed at 5+
days postinoculation. Morphological observations were made on first-
stage newly born larvae, larvae recovered from abdominal fluid, blood,
muscle, lymph, lungs, liver, kidneys, and abdominal mesentery. These
first-stage migratory larvae were studied in the living state and stained
with Giemsa’s, Ehrlich’s hematoxylin, and eosin. The results indicate
that the larva was spindle-shaped, unsegmented, and bilaterally sym-
metrical. Both ends were bluntly rounded. The pseudocoelom was filled
with fluid containing many very small granules. The outer body wall
was composed of a prominent cuticle containing striae. A hypodermis
and rudimentary muscle cells were seen associated with the cuticle.
Underneath the cuticle was a fine granular material. A circumpharyngeal
nerve ring, stomatostylet, pseudoesophageal bulb, and complete ali-
mentary canal were present. Intracellular spheroid bodies were present
only in the larvae recovered from abdominal fluid.

INTRODUCTION

Although generally established, there still remain certain developmental
phases of the Trichinella spiralis (Owen, 1835) Railliet, 1895 life cycle that
are not clear and have never been completely investigated. One such phase
is the descriptive morphology of the first-stage migratory larva. This
morphology has been covered only superficially by several workers (Staubli,
1909; Lamb, 1911; Hemmert-Halswick and Bugge, 1934; Dammin, 1941;
Gould, 1945; Berntzen, 1965; and Khan, 1966). In summary, these workers
reported that the larva’s anterior and posterior ends are bluntly rounded
and a small terminal indentation representing a, stoma is present. Also
present are an oral spear, a poorly differentiated esophageal bulb, and a
nerve ring 26 ,» from the anterior tip. A clear hyaline homogeneous cap
is on the anterior end and no loose sheath is present. Obviously, a more
detailed description is definitely needed for this larval stage and is the
basis for this report.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

In order to retain uniformity, Sprague-Dawley male ablino rats, weighing
150-170¢ (X = 159 + 11) and 42 + 2 days of age were infected with 3000 +
100 T. spiralis larvae and killed at 54 days postinoculation. First-stage migratory
larvae were recovered from: females in the host’s small intestine, abdominal fluid,
blood, muscle, lymph, lungs, liver, kidneys, and abdominal mesentery according to
the methods of Harley and Gallicchio (1971 a, b). Live larvae from individual
body sites were placed on albuminized microscope slides and examined. The pro-
cedure of fixation, dehydration, and staining were as given by Berntzen (1965).

38 John P. Harley

In addition, larvae were stained with Giemsa’s, Ehrlich’s hematoxylin, and eosin.
Larvae were examined at 450X and 900X under phase and ordinary light. Line
drawings were made with the aid of a microprojector and drawing tube.

RESULTS

Larvae recovered from lymph, lungs, liver, and kidneys showed similar
morphological features except where noted below. Thus, in order to obtain an
overall morphological description of the larva, line drawings (Figs. 1-4) are used
for discussion purposes.

From Fig. 1, the larva is spindle-shaped, unsegmented, and bilaterally sym-
metrical (Fig. 1). When examined in the living state, the larva was opague and
grayish. The anterior end is 5-6 u (excluding the blunt caps). Both ends are
bluntly rounded. Internally, the body is not metamerically segmented. The
pseudocoelom is filled with fluid containing many very small granules.

The outer body wall is composed of a prominent cuticle marked by regularly
arranged fine transverse grooves or striae. At times, and with some difficulty,
hypodermis and/or musculature could be discerned beneath the cuticle. It ap-
peared to be a syncytium.

The circumpharyngeal nerve ring appears as a dense undulating bar lying
at an angle of 10-15 degrees to the body. A space of approximately 1 »
delineates the outer limits of the nerve ring from the apparent hypodermis and/or
musculature. The nerve ring begins 20-28 » from the anterior tip (X = 26 + 2;
N = 25) and is 1-2 « wide. No other nervous tissue could be discerned.

In both temporary mounts and stained specimens, an oral stylet was positioned
within the stoma and pseudobulb region of the esophagus. Thus, it should be
correctly called a stomatostylet. The stomatostylet was seen to actively move in
and out in temporary saline mounts and its position varied in stained specimens.
The stomatostylet was attached to the base of the pseudobulb region of the
esophagus (Fig. 2).

The mouth or oral opening is terminal. The stoma (1-2 » long) leads to a
slender pseudoesophageal bulb. At a point 10-11 / posterior, it merges with
the esophagus. The latter continues past the circumpharyngeal nerve ring and
then curves slightly toward the cuticle. Posterior to this esophageal curvature
(40-42 u from the anterior tip), in the region where the stichosome eventually
develops, is an esophageal enlargement. The esophagus then continues posteriorly
where it joins the intestine. However, no esophageal-intestine valve could be seen.
The terminal portion of the intestine curves slightly toward one side of the larva
and ends at the anal opening.

The hyaline cap, or nonnucleated cephalic space, is very prominent in the
cephalic region and extends 3-4 » posteriorly. No cells were discernible in this
region. Body cells were most dense around the nerve ring and less dense anteriad
and posteriad. The exact cell types present in the larva could not be determined.

In some of the larvae recovered from the blood, lungs, liver, kidneys, and
muscle, a more highly developed muscular esophagus was present (Fig. 3). Intra-
cellular spheroid bodies, 1-2 » in diameter, were present in the majority of larvae
recovered from abdominal fluid. These were 5-8 » from the posterior tip of the
larva (Fig. 4). These bodies were not seen in larvae recovered from any other
body site. They appeared yellowish to reddish-brown under ordinary light and
had a definite birefringence. Under dark-field illumination they appeared as
bright spheroids. They did not stain with Giema’s, eosin, or Ehrlich’s hematoxylin
and disappeared in both xylol and alcohol. The number present per larva ranged
from 8 to 20 (X = 12; SE = 6; N = 250) and there was no apparent consistency
in arrangement.

ee S

<2 ‘=F SUS 8 (7 OL aie > ae core)
if §e SIONS ke aS eer cert 2) Lom
Gee SL eee | ——==

n
= RACK a a ee AA Asso tas

5 Sie SCN ‘ “P. = zs >
= ’ vet ’ .~ Wits,
. vO ” Tes Cn hi ps 0
cath is) ©2506 C52 oe ,
Sis

ST, stoma; GR, granules; STY, stomatostylet; ES, esophagus; NRV,

ES E, esophageal enlargement; CUT, cuticle; BO C, body

keletal muscle

luid showing spheroid

3 z
= wn
> > Oo ~ YV

4 (4

OG nm oo z uw 3 8

|

ee pe octet ES ee " arom Se ae

xn a) SOOKE SCS iss a OER S¢

ows ed ioe = 2) Sean cae

(sy ees) Ne een

=*Cane wehe) © K
Crease ie) CZES Lays

days postinoculation showing the muscular esophagus (M ES) surrounding the

Figs. 1-4. Line drawings of Trichinella spiralis first-stage migratory larvae. Fig. 1. Typical
cavity; IN R, intestinal region; AN, anal opening. Fig. 2. Anterior region showing ex-

tended stomatostylet and hyaline cap (H). Fig. 3. Larva recovered from s

at 5+
esophageal lumen. Fig. 4. Posterior region of larva from abdominal f

circumpharyngea! nerve ring;
bodies (SPH).

larva. OR, oral opening;

40 John P. Harley

Within the hyaline cap and also near the anal opening, 2-6 dark granules
were present in all of the larvae recovered from the different body sites. The
granules were very transparent and exhibited no birefringence. They disappeared
in both xylol and alcohol.

Larvae in temporary saline mounts (from all body sites) were extremely
active. They exhibited a pronounced whip-like thrashing movement.

DISCUSSION

The present morphological observations confirm reports by Staubli
(1909), Lamb (1911), Dammin (1941), Gould (1945), Berntzen (1965),
and Khan (1966) that the first-stage larva is: cylindrical, has bluntly
rounded anterior and posterior ends, has a clear hyaline anterior cap, and
has a small terminal indentation representing a stoma. Staubli (1909) and
Dammin (1941) reported the presence of an oblique clear band that
formed a line of demarcation between the anterior quarter and posterior
three-quarters of the body. Lamb (1911) did not observe this clear band.
Khan (1966) referred to this clear band as a nerve ring 26 y» from the
anterior tip. This is in general agreement with the present study. However,
following the terminology of Chitwood (1950), it should be correctly
called a circumpharyngeal nerve ring. In contrast to Khan’s (1966) find-
ings, the position of the circumpharyngeal nerve ring varied between 20
and 28 , from the anterior tip.

Hoyberg (1907) reported that he observed a “boring apparatus” in
newly born larvae, but his observation was refuted by Staubli (1909)
and Hemmert-Halswick and Bugge (1934). Fulleborn (1923) and van
Someren (1939) reported that a buccal stylet, about 7 » long by 1 » wide,
was attached to the ventral wall at the base of the buccal capsule. They
also stated that it was divided into blade and shaft portions and that the
stylet could not be seen in living specimens. Khan (1966) reported that
in living larvae an “oral spear” could be seen moving back and forth, but
that in fixed and stained specimens, the structure was obscure. In the
present study, an oral stylet 5-6 » wide could be seen in both living and
stained larvae. It was within the stoma and pseudobulb region of the
esophagus. According to Chitwood (1950) it should be correctly called
a stomatostylet. Also, since the position of the stomatostylet varied in
stained specimens and could be seen moving in and out in temporary
mounts, it was apparent that the stomatostylet is actively protrusible.

In the present study, several interesting morphological features of the
first-stage larva were observed that, heretofore, have not been reported.
Regularly arranged fine transverse striations are present on the cuticle.
The body cavity (pseudocoelom) is filled with many very small granules.
The stoma (1-2 » long) leads into a slender pseudoesophageal bulb which,
10-11 , posteriad, merges with the esophagus. The latter continues past
the circumpharyngeal nerve ring and then curves slightly toward the
cuticle. Posterior to this esophageal curvature (40-42 y from the anterior
tip), in the region where the stichosome eventually develops, is an eso-
phageal enlargement. The terminal portion of the intestine curves slightly
toward one side of the larva and ends at the anal opening. From the
preceding, it can be concluded that a complete alimentary canal is present.
This is in contradiction with Khan’s (1966) findings. He reported that the

Morphology of the First-Stage Migratory Larva Al

larva possessed no alimentary canal and considered them similar to micro-
filariae. The presence cf a muscular esophagus in some of the larvae agrees
with Wu's (1955) findings.

One of the interesting observations in this study was the presence of
intracellular spheroid bodies in the posterior region of the larva. These
were only seen in the majority of larvae recovered from abdominal fluid.
They were not seen in larvae recovered from any other body site. These
bodies have been discussed in a previous report (Harley and Gallicchio,
1970).

Since it was observed that all first-stage migratory larvae (regardless
of body site location) were extremely active, it can be assumed that the
muscular and nervous systems are functional at this time. Finally, the
size of the migratory larva was dependent upon the body site from which
they were recovered and also the length of time following inoculation.
This size variability has been reported and discussed in detail in another
report (Harley and Gallicchio, 1971a).

It can be concluded that the first-stage migratory larva of T. spiralis is
morphologically fully developed at hatching except as to size and reproduc-
tive structures. The larva seems to be typical of other nematodes (except
the Filarioidea).

LITERATURE CITED

Berntzen, A. K. 1965. Comparative growth and development of Trichinella spiralis
in Vitro and in Vivo, with a redescription of the life cycle. Exp. Parasit.
16:74-106.

Chitwood, B. G. 1950. An Introduction to Nematology. Section I. Monumental
Printing Co., Md., 105-107.

Dammin, G. J. 1941. Trichinosis. Report of a case with demonstration of the
larva in the arterial blood. New Eng. J. Med. 224:357-360.

Fulleborn, F. 1923. Uber den “Mundstachel” den Trichotrachelidenlarven und
Bemerkungen uber die jungsten Stadien von Trichocephalus trichiurus. Arch.
Schiffs Tropen-Hyg., bes. Berucksicht. Path. Ther. 23:421-425.

Gould, S. E. 1945. Trichinosis. Charles C. Thomas, Publishers, Springfield, IIl.,
356 p.

Harley, J. P., and V. Gallicchio. 1970. Trichinella spiralis: Intracellular spheroid
bodies in “migratory” larva. Trans. Am. Micros. Soc. 89:497-498.

Harley, J. P., and V. Gallicchio. 1971a. Growth of Trichinella spiralis larvae from
birth to day 13 postinoculation in the male albino rat. J. Parasit. 57:781-786.

Harley, J. P., and V. Gallicchio. 1971b. Trichinella spiralis: Migration of larvae in
the rat. Exp. Parasit. 30:11-21.

Hemmert-Halswick, A., and G. Bugge. 1934. Trichinen und Trichinose. Ergbn.
allgem. Path. Path. Anat. 28:313-392.

Hoyberg, H. M. 1907. Beitrag zur Biologie der Trichinen. Ztschr. Tiermed.
11:208-226.

Khan, Z. A. 1966. The postembryonic development of Trichinella spiralis with
special reference to ecdysis. J. Parasit. 52:248-259.

Lamb, A. R. 1911. Concerning the presence of the embryos of Trichinella spiralis

in the blood of patients suffering from trichiniasis. Am. J. Med. Sci.
142:395-402.

49 John P. Harley

Owen, R. 1835. Description of a microscopic entozoon infesting the muscle of the
human body. Trans. Zool. Soc. London 1:315-324.

Railliet, A. 1896. Quelques rectifications a la nomenclature des parasites. Rec.
Med. Vet. 3:157-161.

Staubli, C. 1909. Trichinosis. J. F. Bergmann (Wiesbaden), 295 p.
van Someren, V. D. 1939. On the presence of a buccal stylet in adult Trichinella
and the mode of feeding of the adult. J. Helmin. 17:83-92.

Wu, L. Y. 1955. The development of the stichosome and associated structures in
Trichinella spiralis. Can. J. Zool. 33:404-446.

Received: April, 1971. Accepted: May 28, 1971.

MOLECULAR ORBITAL CALCULATIONS. |. OFF-DIAGONAL MATRIX
ELEMENTS IN EXTENDED-HUCKEL MOLECULAR ORBITAL THEORY

JOHN R. WASSON
University of Kentucky
Department of Chemistry
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

This work summarizes equations proposed for the calculation of off-
diagonal matrix elements in extended-Hiickel molecular orbital theory
and also considers a number of new ones.

INTRODUCTION

The bulk of literature! produced in recent years in which the results
of semi-empirical molecular orbital (MO) calculations are employed to
predict, correlate and/or rationalize experimental data testifies for the utility
of such calculations. To the purist semi-empirical MO methods leave much
to be desired. However, as Clementi? has noted, desirable levels of quan-
tum mechanical rigor are frequently limited by the willingness of chemists
to undertake such calculations and of institutions to provide the necessary
digital computer systems. Also, the majority of chemists desire calculational
procedures readily implemented on commonly available computational
facilities and which do not significantly decrease the amount of time
engaged in experimental work.

In MO theory the wave function for the system of interest is generally
assumed to be of the linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) type, i.e.

n
Ye => Cy Pi
t=] !
where ¢; represents a specified atomic orbital on a given atom and the
coefficients, c,, give the contribution of atomic orbitals, ¢,, to molecular
i

molecular orbital, k. Employing the variation principle, the well-known
secular equations

n

> Hi; = S;Elci; a0)

1A
are obtained. In simple Hiickel theory, which has been of great use to
organic chemists concerned with z-electron systems,* the assumption is made
that the overlap integrals $,; = 0 for i ~j and S,; = 1 fori = j. Values of
E, the energy levels of the system, are obtained from the secular determinant
|H;; — SE] = 0 in which the matrix elements Hj; are represented by the
parameter a (Coulomb integral = <¢,;|H|¢,;> where H is the Hamiltonian
operator) for i = j and B (resonance integral = <¢;|H|¢;>) for i ~j
when the neighboring atoms are interacting. In extended-Hiickel molecular
orbital (EHMO) theory Coulomb integrals are obtained from valence state
ionization energies and all orbital overlap integrals for interacting atoms are
retained. EHMO theory, e.g., described by R. Hoffmann,** is conceptually
simple, even if somewhat questionable on theoretical grounds, and calcula-

44 John R. Wasson

tions are readily performed. EHMO calculations can be used to predict
numerical values for experimental quantities, e.g., equilibrium bond lengths
and electronic spectral transitions, and are equally applicable to both
inorganic and organic ions and molecules. The geometry predictions of
EHMO theory are very good except when the electronegativity difference4”
(on the Pauling scale) between bonding atoms exceeds about 1.3. The
major use of EHMO calculations in inorganic chemistry has been the
elucidation of the electronic structure of transition metal complexes.5-6
Other applications to inorganic chemistry have included calculation of the
preferred geometry? of IF; and Issleib and Grundler$’ have shown that
EHMO calculations can assist in understanding the non-existence of certain
compounds, e.g., PH-.

Despite lack of complete theoretical rigor, EHMO methods are an
important tool in modern chemistry. Considerations of the basis? of EHMO
theory have resulted in the consensus!9 that the success of calculations in
describing chemical systems arises from the fortuitous cancellation of a
number of errors inherent in the technique. In order to increase the
reliability of EHMO calculations a number of refinements to the method
described above have been introduced.®6 The one parameter in EHMO
theory which has received the most attention is the resonance integral, Hi;
(i4j), which appears as an off-diagonal matrix element in the calculations
and is used to describe the bonding of atoms in molecules. The purpose of
this paper is to: (a) summarize the many existing formulas for the off-
diagonal matrix elements and consider hitherto unreported ones and (b) to
evaluate some of the general properties of H,; (i¢j) terms in EHMO calcu-
lations. Subsequent papers in this series will address themselves to the
success of various H,;(i+j) terms in yielding reasonable descriptions of the
physical properties of chemical systems as well as questions concerning the
electronic structure and existence of a number of inorganic ions.

Summary and Discussion of Off-Diagonal Matrix Elements

Table I lists nineteen formulas for off-diagonal terms in EHMO cal-
culations. Hj; terms are taken to be proportional to the product of the
overlap integral of interacting orbitals and mean values of the respective
valence state ionization energies (VSIE’S), ice.,

H;; = KS,; (mean VSIE’s)

where K is the proportionality constant. The mean of the VSIE’s H,, and H,;
can be expressed arithmetically,!” i.e., (Hj, + H,,;)% geometrically,1? i.e.,
(H;; H,;)1/°, or given in terms of the harmonic or reciprocal!® mean, i.e.
2(H;; H;;)/(H, + H,;). Mulliken™ suggested the use of an arithmetic
mean. Subsequently, Wolfsberg and Helmholz!? adopted his approach in
their classic calculations for the permanganate ion. Ballhausen and Gray?
and Yeranos!® chose geometric and harmonic mean values of H;, and H,;,
respectively. The reasons for the choice of these various mean values of the
VSIE’s to describe interatomic interactions are discussed in the original
literature.11-15

In many applications of EHMO theory to inorganic compounds the value
of K has been “judiciously varied” to obtain agreement with experiment.
In Table I the commonly used values of K are included in the formulas used
to evaluate H;; terms in EHMO theory. Cotton and Haas!8 examined the

Molecular Orbital Calculations 45

effect of K variation on the calculation of the ligand field splitting parameter:
10Dq, for hexaammine transition metal complexes. They found it necessary
to vary K considerably to obtain agreement with observed values of 10Dq.
Hoffmann‘ investigated the calculated properties of ethane by varying K
from 1.0 to 2.6 and chose 1.75 as a reasonable value of K for all ie work.
On the basis of theoretical considerations Cusachs' introduced K — (2—|S,;)).
His formula is not without its shortcomings!® but it does remove a degree of
arbitrariness from the evaluation of Fey terms. More recently, Jug!” has
suggested that K can be taken equal to 2/(1 + S;;?). K can then be unity
for vanishing internuclear distance and two for infinite separation. To allow
for variation of K, Gopalakrishanan and his co-workers introduced the
empirical relation
[ely = Jebel

K = K — ————___—_
2 lg se [Ele
where K = 2.00 and H,; = H,;. They pointed out that their approximation
gave the required order of 10 Dq for the complex ions Ti(H,0) ¢°+, TiF.?—,
Cpki= and VE.2—
Consideration of the various values of K and mean VSIE’s yields a num-

Table |
Off-Diagonal Matrix Elements*
1. Wolfsberg-Helmholz or Mulliken-Wolfsberg-Helmholz(12).

General form: H,. = -K S.. (H.. + H..)/2
1j ij it JJ

o-bonding: K = 1.6/7
mbonding: K = 2.00

2. Ballhausen-Gray (13)

gl, S&S 2.00 S., Gl. lla. Le
tj tj ii JJ
3. Hoffmann (4)
Bl. , = 15/5 S., Ci, a lan) Y/2
ij ij ii alg
4. Cusachs (14)
= -(2 - +
He, (2 Is.5)) Si, Gh. H,,)/2
5. Yeranos (15)
j cq *.
a5 2.00 Sig l2 Gas Hy )/ Gy; Hla)

6. Gopalakrishnan — Sathyanarayana - Patel (16)

Me 1/2
Hy, = ~[2.00 - lH, 5 = Blan 2 +H, Ab (Hi, Hy)

7. Jug (17) - Wolfsberg-—Helmholz

2
alse = -(2/(1 + Pag )) Sq (A, 3F A, ,)/2

46 John R. Wasson

8. Cusachs - Ballhausen - Gray

Hs = -(2-|8,5|) Si (Hy, H. 4)

9. Cusachs - Yeranos

H,. = -(2-|85. 1) S )]

ij [2,; Hy 5) / yy +H,

ij j

10. Cusachs - Gopalakrishnan et al.

wits 2 ck ba apie:
Hy = -[(2 Is, 51) lH, Bea lWicleag + 4,511 Si Cag H,5)
ll. Cusachs - Gopalakrishnan - Wolfsberg -— Helmholz
Hy, = ~L2-|8, 5) )- 1H; Hy 51/2 PR, + H, 51 85 (GER H, ,)/2
12. Cusachs - Gopalakrishnan - Yeranos
H,, = “[@-|s,,))-]H,, - He, l/218Gy + Hy] 8, , (2G, Hs )/ (yy + Hy)
13. Gopalakrishnan - Wolfsberg - Helmholz
= -[2- - +
Hs, [2 lH, 5 H,,|/21H,, ~ He!) $4, y; H,5)/2
Py

14. Gopalakrishnan - Yeranos

Hi = -[2-|H;, - H,, 1/2185 + Hy {] Sj [2(H, 5 Hy5)/ (yy + H,,)]

15. Jug - Ballhausen - Gray

ee 2 1/2
ay = SAG) sr Siy )) Ss (Hy 5 Hs)
16. Jug - Yeranos
ante 2
Hey = =(2/(1 + Si, )) Si, [2H, Hy 5/ Ay y + Hy)
17. Jug - Gopalakrishnan
aye ek am 1/2
Hi, = =[K He He W2Gh + Hy [1] 8 Gre Hs)
< 2
K = 2/(1 + 85, )
18. Jug - Gopalakrishnan - Wolfsberg - Helmholz
Hig = SES He W2tbo ge Hl S.; (yy + 45/2
a 2
K = 2/(1 + So )
19. Jug - Gopalakrishnan - Yeranos
Ho, = -[K- |B, , > AVE Hy 1] Sj (2H, Hy/G@,, + 4,1

K = 2/(1 + 845°)
* In these expressions the VSIE's Hoy and He are taken as positive quantities.

Molecular Orbital Calculations 47

ber of new possibilities for the calculation of off-diagonal matrix elements
in EHMO theory. Coupled with previous Hj; terms a total of nineteen
variations are obtained. These are listed in Table I. A computer program
written in Fortran IV for calculating H,; terms by all of these methods is
available from the author upon request.

Calculated Results

Table II presents H;; values for a number of heteropolar and homopolar
o and z bonds. For C-H, C-C, and C-N bonds overiap integrals for Slater
orbitals were evaluated using the computer program described by Offen-
hartz.2° The Slater orbital exponents employed were the optimized values
of Clementi and Raimondi.?!_ The appropriate VSIE’s were those of Hinze
and Jaffe.2? For P(3p)—S(3p) orbital interactions Slater orbital exponents
and VSIE’s were obtained from References 8 and 23.

H,; terms for heteropolar bonds have nineteen different values whereas
the off-diagonal matrix elements describing the interaction between the

Table II
H,,; (eV) for Various Bond Types*

Method CHa CCg? Cex CNgt = CNge PSgt = PSxf
1 17.86 20.29 6.37 27.19 6.70 7.28 4.65
2 21.34 24.30 6.37 32.16 7.97 8.62 4.60
3 18.72 21.26 5.57 28.50 7.03 7.63 4.07
4 13.56 14.85 5.46 19.74 6.76 7.08 4.18
5 21.29 24.30 6.37 31.76 7.92 8.52 4.55
6 20.97 24.30 6.37 30.90 7.74 8.29 4,49
uf 13.93 15.14 5.89 20.09 7.30 7.63 4.47
8 13.53 14.85 5.46 19.49 6.71 6.99 4.14
9 13.50 14.85 5.46 19.25 6.67 6.91 4.09

10 13.16 14.85 5.46 18.23 6.48 6.67 3.96
11 13.19 14.85 5.46 18.46 6.52 6.74 4.01
12 13.13 14.85 5.46 18.00 6.43 6.59 3.91
13 21.03 24.30 6.37 31.29 7.79 8.39 4.48
14 20.92 24.30 6.37 30.52 7.68 8.20 4.37
15 13.89 15.14 5.89 19.84 7.25 7.55 4,42
16 13.86 15.14 5.89 19.60 7.20 7.46 4.37
ily 13.53 15.14 5.89 18.58 7.01 7.22 4.24
18 13.56 15.14 5.89 18.81 7.06 7.30 4.29
19 13.49 15.14 5.89 18.35 6.96 TAS 4.20

* The negative of the H,,; terms are tabulated for convenience.
4 C(sp?)—H(1s) g bond distance: 1.071A.

b C(sp2)—C(sp2) ¢ bond distance: 1.353A.

¢ C(sp?-2,77)—C(sp?-2,77) a bond distance: 1.353A.
4C(sp)—N(sp) o bond distance: 1.150A.

© C(sp-2,7)—N(sp-2,2) 2 bond distance: 1.150A.
£P(3p)—S(3p) g and z bond distance: 1.90A.

48 John R. Wasson

same types of orbitals on identical atoms show less variation. For the
C(sp?)—C (sp?) o-bond in ethylene it is observed that methods 2,5-6,13,
and 14 (Table I) give H,,; = 24.30 eV, methods 4,8,9,10,11 and 12 yield
H;; = 14.85 eV and methods 7, and 15-19 give H,, = 15.14 eV while
methods 1 and 3 provide H,,; terms of 20.29 and 21.26 eV, respectively.
Similar behavior is exhibited for the C(sp?z)—C (sp?) a-bond of ethylene
except that the Wolfberg-Helmholz method (eq. 1 in Table I) yields a
value of H,; in agreement with those obtained using methods 2:5,6,13 and
14. Thus, in calculating H,; terms for similar interactions with identical
atoms fewer off-diagonal matrix elements need to be considered. It is noted
that methods for calculation of H,; terms which provide more negative values
will lead to larger calculated force constants for molecules whereas the
estimated internuclear distances will remain approximately the same.

In order to provide a measure of the effectiveness of the various H;; terms
(Table I) in estimating the physical properties of molecules the energy of
the 7—7* transition of ethylene was evaluated using a model comprised of
two 2p7 orbitals separated by the C-C internuclear distance in ethylene.
The results of these calculations are given in Table HI. It is shown that
methods employing arbitrary values of K, except Hoffmann’s formulation,#
yield a better calculated value for the 7—~7x* transition energy than those
employing H,; terms for which there is some, albeit dubious, justification
for K. More detailed and inclusive calculations? might be expected to yield
different numerical results but the observed trends should be the same.

Table III
a— 7 Electronic Transition of Ethylene
Method AE(eV) z= x” % Deviation
1,2,5,6,13,14 6.93 8.8
3 6.20 18.4
4,8,9,10,11,12 4.96 34.7
7,15,16,17,18,19 6.89 9.3
Experiment (Ref. 24) 7.60 0
Table IV
Carbonyl Group 7—7* Electronic Transition
Method AE(eV )z—2* Method AE(eV) 2-7"

il 9.56 ili 8.09

2 9.31 12 ene

3 8.43 13 9.03

4 8.54 14 8.60

5 9.08 15 8.80

6 8.81 16 8.67

ih 9.11 17 8.41

8 8.35 18 8.61

9 8.17 19 8.23
10 7.98

Experimental: 7.29 — 8.27 eV25

Molecular Orbital Calculations 49

Simple carbonyl compounds exhibit singlet-singlet z—zx* transitions in
the region 150-170 nm.?° The average carbonyl bond length is 1.23A.
The results of calculations similar to those given above for ethylene are listed
in Table IV. Methods 9-12 and 19 yield results within the range of experi-
mental data.

Conclusions

Nineteen formulations for the off-diagonal matrix elements in EHMO
calculations have been assembled in Table I. The choice of the mean of
the VSIE’s is somewhat a matter of personal choice but the value of K
employed in obtaining H,; terms can be obtained by two formulas having
some theoretical justification. Of these, the Jug approximation appears to
be the better choice. In applying EHMO theory to the calculation of various
properties of molecules it may be found that different formulas for Hj;
terms give better values for particular properties, e.g., dipole moments, than
others.

REFERENCES

1. Recently a large number of books and reviews concerning the applications
semi-empirical MO methods have appeared, e.g., R. L. Flurry, Jr., “Mole-
- cular Orbital Theories of Bonding in Organic Molecules,’ Marcel Dekker,
Inc., New York, 1968; M.J.S. Dewar, “The Molecular Orbital Theory of
Organic Chemistry,’ McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, 1969; P.O.’D.
Offenhartz, “Atomic and Molecular Orbital Theory,” McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
Inc., New York, 1970; J. A. Pople and D. L. Beveridge, “Approximate
Molecular Orbital Theory,” McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., New York, 1970.

2. E. Clementi, Chem. Revs., 68, 341 (1968).

3. A. Streitwieser, Jr., “Molecular Orbital Theory for Organic Chemists,” J. Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York, 1961; K. Higasi, H. Baba and A. Rembaum,
“Quantum Organic Chemistry,” Interscience Publishers, New York, 1965; L.
Salem, “The Molecular Orbital Theory of Conjugated Systems, “W. A.
Benjamin, Inc., New York, 1966; H. Suzuki, “Electronic Absorption Spectra
and Geometry of Organic Molecules,” Academic Press, New York, 1967.

4. (a) R. Hoffman, J. Chem. Phys., 39, 1397 (1963); ibid., 40, 2474 and 2745
(1964).

4. (b) L. C. Allen, in “Sigma Molecular Orbital Theory,” O. Sinanoglu and
K. B. Wiberg, eds., Yale University Press, New Haven, Connecticut, 1970,
1 ZA

5. F. A. Cotton, Revs. Pure Appl. Chem., 16, 175 (1966); H. B. Gray, J. Chem.
Educ., 41, 2 (1964); “Structural Chemistry and Molecular Biology,” A. Rich
and N. Davidson, eds., W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, 1969, p. 783;
J. P. Dahl and C. J. Ballhausen, Adv. Quantum Chem., 4, 170 (1968).

6. C.J. Ballhausen and H. B. Gray, “Molecular Orbital Theory,” W. A. Benjamin,
Inc., New York, 1964; W. A. Yeranos, Z. Naturforsch, 25a, 1937 (1970).

7. R. L. Oakland and G. H. Duffey, J. Chem. Phys. 46, 19 (1967).

8. K. Isslieb and W. Grundler, Theoret. Chim. Acta, 8, 70 (1967).

9. G. Blyholder and C. A. Coulson, Theoret. Chim. Acta, 10, 316 (1968).

10. P. W. Smith, R. Stoessiger and A. G. Wedd, ibid., 11, 81 (1968).
11. R.S. Mulliken, J. Chim. Phys., 46, 497, 675 (1959).

50 John R. Wasson

12. M. Wolfsberg and L. Helmholz, J. Chem. Phys., 20, 837 (1952).

13. C. J. Ballhausen and H. B. Gray, Inorg. Chem., 1, 111 (1962).

14. L. C. Cusachs, J. Chem. Phys., 43, S 157 (1965); ibid., 45, 2717 (1966).

15. W. A. Yeranos, ibid., 44, 2207 (1966).

16. J. Gopalakrishnan, D. N. Sathyanarayana and C. C. Patel, Indian J. Chem., 7,

a (1969).

17. K. Jug, Theoret. Chim. Acta, 16, 95 (1970).

18. F. A. Cotton and T. E. Haas, Inorg. Chem., 3, 1004 (1964).

19. M. D. Newton, J. Chem. Phys., 45, 2716 (1966).

20. P. O’D. Offenhartz, J. Chem. Educ., 44, 604 (1967).

21. E. Clementi and D. L. Raimondi, J. Chem. Phys., 38, 2686 (1963).

22. J. Hinze and H. H. Jaffe, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 84, 540 (1962).

23. R. Gleiter and R. Hoffmann, Tetrahedron, 24, 5899 (1968).

24. F. H. Watson, Jr., A. T. Armstrong and S. P. McGlynn, Theoret. Chim. Acta,
16, 75 (1970).

25. H. Suzuki, reference 3, p. 431.

Received: May 1, 1970. Accepted: May 25, 1971.

MASS CONSERVATION AND MULTIPLE STOICHIOMETRIES

P. L. CORIO
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Every stoichiometry is undetermined to the extent of an arbitrary
multiplicative factor », + 0. This indeterminacy is unessential, since multi-
plication of the stoichiometric coefficients by » does not alter their ratios
and leaves the mass conservation principal intact.1 There are, however,
chemical transformations that admit multiple stoichiometries, essentially dis-
tinct in the sense that the several sets of stoichiometric coefficients are not
related by mere factors of proportionality. The oxidation of t-butyl alcohol
to acetic acid, acetone carbon dioxide, and water admits three essentially
distinct stoichiometries:

5(GH,),COH + 100, > 2CH,COOH + 4(CH,;),CO + 4CO, + 9H,0, (1)
3(CH,),COH + 60, — 2CH,COOH + 2(CH,),CO + 2CO, + 5H,0, (II)
Q(GH.)-COH + 60,—> CH,COOH + (CH,),CO + 38CO, + 5H,0, (III)

It has been suggested (1) that mechanistic arguments may be adduced
to eliminate all but one of a given set of multiple stoichiometries. This point
of view is untenable; for although a given mechanism implies a definite
stoichiometry, the mechanism of a chemical reaction is not invariant to
changes in experimental conditions. If the experimental conditions are not
specified, but reactants and products are known, the only limitations imposed
upon ordinary chemical reactions are those implied by the mass conservation
principle. Under these circumstances, all stoichiometries consistent with this
principle are acceptable.

The utility of mass conservation in writing chemical equations appears
to have been appreciated first by Bottomley (2) in 1878, and re-emphasized
more recently by Bennett (3). However, considerable confusion persists
among some writers concerning multiple stoichiometries, conditions for their
occurrence, and the number of independent stoichiometries. These matters
are of general interest in elementary chemical theory and of some practical
importance in quantitative investigations.

The purpose of this paper is to present a simple mathematical discussion
of mass conservation and multiple stoichiometries. The principle of mass
conservation has an immediate physical significance for students, and the
mathematics is entirely limited to linear algebraic equations. The discussion
has the further advantage of generating nontrivial problems of an investiga-
tive nature that relieve the monotony often associated with writing equations.

Mass Conservation In Chemical Recations

Consider a closed system containing p reactants Ry, Ro, .. . Re that com-
bine to form z products P,, Ps, ..., Px. The transformation may be
symbolically written

1 Multiplication by » may be interpreted as a change in the unit of mass or a
change in the scale of performance.

BD} P.. LCorie

S,R, -- SoRs ate es ete SpRp = Sp41Py + SpiiPy + Sp+02P. +...t+
where the set S = (S,,Sx..., Spa) of p+ stoichiometric coefficients

are to be chosen so that (IV) conforms to the mass conservation principle.
The simplest realization of this principle occurs in the form of material
balances on the atoms constituting reactants and products. These conditions
determine a system of linear homogeneous equations for the p+z stoichio-
metric coefficients (4). The rank of this system, defined as the nonvanishing
determinant of highest order contained in the matrix of coefficients, will be
denoted »; it is equal to the number of independent mass conservation
conditions.

To illustrate these remarks, consider the oxidation of t-butyl alcohol,
written in the general form (IV):

S, (CH, ),COH + S,0,—> S,CH,COOH + S,(CH,);<CO scones

S.H,O. (V)
Mass conservation of oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon demands that
S; + 2S, —2S8,— S,— 2S; —S, = 0, (diy)
5S, — 28, — 3S, — Sg = 0; (2)
4S, — 28, — 3S, — S; =a()) (3)
The coefficient matrix is
1 2 —2 —l 2 —l
5 0 —2 mie 0 —1
4 0 —2 —3 —l 0

and its rank is 3, which is just the number of conservation conditions.

The number of independent mass conservation conditions is not always
equal to the number of distinct atoms involved in the reaction. Consider,
for example, the oxidation of RCH,OH to RCOOH, where the group R,
whatever its atom composition, maintains its integrity, insofar as the
stoichiometry is concerned. It is evident that not all of the mass conservation
on the atoms of R will be independent.

A somewhat more subtle illustration is provided by the reaction

COC 4: Hy S = 2Hel Cos (VI)

Evidently, the group CO maintains its integrity’ with respect to the stoichi-
ometry of (VI). However, a little reflection shows that, if one rewrites the
hydrochloric acid as H;Cls, the same is true of the groupings Cly and Hy
in the left member. Hence, (VI) involves 5 distinct atoms, but implies only
three independent mass conservation conditions.

The difference between the number of variables p+ and the rank v,
which will be denoted

=pitr—v (4)
is equal to the number of linearly independent stoichiometries. A set of ¢
linearly independent stoichiometries will be called a fundamental set. Every

Mass Conservation and Multiple Stoichiometries 53

stoichiometry of the system can be expressed as a linear combination of ¢
fundamental stoichiometries.

Perhaps the simplest procedure for determining a fundamental set of
stoichiometries is to solve the linear inhomogeneous equations obtained by
assigning the numerical values 1, 0: 0, . . . , 0 to the last ¢ variables. This
yields one stoichiometry of a fundamental set. A second, independent
stoichiometry, is obtained by repeating the procedure with the numerical
values 0, 1, 0,..., 0, and so on. For example: assigning, in turn, to the
Sy, Ss, Sg of Eqns. (1)-(3) the numerical values (1,0,0), (0,1,0), and
(0,0,1), one derives the fundamental set

3
f, = (0, === I 0, 0),
2

5
f, = Cr melt i ae 0; iL, 0),
2;

f= (ly 2220080) 1),

The corresponding chemical equations are

3
= CEL COOSI-S (Gain (GO 25 Or (VII)
2
5
= CHCOGEI SS (Cah ACOs 5 ©, CO (VIII)
2
(CH,),;COH + 20, > 2CH,COOH + HO (IX)

Every stoichiometry of (V) may be written in the form C,f; + Cof. +
C;f,. The stoichiometries cited in the introduction are given by (1)

Cie, —4. G.—9; (2)sC=C, =2"C,=5: (3) C= 1. C5=3, C3=5.

Charge conservation provides an additional constraint in stoichiometric
equations involving ionic species. Consider the reduction of permanganate
ion by hydrogen peroxide in an acidic medium:

S,Mn0O,— + S.H,0., + S3;H+ = SsMnt + + S;O0. + S;H.2O (X)
Since p+z = 6, and » = 4 (including charge conservation) there are
6—4 = 2 linearly independent stoichiometries. From (X), one derives

the linear system
48, + 2S, = 28; + Se,
28, +S, = 2g,
a =i Sys
—S, +S, = 28,,

The last two equations give S;=S4, S3=3S,, so that the first two equations
may be rewritten

54 PLES Cone

4S, + 2S. = 2S; + Se,
38, + 285 = 2S.
Assigning, in turn, to S; and S, the values (1,0) and (0,1), one derives the
fundamental set
ff Solas (6) oF OES 1, & eee

Every stoichiometry of (X) may be written in the form C,f, + Cofs. In
particular C; = 5, C. = 8 give the result cited in most textbooks, namely,

2MnO,— + 5H.O, + 6H+ > 2Mn++ + 50, + 8H,O. (XI)
Another independent stoichiometry is given by C, = 3, Cy = 4:
2MnO,— + H.O,. + 6H+ > 2Mn++ +4 30, + 4H,O (XII)

The following (unbalanced) transformations are offered as additional
examples of systems exhibiting multiple stoichiometries

MnO,— + H,O,—> MnO, + O, + H,O +OH-,
GH CO,-> HO > COMane
(CH,).C = CHCH = CH, + 0,5 CH.O “ (CH,),cO 9 He™@nn

W "

q ©
CH,CH = CH(CH,).CH = CH, + MnO,- + H,O>
HOOC(CH,),COOH + CO, + CH,COOH + MnO,,

HO! D, > HO. - BDO DLO» Has Hbeabe

Whether the various stoichiometries of a multiple set will yield the
equation as written requires a separate investigation, which presents no
real difficulty. The following example illustrates one possible procedure.

S,CuO + S,Cu,0 + S3H. > S,Cu + S;H,O (XIII)
Mass conservation requires

51 + 2S9 = S4, 5; + So = Ss, S3 = Ss,
which yield the fundamental stoichiometries

ee (aL OO) sen (OL OE TL)
The most general stoichiometry is

Cf Coto — (— C7 + 2G) 1G — ©, CG.)

The equation XIII will appear as written provided that each component of
Cif; + Cof, is positive. These conditions will be satisfied if m and n are
positive rational numbers satisfying

— C7 = 2C> — mC, — Ci
Solving, one obtains

mCuO + nCu,0 + mH.,O + (m+n)H, > (m+2n)Cu + (2m+n)H.,O

Mass Conservation and Multiple Stoichiometries 55

Any two independent choices for the number pair (m,n) will yield two
independent stoichiometries for the reaction as written, e.g.,m = n = I,
Miele == 2.

It might seem that a diophantine analysis could be useful in the study
of stoichiometries (5). However, as only rational mathematical operations
are employed in solving linear homogeneous systems of equations with
rational coefficients an explicit diophantine analysis is not necessary.2

Application to Chemical Transformations

The mass conservation principle may also be used to investigate the
possibility of proposed chemical reactions.

A proposed transformation will be forbidden by the mass conservation
principle whenever the homogeneous equations for the stoichiometric co-
efficients admit only the trivial solution S$; = S$; = .... = Spia = 0, and
this will occur whenever » = p-+z, that is, whenever the number of inde-
pendent mass conservation conditions is greater than or equal to the sum of
the numbers of reactants and products. For example, C,H, — C,H;CHs is
impossible, since p+7=v=2. However, CgHg+H, — C,H;CHs is consistent
with mass conservation, since p+z=3, y=2. Similarly, CH;0H-+C,H;OH
is impossible (y>p+7), whereas CH;0H — C,H;OH + H, + H.O is con-
sistent with mass conservation (p+7>y).

Problems of this type can be worked out by elementary students with
modest mathematical backgrounds. In the conversion of benzene to toluene,
mass conservation quickly yields the system 6x = Ty, 6x = 8y, with the
obvious solution x=y=0. Similarly, the proposed conversion CH;0H—
C,H;OH yields the system x=6y, 4x=6y, x=y, so that x=y=0.

As a final illustration, consider the interconversion of methylbenzenes.
Since y=2 (carbon and hydrogen conservation), any proposed intercon-
version of methylbenzenes will be consistent with mass conservation pro-

vided that p+2=3.
Conclusions
The preceding discussion may be concisely summarized as follows:
A proposed stoichiometry is
(1) unique, save for a performance factor, if p+a—v=1;
(2) multiple, if p+2—y>1;,
(3) impossible, if p+2—v=0.

In the case of a multiple stoichiometry, the number of linearly inde-
pendent stoichiometries is ¢=p+z—v. There exists, to be sure, a ¢-fold
infinity of stoichiometries, but every one of these can be expressed in terms
of the ¢ linearly independent stoichiometries obtained by the procedure
described above.

2Tt should be noted that the remarks made concerning independent stoichio-
metries in Example 1 of reference 5 are not correct.

56 P. L. Corio

LITERATURE CITED

R. B. Smith, J. Chem. Ed., 47, 281 (1970).
. J. Bottomley, Chem. News, 37, 110 (1878).
G. W. Bennett, J. Chem. Ed., 31, 324 (1954).

M. Bocher, “Introduction to Higher Algebra,” Chapter IV. Macmillan, New
York (1907).

5. R. Crocker, J. Chem. Ed., 45, 731 (1968).
Received: August 1, 1971. Accepted: October 7, 1971.

AO PO

RADIATION EFFECTS ON THE PERMEABILITY OF THE NUCLEAR
MEMBRANE OF FROG ERYTHROCYTES TO SODIUM, POTASSIUM,
AND CHLORINE?

GERTRUDE C. RIDGEL
Biology Department
Kentucky State College
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

Electron probe microanalysis was used in an attempt to determine
the effects of ionizing radiation on the permeability of the nuclear mem-
brane of frog erythrocytes to sodium, potassium, and chlorine. The data
suggest that sodium is gained and potassium is lost from the nucleus
after the frogs were exposed to 1,000 R whole body irradiation. Within
2, hours there appears to be a restoration of the membrane which brings
the sodium and potassium to control levels. No conclusion can be drawn
as to changes in the permeability of the nuclear membrane to chlorine
following irradiation.

INTRODUCTION

Creasey (1960) reported that thymus and spleen nuclei isolated from
rats five minutes after being exposed to from 25 R to 1,000 R showed a
loss of both sodium and potassium. However, there was considerable vari-
ability in the levels of sodium and potassium in the nuclei obtained from
both the control and experimental animals. In an attempt to obtain more
standardized results, he isolated nuclei from normal rat spleen cells,
irradiated a portion of the nuclear suspension, and retained another portion
as a control. From these pooled nuclei he was able to show a loss of both
potassium and sodium as a result of irradiation and these results showed
that the loss of potassium from the irradiated spleen nuclei was not as great
as the loss of sodium. He further concluded that the greatest losses of
these elements were at the same order of radiation dose levels as that which
inhibit nuclear phosphorylation.

Jackson and Christensen (1964) published results of research which
failed to show a loss of either sodium or potassium from in vitro or in vivo
x-irradiated rat spleen nuclei. Their controls showed the same variability in
sodium and potassium concentrations as reported by Creasey. When calf
thymus nuclei were exposed to 100 R and 1,000 R of x-irradiation, there
were no significant changes in the sodium and potassium levels in the
nuclei nor in the medium surrounding the nuclei at the time of irradiation.
Jackson and Christenson concluded that “under the conditions employed in
these experiments, sodium and potassium binding by lymphoid cell nuclei
is not a radiosensitive process.”

Prior to the above investigations, Ting and Zirkle (1940) reported in-

1 This project was undertaken at Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Bio-
Medical Division, Livermore, California, in a College Teacher Summer Research
Program in 1970 under the supervision of Dr. William Robison.

58 Gertrude C. Ridgel

creases in the permeability of the cell membrane of human erythrocytes for
potassium and sodium following in vitro irradiation. Also, Hevesy and
Zerahn (1946), using yeast cells labeled with radioactive potassium, demon-
strated a loss of potassium after irradiation. Sheppard and Beyl (1951)
reported that after in vitro irradiation, the human erythrocytes lost potas-
sium and gained sodium. Lessler (1959) gave evidence for a change in the
geometry and the physiological nature of the membrane of amphibian
erythrocytes following in vitro irradiation with doses as low as 100 R.

Reviewing the methods and application of the electron probe micro-
analyzer to biochemistry, Anderson (1967) cites as one example the ele-
mental analysis of Amphiuma red blood cells conducted by Revel. This
study was made on air-dried blood smears coated with a thin layer of carbon.
Analysis of results, obtained from electron probe microanalysis, showed that
the sodium and potassium concentrations in the red blood cells were some-
what higher in the nucleus than in the cytoplasm. It was concluded that the
excess of these cations in the nuclei “was related to the presence of large
nondiffusible organic molecules acting as anions.” Scanning images of these
elements further indicated the unequal distribution of these elements in the
cell.

In another illustration, Anderson showed that the results of elemental
analysis, using the electron probe microanalyzer, may be greatly affected
by the method of sample preparation. Data of the sodium concentrations
in nuclei and cytoplasm from air-dried samples gave better results than the
freeze-dried samples. This, however, was not the case in all elements
analyzed.

This experiment was designed to determine if ionizing radiation results
in the loss of chlorine, potassium, and sodium from the nuclei of frog
erythrocytes.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Smears from blood collected by heart punctures of laboratory frogs, Rana
pipiens or Rana clamitans, were either air-dried or freeze-dried and coated with
a thin carbon film about 400 A° thick and stored in a vacuum desiccator.
Experimental frogs received whole body radiation of 1,000 R from a 137Cs source,
20 minutes or 2 hours prior to their sacrifice for blood smears.

The relative amounts of chlorine, sodium, and potassium in the nucleus and
cytoplasm were analyzed using an Applied Research Labs Electron Microprobe.
This machine was operated at a setting of 2,350 volts with the current to the
tungsten filament of 7 kv. At the proper settings, the current to the sample was
adjusted and maintained about 0.08 microamperes.

RESULTS

A. Comparison of the air-dried and freeze-dried technique of sample preparations.

The data from electron microprobe analysis of the erythrocytes of two species
of Rana are given in Table I. These data are in counts per minute representing
the results of monitoring X-ray emissions from a particular element following
electron bombardment of that element. Each count is the mean value of 10
different cells in which the nuclei and the cytoplasm were counted three times
at a single site. All data were computer processed, using the statistical program

Radiation Effects 59

Comparison of Air-Dried with Pen Technique of Sample Preparation
A. Rana clamitans1 Air Dried Freeze Dried
Element Analyzed Nucleus Cytoplasm N/C Nucleus Cytoplasm N/C
K 470 321 0.683 1219 592 0.434
Na 7086 5690 0.802 7026 4288 0.610
Cl 3102 2869 0.925 4707 3011 0.640

B. Rana pipiens?

kK 327 261 0.798 5107 2185 0.4278
Na 5364 4780 0.891 586 768 1.310
Clee ree ree ats 543 385 .709

1 Results obtained from a single animal.
2 Results from two animals.

developed at the Laboratory for treating data obtained from the electron probe
microanalyzer.

It is clearly apparent from the data in Table I that the counts for potassium
from freeze-dried preparations were much higher than those received from air-
dried preparations. There is a significant difference in the nucleus to cytoplasm
ratio, 0.434 from freeze-dried preparations compared with 0.683 from air-dried
preparations, of blood obtained from a single animal of the Rana clamitans. Com-
parable results are indicated from blood samples of the Rana pipiens. Counts for
chlorine, like those of potassium, were higher in freeze-dried preparations but
they were lower for sodium. Although there were considerable variations in the
counts of cells on a single slide, and between the mean counts of the two species,
the cytoplasmic to nucleic ratios were similar for potassium, but such similarities
were not as evident for sodium and chlorine. Anderson (1967) reported data
showing much higher counts for sodium and chlorine from slides of Amphiuma
blood prepared from air-dried samples. His results do not agree with those
obtained in this experiment, nor did they agree with other experiments conducted
by Robinson and Davis (1970) who reported that the freeze-dried technique of
sample preparation gave more accurate data than air-dried samples. Further
analysis in this experiment employs the freeze-dried method of sample preparation.
B. The Effects of Ionizing Radiation.

Table II compares the results of two control animals with three that received
whole body doses of 1,000 R. One experimental animal, sacrificed 20 minutes
after radiation, showed data which seem to suggest that potassium was lost from
the nucleus while sodium was taken up. This is reflected in the C/N value for
potassium, 0.4278 and 0.45 from the controls and the C/N values of sodium
0.538 is significantly different from the 1.31 and 0.902 of the control animals.

In those red blood cells collected from the animals sacrificed two hours after
radiation, there is much similarity in their C/N values for the potassium and
sodium. These values for potassium, 0.4177 and 0.404, and for the sodium, 0.80
and 1.131, do not deviate significantly from those of the controls.

Comparing the C/N values for chlorine among the two controls with those
of the experimental animals, there is no indication that ionizing radiation affects
the membrane permeability of the nucleus to Cl ions.

60 Gertrude C. Ridgel

Table II

Comparison of Results from Control and Irradiated Frogs
Control Animals (Rana pipiens)

Frog X Nucleus (N) Cytoplasm (C) C/N
K 5107 2185 0.4278
Na 586 768 1.310
Cl 543 385 0.709
Frog 8
K 4945 2250 0.45
Na 592 534 0.902
| 127 191 1.50
Experiment Animals (Rana pipiens)
Frog H
20 minutes after 1,000 R Dose
K 3344 1790 0.5353
Na 4675 2516 0.5398
Gl 1600 1180 0.73875
Frog I—120 minutes (2 hrs.) after 1,000 R Dose
kK 4278 1787 0.4177
Na 1210 968 0.80
‘Olt 1258 866 0.6884
Frog J—120 minutes (2 hrs.) after 1,000 R Dose
kK 4712 1905 0.404
Na 1286 1455 Ali
Cl 1270 1313 1.03

DISCUSSION

Sufficient data have not been collected in this experiment to make
definitive conclusions as to the effect of ionizing radiation on the perme-
ability of the nuclear membrane of frog erythrocytes to chlorine, sodium,
and potassium. However, these data seem to suggest that there is a change
in the permeability to potassium and sodium. Similar conclusions could not
be drawn for the activity of the membrane to chlorine.

There was considerable variation in the counts of x-ray emission from
electron bombardment of the elements in the nucleus and cytoplasm. Some
of the variability in counts may have been due to the inexperience of the
investigator in handling the instrumentation involved in electron probe
microanalysis. Another factor may have been the method of preparation
of the freeze-dried slides. Although care was exercised in preparing smears,
there was observed some cells with smooth outline and others with fuzzy
outline on the same slide. A comparison of the counts of the two types of
cells is summarized in Table III. These results clearly demonstrate a
difference in the counts depending upon the nature of cells. Further
investigation is necessary to determine if this difference is due to technique

Radiation Effects 61

Table III
Comparison of Cell Types on Freeze-Dried Preparations
Element Nuclear Cytoplasmic Nuclear Cytoplasmic
Analyzed Count Count C/N Count Count C/N
Smooth Cells Fuzzy Cells
K 4712 1905 0.404 1595 1070 0.63
Na 1286 1455 eS 9149 5095 0.611
Cl 1270 1313 1.01 2931 2206 0.752

or to some other factor. However, variations in the “actual” or relative
amounts of sodium and potassium were reported by Creasey (1960) and by
Jackson and Christenson (1964) using other methods of analysis.

If the trends indicated by this experiment are real, the initial effects
following irradiation are a loss of potassium and a gain of sodium in the
nuclei of frog erythrocytes. Apparently there is a repair mechanism in the
membrane, for within two hours after irradiation, the levels of sodium and
potassium in the nucleus return to the levels of those in the control. Lessler
(1959) observed a similar reversibility in the permeability of the cellular
membrane to the uptake of #2K,CO, at different intervals of time following
in vitro irradiation of frog and Amphiuma erythocytes.

This experiment demonstrates another technique, electron probe micro-
analysis, that can be used in investigating radiation damage in cells.

LITERATURE CITED

1. C. A. Anderson. 1967. An Introduction to the Election Probe Microanalysis
and its Application to Biochemistry. Methods of Biochemical Analysis 15:
147-270.

2. W. A. Creasey. 1960. Changes in the Sodium and Potassium Contents of Cell
Nuclei After Irradiation. Biochim Biophys. Acta. 38:181-182.

3. G. Hevesy and K. Zerahn. 1946. The Effect of Roentgen Rays and Ultraviolet
Radiation on the Permeability of Yeast. Acta Radiol. 27:316-327.

4, K.L. Jackson and G. M. Christensen. 1964. Sodium and Potassium Binding in
X-Irradiated Nuclei. Radiation Research. 27:434-444. :

5. Milton A. Lessler. 1959. Low-Level X-Ray Damage to Amphibian Erythro-
cytes. Science 129:1551-1552.

6. William L. Robinson and David Davis. 1970. Determination of Concentration
and Distribution in Rat Thyroid Follicles by Electron Microprobe Analysis.
Review of prepublished materials and personal communications.

7. C. W. Sheppard and Gertrude E. Beyl. 1951. Cation Exchange in Mammalian
Erythrocytes III. The Prolytic Effect of X-Rays on Human Cells. J. Gen.
Physiology. 34:691-704.

8. T. P. Ting and R. E. Zirkle. 1940. The Kinetics of the Diffusion of Salts Into
and Out of X-Irradiated Erythrocytes. J. Cellular Comp. Physiology. 16:
197-206.

Received: October 7, 1971. Accepted: November 5, 1971.

RESEARCH NOTES

EFFECT OF NIPPOSTRONGYLUS BRASILIENSIS (Nematoda) ON
RABBIT BODY WEIGHT

JOHN P. HARLEY

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

INTRODUCTION

Previous investigations (Thorson, 1953; Harley, 1966; and Harley and
Gallicchio, 1970) have shown that the rabbit is a highly refractory abnormal
host to Nippostrongylus brasiliensis (Travassos, 1914). However, experi-
mental evidence concerning weight gain of rabbits infected with this parasite
has, heretofore, not been reported and is the basis for this report.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The strain of N. brasiliensis used was obtained through the courtesy of Dr.
Paul Weinstein, National Institutes of Health. Procedures for the maintenance of
stock infections in rats and for inoculation of experimental rabbits were similar to
those described by Haley (1966).

Holtzman albino rats of both sexes were used to maintain the parasite. Young
Dutch-belted rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus) were obtained from a local supplier
and were 56 + 2 days of age (weighing 630-696 g; X = 660 + 48; N = 80)
when inoculated. Purina Laboratory Chow and fresh water were provided ad lib.

Twenty male and 20 female rabbits were inoculated individually with 50,000
+ 2000 larvae. Controls consisted of 20 male and 20 female rabbits. All rabbits
were weighed to the nearest gram on a Mikro-Doft balance on the day of
inoculation and daily (at the same time each day) through day 15 postinoculation,
at which time, the infection disappears (Harley and Gallicchio, 1970).

Weight gain values were expressed as mean percentage gain in grams (the
percentage increase in weight between the time of inoculation and day 15 post-
inoculation). Student’s ¢ test (Snedecor, 1956) was employed in the statistical
analysis of paired means. Differences between means were considered significant
when P values were less than 0.05.

Five control rats were included in the experiment and served to insure that
larvae administered to experimental rabbits were infective and capable of develop-
ing into adult worms. Controls were necropsied on the 8th day postinoculation
and the gut examined for worms according to the method of Haley (1966).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Recoveries of adult worms from control rats ranged from 62-91% (X = 80;
SD = + 20; N = 5). It is apparent from these viability control data that infective
larvae administered to experimental rabbits were capable of developing into a
population of adult worms.

There was a significant (P < 0.05) difference in weight gain between inocu-
lated and uninoculated male rabbits (Table I, comparison I), female rabbits
(comparison II), and combined weights of male and female rabbits (comparison
III). There was no significant (P > 0.05) difference in weight gain between

Research Notes 63

Table 1

Comparisons of weight gains of rabbits infected with Nippostrongylus brasiliensis
and uninfected rabbits over a 15-day period postinoculation

Weight
Comparison Uninoc- (X % gain P
no. Host sex Inoculated ulated ingrams) —+SD value

| Males = 35 36

I <0.05
Males bi 72 52
Females - 84 89

II <0.05
Females Li 80 60
Males + females * 34 39

Ill <0.05
Males + females 76 56
Males = 85 86

IV >0.05
Females = 34 39
Males * a2. 52

Vv >0.20
Females 3 80 60

either inoculated male and female rabbits (comparison IV) or uninoculated male
and female rabbits (comparison V). Thus, N. brasiliensis significantly (P < 0.05)
influences the weight gain of both male and female rabbits equally, through day
15 postinoculation.

The exact mechanism(s) responsible for the diminished weight gain in
rabbits infected with N. brasiliensis is not known. Current research is underway
to elucidate the mechanism(s) involved. Nevertheless, the following evidence is
presented as a possible explanation for the diminished weight gain observed in
this host—parasite relationship.

Harley (1966) and Harley and Gallicchio (1970) have shown that rabbits
with heavy infections of N. brasiliensis were manifestly ill; had hemorrhagic,
congested, and edematous lungs; and verminous pneumonia was common. Inflam-
mation was also demonstrated in the skin and lungs of infected rabbits. In the
present study, similar results were obtained.

In rats, Symons (1957, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c, 1960d) and Gallagher and
Symons (1959) have shown that in the small intestine, there are debilitating
changes in the concentrations of fats and electrolytes. Symons (1960c, 1960d)
has also shown that the rate of absorption of d-glucose and protein digestion is
greatly reduced.

All of the above are possible contributors to undernourishment and may
possibly be occurring in rabbits infected with N. brasiliensis. For, it was observed
in this investigation that rabbits infected with N. brasiliensis had a drastic loss
of appetite; superficially, explaining the diminished weight gains.

REFERENCES

Gallagher, C. H., and L. E. A. Symons. 1959. Biochemical studies on Nippo-
strongylus muris infestation. Austral. J. Exper. Biol. Med. Sci. 37:421-432.

Haley, A. J. 1966. Biology of the rat nematode Nippostrongylus brasiliensis

64 John P. Harley

(Travassos, 1914). III. Characteristics of N. brasiliensis after 30-120 serial
passages in the Syrian hamster. J. Parasit. 52:98-108.

Harley, J. P. 1966. The effect of cortisone on the establishment of Nippostrongylus
brasiliensis (Nematoda) in the rabbit. Unpublished Master’s Thesis, Kent
State University, Kent, Ohio, 68 p.

Harley, J. P., and V. Gallicchio. 1970. Effect of cortisone on the establishment of
Nippostrongylus brasiliensis in the rabbit. J. Parasit. 56:271-276.

Snedecor, C. W. Statistical Methods. 5th ed. Iowa State University Press, Ames,
Towa, 534 p.

Symons, L. E. A. 1957. Pathology of infestation of the rat with Nippostrongylus
muris (Yokogama). I. Changes in the water content, dry weight and tissues
of the small intestine. Austral J. Biol. Sci. 10:374-383.

. 1960a. Pathology of infestation of the rat with Nippostrongylus muris
(Yokogawa). II. Chemical constituents of the jejunum and dry weight of the
mucosa. Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 13:163-170.

. 1960b. Pathology of infestation of the rat with Nippostrongylus muris
(Yokogawa). III. Jejunal fluxes in vivo of water, sodium and _ chloride.
Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 13:171-179.

. 1960c. Pathology of infestation of the rat with Nippostrongylus muris
(Yokogama). IV. The absorption of glucose and histidine. Austral. J. Biol.
Sci. 138:180-187.

1960d. Pathology of infestation of the rat with Nippostrongylus
muris (Yokogama). V. Protein digestion. Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 13:578-588.
Thorson, R. E. 1953. Infection of rabbits with a rat nematode, Nippostrongylus
muris. J. Parasit. 39:575.
Travassos, L. 1914. Trichostrongylideos brazileiros (3. nota previa). Brazil
Medico. 28:325-327.
Received: April 21, 1971. Accepted: May 28, 1971.

NEW RECORDS OF ZAPUS HUDSONIUS (ZIMMERMAN)
FROM KENTUCKY

JAMES T. WALLACE

Department of Anatomy, School of Dental Medicine,

University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213

The jumping mice (Genus Zapus) are distributed widely over North
America from about latitude 35°N to the Arctic Circle (Walker, 1964). In
spite of their wide distribution, Zapus are often poorly represented in mam-
mal collections. Such has been the case for collections from Kentucky
where the genus has seldom been captured. This is probably a result of
their low population densities in the wild, their habit of hibernating for
several months of the year in cold climates and little effort in the field by
collectors.

Krutzsch (1954) listed a specimen of Zapus in the United States National
Museum, from Lyon County in western Kentucky, with no exact locality
record. This represents the only published record of Zapus from Kentucky.
Krutzsch (ibid.) designated the (USNM) specimen as Zapus hudsonius
intermedius. He considered Zapus hudsonius americanus to be present in
the eastern half of Kentucky, but based his speculation on geographic
criteria without the benefit of specimens. More recently several specimens
of Zapus have been collected from the eastern part of Kentucky as well as a
single specimen from western Kentucky. In addition, three specimens col-
lected in 1964 in Oldham County, Kentucky were received from the De-
partment of Biology, University of Louisville. All of the Kentucky specimens
with the exception of the one in the USNM will be discussed in this
presentation.

Collections (Table I) of Zapus have been made in Madison County,

Table 1

Collection Sites in Madison, Daviess and Oldham Counties
Madison—1) 84° 24’ 6”, 37° 42’ 30” longitude, el. 680’ 3 mi. N. Kirksville.

2) 84° 28’ 45” latitude, 37° 47’ 45” longitude, el. 560’, near mouth of
Silver Creek at Kentucky River and 4 mi. SW Valley View.

Preserved in formalin, author’s collection.
Daviess—Home of Mr. Albert Powell on Carpenter Lake. No other details available.
Study skin and skull, Dept. Zool., University of Kentucky. No. 4132.
Oldham—1 mi. N and 3 mi. E. of La Grange.

Study skins with skulls, Dept. Biol. mammal collection, Univ. Louisville,
KRT #47, 50 and 51.

9STh# TN

L9, ‘PO SG
pesemed= 61 “Tr ce 86 SOL 76 ~~ ices tcees Osi O\Om es | S0iGGs. Cle Sol (W) 89TT
Ayonquey “AyuNoD uosipey, ‘JaAny AxonJUeY 3e YaoI-D IsAjIG Jo yNou rvaNy
soAIquia ou L9. ‘PO &%
SUP ONe Oc a0, alice 0G =O 66 -[co 88 €6 OF Ter SG OF —O0e <cr- (4) LOTT
soAiquie ou L9.°PO 1G
‘BUREOUTION 03 OF FS SS SOl 16 SIZ 9S GS Th G8 6S BI 8S BOI SSI (4) 9PIT
soAIquie ou L9. PO 06
a ULE HAONe a0ice mole clo) “Ae GOl Ge “Oe. 9e [6s OF S6l 6-11 Ses eer Jer (4) S8IT
8 Ayonqyuey ‘AyUNOD UOsIpeyy “OSsplg YIe1D IATIGg J peoy [[A soureg
3 :
pe) De ta 8 fD St stash) Ilo) S| ES < 5 Sy less les an) cae | 5 2
E pee eee eg ca. oe Sel Ce Se OES
a E Pee eae. fe oS 6 Se a RS Fo ape 2 le
§ ee ee ee eee ee eo ee kG
5} ha co. =O EA = o+ gQ
a oe eee gee a ge Gane erg
§ 4 oe a es ae =e See ee ies Se z
,) Be Se Bl ae . & 6 a B. fe SI
2 ee 2 ee ee = & ge 5 5 c
g Bet ae mite ee Gs 09 ‘

‘WU [’*() JSoIvOU OY} 0} PpopuNoL udeq aALY SJUSUOINSKI|, ‘sNiUOSpNy
sndvZ jo snye}s aAONpoider UO soJOU PU S}UdLOINSvOUI [RIURIO ‘s}UDUIAINsRa Apo [eUIa}Xy

c P1991

66

67

WW € X Q S9}SOJ,

(wut 7 dum
UMOIO) sAOIquIS /

SOAIQUIO ON

ueulloeds paseulrqd

soAIquie ou
*BUT}EJOR] JON

soAIquio
ou ‘sune}0e'T

poseureqd

New Records From Kentucky

OAIqUI9 OU
suQeyry]

[3010s

@ X Pp Saqysay,
[eurutopqe

‘GT X Gg soqsol,
[e}010s

“G’I X G so\soy,

GG

eG

iy 4G OB

O'V

GV

TV

ciCemOls

SG

GG

GG

6T

oT

08

18

6L

Ne Ore tes tle) ir eel aXe

II

68 86 oo GQ GS O77 Cor Se On

68

Wile fs Se 2 ONS} ta
Ayonwuey ‘AyunoD weyp[oC ‘esuriy v'T jo soplur E—YION sTUI T

Ayonwuey ‘AyUNOD ssotAeq ‘uoWSULAOX

OO. 16
OTl 96

eeee eeoo

OO. 68

GOL G6

Teles f8) 8s

S16

G'8G

106

0:06

cs

VE

v6

86

eevee

G6

98

SL

Or O6T

Iv 661

cece cece

Or Fé6I

6g oo"

681

MS 6 All

L'6

9°8

GI

SI

ST

ST

Il

GL

I

0°S¢

0'9G

0'96

0°GG

0°66

0°08

0°86

0'86

G86

0'86

0'LG

9FI S6 (yy) IS# ULY

£9, APN 6

OCI 006 (4) LP# ULY

79. AFIN 6

SOIT SLI (4d) 0S# HLY

89

VIT

9TT

OIT

III

GGL

SIT

901

L9, A[a{ ST

SII (A)Seibh# “TN

S81

606

S81

881

161

98T

GLI

L9. °2°O0 0€
(4) O8GT

19. 0 08
(1) 6L31

19, "PO 6%
(WW) 8981

L9. "PO 86
(A) C9GT

LOY. PO GG
(W) ILIT

19. ‘PO $3
(4) OLTT

L9. YO GG
(W) 69IT

68 James T. Wallace

eastern Kentucky, (11 specimens), Daviess County, western Kentucky, (1
specimen) and Oldham County, western Kentucky (3 specimens).

The author does not feel that subspecies designations should be given
to any of the Zapus specimens from Kentucky at this time because of the
small number which are available for study. Certainly, the single specimens
from Lyon and Daviess County, western Kentucky, are not sufficient to
determine substantially whether these individuals are Z. h. intermedius as
they would have to be assigned on geographic grounds following Krutzsch
(1954). Neither can the specimens captured in eastern Kentucky, Oldham
and Madison County, and assignable to Z. h. americanus on geographic
grounds (Krutzsch, 1954) and those collected in western Kentucky be
differentiated. Table 2 is presented in lieu of statistically testing such small,
dispersed samples.

The Madison County specimens were collected at two sites, near a
permanent creek and adjacent to a river. Those collected near the creek
were captured in a meadow of dense fallen grass intermixed with a few
forbs and bordered on the creek side by a thin line of sycamore trees. The
entire area was approximately 34 of an acre and located at an elevation
of about six feet above the stream level. Although the meadow was not
moist at the time of collection the contour was such that water would
undoubtedly stand there during rainy periods. Saturation trapping was
carried out; however, one cannot generalize with accuracy about the
density of the population.

Those specimens collected adjacent to the river were captured in grass,
five to six feet high, intermixed with herbaceous vegetation. The terrace-like
area was located about 20’ above the river level and was separated from the
steep sandy river bank by a 25/-30’ wide border of willow trees. Traps set
in the willows yielded only a single specimen of Zapus after several hundred
trap nights; the remainder of the catch being from the grassy area.

The Madison County specimens were captured in Museum Special traps
baited with a peanut butter and oats mixture; additional oats scented with
peanut butter was cast about near the traps as an attractant. Sherman live
traps set in large numbers in the area, failed to capture any Zapus.

Near frosting conditions and rainy nights did not result in complete
cessation of activity as evidenced by captures during these periods. These
data agree with those reported by Quimby (1951) and Sheldon (1934) who
found Zapus to be most active at night.

Whitaker (1963) reported mean testis lengths of 4.97 and 5.05 mm. for
the periods 11-20 October and 21-31 October, respectively. The testis
lengths of the specimens from Madison County were essentially within the
same range and were collected during a similar period, 20-30 October. Only
two females had noticeable nipples. Each had eight nipples which appeared
to be regressing following a functional period. No placental scars were
observed and the uteri were reduced in size.

Zapus is well known for its long period of hibernation which usually
lasts from late October or mid-November to some time in April. Hamilton
(1935) reported catching Zapus in late October and mid-November and
Whitaker (1963) reported captures in late October and early November.
The author’s data generally agree with the findings of these studies since
captures were not recorded after October 30.

New Records From Kentucky 69

LITERATURE CITED

Hamilton, W. J., Jr. 1935. Habits of jumping mice. Am. Midl. Nat. 16:187-200.

Krutzsch, P. H. 1954. North American jumping mice (Genus Zapus). Univ.
Kansas Publ. 7:349-472.

Quimby, D. C. 1951. The life history and ecology of the jumping mouse, Zapus
hudsonius. Ecol. Monogr. 21:61-95.

Sheldon, C. 1934. Studies on the life histories of Zapus and Napaeozapus in Nova
Scotia. J. Mamm. 15:290-300.

Walker, E. P. 1964. Mammals of the World. The Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore,
1500 pp.

Whitaker, J. O., Jr. 1963. A study of the Meadow Jumping Mouse, Zapus
hudsonius (Zimmerman) in Central New York. Ecol. Monogr. 83:215-254.

Received: May 19, 1969. Revision: September 20, 1971. Accepted: October 25,
1971.

MONOPETALONEMA ALCEDINIS (RUDOLPHI) (NEMATODA:
FILARIIDAE) IN THE EASTERN BELTED KINGFISHER

JOHN V. ALIFF and HUGH F. ENGLISH
Department of Biology
Georgia College at Milledgeville
Milledgeville, Georgia 31061

An eastern belted kingfisher, Megaceryle alcyon, collected 25 June 1969,
at a private bait fish hatchery near Haddock, Georgia, was infected with 7
mature filariid nematodes; 3 males (size range 5.08-9.52 cm in length) and
4 females (8.75-41.4 cm) were recovered from the peritoneal cavity. Sub-
sequent research confirmed the identification as Monopetalonema alcedinis
(Rudolphi, 1819). Of 50 kingfishers collected from Georgia, Florida, and
Kentucky by the authors during 1966-1969, the above-mentioned bird was
the only one found to harbor Monopetalonema alcedinis. Another specimen
of M. alcedinis, a female 27.2 cm long, collected at Fort Pierce, Florida,

from an eastern belted kingfisher, was submitted to the authors for identifica-
tion.

M. alcedinis has been previously reported from Canada by Mawson
(1957, Can. J. Zool. 35:213-219) in the eastern belted kingfisher. Other
reports of M. alcedinis have been made from Brazil, Argentina, British
Guiana, and Mexico from the kingfisher species Ceryle amazona and Mega-
ceryle torquata. Recent authors have not noted the first probable report of
M. alcedinis in the United States made by Leidy (1885, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 15:9-11). The presence of M. alcedinis, parasitizing 9 of 47
Kingfishers, has been reported recently from Massachusetts by Boyd and
Fry (1971, J. Parasit. 57:150-156).

I wish to acknowledge Dr. Helen E. Jordan (College of Veterinary
Medicine, Oklahoma State University) and Dr. Edward L. Roberson (De-
partment of Veterinary Parasitology, University of Georgia) for confirma-
tion of the preliminary identification. I also wish to thank Dr. Herbert W.
Kale, Entomological Research Station, Florida State Division of Health,

Vero Beach, Florida, for providing the single specimen collected from Fort
Pierce.

Received: July 10, 1971. Accepted: July 26, 1971.

HELMINTH PARASITES OF FOUR SPECIES OF SUNFISHES
(CENTRARCHIDAE) FROM LAKE WILGREEN IN KENTUCKY

JOHN P. HARLEY and THOMAS L. KEEFE

Department of Biological Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

The helminth parasites of Kentucky game fish have, overall, been grossly
neglected compared with data from Ohio: Bangham (1925), Hare (1943),
Hunter (1932), Krueger (1954); Indiana: Steen (1938); Tennessee: Bang-
ham and Venard (1942), Venard (1940); Illinois: Cooper (1919), Essex
and Hunter (1926), Hugghins (1956), Mizelle (1936), Mizelle and
Brennan (1942), van Cleave (1919); Virginia: Bogitish (1958), Bogitish
and Cheng (1959), Hargis (1952), Holloway (1953), Holloway and
Bogitish (1964).

Lake Wilgreen, a young lake located four miles southwest of Richmond,
Madison County, Kentucky, was impounded in August, 1966. This 220-acre
lake is presently being heavily fished after being stocked by the Kentucky
Department of Fish and Wildlife in 1967. Heretofore, no helminthic data
have been reported from this lake.

One-hundred and fifty fishes of the genus Lepomis were collected by
electric shock and angling from the lake between September 1970 and April
1971. They were transported in aerated plastic bags to aerated aquaria
where they remained until autopsy. The gills were removed from freshly
killed fish and frozen in water according to the method of Mizelle and
Klucka (1953) to facilitate detachment of monogenetic trematodes. The
viscera, musculature, eyes, and brain were dissected from the fish and
examined by means of a dissecting microscope. The body cavities and
blood were also examined.

_ The four species of fish and the number of each examined were: L.
cyanellus Rafinesque (25), L. megalotis Rafinesque (15), L. macrochirus
Rafinesque (60), and L. microlophus Ginther (50).

Parasites removed were fixed in either AFA or 10% formalin and stored
in 70% ethanol. Trematodes and cestodes were stained with Harris’
hematoxylin. Nematodes and Acanthocephala were dehydrated, cleared in
lactophenol, and mounted in glycerine jelly.

Parasites found in the four species of sunfish from Lake Wilgreen are
listed in Table 1. Only 15 species of helminths were found in the four
species of fish examined. However, of the 150 fish examined, all harbored at
least one species of parasite. Individual parasite loads were light, with the
exception of Posthodiplostomum minimum centrachi. The number of meta-
cercariae per fish ranged from 75-500 (mean = 150). No relationship
between fish age and degree of infection was noted. The large number of
fish infected with the metacercariae of this parasite indicates a need to study
the relationship between parasite load and stunting; since the sunfish at
Lake Wilgreen are generally in rather poor condition (Branley A. Branson,

12 John P. Harley and Thomas L. Keefe

Table 1
Helminth parasites of four species of Lepomis in Lake Wilgreen, Kentucky

Number of worms recovered per species

Lepomis Lepomis Lepomis Lepomis —
megalotis macrochirus cyanellus microlophus
Parasite (AU) (60) (25) (50)
ACANTHOCEPHALA:
Neoechinorhynchus cylindratus
(van Cleave, 1913) 4 12 2 7

Popmhorhynchus bulbocolli

( Linkins, 1919) 6 = = 1
CESTOIDEA:

Bothriocephalus claviceps

( Goeze, 1782) — — Oa —

Proteocephalus ambloplitis

(Leidy, 1887) DFEH Da Baha Spats SFr*
DIGENEA:

Posthodiplostomum minimum centrarchi

(MacCallum, 1921) eee eee paee eae

Crepidostomum cooperi
( Hopkins, 1934) 2 9 5 4
MONOGENEA:

Actinocleidus fergusoni

Mizelle, 1938 = 20 @) 9
Cleidodiscus diversus

Mizelle, 1938 i 10 3 4

Cleidodiscus robustus
Mueller, 1934 — 17 7 —

Urocleidus acer
Mueller, 1936 — 4 — ®)

Urocleidus mucronatus
Mizelle, 1936 — Al — 11

Urocleidus perdix

Mueller, 1937 = 5 = 2
NEMATODA:

Camallanus oxycephalus

Ward & Magath, 1916 I 9 8 3

Contracaecum brachyurum
Ward & Magath, 1917 — — 4 —

Contracaecum spiculigerum
(Rudolphi, 1809 ) i Der OSes 15*%
— None recovered.
- Very heavy infections.
* Number of fish examined.
** Immature adults.
*** Eincysted larvae.

Helminth Parasites of Four Species of Sunfishes 73

pers. comm.). The plentiful quantity of Physa integra Haldeman, 1841
and the continued presence of herons, will probably maintain this parasite
at a high level of incidence in sunfishes in this lake. This high incidence of
infection in Kentucky sunfishes is similar to that reported in California by
Colley and Olson (1963), in Texas by Meade and Bedinger (1967), and
in Oklahoma by Spall (1970).

Since no previous helminthological surveys have been reported for Madi-
son County, Kentucky, all of the herein reported helminths constitute new
range-extension records for the parasites of the four species of sunfish sur-
veyed.

Acknowledgements are due Dr. Branley A. Branson, Department of
Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, and Dr. Louis A. Krum-
holz, Water Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, for their critical
reading of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Bangham, R. V. 1925. A study of the cestode parasites of the black bass in Ohio,
with special reference to their life history and distribution. Ohio J. Sci.
25:255-270.

Bangham, R. V., and C. E. Venard. 1942. Studies on parasites of Reelfoot Lake
fish. IV. Distribution studies and check-list of parasites. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.
17:22-38.

Bogitish, B. J. 1958. Observations on the seasonal occurrence of a pseudophyllidean
tapeworm infecting the alimentary tract of Lepomis macrochirus Raf. in
Albemarle County, Virginia. Am. Midl. Nat. 60:97-99.

Bogitish, B. J.. and T. C. Cheng. 1959. Pisciaphistoma reynoldsi (Paramphitto-
matidae), a new trematode parasite of Lepomis spp. in Virginia. J. Tenn.
Acad. Sci. 34:159.

Colley, F. C., and A. C. Olson. 1963. Posthodiplostomum minimum (Trematoda:

in fishes of Lower Otay reservoir, San Diego County, California. J. Parasit.
49:148.

Cooper, A. R. 1919. North American pseudophyllidean cestodes from fishes. IIl.
Biol. Monogr. 4:288-541.

Essex, H. E., and G. W. Hunter, III. 1926. A biological study of fish parasites
from the central states. Trans. Ill. Acad. Sci. 19:151-181.

Hare, R. C. 1943. An ecological study of the worm parasites of Portage Lakes
fishes. Ohio J. Sci. 43:201-208.

Hargis, W. J. 1952. Monogenetic trematodes of Westhampton Lake fishes. II. A
list of species and key to the genera encountered. Va. J. Sci. 3:112-115.

Holloway, H. L. 1953. Notes of the occurrence of Neoechinorhynchus cylindratus
in fishes of Westhampton Lake. Va. J. Sci. 4:281.

Holloway, H. L., and B. J. Bogitish. 1964. Helminths of Westhampton Lake fish.
Va. J. Sci. 15:41-44.

Hugghins, E. J. 1956. Ecological studies on a trematode of bullheads and cor-
morants at Spring Lake, Illinois. Trans. Am. Microscop. Soc. 75:281-289.

Hunter, G. W., and R. V. Bangham. 1932. Studies of fish parasites of Lake Erie.
I. New trematodes (Allocreadiidae). Trans. Am. Microscop. Soc. 51:137-152.

74 John P. Harley and Thomas L. Keefe

Krueger, R. F. 1954. A survey of the helminth parasites of fishes from Van Buren
Lake and Rocky Ford Creek. Ohio J. Sci. 54:277.

Meade, T. G., and C. A. Bedinger. 1967. .Posthodiplostomum minimum (Tre-
matoda: Diplostomidae) in fishes of Madison County, Eastern Texas. South-
west Nat. 12:334-835.

Mizelle, J. D. 1936. New species of trematodes from the gills of Illinois fishes.
Am. Midl. Nat. 17:785-806.

Mizelle, J. D., and W. J. Brennan. 1942. Studies on monogenetic trematodes. VII.
Species infesting the bluegill sunfish. Am. Midl. Nat. 27:135-144.

Mizelle, J. D., and A. R. Klucka. 1953. Studies on monogenetic trematodes. XIV.
Dactylogyridae from Wisconsin fishes. Am. Midl. Nat. 49:720-733.

Spall, R. D. 1970. The endoparasitic helminths of fishes from Lake Carl Blackwell,
Oklahoma. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 49:91-99.

Steen, E. B. 1938. Two new species of Phyllodistomum (Trematoda: Goroderidae )
from Indiana fishes. Am. Midl. Nat. 20:201-210.

van Cleave, H. J. 1919. Preliminary survey of the Acanthocephala from fishes of
the Illinois river. Trans. Ill. St. Acad. Sci. 12:151-156.

Venard, C. E. 1940. Studies on parasites of Reelfoot Lake fish. I. Parasites of the
large-mouth black bass, Huro salmoides (Lacepede). J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.
15:48-63.

Received: May 12, 1971. Accepted: November 5, 1971.

HELMINTH PARASITES OF THE NEWT NOTOPHTHALMUS
VIRIDESCENS IN MEADE COUNTY, KENTUCKY

ERNEST DEL FOSSE and FRED H. WHITTAKER*
Department of Biology, University of Louisville

Louisville, Kentucky 40208

In the spring of 1971, the first author examined 24 specimens of the
newt, Notophthaimus viridescens Rafinesque, collected from a small pond
(0.2 acre) about 5 miles southwest of Battletown, Meade County, Kentucky.
A population of this newt was first observed in this pond approximately 14
years ago; however, examinations for helminth parasites were not made
heretofore.

The newts were collected with a dipnet and returned to the laboratory
where they were maintained in aquaria until examined. The viscera were
removed and carefully examined in 0.8% saline solution. Cestodes were
relaxed in tap water in a refrigerator, fixed in AFA, stained with Harris’
haemotoxylin, cleared in methyl salicylate and mounted in Clearmount.
Nematodes were fixed in glycerine alcohol and mounted in glycerine jelly.

Examination of the newts yielded only two species of helminths: a
cestode Bothriocephalus rarus Thomas, 1937, and a nematode Capillaria
tenua Mueller, 1932, from the small intestine. Six gravid specimens of the
tapeworm were recovered from three newts, and all newts harbored from
6 to 36 nematodes.

As far as is known, Bothriocephalus rarus is host specific for the newt
Notophthalmus viridescens and utilizes a copepod as the intermediate host.
The degree of host specificity of Capillaria tenua was not ascertained, how-
ever, it probably is quite high, with the nematodes parasitizing only a few
related amphibian species. The life cycle of C. tenua is probably direct, as
is the case for most members of the family Trichiuridae.

This report represents the first record of occurrence of Bothriocephalus
rarus and Capillaria tenua in the newt Notophthalmus viridescens in Ken-
tucky.

LITERATURE CITED

Mueller, J. F. 1932. Capillaria tenua, a new species of nematode parasite in the
newt, Triturus viridescens. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 51:263-266.

Thomas, L. J. 1937. Bothriocephalus rarus n. sp., a cestode from the newt Triturus
viridescens. J. Parasit. 23:119-123.

* To whom correspondence should be sent.

Received: August 10, 1971. Accepted: August 16, 1971.

FUNDULUS NOTTI IN KENTUCKY

BRANLEY A. BRANSON
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University

Richmond, Kentucky 40475

At present, three cyprinodont fishes are commonly encountered in Ken-
tucky waters, Fundulus catenatus (Storer), F. notatus (Rafinesque) and F.
olivaceus (Storer). Two additional species have long been expected in
waters of the Gulf Coastal Plains of southwestern Kentucky, F. chrysotus
(Ginther) and F. notti (Agassiz). The purpose of this note is to record the
occurrence of the latter species in the Commonwealth.

On 12 March 1971, Professors Eugene Schroeder and A. L. Whitt of
Eastern Kentucky University, collected two specimens of F. notti (EKU
275) from barrow ditches draining into Murphy’s Pond, Hickman County,
Kentucky. These specimens measure 27.3 and 34.0 mm, respectively, in
standard length.

These small cyprinodonts are easily separable from all other Fundulus in
our region by color pattern. Male: pale olive to olive-green with faint dark
longitudinal streaks along the sides and 10 to 12 narrow crossbars; a broad,
black subocular bar is present. Female: similar to male except that the
subocular bar and crossbars of the sides are very weak to asbent. The only
species with which F. notti might be confused is F. chrysotus, the golden
topminnow, as yet unreported from Kentucky. Fundulus chrysotus lacks a
subocular bar in either sex and there are only 6 to 10 crossbars. The male
bears gold, orange or red spots along the sides, often has orangish to reddish
fins and brownish stipulations in the fins, where the female is more or less
plain olivaceous. This species has been recorded from Tennessee waters that
lie very close to the Kentucky state border.

Received: August 20, 1971. Accepted: September 14, 1971.

CYCLOMORPHOTIC VARIATION OF CERATIUM HIRUNDINELLA IN
SHANTY HOLLOW LAKE, WARREN COUNTY, KENTUCKY!

DAVID R. HILL?
Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

INTRODUCTION

The term cyclomorphosis was first used by Lauterborn (1904) to
describe the seasonal polymorphism that is frequently observed in plankton
organisms. Cyclomorphosis in Ceratium hirundinella (OFM) Schrank in-
volves changes in: (1) the overall size of the cell; (2) the lengths of the
various horns; (3) the presence or absence of the fourth horn; (4) the
degree of divergence of the posterior horns; and (5) probably the develop-
ment of sculpture on the thickened plates of the cell wall (Hutchinson,
1967).

List (1914) made a detailed study of cyclomorphosis in Ceratium
hirundinella in three European ponds and found varied degrees of cyclo-
morphosis. He found very little change in form in one pond. No marked
and consistent variation occurred either summer of the study. In the other
ponds, List found that the width of the cells were maximal in May or early
June and again in October, with a definite intervening minimum in August.

Hutchinson (1967) stated that in the Danish lakes in which Ceratium
hirundinella is found, the specimens with the longest horns and the greatest
total length occur in late spring and early summer. A decline in horn length
always occurs in July and there are no secondary maxima in these dimensions.

It has been found in culture studies that the proportion of individuals
developing two, three, and four horns differs markedly according to
temperature. The proportion of four-horned individuals is greatest at 23
to 26 C while the proportion of individuals with three horns is high at 10 to
15 C and 28 to 30 C. Different populations, however, respond differently
to a given increase in temperature. In some cases no four-horned individuals
appear; in other cases nearly all individuals of the population have four
horns during the summer (Hutchinson, 1967).

1 Portion of a thesis presented to the Faculty of the Department of Biology,
Western Kentucky University, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the
degree of Master of Science.

2 Present address: Department of Botany, N. C. State University, Raleigh,
N. C. 27607.

78 David R. Hill

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Variations in morphological features exhibited by cyclomorphosis in Ceratium
hirundinella were quantified with the use of an ocular micrometer. A drop of
water from each sample which contained C. hirundinella was placed on a slide.
The first 10 organisms on each slide were examined and the following data
recorded: (1) overall length; (2) width (at the girdle); (3) length of the apical
horn (from horn apex to girdle); and (4) the number of horns.

RESULTS

Measurements of specimens of Ceratium hirundinella are summarized in
Table 1.

Statistical analyses showed that a highly significant difference existed in the
measurements. Tukey’s test (Steele and Torrie, 1960) revealed that the average
overall length and number of horns of the May population were not significantly
different from those of the June population; however, the July population had
significantly fewer horns with reduced overall cell lengths. Analyses comparing
widths indicated that the widths of organisms were significantly greater in May
than they were in June and July. The average length of the apical horn did not
change significantly from May to June but was shorter in July.

The temperature of the lake at the times C. hirundinella was collected in-
creased steadily from 21.8 C on 4 May to 27.8 C on 8 July. As the water tempera-
ture increased, the average overall lengths and number of horns decreased.

It has been suggested that these changes reflect a change from protoplasmic
synthesis and cell division in the spring to rapid cell wall development in late
summer. The cell wall presumably forms too fast as the water temperature
increases to permit growth of the individual to maximum size (Hutchinson, 1967).

The variation in mean overall length of the cells and the length of the horns
of individuals from Shanty Hollow Lake correspond with the variation of
Ceratium hirundinella noted in the Danish lakes by Hutchinson (1967). The de-
crease noted in the mean number of horns in Shanty Hollow specimens follows the
trend of the culture studies reported by Hutchinson (1967).

LITERATURE CITED

Hutchinson, G. E. 1967. A treatise on limnology, Vol. 2. J. Wiley & Sons, New
Yorks ilar:

Lauterborn, R. 1904. Die cyklische oder temporale Variation von Anuraea
cochlearis. Verh. naturh-med. Ver. Heidelb. n. f. 7:529-621.

List, T. 1914. Uber die Temporal und Lokalvariation von Ceratium hirundinella
O. F. M. aue dem Plankton einiger Teiche un der Ulngegend von Darmstadt
und einiger Kolke des Altrheins bei Erfelden. Arch. Hydrobiol. 9:81-126.

Steele, R. G. D., and J. H. Torrie. 1960. Principles and procedures of statistics

with special reference to the biological sciences. McGraw-Hill, New York.
481 p.

Received: September 1, 1971. Accepted: November 5, 1971.

Cyclomorphotic Variation of Ceratium Hirundinella 7g)

Table 1

Cyclomorphotic variation in Ceratium hirundinella, May-July 1970, in Shanty
Hollow Lake, Warren County, Kentucky. Measurements in microns.

Date and Overall No. of Width (at Apical horn
Water temperature length horns girdle ) length
May 4 210.7 4 52.0 127.4

215.6 4 59.8 129.6

21.8 C 225.4 4 65.0 137.2
215.6 4 59.8 127.0

934.4 4 Dilee 137.2

215.6 4 62.4 127.0

215.6 4 52.0 127.0

264.6 4 52.0 156.8

220.5 4 59.8 132.3

254.8 A 67.6 137.2

Mean 227.3 4 58.8 133.9

June 3 235.2 4 52.0 137.2
959.7 4 49.4 127.4

D5 OE 274.4 4 49.4 141.9
230.3 4 49.4 132.3

QT4.4 4 48.1 161.7

954.8 4 46.8 151.8

245.0 4 42.9 137.2

225.4 4 46.8 122.5

225.4 4 52.0 DOR

240.1 4 46.8 127.4

Mean 246.5 4 48.4 136.2

June 22 220.5 4 44.2 123.5
225.4 4 44.9 132.3

26.3 C 205.8 4 46.8 132.8
240.1 4 52.0 136.2

205.8 4 41.6 127.4

276.4 4 46.8 - 84.5

215.6 4 52.0 120.9

210.7 4 49.4 111.8

196.0 4 39.0 111.8

240.1 4 44.92 127.0

Mean 213.6 4 46.1 120.9

July 8 215.6 4 46.8 137.2
158.8 3 44.2 78.0

D7 {33 G 171.5 3 41.6 88.4
220.5 4 46.8 137.2

iA) 8 41.6 88.4

215.6 4 44.2 113.1

147.0 8 44.2 80.6

176.4 4 44.2 101.4

142.1 3 44.2 83.2

171.5 3 49.4 104.0

Mean 179.0 8.4 44.7 101.2

OBSERVATIONS ON BIRTH AND POSTPARTUM BEHAVIOR IN
THE SCORPION VEJOVIS CAROLINUS KOCH?

RALPH W. TAYLOR
Department of Biology, University of Louisville

Louisville, Kentucky 40208

Cloudsley-Thompson (1958), Alexander (1957), Comstock (1948),
Savory (1964) and others have presented accounts of reproductive behavior
in scorpions. These reports concern behavior of scorpions in general and
little has been reported specifically concerning the Vejovidae. I have been
unable to find any information on reproductive behavior in our local species,
Vejovis carolinus Koch. The purpose of this paper is to report the birth and
postpartum activity of two broods of young born in captivity.

Vejovis carolinus, commonly known as the southern unstriped scorpion,
has been described by Ewing (1929). Its distribution is rather widespread,
covering most of the north central part of the United States. Webster
(1923) reported specimens from North Dakota, Smith (1927) found them
in Arkansas, Gertsch (1966) recorded them in Washington, Robinson
(1924) found them in Montana, and Chamberlain (1924) mentioned speci-
mens collected from Idaho, Oregon, and Medicine Hat, Alberta, Canada.
I have collected Vejovis in Kentucky from Meade, Larue, and Pulaski
counties. An associate at the University of Louisville, Dr. Burt L. Monroe,
Jr., has a single specimen taken from a sleeping bag in 1951 in Wayne
County, Kentucky.

The preferred habitat in Kentucky seems to be semiarid, well-drained
areas. Early in the summer the scorpions are found in open rocky areas,
and as the summer progresses they migrate to the woods and are most
commonly found under rocks and leaves in the shade.

On August 8, 1971, I collected six specimens of Vejovis carolinus in an
abandoned rock quarry in Pulaski County, Kentucky. All specimens were
taken by turning rocks in the quarry basin located 5.9 miles east of state
Highway 90W on Cave Creek Road.

Individuals were maintained separately in finger bowls and fed meal
worm larvae. On the morning of August 20, 1971, 14 young were found on
the back of a mature female measuring 34.7 mm. and weighing 0.35 g. The
mother and her brood were transferred to a 2’ X 1’ X 4” plastic tray, and
shredded paper toweling and rocks were added as hiding places. An addi-
tional young was produced at approximately 4:30 P.M. the same day; this
one appeared dead and was promptly eaten by the mother. The young

1 Contribution No. 147 (New Series) from the Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. This study was partially sup-
ported by an NSF Traineeship.

Observations on Birth and Postpartum in the Scorpion 81

were approximately 9.6 mm in length and weighed 0.02 g; they were
cream-colored and without markings. The preabdomen was much enlarged
and the postabdomen remained in a mid-dorsal position curled over the
preabdomen. Trichobothria were present but in fewer numbers than in
the parent. The tarsi of the young are without claws and possess instead a
suctorial pad which appeared to exude a sticky viscous fluid although I find
no mention of such an adhesive in the literature. The concept of an
adhesive being present is strengthened by the fact that shed skins of the
young adhered to the mother’s back for several days following the first molt
and subsequent departure from the mother. This description of the young
of Vejovis carolinus is in agreement with that given by Cloudsley-Thompson
(1968) for scorpions in general.

Little mention is made in the literature of orientation and activity of the
young while on the mother’s back. On August 23, 1971, a second female
gave birth to 14 young. In both broods the young were in a head-down,

Figure |

anteriorly oriented position (Fig. 1). When a young individual was gently
dislodged, using forceps, it would always return to the same spot on the
mother’s back and assume the previously described position. A newborn,
when removed and placed on a lab table, was capable of feeble directional
movement.

By the 11th day (August 31), the young had begun to darken. On the
13th day (September 2), all young had undergone the first molt and now
looked much like adults in body proportions and coloration. Tarsal claws are
present following this first molt. On the 16th day, the first of the young
left the mother’s back, and by the 21st day all young had departed. At this
writing (October 20, 1971) all young and the mother are living together
in the original container. They are over a month old and feeding on small
meal worms.

82 Ralph W. Taylor

Female No. 2 was not put in a large container as was female No. 1.
Orientation of young, development, shedding, and departing from the
mother followed the same general chronological order. Many young of
this brood were found dead in the finger bowl and others were eaten by the
mother. This cannibalism probably resulted from the close confinement of
the offspring with the mother.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr. Burt L. Monroe, Jr. for critically reviewing this manu-
script. The photograph was taken by Dr. William M. Clay. Dr. Herbert
Stahnke of Arizona State University very kindly made positive identification
of my specimens.

LITERATURE CITED

Alexander, A. J. 1957. The courtship and mating of the scorpion Opistophthalmus
latimanus. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 128:529-544.

Chamberlain, R. V. 1924. The northern range of the scorpion. Science 59-64.

Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L. 1958. Spiders, Scorpions, Centipedes, and Mites.
Pergammon Press, New York, p. 228.

Comstock, John H. 1948. The Spider Book. Comstock Pub. Co. Inc. Ithaca, New
York.

Ewing, H. E. 1929. The scorpions of the western parts of the U.S. with notes on
those occuring in northern Mexico. Proc. U.S. Nat'l Mus. 73.

Gertsch, Willis J. and Michael Soleglad. 1966. The scorpions of the Vejovis boreus
group (Subgenus Paruroctonus) in North America. Am. Mus. Nov. 2278:1-54.

Robinson, E. G. 1924. Scorpions in Montana. Science 59:64.
Savory, T. 1964. Arachnida. Academic Press Inc., p. 291.
Smith, F. R. 1927. Observations on scorpions. Science 65:64.
Webster, R. L. 1923. Scorpions in N. Dakota. Science 58:248.

Received: October 21, 1971. Accepted: November 16, 1971.

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

The Fifty-Seventh Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky

November 12 and 13, 1971

HOST: DR. H. H. LAFUZE

Professor of Biology
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University

Minutes of Annual Business Meeting

The annual business meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science was called
to order at 11:00 a.m. in the LaFuze Room, Moore Building, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond, Kentucky, on November 18, 1971, by President Karl Hus-
sung.

Since the minutes of the annual business meeting, Fall, 1970, had been
published in Vol. 31, Nos. 3-4 of the Transactions, and since all members had
been mailed these Transactions, the Academy Secretary moved that the minutes
be accepted as recorded. Seconded by Dr. Branson. Passed.

The Treasurer’s report was given by the Treasurer, Dr. C. B. Hamann. Dr.
Hamann presented a statement of cash receipts and disbursements for October 30,
1970 through October 31, 1971. His statement showed the total assets of the
Kentucky Academy of Science at $2,168.21. Dr. Hamann further stated that the
financial records for the Academy would have an audit within the week. A com-
plete financial report from the Treasurer may be found in the official records of the
Academy.

Dr. William F. Wagner, Editor for the Transactions of the K.A.S., stated that
Vol. 32, Nos. 1 and 2 were distributed during the fall and that the publications
are current—the next issue, Vol. 32, Nos. 3 and 4 would be sent to press shortly
after the annual business meeting. Editor’s report was accepted.

Dr. Morris Taylor, Director of the Junior Academy of Science, moved for the
approval of the proposed revisions to the K.J.A.S. Constitution. Seconded by Dr.
Howard Powell. During the discussion, Dr. Taylor stated that the proposed
revisions had been approved by the Executive Committee of the K.A.S. Motion
passed. The approved revisions to the K.J.A.S. Constitution are as follows:

Article VI, Section 8, Paragraph 2:
Omit “Written nominations shall contain a brief biographical sketch of the nominee.”

Add: “Each school, regardless of the number of clubs within that school, shall have
no more than one officer on the Executive Committee. All nominations must
be submitted in their written form to the Director by noon of the day prior to
the election.”

By-Laws, II. Dues.

Add: “No club may participate in a K.J.A.S. sponsored event, nor may it be repre-
sented in the Delegate Conference unless its dues have been paid.”

By-Laws, IV. Officers as Delegates.

Reword: “The members of the Executive Committee shall not be considered voting
delegates.”

84 Academy Affairs

Dr. Taylor stated that the K.J.A.S. had a balance as of November 10, 1971, of
$686.44. Also the K.J.A.S. had published the K.J.A.S. Proceedings Vol. 1; No. 1,
September 7, 1971, edited by Mr. A. Wolfson and that a copy of the Proceedings
could be obtained from Dr. Taylor. Dr. Taylor reported that Mr. Stephen Hender-
son, Model Lab. School, Richmond, Kentucky, had been appointed Treasurer of
the K.J.A.S. The Junior Academy’s report was accepted.

Dr. Mary Wharton, past representative to AAAS, gave a report concerned
with the Council of AAAS. She discussed the various Committee involvements,
resolutions and their annual meeting. Report from the AAAS representative was
accepted.

Dr. Frances D. Cohenour, Co-ordinator for the Visiting Scientist Program,
reported that a brochure was being developed to inform the secondary science
teachers about the visiting scientist program. He also reported that a second
letter would be sent to University and College scientist requesting additional topics
for the visiting scientist program. The Visiting Scientist Program report was
accepted.

Dr. Gordan Wilson, Jr., Chairman, Board of Directors, reported that the
Board of Directors were investigating means of additional finances for the
Academy. He stated that the Board had surveyed several other smaller State
Academies as regards financing of their Academies.

Dr. Karl Hussung, President of the KAS, stated that the Executive Com-
mittee had met four times during the past year. He reported that the Committee
had accepted into membership fifty-four new members and that the Committee
had acted upon the revisions of the KAS Constitution which will be presented
later. He stated that during the Committee’s meeting on November 12, 1971, that
Dr. John H. Melvin, Executive Officer of the Ohio Academy of Science, discussed
the advantages and functions of an Executive Director or Officer of an Academy.
Dr. Hussung read a letter from Governor-Elect W. Ford, which expressed his
hope for support and aid of the scientist of the Commonwealth in solving the
scientific and technological problems within the Commonwealth.

Dr. Marvin Russell, Chairman, Committee on Legislation, reported that the
Committee was investigating the possibility of the State Legislature to subsidize
the cost of increasing the size and style and increasing to four separate numbers
of the Transactions. Dr. Russell moved for the acceptance of the following two
recommendations from the Committee on Legislation:

1. To draft a proposal to be presented to the State Legislature recommendiag
a complete and well planned reactivation of a State Science and Tech-
nology Commission, to be structured and staffed only after careful, com-
prehensive study of the many issues involved.

2. The solicitation of funds from the State Legislature to subsidize the
publication of an outstanding Transactions of the Kentucky Academy of
Science.

Seconded by Dr. Wagner. Motion Passed.

Dr. William Bos, Chairman of the AAAS Grant Committee, reported that the
Committee recommends that the AAAS Grant of $140.00 would be granted to Miss
Christine Bougher of Western Kentucky University for support of her work on
“A Phytosociological Study of a Relict Hardwood Stand in Barren County, Ken-
tucky.” A motion was made by Dr. Branson and seconded by Dr. Taylor to
accept his report and recommendation. Passed.

Resolutions were presented by Dr. Dwight Lindsay, speaking for the Resolu-
tion Committee. Resolutions presented were:

Because Eastern Kentucky University has graciously served as the Host
Institution for the Fifty-seventh Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy

Academy Affairs 85

of Science, and because Dr. H. H. LaFuze, Members of the Hospitality Com-
mittee, and other Eastern Kentucky University personnel have labored
diligently to make the meeting a success, be it therefore resolved that the
Academy express its appreciation to Eastern Kentucky University and the
above named individuals and the Secretary be instructed to so inform them.

Whereas Dr. Mary E. Wharton has so faithfully and excellently served the
Kentucky Academy of Science as Representative to the American Association
for the Advancement of Science Council for a period of fifteen years, be it
therefore resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science extend to Dr.
Wharton an expression of thanks and gratitude for her outstanding con-
tribution.

Whereas Professor Robert Larance has given unstinting service and brought
credit to the Kentucky Academy of Science as its secretary during the past
five years, be it therefore resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science ex-
tend to Professor Larance a special recognition for his contribution.

Dr. H. H. LaFuze, Official Host for the Fifty-seventh Annual Meeting of the
KAS, reported that approximately three hundred scientists had attended the
various sectional meetings and that three sections; Physics, Zoology and Geology,
had more than forty in attendance.

Dr. Charles Covell, Member of the Committee on Selection of Committee
Membership, reported that the Committee recommends the adoption of the
following Constitutional changes in order to provide for a continuing nominating
committee to help seek out interested people for work in KAS, and in order to
provide a rotational system for committee membership to allow for both continuity
of leadership and the infusion of new ideas:

ARTICLE III OFFICERS

Section Two Delete . .. The President shall appoint a nominating committee of
three members to present nominations for all officers to be elected. The candi-
date receiving the majority of votes cast shall be declared elected . . .

ARTICLE VIII COMMITTEES

Section One Nominating Committee

Add... The President shall appoint a nominating committee of at least three
members to serve for the year. The committee shall present nominations for
all officers to be elected the following year. Nominations may also be made
from the floor. The candidate receiving the majority of votes cast shall be
declared elected.

It shall be the further responsibility of the committee to poll the membership
in order to provide for the President and the Executive Committee a list of
interested members to serve on the standing committees.

Section Two Standing Committees

Amend .. . The Committee on Publications consisting of the President, three
members...
Section Three Add... Members of the standing committees shall be appointed

by the President upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee
and the Executive Committee. Members will serve for a term of three years on
a rotational basis.

Section Four Add... The President will designate the Chairman of each com-
mittee at the time his committee appointees are announced.

86 Academy Affairs

Section Five Add... The President, with the help of the Executive Committee
and the Nominating Committee, shall be empowered to appoint such Ad Hoc
Committees as are deemed necessary.

BYLAW ADDITION

To establish a proper rotational basis for Standing Committees, the first year
one member will be appointed for a three year term, one for a two year term,
and one for a one year term.

A motion was made by Dr. Branson and seconded by Dr. Withington to
approve the recommended Constitution changes. Motion was unanimously passed.

Dr. Hussung called for any unfinished or new business that should be brought
before the KAS. There being no new business, Dr. Hussung requested that all sec-
tions of the KAS report, either to the Academy Secretary or to Dr. Wagner, the new
sectional chairman and secretary for 1972-73.

Dr. Harold Eversmeyer, Chairman of the Nominating Committee, presented
the following members to hold offices during the year:

President—Louis Krumholz ( Univ. of Louisville)

President Elect—Marvin Russell (Western Ky. Univ.)

Vice President—Donald Batch (Eastern Ky. Univ. )

Secretary—Rudolph Prins (Western Ky. Univ. )

Treasurer—Wayne Hoffman (Western Ky. Univ.)

Board of Directors (4 yr. terms)—Thomas B. Calhoon (Univ. of Ky.) and
Charles Kupchella (Bellarmine College)

With no further nominations from the floor, Dr. Eversmeyer moved that the
slate of officers as presented by the Committee, be elected by acclamation.
Seconded. Passed.

President Hussung gave his thanks and appreciation to the Executive Com-
mittee and to all in the Academy for their support of the Academy during the
past year. He, then, turned the meeting over to the new president, Dr. Louis
Krumholz of the University of Louisville.

Dr. Krumholz stated that he and the Executive Committee would continue
to search for means of improving the Transactions. Also, that he was interested in
increasing the institutional and industrial membership of the KAS and in improve-
ments and interest in the sections of the K.A.S.

The annual meeting adjourned at 12:20 p.m.

Donald L. Batch
Secretary
Kentucky Academy of Science

PROGRAM
Friday, November Twelfth
P.M.
4:00- 7:00 Registration, Lobby of Student Union Building
4:00 Assembly of Committees, Room 123, Moore Building

Executive Committee
Board of Directors
Chairmen of Sections

Academy Affairs 87
4:00- 6:30 Refreshments will be provided by and served by members of the
Biology Club in Walnut Hall, Student Union Building

5:00- 6:00 Tours of the Campus and Science Facilities from Lobby of Student
Union Building

7:00 Banquet, Cafeteria of Student Union Building
President Karl F. Hussung, Presiding
Invocation: Mr. John L. Vickers

Welcome to Eastern: Dr. Perry Wigley
Executive Assistant to President

Greetings from Dr. John H. Melvin
A.A.AS.: Ohio Academy of Science
Speaker: Dr. Carl C. Hug, Jr.

Department of Pharmacology
Emory University Medical School

Topic: “Drug Dependence and Abuse”
9:30-11:30 Social Hour, Red Room of Holiday Inn

Saturday, November Thirteenth

A.M.
8:00 Registration, Lobby of Moore Building
8:00 Sectional Meetings, Moore and Memorial Science Buildings

9:30-11:30 Tour of White Hall, Home of Cassius Clay
Designed for wives and guests of members

11:00 Annual Business Meeting, LaFuze Room of Moore Building

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION
Room 129, Moore Building

David E. Ward, Chairman
C. Ronald Rosenstiel, Secretary

A.M.

9:10 Instructional Experience and Attitudes of Psychiatric Aids on a Mental
Ward. Edward J. Emery, University of Kentucky.

9:30 A Multidisciplinary Approach to Aleut Culture. James Wyss, University of
Kentucky.

9:55 Speciation and Homo. Sharon A. Bolt, Eastern Kentucky University.

10:15 An Ecological Approach to Treponemal Lesions of the Human Skeleton.
Paul Van Niewerburgh, University of Kentucky.

10:40 Coffee Break
11:00 Annual Business Meeting, K.A.S.

Noon
12:00 Lunch

88

P.M.
1:30

150

A.M.
8:55
9:00

11:00
Wilke 1U5)

A.M.
8:00
8:15

Academy Affairs

An Analysis of Selected Interaction Patterns in a Multi-Clinic Health
Agency. Carla Lowenberg, University of Kentucky.

A Paradigm for the Application of Anthropology in the Treatment of
Institutionalized Narcotic Addicts. Jeffrey B. Freeland and C. Ronald
Rosenstiel, Clinical Research Center, Lexington.

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Room 119, Moore Building

Harold E. Eversmeyer, Chairman
Elmer Gray, Secretary

Introductory remarks.

Some Observations on Bacteriological Populations in Wilgreen Lake,
Madison County, Kentucky. Barbara Mann and Raymond B. Otero, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Flora of Harrison and Robinson Counties. Johnnie B. Varner, Harrison
County High School.

Chlorophyll Levels as Ecotypic Characters of Xanthium. J. E. Winstead
and F. R. Toman, Western Kentucky University.

Hydrocyanic Acid Potential of Black Cherry Leaves as Influenced by
Drying and Aging. Dan M. Smeathers and Elmer Gray, Western Kentucky
University.

Break
Investigations of Gibberellin-Like Substances in Light- and Dark-Grown

Seedlings of Lycopersicon esculentum. Subhash Domir and Robert Creek,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Biological Acivity of the Alkaloid Perloline. Lowell P. Bush and Yan Wan
Liu, University of Kentucky.

Some Aspects of Seed Dormancy in the Mayapple (Podophyllum peltatum).
Lynn Dale Sasser and Robert Creek, Eastern Kentucky University in co-
operation with the Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Berea, Ken-
tucky.

Sterol Biosynthesis in Higher Plants. D. L. Davis. University of Kentucky.
Election of Officers for 1971-72.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Session A—Room 107, Moore Building
Gary D. Christian, Chairman, will preside.

Session B—Room 103, Moore Building
Verne A. Simon, Secretary, will preside.

Session A

Election of Officers for 1972-73 (To be held in Session A. )

The Molecular Emission of the Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals in the
Nitrous Oxide-Acetylene Flame. Charles E. Matkovich and Gary D.
Christian, University of Kentuky.

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45

8:00
8:15

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30

9:45

A.M.
8:00
8:30

8:50

Academy Affairs 89

Cellulose Sulfonylcarbamates as New Ion Exchange Resins. William D.
Schulz and William H. Daly, Eastern Kentucky University.

The Thermal Stabilities of Four Hexanitrocobaltate (III) Compounds.
Darnell Salyer, Eastern Kentucky University.

The Electronic Structure of Some Oxovanadium (IV) Complexes. Henry
J. Stoklosa, G. M. Woltermann, H. E. Montgomery, W. R. Vincent and
J. R. Wasson, University of Kentucky.

31P and “As Superhyperfine Splitting of the ESR Spectra of Some
Oxovanadium (IV) and Copper (II) Complexes. John R. Wasson (Uni-

versity of Kentucky) and B. Jack McCormick (West Virginia University,
Morganown).

Chemical Exchange Spin-Decoupling in Phosphoryl Ligands. Gerald M.
Woltermann, W. R. Rice, D. L. Greene and J. R. Wasson, University of
Kentucky.

Pyridine 1-Oxide Alkali Metal or Alkaline Earth Perchlorate Adducts. Jay
Moscoe and Howard B. Powell, Eastern Kentucky University.

Session B
Election of Officers (To be held in Session A.)

Preparation and Characterization of Some Sodium Alkyl Xanthates and
Their Corresponding Acids. John E. Davidson and Barbara Jean Hunter,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Structure-Activity Studies of New Potential Depressants: Mono, Di, and
Trimethoxy Benzamides III. Heino A. Luts and José Gonzales (to be pre-
presented by H. Goh), Eastern Kentucky University.

Physiologically Active New Anils, Substituted Benzylamines and Their
Salts. Heino A. Luts and Frank A. Wells, Eastern Kentucky University.
Photochemical Preparation and Rearrangement of Some Symmetrical

Methoxypyridyl Glycols. Ellis V. Brown, and M. B. Shambhu, University of
Kentucky.

A Study of the Silicon-Mercury Bond in Inorganic Compounds. Gerald A.
Marano (Kentucky State College) and Alan G. MacDiarmid ( University
of Pennsylvania).

Induced Chemical Shifts in Organic Molecules by Europium Fluoro-
Substituted Beta-diketones. H. E. Francis and W. F. Wagner, University
of Kentucky.

The Cyclization of Trans-stilbene-2-carboxaldehyde Tosylhydrazone. Victor
I. Bendall, Eastern Kentucky University.

GEOGRAPHY SECTION

Room 111, Moore Building
Bill A. Withington, Chairman
Bill Adams, Secretary

Election of Officers.

Evolution of a Compage: The Lexington Functional Region. Wilford
Bladen, Eastern Kentucky University.

Mobile Homes of the Lexington Hexagon. Thomas P. Field, University of
Kentucky.

A.M.
8:00
8:15
8:35
8:55
9:15

9:85

9:55

10:15

10:85

10:55

A.M.
9:40

9:50

Academy Affairs

The Labor Shed of Mayfield, Kentucky. Ivan Potter, Kentucky Program
Development Office.

A Comprehensive Field Method of Regional Classification. Milos M. Sebor,
Eastern Kentucky University.

The Use of the Gravity Model to Determine the Friction of a Boundary
to Spatial Interaction. Peter G. Smith, University of Kentucky.
Coffee Break

Zambia’s Bangweulu Swamp: Theoretical Considerations. John W. Snaden,
Western Kentucky University.

Some Observations on the Location and Structure of Campus Related
Commercial Areas. Dennis L. Spetz, University of Louisville.

GEOLOGY SECTION

Room 113, Moore Building

Donald C. Haney, Chairman
Peter W. Whaley, Secretary

Election of Officers

Kimberlites and Related Rocks. G. Hunt and R. Engelhardt, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Kimberlite of Elliott County, Kentucky. G. Hunt and S. Bolivar, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Evolution of the Canadian Shield. G. Hunt and R. Goble, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Observations on Neogene Echinoid Assemblages of the Carolinas. J. R.
DuBar, S. S. DuBar and R. A. Walls, Morehead State University.

A Middle Pennsylvanian Stream Channel and Its Relation to the Western
Kentucky #9 Coal. J. G. Beard, Kentucky Geological Survey.

Neogene Stratigraphy of a Portion of the Rio Grande River, New Mexico.
H. P. Hoge, Eastern Kentucky University.

An Underground Research Laboratory Developed by Central Karst Re-
search Group. T. H. Eubanks, Department of Anthropology and Sociology,
Eastern Kentucky University.

The Possible Occurrence of Carbonate-Chert Reversal in Devonian Carbo-
nates, Estill County, Kentucky. G. L. Kuhnhenn, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Use of Trace Metals to Locate Fracture Zones. Donald C. Haney, Eastern
Kentucky University.

PHYSICS SECTION
Black Room, Moore Building

G. K. Miner, Chairman
J. S. Faughn, Secretary

Some Comments Concerning the Forthcoming Review of Certification
Requirements for Science Teachers. T. M. George, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Quasars at 10CP A Sketch of Recent Investigations. Jay C. Mahr, Eastern
Kentucky University.

10:00
10:15
10:25
10:35

10:45
10:55

11:10
11:20
11:30

11:40

11:50

A.M.
8:00

8:15
8:30

8:45

9:00

A.M.
8:00

Academy Affairs 91

Sound Propagation as Influenced by Ambient Pressure. Robert R. Riesz,
Union College.

Laser Produced Spectrum of Mercury. C. Santaram, Union College, and
J. G. Winans, State University of New York.

Excitation of Fe+ Ions in Collisions with Nj, O, and Ar Molecules. M. S.
Longmire, Western Kentucky University.

Why Elementary Education Majors Need Physics. C. N. Wolff, Western
Kentucky University.

Astronomy—The Keller Approach. N. F. Six, Western Kentucky University.

More on Vibrational Relaxation in SO,/Ar Mixtures. Buford Anderson,
Murray State University.

Halflife Measurement of the 2138 keV Level in 154Gd. Sister M. Caecilia,
S.N.D., Thomas More College.

Some Difficulties of the Split Source Method. D. L. Humphrey, Western
Kentucky University.

A Physics Course and a Biophysics Minor Sequence for Life Scientists.
W. G. Buckman, O. Bluh and J. E. Parks, Western Kentucky University.

NMR Calibration of an EPR Field Marker. G. T. Johnston and
T. P. Graham, University of Dayton, and G. K. Miner, Thomas More
College.

A Report on the Conference on Priorities for Physics Education Sponsored
by the Commission on College Physics. G. K. Miner, Thomas More College.

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS, AND PHARMACOLOGY SECTION

Thomas B. Calhoon, Chairman
Bertram Peretz, Secretary

Section A
Room 101, Moore Building

Permeability of the Cambium of Several Tree Species to Gas Exchange.
D. D. Hook and C. L. Brown, University of Kentucky.

Biliary Secretion and Enterohypatic Recycling of 131]I-labelled L-thyroxine
in Rana catesbeiana and Chrysemys picta picta. A. B. Chang and S. L.
Jones, Eastern Kentucky University.

New Hypothesis: Pharmacological Activity Dependent on Proximity Effect
in Amides. Heino A. Luts, Eastern Kentucky University.

An Apparent Antagonistic Effect Between Clofibrate and Adrenocorticals.
H. A. Leopold, Western Kentucky University.

Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors and Calcium Metabolism in Rats. Leonard
Waite, University of Louisville.

Section B
LaFuze Room, Moore Building

Changes in Nucleic Acid and Protein Content in the Anterior Pituitary
of the Female Rat During Estrous Cycle, Pregnancy and Under the Influ-
ence of Ovarian Steroids. Bhagwan Singh, S. L. Jones and E. A. Hess,
Eastern Kentucky University.

A.M.
8:45
9:00

Academy Affairs

Distribution of Acid Mucopolysaccharides in the Canine Gastrointestinal
Mucosa. Charles E. Kupchella and F. R. Steggerda, Bellarmine College.

Effects of Nicotine on Respiratory Center Activity. William Lipscomb
and Donald T. Frazier, University of Kentucky.

Trigeminal Responses to Tooth Stimulation. K. H. Reid and D. T. Porter,
University of Louisville.
Commonly Abused Drugs in Metropolitan Louisville. John A. Nicholson,
University of Louisville.

SPECIAL LECTURE
Evaluation of Drug Effects on Cardiac Function. Dr. Thomas D. Darby,
Department of Pharmacology, University of Louisville.

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
Room 117, Moore Building

Charles A. Homra, Chairman
Edward S. Rosenbluh, Secretary

Election of Officers

Personality and Achievement Correlates of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Religious
Orientations. Richard D. Kahoe, Georgetown College.

Institutional Versus Clinical Probation: Changes in Personality Attributes
of the Juvenile Delinquent. Andrea Riggs, Edward S. Rosenbluh and
Patrick L. Dickerson, Bellarmine College.

Mediating Responses as Studied by Successive Shifts in Humans. Ronald
Koteskey, Nancy Kusche and John Phillips, Asbury College.

The Effects of Seating Patterns on Group Interaction. Linda L. Varney,
University of Kentucky.

Teacher’s Perceptions and the Creative Child. Bernard T. Thacker, Bellar-
mine College. (Author presently at Murray State University).

Creative and Abstract Thinking. Carl W. Lickteig, Edward S. Rosenbluh
and Mary Townsend Duane, Bellarmine College.

Consciousness Sampling in the College Classroom; or Is Anybody Listening?
Paul Cameron, University of Louisville.

Psychophysical Threshold Changes as a Function of Transcendental Medi-
tation. John Blodgett and Frederick M. Brown, Centre College.

Perceptual Size as a Variable in the Amount of Reward. Lawrence Murphy
and George W. Menzer, Thomas More College.

Policing: A Profession. Deanna Bauer and Edward S. Rosenbluh, Bellar-
mine College.

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION
Room 14, Memorial Science Building
Arvin D. Crafton, Chairman

Doris K. Mouser, Secretary
Election of Officers

Evaluation of a Hybrid Elementary Science Curriculum Utilizing Be-
havioral Tasks. Ronald K. Atwood, University of Kentucky.

9:20

10:00

A.M.
9:15

10:00

10:30

A.M.
8:00
8:15

8:30

8:40

8:55

9:05

9:20

9:30
9:45

Academy Affairs 93

A Day in the Life of a Kentucky Forest—How to Start a Nature Museum.
Grace Quinto, Cumberland College.

An Analysis of the Distribution of Piagetian Stages of Intellectual Develop-
ment at the Eastern Kentucky University Model Laboratory School. Robert
J. Miller, R. H. Barker and Ernie Spalding, Eastern Kentucky University.

Teaching Aids in Two Areas of Biology: Microbiology and Zoology. L. P.
Elliott, Western Kentucky University.

A Study of the Effects of Presenting the Process of Measuring to Preservice
Elementary School Science Teachers by Abstract and Applied Modes of
Instruction. Doris K. Mouser, Murray State University, and Leo G.
Mahoney, The University of Houston.

SOCIOLOGY SECTION

Room 217, Memorial Science Building

Sister Mary Regis, Chairman
Richard Scudder, Secretary

Panel—Opportunities for the Undergraduate Sociology Major.
Panel—Methods of Teaching Sociology on the Undergraduate Level.

A Recursive Casual Model for the Apprehension, Arrest, and Adjudication
of Juveniles. Lewis Beck.

ZOOLOGY SECTION

Branley A. Branson, Chairman
John C. Williams, Secretary

Section A
Room 123, Moore Building

Election of Officers

The Effect of Blood Hyperglycemia and Muscle Glycogen Depletion on the
Establishment of Trichinella spiralis (Nematoda) in the Rat. John P.
Harley, Eastern Kentucky University.

Helminth Parasites of Four Species of Centrachidae from Lake Wilgreen,
Madison County, Kentucky. Thomas L. Keefe and John P. Harley, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Some of the Effects of Domestic Sewage Discharged into Hickman Creek
and into Jessamine Creek in Jessamine County. Henry H. Howell and
Mike W. Jones, Asbury College.

Changes in the Freshwater Mussel Fauna in the Rockcastle River at
Livingston, Kentucky. Shaw Blankenship, Eastern Kentucky University.

Physiological Responses of Aneides aeneus to Temperature and Humidity.
Eugene Schroeder and Paul Cupp, Eastern Kentucky University.
Paragonimus kellicotti Ward, 1908, in Madison County, Kentucky. Carl
Robinson, Eastern Kentucky University.

Coffee Break.

Chloride Pollution of a Kentucky Stream from Oil Brine. Angela L.

Clifford, L. A. Ferrucci, D. W. Victor, Jr. and V. R. Walters, University of
Kentucky.

94

10:00

10:15

10:30

A.M.
8:15

8:30

8:45

9:00

9:15

9:30
9:45

10:00

10:15

Academy Affairs

Enzyme Histochemistry in Gill, Liver and Kidney of Channel Catfish
(Ictalurus Punctatus). M. W. Kendall, University of Louisville.

Mercury Analysis of Aquatic Biota from the Tennessee River, Kentucky.
L. O. Brock, Jr., University of Louisville.

Electron Microscope Examination of Liver from Channel Catfish Exposed
to Methyl Mercuric Chloride. D. E. Hinton, University of Louisville.

Section B

Room 127, Moore Building

Hemphillia dromedarius, a New Arionid Slug from Western Washington.
Branley A. Branson, Eastern Kentucky University.

An Accessory Breathing Apparatus in Piaractus nigripinnis, an Amazon
Characid Fish. Branley A. Branson and Paul Hake, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Progress Report on the Canada Goose in Madison County, Kentucky.
Ward J. Rudersdorf, Eastern Kentucky University.

Timing of Ovulation and Cleavage Divisions in Mice Following Treatment
with Gonadoprophins. Jim Weldon and J. R. Spears, Morehead State
University.

Embryonic Viability in the Constant Estrus Mouse. C. Hicks and J. R.
Spears, Morehead State University.

Coffee Break.

Influence of Sex of First Two Children on Family Size. Elmer Gray, West-
ern Kentucky University.

The Effect of Siltation on the Benthic Fauna of Two Small Streams in
Breathitt County, Kentucky. Donald L. Batch and Branley A. Branson,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Thermal Tolerance and Selection in Three Species of Ambystoma Larvae.
W. Hubert Keen, Kent State University.

Academy Affairs 95

CORRESPONDENCE

The following letter from our president, Karl Hussung, to Governor Wendell
Ford and the reply should be of interest to the members of the Academy.

October 18, 1971

Hon. Wendell Ford
Democratic Campaign Headquarters

913 St. Clair Street
P.O. Box 694

Frankfort, Kentucky

Dear Lt. Governor Ford:

The Kentucky Academy of Science is active in promoting science in Kentucky.
its objectives are (1) to stimulate communication among scientists of all types in
the State of Kentucky—academic, industrial, and governmental; (2) to provide a
forum for the presentation and publication of scientific information of particular
significance to the State of Kentucky; (3) to interest the youth in the State of
Kentucky in science and to encourage them to consider science as a profession; (4)
to foster the interaction of science with other sectors in the solution of major social
problems of today; and (5) to provide advisory services ‘to State and local govern-
ments in the areas of science and technology.

The Academy is divided into eleven sections which offer scientists and univer-
sity students in the state an opportunity to present original papers at an annual
meeting. These sections are Anthropology; Botany and Microbiology; Chemistry;
Geography; Geology; Physics; Physiology, Biophysics, and Pharmacology; Psy-
chology; Science Education; Sociology; and Zoology. The Academy sponsors the
Kentucky Junior Academy of Science which is conducted by and for students on
the high school level. The “Transactions of the Kentucky Academy of Science”
is a medium for publication of original investigations and is widely distributed.

The Executive Committee at a recent meeting unanimously requested that, as
president, I contact you with regard to Academy representation on an Environ-
mental Quality Commission that you plan to appoint when elected governor. It is
with a great deal of concern that I make this request on behalf of the Academy.
The Executive Committee would be willing to suggest names from the Academy
membership for your consideration of such an appointee.

It would be a real pleasure to inform the Academy at our annual meeting
early in November of your response to this request. Consequently, your prompt
consideration of this matter would be greatly appreciated.

Sincerely yours,

Dr. Karl F. Hussung,
President, K.A.S.

Dept. of Chemistry
Murray State University
Murray, Kentucky 42071

96 Academy Affairs

CORRESPONDENCE

Dr. Karl F. Hussung
Professor

Department of Chemistry
Murray State University
Murray, Kentucky 42071

Dear Dr. Hussung:

Although I have made no definite decisions as to specific organizations to be
represented in my Environmental Quality Agency, certainly technical and scientific
professions will have to be represented for the agency to achieve the purpose for
which I have proposed it.

I have taken particular note of your fourth and fifth listed objectives of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, and I will be calling on the academy to help state
government deal on a factual and scientific basis with such problems as pollution
and preservation of our environment.

I would be pleased to have your recommendations for representation of your
profession in my Environmental Quality Agency. I look forward to hearing from
you and to working with you.

Sincerely,
Wendell Ford

INDEX TO VOLUME 32

Abrus Precatorious, Linn, 1
ACADEMY AFFAIRS

Minutes, Annual Meeting, 1971,
83

Program, Annual Meeting, 1971,
87

Aliff, J. V., 70

Blankenship, S., 10, 12
Branson, B. A., 76
Brook Stickleback, Maintenance, 32

Ceratium Hirundinella, Cyclomor-
photic Variation of, 77

Collins, J. T., 16

Corio, P. L., 51
CORRESPONDENCE, 95

Cottus Carolinae, Feeding, 10
Crockett, D. R., 12

Culaea Inconstans, 32

Culture and Disease, Hookworm, 26

Del Fosse, E., 75
Drakes Creek, Fishes, 12

Eastern Belted Kingfisher, Mono-
petalonema, Alcedinis in, 70

Egg Yolks in Testing for
Staphylococcal Lipose, 8

FAliotts lee S

English, H. F., 70

Fishes:
Cottus Carolinae, 10
Culaea Inconstans, 32
Drakes Creek, 12
Fundulus Notti, 76
Lake Wilgreen, Sunfishes, 71
Fundulus Notti, 76

anleyay abr, oieue2 sae
Heines, Sister V., 1
Helminth Parasites:
in Newt, Notophthalmus
Viridescens, 75
in Sunfishes (Centrarchidae), 71
ISHED), 1. 7/7
Hookworm in Culture and
Disease, 26

Keefe, T. L., 71

Lake Wilgreen, Sunfishes, 71

Mass Conservation and Multiple
Stoichiometries, 51

Meade County, Helminth Parasites
in Newt, 75

Monopetalonema Alcedinis in
Eastern Belted Kingfisher, 70

Molecular Orbital Calculations, 43

Multiple Stoichiometries, 51

Newt, Notophthalmus Viridescens,
75

Nippostrongylus Brasiliensis, 62

Nuclear Membrane, Radiation
Effects on, 57

Off-diagonal Matrix, in EHMO
Theory, 43

Permeability of Nuclear Membrane
to Sodium, Potassium, and
Chlorine, 57

Pigments in Abrus Precatorious,
Linn, 1

Pisani, G. R., 16

Continued on next page

INDEX TO VOLUME 32 — Continued

Rabbit Body Weight, Affected by
Nippostrongylus Brasiliensis,
62

Radiation Effects on Nuclear
Membrane, 57

Resh, V. H., 10, 32

Ridgel, G. C., 57

Scorpion Vejovis Carolinus Koch, 80

Shanty Hollow Lake, Ceratium
Hirundinella, 77

Smooth Earth Snake, 16

Snakes:

Virginia Valeriae, 16

Staphylococcal Lipose, Testing
for, 8

Sunfishes, Helminth Parasites in, 71

Taylor, R. W., 80

Trichinella Spiralis, Morphology
of, 37
Turner, A. C., 26

Vejovis Carolinus Koch, Birth and
Postpartum Behavior, 80

Virginia Valeriae, 16

Wallace, J. T., 65
Wasson, J. R., 43
Whittaker, F. H., 75

Zapus Hudsonius, New Records, 65

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 32
Nos. 1-4

A Study of Pigments in Seed-Coat of Abrus Precatorious, Linn.
Eobsmiab inane UNA EVEAUNIE S222, 2250.25. cavactessccnetssdccs-cusssdede Mscvectentee: i)

The Substitution of Various Species of Egg Yolks as a
Substrate in Testing for Staphylococcal Lipase

L. P. ELLIOTT

An Unusual Record of Feeding in Cottus Carolinae
SHAW BLEANKENSHIP and VINCENT H. RESH .:ccccias 10

A Preliminary List of Fishes of Drakes Creek, Lincoln
and Garrard Counties, Kentucky

SHAW BLANKENSHIP and DAVID R. CROCKETT ................... 12

The Smooth Earth Snake, Virginia Valeriae (Baird and
Girard), in Kentucky

CHORCE Rh. PISANI and JOSEPH T. COLLINS .2..............ccsc0e<00 16

Culture and Disease: The Hookworm Case
EAILIDIBIN, (C., CIRUOIRN ITER) BUSS SR Cet a0 a i ee ee Re 26

The Maintenance Requirement of the Brook Stickleback
Culaea Inconstans (Kirtland)

VINCENT H. RESH

Trichinella Spiralis: Morphology of the First-Stage Migratory Larva
ROD FENID TACE DS BY Pear bata ee eaathd cake bsacabiaceesctessynnetevemseteanserpncnee™ 37

Molecular Orbital Calculations. I. Off-diagonal Matrix Elements in
Extended—Huckel Molecular Orbital Theory

ESPEN NS SON erred oc sata a cctce st sadeceneseavdoceabsascevedseasevaersenenes 43

Mass Conservation and Multiple Stoichiometries
gem ermnOi COD ERG) Fos sted nee eee at ain cases cbasesesdvsatsenscvesites siuansataseaveries 51

Radiation Effects on the Permeability of the Nuclear Membrane of
Frog Erythrocytes to Sodium, Potassium, and Chlorine
“GIEL ATTEN UID Boy TX Gig 181 01D) GED Ba iy nee ey 57

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 32—Continued

RESEARCH NOTES

Effect of Nippostrongylus Brasiliensis (Nematoda) on Rabbit
Body Weight

JOEIN, BP. ELARIGEY Gare ccscctac.stencesnsseroauettlerteseccrestsetaect estat: tte een 62

New Records of Zapus Hudsonius (Zimmerman) from Kentucky
JAMES. T:, WALLACE, 1 iiiscc Bho cc.cseccocbesecsneadseee ascent 65

Monopetalonema Alcedinis (Rudolphi) (Nematodo Filariidae)
in the Eastern Belted Kingfisher

JOHN V. ALIFF and HUGH IF. ENGLISH v1.0) ..0)22c.eceeeeneene 70

Helminth Parasites of Four Species of Sunfishes (Centrarchidae)
from Lake Wilgreen in Kentucky

JOHN P. HARLEY and THOMAS L. KEBPE «20... cise seen ail

Helminth Parasites of the Newt Notophthalmus Viridescens in
Meade County, Kentucky

ERNEST DEL FOSSE and FRED H. WHITTAKER ..............-1.:: 75

Fundulus Notti in Kentucky
BRANLEY A. BRANSON fisceih.cecscishs.. dissemi ee 76

Cyclomorphotic Variation of Ceratium Hirundinella in Shanty
Hollow Lake, Warren County, Kentucky

DAVID, R. HULG fh heccesssdcectecscessss sd. dese diteaten hii eee Wd,

Observations on Birth and Postpartum Behavior in the Scorpion
Vejovis Carolinus Koch

RALPH W. TAYLOR wash lel oak aleia eee eee 80
ACADEMY AFFAIRS 2. c:.teccciessohecsect netactectesstsunecvtnnedi eee eee ee 83
Minutes of 1971) Annual Meeting: <...022..0....0s2c.css0ccc 1-0 See 83
Program) of 1197 1 sAnnuall Meeting) .):....4.....c.cecos eee ee 87

CORRESPONDENGE o.occ.cccccccossesseesesncssteaeareuunenaeanedeete dee soa ee eee eee 95

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
_ ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
- good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only io give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
_ in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
_ American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

er

PrYYIXY |
Vol. 33, Nos. 1, 2 1972 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

es

Offcial Organ anh FM
KenTucKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ~ __— :
: rT ¢
CONTENTS 2sRVQARIC
LéBRARY

The Effects of Temperature and Radiation Stress on an
Aquatic Microecosystem
TENE, LOA VAIS ES 7 gy cag [IS nt re ae 1

A Survey of the Helminths of the Muskrat, Ondatra Z.
Zibethica Miller, 1912, in Madison County, Kentucky
te BN oer e cet eer ttcatensecunceseucoctdsatsocscecnarbeatdegeentcvaves 13

Some Observations on Bacterial Populations in Wilgreen
Lake, Madison, Kentucky
es vO Eb nOvand 6. LEUNG (00. 0.....i.ceeseeeeeeessncereesenssersesssses 18 -

The Effect of Combined Temperature and Photoperiod on
Early Development rate of Rana Pipiens Eggs
JEFFREY F. CROSS and ROBERT D. HOYT ............eee 27
RESEARCH NOTES

Fishes of Clear Creek, Tributary to Rockcastle River, Kentucky

BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH .......... 33
An Additional Record of the Hoary Bat in Kentucky
See ONIN Leesa STE ERNE 5 ook So neskl eo 1.5 <ccacyaueaaseccucessesassancenvardusenudieteds 36

Changes in the Freshwater Mussel Fauna of the Rockcastle
River at Livingston, Kentucky
SHAW BLANKENSHIP and DAVID R. CROCKETT .......... of.

A New Record of Triozocera (Strepsiptera: Mangeidae)
from Kentucky
VICTOR JOHNSON and CHRISTINA L. SPERKA .............. 40

Habitat Preferences of Two Florida Turtles, Genus Kinosternon
CARL H. ERNEST, ROGER W. BARBOUR,
ppt Eres) ER PES OIIGEAER, 3e 2. :5000cesesebeds ube fedeaecrsdnescxsssecoseoceeess 4]

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1971-72

President: Louis Krumholz, University of Louisville

President-Elect: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

Vice-President: Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University

Secretary: Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University

Treasurer: Wayne Hoffmun, Western Kentucky University

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

be. As \Krumobboll <..iscie tise to 1972 Donald Batch '......c:2sseeee to 1974
Gordon: Wilson 20 scan sued to 1972 J. Hill Hamon: 2:3. to 1974
Sartore lo. Jones oaices pen cesucts to 1973 Thomas B. Calhoon ................t0 1975

BINS Vi. Brawn: i... geanctet tcoescne to 1973 Charles Kupchella ........4...0:..0+ to 1975

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:

Biological Sciences: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election, Application forms. for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $5.00 per volume; foreign, $6.00 per
volume; back issues $6.00 per volume.

THE TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 1

THE EFFECTS OF: TEMPERATURE AND RADIATION STRESS
ON AN AQUATIC MICROECOSYSTEM?!

GENE L. SAMSEL, JR.
Department of Biology

Virginia Commonwealth University
Richmond, Virginia 23220

ABSTRACT

The effects of temperature and ionizing radiation on population den-
sity and net production of clonal strains of an ostracod (Cypris virens)
and a copepod (Cyclops viridis) growing separately and together in aqua-
tic microecosystems were studied. At 10, 20, and 35 C, copepods consis-
tently achieved greater adult population densities when accompanied by
ostracods. Total net production (all immature forms), adult population
densities, and maximum longevities of both crustaceans were greatest at
10 C and greater at 20C than at 35 C. Three replicates were cultured at
10, 20, and 35 C, after exposure to 0, 24, 48, and 96 kR of gamma rays.
Adult survival of copepods was unaffected immediately after radiation
exposure of 24 and 48 and 96 kR level. Copepod reproduction was in-
hibited at 16, 24, 48 and 96 kR; but reproduction did occur at 8 kR. The
adult population density and life span of the copepod was similar at all
radiation levels not exposed to temperature stress. Ostracod survival
immediately decreased 7% after exposure to 24 kR, 23% after exposure
to 48 kR, and 47% after exposure to 96 kR. Adult population density and
net production of both organisms exposed to 24, 48, and 96 kR varied in-
significantly when cultured at 20 C. Net production, life span, and adult
population density of irradiated organisms cultured at 35 C were consid-
erably lower than those at 20 or 10 C. Net production of irradiated
organisms was significantly lower than controls, but varied very little
among exposure doses.

INTRODUCTION

Aquatic microecosystems permit investigations into the effects of radia-
tion and stress factors that would be impossible under field conditions, for
the high doses of radiation and amounts of stress required to gain a response
from the small aquatic organisms are impractical to use in natural bodies of
water (Marshall 1962). Thus, a laboratory model of a simplified ecosystem
including two commonly found temperate freshwater invertebrates, an ostra-
cod, Cypris virens, and a copepod Cyclops viridis, was constructed. These
invertebrates, fundamental links in the food chain of naturally occurring
aquatic ecosystems, were chosen as representative organisms to use to
evaluate the effects of radiation and temperate stresses on a simplified
equilibrated ecosystem. These organisms play a major role in the regulation
of the macrorganism production of many aquatic systems.

Radiation modification of aquatic ecosystems and single aquatic organ-
isms have been studied by Rees (1960), Stroganov and Telitchenko (1960),
Marshall (1961, 1962), Failla (1962), Reyment (1963), Engel and Fluke

1 Based in part on a thesis submitted to the Graduate School of Morehead
State University, Morehead, Kentucky, in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of Master of Science.

2 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

(1962), Calkins (1963), (Fontaine and Aeberhardt (1963), and Yamagu-
chi (1963). There are some data available on the effect of temperature
stress on both single organisms and complex ecosystems (Beyers, 1962, 1965;
Monakov, 1965; Chernykh and Panasyuk, 1964; McLaren 1963, 1965;
Hrbackova-Esslova 1966). However, the combined effects of radiation and
temperature on a simplified aquatic ecosystem have not been considered.

Although the radiation levels to which natural populations will be ex-
posed in the future cannot be predicted, experimental studies of this type
will help to establish principles in radiation biology which will improve our
ability to predict the ecological consequences of leves of radiation that might
exist (Marshall 1961).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study was divided into two basic parts: (1) testing the effects of tem-
perature stress on aquatic organisms living separately and together, and (2)
evaluating the effects of irradiation followed by temperature stress on aquatic
crustacea living in a model ecosystem. Net production (measured here only as
numbers of immature stages of both experimental species instead of the classic,
change in biomass or energy/unit time) and adult population density (measured
here only as total numbers) were the criteria used to evaluate the effects of tem-
perature stress. In addition to data collected for the two basic parts of this study,
the following information was collected weekly to aid in the evaluation of the
effects of temperature and/or radiation on the aquatic ecosystems.

(1) Only the adults (mature 20-day-old organisms with reproductive po-
tential) from the irradiated culture were exposed to temperature stress. The imma-
ture organisms in these cultures were kept at 20 C following irradiation and their
net production was compared with the unirradiated culture of immature stages
exposed to the same temperature.

(2) Numbers of adults surviving irradiation were recorded and compared with
numbers of adults from nonirradiated cultures.

(3) An additional study was performed to determine the radiation dose level
inhibiting copepod reproduction.

Clonal strains of Cyclops viridis and Cypris virens obtained from Carolina
Biological Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina, were cultured together in
widemouth gallon jugs in distilled water at 20 to 23 C, with pH ranging from 6.2
to 6.7 (Needham et al., 1937). The experimental species were fed egg yolk sus-
pended in boiled spring water (Ward and Whipple, 1918), every 2 days, allowing
ample time for depletion of food, yet keeping optimum food levels at all times. The
water level, pH, and temperature of culture jars were regulated periodically.

Beyers (1965) found that the organisms of a natural crustacean ecosystem
adjust to their new environment and become established in a laboratory model
within 30 days.

After the laboratory ecosystem became established, five pairs of adult copepods
and three pairs of adult ostracods were then removed, washed in fresh distilled
water, and placed in fifty 100-ml tubes each containing 75 ml of distilled water and
a sprig of Elodea. The organisms in each tube were kept at the temperatures, pH,
and food level described. When the organisms began to reproduce, triplicate tubes
at each temperature were subjected to 10, 20, and 35 C. These temperatures were
maintained as follows: 10 C in a growth chamber, 20 C under normal laboratory
heating, 35 C in a water bath incubator. The organisms in each tube were fed 0.1
ml of egg suspension every 2 days and environmental conditions were checked
daily. Total numbers of adults in each tube were recorded every other day. Total
population density was determined by direct counts of adults and immature in-

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 8

dividuals per milliliter using an inverted microscope at 100-400 < each week for
12 weeks. Three counts were made for each tube.

Organisms cultured separately were compared with mixed cultures to deter-
mine the effects of these three temperature “stresses” on the population survival
and reproductive potential.

The combined effects of radiation with temperature stress on the ecosystem
were studied after determining the effects of temperature stress alone on the model
ecosystem. Two hundred ostracods and copepods from equilibrated stock cultures
were placed in distilled water in widemouth pint jars with a sprig of Elodea. The
organisms were allowed to equilibrate for 2 weeks and were recounted before
being irradiated. Two-tenths ml of egg suspension was added to each culture
for each 24 hr of testing, since food could not be added during exposure. At the
Nuclear Engineering Waste Disposal Center, Maxey Flats, Kentucky, duplicate
pint jars in a ®°Co irradiation chamber were exposed to 24, 48, and 96 kR of
gamma rays at a dose rate of 1 kR/hr. All six cultures were placed in the irradia-
tion chamber at the same time; two each were removed 24, 48, and 96 hr later.
Delivered dose was determined from dosimeters attached outside each culture jar.
The temperature in the radiation chamber ranged from 10 to 11 C. Duplicate
control cultures were kept at the same temperature for 24, 48, and 96 hr in the
laboratory. Immediately after irradiation, a direct count was made of the surviving
adult population in each irradiated and nonirradiated culture.

Five pairs of copepods and three pairs of ostracods were removed from each
irradiated and control culture and placed in separate 100-ml tubes filled with 75
ml of distilled water and a sprig of Elodea. Three replicate model ecosystems
derived from the irradiated and control cultures were maintained at 10, 20, and
35 C as were the cultures in earlier experiments concerned with temperature alone.
The adult population in each tube was determined evry 2 days for each tempera-
ture level and the total production was calculated by direct count in a Sedwick-
Rafter chamber of three, 1-ml samples per culture after the adults were removed.
Survival of adult and immature stages, length of life span, time interval between
generations, and productivity of surviving adults were recorded for 12 weeks.
Comparisons between groups were recorded and graphically analyzed.

EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

At all temperature regimes, adult populations of ostracods achieved their
maxima in the absence of copepods; however, the number of adult copepods
increased more rapidly when cultured with ostracods (Figs. 1, 2). The adult
population density of both organisms grown together and separately was
greatest for both at the coldest temperature. Likewise, population densities
were greater at medium than at high temperature levels for both organisms.
High temperatures (35 C) are critical for adult copepod survival in both
pure and mixed cultures. The adult ostracod popuation density in mixed
cultures decreased steadily from 10 to 35 C.

Adult population density of both copepods and ostracods cultured to-
gether was higher at 10 than at either 20 or 35 C (Fig. 3). Life span dura-
tion of adult ostracods was greatest at 10C. Population dentisy of copepods
was greater at 20 C than at 35 C. Ostracod population density and life span
duration was the same at 35 and 20 C. Also, body size and fertility for both
organisms were greater at 10 than at either 20 or 35 C. Male copepods were
more resistant to temperature than females; females with eggs were more
sensitive to temperature variations than females without eggs. McLaren
(1965), working with the effects of temperature on production of aquatic
invertebrates, determined that adult population density was greater at the

4 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

>
4
= 3
=
n
“d
3
oo
&
°
Kets) Re
9 20 C ostracod
)
=
1
0 1 2 3 “ 5 6 T 8 9
WEEKS
Fig. 1 - Adult population density of Cyclops viridis and Cypris virens
cultured separately under three temperature regimes.
>
10 + 20 C Cyclops
4
se me!
od
3
oO
&
°
Aa 2
°
3
=

10) al: 2 3 4 5 6 if 8 9 10
WEEKS

Fig. 2 - Adult population of Cyclops viridis and Cypris virens cultured
together under three temperature regimes.

colder temperatures than at the higher levels. Sprague (1963) found that
isopod and amphipod reproduction was greater at colder temperatures, as
was body size when compared to higher levels. My results confirmed those
of both McLaren and Sprague. Monakov (1958), working with the effects
of temperature on freshwater invertebrates, found that organisms at colder
temperatures had a longer life span and greater population density than those

at higher temperatures. My results were similar to those of Dewey and Cole
(1962) and Monakov.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 5

10 C ostracod

4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
I 1000 20 C ostracod
od
d
wo
u
Oo 500
a
©) 35 C ostracod
2 70%
30
15
10 C Cyclops
20 C Cyclops
35_C Cyclops
) 1 2 z 4 5 6 T 8 9
WEEKS

Fig. 3 - Net production of Cyclops viridis and Cypris virens cultured
together under three temperature regimes.

The total net production (immature stages) of both copepods and ostra-
cods cultured together at 10 C was greater than production at either 20 or
35 C (Fig. 3). Similarly, Monakov (1958) found that total net production,
as well as life span, was greater at the colder temperature than at the
warmer ones.

Population density and production of irradiated copepods and ostracods
grown together was greatest at the cold emperature and least at the high
temperature (Figs. 4, 5, 6). The copepods did not reproduce following
irradiation of 24, 48, and 96 kR, however, further investigation showed re-
production did occur between 8 and 16 kR (Heaslip, pers. comm.). Adult
population densities of irradiated copepods and ostracods grown together
were greatest at 10 C and somewhat lower at 20 C, as were life span dura-

6 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

tions; there were significant decreases in both density and life span of
irradiated species at the high temperature (Figs. 4, 5, 6).

There was no significant mortality of adult copepods immediately follow-
ing exposure to 24, 48, and 96 kR of gamma rays. Ostracod mortality,
although not greatly affected by 24 kR of gamma rays, showed a significant
increase at 48 and 96 kR (Table 1).

TABLE 1.—Number of adult Cyclops viridis and Cypris virens per culture preceding
(A) and following (B) exposure to 0, 24, 48, and 96 kR of gamma rays

Radiation Level Organism A B
0 kR Cyclops winidis: (0385 Ses sharks eee ee 90 90
CUPTIS. OUT CNS Core ieiecre obese eee oe 30 30

24 kR Cyclops: Gigs o.0.<ssnssseethne este isee eee oe eee 90 86

CY PTES TOUT COTES rasa coceecsceeewueee eae ee eee 30 29

48 kR CUClOPS OVAGIS c:ccscsesvssussenoacsccnececsste tee ee 90 88
Gypris Uren: 2. ie Soe 30 25

96 kR Cyclops: Oris: .scvccsctinassea caer ee 90 87
GUT DiS OMENS ccs eieeee ee ee 30 7/

All data compiled and shown in the figures are means of three replicates
(unless otherwise stated), having less than 20% variation between individual
replicates. All experiments were conducted simultaneously.

The total net production of irradiated mixed copepod and ostracod popu-
lations cultured at 10 C was greater than the production at either 20 or
35 C (Figs. 4,5, 6). The organisms exposed to 24, 48, and 96 kR of gamma
rays and cultured at 10 C had higher production densities than the control
organisms. There was an increase in net production for the irradiated or-
ganisms at 10 C over a 12-week period. The total net production for the
irradiated organisms at 20 C was slightly higher than the net production at
35 C. The control cultures at both 20 and 35 C had much higher net pro-
duction than the irradiated organisms.

Mixed adult population density for both irradiated organisms was greater
at the 10 C level than the density at 20 or 35 C (Table 2). Hence, the life
span was shortened by higher temperatures. Population density of irradiated
adult copepods varied only slightly at 10 and 20 C for a 9-week period, but
decreased to 0 at 35 C in the 5th week. At a given temperature, the adult
population density of both species was similar at all irradiation levels
(Table 2). Consequently, it would appear that temperature rather than
irradiation level is more critical in affecting adult population density and life
span. At 24, 48, and 96 kR all adult organisms died before 9 weeks. The
adult copepod population decreased to 0 in 8 weeks at 10 C, in 6 weeks at
20 C, and in 4 weeks at 35 C (Table 2). At control conditions (0 kR irradi-
ation) copepods at 10 and 20 C continued to live; at 35 C all copepods died
after 6 weeks. The control adult ostracod population density and life span
was 2 to 3 weeks longer than the life span duration and population density
for irradiated organisms (Table 3). Beyers (1962) found that the lower the
temperature the lower the rate of metabolism; and Ghys (1963) concluded
the lower the rate of metabolism, the less the effect of radiation. Thus, one
might expect a greater adult population density and greater net production

0d)

yp
‘d

a
“A
a

BG)
ed

=|

+=)

jor)
Le]

oO

u

uo}

S
aan)
Ga

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 Tf

WEEKS

Fig. 4 - Mean net production of Cyclops viridis and ris virens
cultured together under three temperature regimes
following exposure to 0 or 24 kR gamma rays.

at the 10 C level at any exposure of irradiation up to 100% lethality than at
the higher temperatures tested. Although there was no reproduction of
copepods following exposure to 24, 48, and 96 kR of gamma rays, life span
and population size were greater in all populations cultured at 10 C than
at 20 or 35 C.

Marshall (1961, 1962) found that loss of fertility was the most evident

8 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

er peat at abeat ab ab ye @ se

h wen d reed

35
0 kR
30
25
20
0 kR
15
O kR
10
48 kR
48 kR
>)

WEEKS

Fig. 5 - Mean net production of Cyclops viridis and Cypris
virens cultured together under three temperature
regimes following exposure to 0 or 48 kR.

effect of irradiation of freshwater crustacea with shortening of life span and
adult mortality being secondary. My results support these findings. Com-
bined eftects of irradiation and temperature stress resulted in a decreased
life span at 35 C and an increased life span at 10 C over the life span at
20 C for all levels of irradiation tested.

With the exception of slight adult copepod mortality immediately fol-

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 9

Ae + 96 kR

a
~ 7
= :

35
30
ane
(0)
»
di
qd
od
ze 20
cq
“d
=|
u
o 15
[or
Le]
o
&
Lo}
g 410
3
GS
>

WEEKS

Fig. 6 - Mean net production of Cyclops viridis and ris virens
cultured together under three temperature regimes
following exposure to O or 96 kR gamma rays.

lowing gamma ray exposure at 96 kR, the adult survival was the same at
all levels of irradiation. The ostracod survival was decreased 7% after
exposure to 24 kR; 23% after exposure to 48 kR, and 47% after exposure
to 96 kR. Marshall (1965), working with adult daphnia populations, found
that radiation exposure levels below LD 50 had little or no effect on adult

10

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

TABLE 2.—Adult population density of gamma irradiated Cyclops viridis and
Cypris virens grown at three temperatures

No. of
Weeks

0

1

2

35 C

Organism 24 48 96
Gyclops: viridis. .....5:.sc-ees 10; 105710
(UTI OUNENS ceessees wtewceteceese By
Gyclops viridis. .........0ccs00+ 10 10 10
Gypris) Cinens) eee eee 4 4 4
Gy Clo psig ov ccsccscaccsst ates 10. 10% 10
(COP OES BURGOS. cccescscecese sce Be ee
Cyclops tATAdiss esl .ckos.sccee-s8es i nem iat Waar
(CUT OUS) DUNGLOS. coooeosasoctneepscaccece DT DN eo,
Cyclops viridis: ....ccccc.iceucte-o0ss 3 oo
(CUT DUS EUROS cppcapsoscncachos sco 1 1 il
Gyclops Viridis. ....c.cc0c.sccccess00s OG; 0" 20
(COIS SEGHADS Gonsoeaseoceosssosacsnoes 1 J I
Cyclops viridis .cccccccccccsecec-o00s OFF yOu a0
(GIP DUOS EGWAUS coosconnacencosesco0 YY @
Cyclops viridis. ......0ccc.sc0cs-000: OOO
GPITS OINENS We eceeeete nee eee Huy @
Cyclops wintdis shee Oe Ow)
(COP OUDS ELRADS. -roscecnacnecscousncc oO @O ©
“Cyclops viridis, .......<.0c.00-.s0005- OOOO
CDCR BERZOS copeonconconcocedsacoss Oe ee OF)

20 C
24 48 96
LO 1010
Dy Le)
LOe LORELe
5) Pomme
10." LOt0
4 4 4
LO LO VLG
3 fon ane
GC) Gr esG
3: Soe
4 4 4
Pee 52)
2! (Deane,
Pees
O ©
OF (Oneae
OF ORC
0 > OFe70
0 Oe
Oy Om 20

10C

24 48 96

10
5
10
5
10

KH
SOON OCWrFRNAWAWOFK

10
5

—
i=

= —
SOONOCOWrFANAWAWORS OU

10
5
10
5
10

—
SOON OCOWFRAKBNAWAWOR

mortality and that net production of irradiated daphnia at 20 C was not
appreciably affected by radiation exposure levels. Results of this study sup-
port those of Marshall.

TABLE 3.—Control adult population density of Cyclops viridis and Cypris
virens grown together at three temperatures

No. of

Weeks Organism 24
0 Gyclops wiridis ...<:.kescsc<-s--0e-s 10
(COPURES CERADS cncectccsseos.cos200007 5

1 Guyclopsiinidisi. ee 10
CUpiiseOinens eee 5

2 Guclops windis\ se 10
Gupristvirense ee 4

3 Cyclops voinidisc. 7 ee 10
WOJDTUS BURBDS: ccccsssosnocceoousenocs 2

4 Cyclops onidis 2... 6
COpOOS CORRS. sococaseacccss0000300008 1

5 Cyclonsmuindis en ee 1
CUpTiSROITEN See ee 0

6 Cyclopsioinidisse.: sen 0
(GUPBTUS UTES. soo-aeecnonens69soee006 0

a Cyclonsoinidism ee ee 0
Cuprissvirensie 0

8 Cyclopsmimdisne ee 0
(GOFOTUS BHRERS. concscasnseronneseoanned 0

9 Cyclops vindis We: 0

(COPDTES DURES” ssassxcnccceecosssi0007 0

35 C

48

10
5
10

HH
SeooqooooocoorrFanoc

pi
SOOCOCCOCOCCOFRFRONOK

24

10
5
10
5
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
2
8
1
6
1
5
1

20 C

48

10
“5
10

5
10

5
10

96

= = — = i — =
BOR ORrONONDGDWORhRCUCDUSOCWO

10

tk
SCRODRANAWOROUSCUWS UL

10C

48

10
5
10
5
10

—
SCRODHANAWOPH MOUS UW

10

—
SCR ODRANAWAFKOUC UW

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 11

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am deeply grateful for assistance in preparation and review of this manu-
script from Candi Samsel; also, Drs. B. C. Parker, J. Cairns, Jr., and M. B. Heaslip,
and to Morehead State University at which the research for this paper was com-
pleted.

LITERATURE CITED

Beyers, R. J. 1962. Relationship between temperature and the metabolism of ex-
perimental ecosystems. Science 136 (3520) :980-982.

Beyers, R. J. 1965. The pattern of photosynthesis and respiration in laboratory
microecosystems. Proceedings of the International Biol. Programme: Sym-
posium on Primary Productivity in Aquatic Environments, Pallanza, Italy,
April, 1965. 18 (supple.):61-74 [Rec’d., 1966].

Calkins, J. 1963. Variation of radiation sensitivity of Paramecium aurelia as a func-
tion of time of irradiation in the interdivision growth cycle. Nature 198( 4881):
704.

Chernykh, S. I., and T. D. Panasyuk. 1964. Distribution of Daphnia magna under
conditions of temperature, oxygen, and light gradients. Zool. Zh. 43(11):
1715-1716.

Dewey, W. C., and A. Cole. 1962. Effects of heterogeneous populations on radia-
tion survival curves. Nature 194( 4829 ) :660-662.

Engel, D. W., and D. J. Fluke. 1962. The effect of water content and postirradia-
tion storage on radiation sensitivity of brine shrimp cysts (eggs). Radiat. Res.
16(2):173-181.

Failla, P. Mc. 162. Some effects of radiation on rotifers irradiated at different
ages. Radiat. Res. 16(4):573.

Fontaine, Y. A., and A. Aeberhardt. 1963. Experimental laboratory study of the
radioactive contamination by cesium-144 of a complex fresh water community.
Health Phys. 9(11):1047-1056. Eng. Summ.

Ghys, R. 1963. Metabolic factors on radiosensitivity. In: Symposum on Radio-
sensitivity Quebec, 1962. Laval Med. 34(1):69-79. Eng. Summ.

Hrbackova-Esslova, M. 1966. The differences in the growth and reproduction at
8° C. and 20° C. of Daphnia publicara Forbes (Crustacea: Cladocera) popu-
lations inhabiting midland ponds and high Tatra likes. Vest. Spolemosti Zool.
39(1):30-38.

Marshall, J. S. 1961. The effects of continuous gamma radiation on the intrinsic
rate of natural increase of Daphnia pulex, Diss. Abst. 22( 2) :682-683.

Marshall, J. S. 1962. The effects of continuous gamma radiation on the intrinsic
rate of natural increase of Daphnia pulex. Ecology 43(4) :598-607.

McLaren, I. A. 1963. The effects of temperature on growth of zoo-plankton, and
the adaptive value of the vertical migration. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20(3):
685-727.

McLaren, I. A. 1965. Some relationships between temperature and egg size, body
size, development rate and fecundity of the copepod Pseudocolnus. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 10(4):528-583.

Monakoy, A. V. 1958. Some data on the biology of development and reproduction
of Acanthocyclops viridus (Jur), (Copepoda, Cyclopoida). Doklady Acad.
Nauk. SSSR Biol. Sci. Sect. [trans.] 119(1/6):291-294.

Needham, J. G., Galtsoff, P. S., Lutz, F. E., and Welch, P. S. 1937. Culture
Methods for Invertebrate Animals. Comstock Publishing Company, Ithaca,
New York. 510 p.

Rees, G. H. 1960. Effects of gamma irradiation on two decapod crustaceans,
Palamonetes pugio and Uca pugnax. In: Proceedings of the 57th Annual
Meeting of the North Carolina Academy of Science, 1960. J. Elisha Mitchell
Sci. Soc. 76(2):191.

12 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Reyment, R. A. 1963. Effect of certain environments on the carapace of the fresh-
water ostracod Cypridopsis vidua (Muller). Nature 197( 4856) :787-788.
Sprague, J. B. 1963. Resistance of four freshwater crustaceans to lethal high tem-

perature and low oxygen. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20(2):387-415.

Stroganov, N. S., and M. M. Telitchenko. 1959. Chronic influence of small doses
of radioactive substances on successive generations of Daphnia magna. Bull.
Mosk. Obshch. Ispoyt. Prirody. Otd. Biol. 64(1):154-155. Referat, Zhur;
Biol. 1960.

Ward, H. B., and G. C. Whipple. 1918. Freshwater Biology. John Wiley Sons,
Inc. New York. 680p.

Yamaguchi, T. 1963. Time changes in Na, K, and Ca contents of Paramecium
caudatum after gamma irradiation. Onnot. Zool. Japan. 36(2):55-56.

Received: August 9, 1971. Accepted March 9, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 13

A SURVEY OF THE HELMINTHS OF THE MUSKRAT,
ONDATRA Z. ZIBETHICA MILLER, 1912, IN
MADISON COUNTY, KENTUCKY

JOHN P. HARLEY

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

From 100 muskrats collected in Madison County, Kentucky, three
species of cestodes: Taenia taeniaeformis, Hymenolepis evaginati, and
Monoecocestus americanus; six species of nematodes: Trichuris opaca,
Trichostrongylus calcartus, Trichinella spiralis, Capillaria ransomia, Long-
istriata dalrymplei, and Ascaris lumbricoides; and eight species of trema-
todes: Quinqueserialis quinqueserialis, Notocotylus urbanensis, Echin-
ostoma revolutum, Nudacotyle novicia, Pseudodiscus zibethicus, Plagior-
chis proximis, Echinoparyphium recurvatium, and Paragonimus kellicotti
were identified. All of the reported helminths constitute new range-
extensions and state records for parasites of the muskrat.

Numerous helminthological surveys of the muskrat Ondatra z. zibethica
Miller 1912, have been made in North America, and consequently the hel-
minth fauna of muskrats is well known (Anderson and Beaudoin, 1966).
Several reports have summarized the literature up to 1967 (Beckett and
Gallicchio, 1967; Knight, 1951; Meyer and Reilly, 1950). However, prior
to this report, no helminthological work has been done on Kentucky musk-
rats. Therefore, the objective of this investigation was to determine the
species of helminths parasitizing muskrats in Madison County, Kentucky.

During the 1970-71 Kentucky trapping season, fur dealers and trappers
supplied skinned carcasses from Madison County. In addition, ten animals
were trapped by the author. A total of 100 muskrats (57 males and 43
females) made up the survey. As obtained, muskrats were data-tagged,
frozen and stored at —10 C until autopsied.

All of the helminths recovered at autopsy (with the exception of nema-
todes) were immediately fixed in hot A.F.A. Mayer’s paracarmine and Dela-
field’s hematoxylin were used to stain the cestodes and trematodes. Fast-
green in 95% ethyl alcohol was used to counterstain the ventral glands of
the monostomes and the cephalic spines of the echinostomes; they were
distinguished after clearing. Nematodes were cleared in warm glycerine and
mounted in glycerine jelly. Finally, all diaphragms were digested with
pepsin-HC]l in order to search for Trichinella spiralis.

Three species of cestodes, six species of nematodes and eight species of
trematodes were identified (Table 1). A total of 26 muskrats had only one
species of helminth each (regardless of species). Two or more species
occurred in 74 of the muskrats. Trematodes occurred in 81 muskrats while
nematodes and cestodes occurred in 47 and 12 muskrats, respectively. No
Acanthocephala were found. Both sexes were approximately parasitized to
the same extent. Quinqueserialis quinqueserialis and Notocotylus urbanen-
sis were the most prevalent trematodes, Taenia taeniaeformis the most preva-
lent cestode, and Trichuris opaca the most prevalent nematode recovered.

Echinoparyphium recurvatium has been reported from Minnesota musk-
rats (Penner, 1940), from Maine muskrats (Meyer and Reilly, 1950) and

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

14

aUNSezUT [PUIG
9UI}SOJUT osI1eT
duns] ][eUulsg

useiydeiq
aUu}So}UT [[PUIS
9USOUT os1e'T

aUuT}Sa}U] [[eUIS
aUl}Sa}UT [[PWIS
ausoyU] [[BUIS

ssun'y
auI}so}UT [[PUIS
eunsayy [BUS
euT}sayUy [Pus
OUI}SOJUT os1e'T
eunsa}UT [[eusg
QUI}SOJUT IS81e'T
aUSoUT os1e'T

UOT}BOOT o}IsSeieg

Il
VG
6G
0€
LE
67
IL

peyefur
SyBIYSNUL
fo Toquunyy

Ayonjuay ‘Ayuno> uosippy wos syosysnw QQ] wWosy pasado0re4 syyuIWjay yo saidads—| 479gVL

(aes i
(SI-1)6
(LI-F)L

(111-06) IF
(1I-1)P
(F-1)Z

CS ee
Ono SO Mm
Ont r OS

Ql Ol > at CID ri 09

soysered fo
Jequinu oseieAy

suiseviydetp ul s}sk_ , .

osuey

SGLT ‘Shevuury saploouqun siimosy

CE6L ‘sueUIYIC 1ajdwhyop vo1.4s1B8U0T
CI6I ‘Se4ON pue rayxIeg DNWOSUDL DILDO TIdDD
xa(GE8T UWeMO) syouds vyjauryou T,

TI6I ‘Wosuey snzo1v9]09 snpisuo4soyois 7,
GI6I ‘SeAON pue ioyIeg vondo sniniyotw J

VGOLVWAN

(G68T ‘S9I9S) snupoiawp snysas0da0u0
CI6I ‘SMerpuy pue JoyxIeg DJDUIZDAA sisdajouawA
O8LT Yosieg swu1ofapiuan, pian,

VGOLSHO

SO6I “PIEM 4709N]0y SnunUOsDIDg

(ELET “Ado}spury UoA) wnyvainga, wniydhisdouryoq

GIGI “oye svwixoid svyos0isy) J

(SGI6I ‘sey pue JoyIeg) sno1yjaqiz snosipopnasg

9QI6T “eyxIe_ DIDIA0U ajhzooppnN,

(ZO8T ‘Yorysory) wngnjoaas pwosouyoq

(PIBI 40D) sisuaunqun smjhjzoo0j0N

(TI6I ‘UyYysneyT pue soyeg) sypwasanbuinb sypiiasanbuin(d

VGOLVWNAYL
satoeds

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 15

from Ohio muskrats (Beckett and Gallicchio, 1967). This present report is
thus the fourth record of E. recurvatum from North American muskrats.

Paragonimus kellicotti has only been reported from the lungs of Michigan
muskrats (Ameel, 1932). This present report constitutes the second report
of this species from North American muskrats.

Rausch et al. (1956) reported encysted Trichinella spiralis from one
Alaskan muskrat and Beckett and Gallicchio (1967) from one Ohio muskrat.
This present report thus constitutes the third report of this species from
North American muskrats and also, the greatest incidence so far reported.

Ascaris lumbricoides has only been reported from Illinois muskrats (Gil-
ford, 1954). This present report constitutes the second report of this large
nematode from North American muskrats.

Since no previous helminthological reports have been reported for Ken-
tucky, all of the herein reported helminths constitute new range-extension
and state records for parasites of the muskrat. When compared to surveys
in two neighboring states (Illinois: Arata, 1959; Gilford, 1954; and Ohio:
Beckett and Gallicchio, 1967; Rausch, 1946), it would appear from the re-
sults of this present survey that Kentucky muskrats are parasitized with an
above average helminthic burden. This relatively high degree of parasitism
cannot necessarily be attributed to the size of the muskrat population in
Madison County, however, since the relative abundance of intermediate
hosts, feeding habits, and other epidemiological factors are unknown. Never-
theless, this work extends our knowledge of the helminthofauna of a state
that, to date, has been virtually untouched by parasitologists.

LITERATURE CITED

Ameel, D. J. 1932. The muskrat a new host for Paragonimus. Science. 75:382.

Anderson, D. R., and R. L. Beaudoin. 1966. Host habitat and age as factors in
the prevalence of intestinal parasites of the muskrat. Bull. Wildl. Disease
Assoc. 2:70-76.

Arata, A. A. 1959. Ecology of muskrats in strip-mine ponds in southern Illinois.
J. Wildl. Mgmt. 23:177-186.

Beckett, J. V., and V. Gallicchio. 1967. A survey of helmints of the muskrat,
Ondatra z. zibethica Miller, 1912, in Portage County, Ohio. J. Parasit. 53:
1169-1172.

Gilford, J. H. 1954. A survey of helminths in Illinois. J. Parasit. 40:702-703.

Knight, I. M. 1951. Disease and parasites of the muskrats (Ondatra zibethica) in
British Columbia. Can. J. Zool. 29:184-215.

Meyer, M. C., and J. R. Reilly. 1950. Parasites of muskrats in Maine. Am. Mid.
Nat. 44:467-477.

Penner, L. R. 1940. Morphological and biological studies on certain helminths of
the muskrat. Ph.D. dissertation. Univ. of Minnesota, 275 p.

Rausch, R. 1946. The parasites of Ohio muskrats. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 10:70.

Rausch, R., B. B. Babero, R. V. Rausch, and E. L. Schiller. 1956. Studies on the
helminth fauna of Alaska. XXVII. The occurrence of larvae of Trichinella
spiralis in Alaskan mammals. J. Parasit. 42:259-271.

Received: December 12, 1971. Accepted March 8, 1972.

16 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON BACTERIAL POPULATIONS IN
WILGREEN LAKE, MADISON, KENTUCKY

R. B. OTERO
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

S. LEUNG
Department of Geology
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

INTRODUCTION

Lake Wilgreen (Taylor Fork Lake), 5 miles south of Richmond, Madi-
son County, Kentucky, and formed behind a 650-ft long by 75-ft high
rolled-earth dam across Taylor Fork Creek, has a total area of 175 acres.
The lake has a 9,000-acre watershed, 90% of which is in pasture (on which
subdivisions are located) and 10% in woodland. The lake is approximately
6 years old (dam completed, August 1966).

This study on the bacterial pollution of the lake was begun 19 September
1970, and terminated 26 May 1971. Experimental samplings were secured
from the lake itself and from tributaries flowing into it (Fig. 1). The pur-
pose of this study was to determine the extent of bacterial populations in
the lake, and their sources.

MATERIALS AND METHODS
Collection of Samples

A total of 10 samples was collected at each interval. The samples were ob-
tained in sterile 250-ml screw-capped Erlenmeyer flasks. The surface samples
were collected by inserting the closed flask approximately 1 inch below the sur-
face and opening the flask. The flask was immediately closed and stored for later
microbiological analysis. Water temperatures were recorded at the time of sam-
pling. Deep samples were obtained with a Kemmerer deep-water sampler ( Wild-
life Supply Co., 1200-ml capacity), and the water samples obtained were poured
into sterile 250-ml screw-capped Erlenmeyer flasks. All samples were studied for
bacterial content within 3-4 hr after the last sample was taken.

Bacteriological Examination

All samples were examined bacteriologically by the Millipore membrane filter
method as follows:

1. Total coliform: A sterile membrane filter (porosity 0.454) was aseptically
inserted into a Millipore filtering apparatus. The water sample (diluted according
to type of sample collected) was poured into the apparatus and vacuum was ap-
plied to start filtration. After filtration, the apparatus was rinsed with 50 ml of
sterile phosphate buffer (34 g KH.PO, in 500 ml of distilled water, adjusted to
pH 7.2. This stock buffer (1.25 ml was added to 1 liter of distilled water and
autoclaved in various aliquots, 50 and 100 ml, at 15 lb pressure for 15 min). The
filter was removed aseptically and transferred to a 47-mm diameter plastic Petri
dish containing a sterile absorbent pad saturated with 2.0 ml of MF-endo broth

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 17

(BBL). The Petri dish was placed in an incubator at 37 C for 24 hr. Colonies
that formed on the filter membrane were counted directly in the Petri dish using
an electric counter. Only dark or metallic-sheened colonies were counted. The
maximum acceptable number for a lake such as Wilgreen in Kentucky is 1,000
organisms/100-ml sample (Proposed Standards for Water Quality, Kentucky Water
Pollution Commission, 1971).

2. Fecal coliform: The sample was treated as above except the membrane
filter was placed into a plastic Petri dish on an absorbent pad saturated with 2.0
ml of M-FC broth (BBL) and incubated in a plastic bag at 44.5 C. This tempera-
ture was used to select only for fecal coliforms. Fecal coliform colonies appeared
blue, while nonfecal coliform colonies were gray to cream colored. The maximum
acceptable number for a lake such as Wilgreen in Kentucky is 200 organisms/100-
ml sample.

3. Fecal streptococci: The sample was treated the same as in total coliform
except that the membrane was inserted into a plastic Petri dish containing
M-enterococcus agar (BBL). The plates were incubated for 48 hr at 37 C. Only
the colonies that appeared red on the surface of the membrane filter were counted.
The colonies appeared red because the indicator system triphenyltetrazolium
chloride (TTC) was reduced by the organism. There is no maximum acceptable
range for this group of microorganisms.

4. Pseudomonads: The membrane was placed in a Petri dish containing
pseudosel agar (BBL) and incubated for 24-48 hr at 37 C. Pseudomonads ap-
peared green on the surface of the membrane filter.

5. Salmonella and Shigella species: The membrane was inserted into 5 ml
of selenite (BBL) broth after filtration of 100 ml undiluted sample and incubated
for 16-18 hr at 37 C. Subcultures were made on the following plating media:
(a) brilliant green agar (BBL); (b) Salmonella-Shigella agar (BBL); (c) eosin
methylene blue agar (BBL); MacConkey agar (BBL); and bismuth sulfite agar
(BBL). These plates were incubated for 24 hr and suspected colonies were sub-
cultured on the following biochemical media: (a) triple sugar iron (BBL); (b)
Simmon citrate agar (BBL); (c) SIM agar (BBL); and (d) lysine iron agar
(BBL). If the reactions were questionable, typing sera for Salmonella and
Shigella species were used.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Samples were obtained from the following Stations (Fig. 1, Table 1):
6, near the dam site; 18 and 19, at upper and lower points near Caleast
tributary; 34, opposite Caleast junction; 35, opposite Caleast junction near-
est the dam; 8 and 7, at upper and lower points near Old Town Branch;
9, junction at Deacon Hill tributary; and 9A, upper end of Wilgreen Lake.

The largest numbers of total and fecal coliforms were obtained from Old
Town Branch, Stations 7 and 8 (Table 1). As expected, deep samples as
well as temperate waters (10-20 C) showed the highest counts. For ex-
ample, the station at the lower point on Old Town Branch-Wilgreen Lake
junction (7) showed total coliform counts ranging from 11,000 (7 November
1970; 22 ft; 10 C) to 180,000 (21 November 1970; 23 ft; 10 C), whereas
the upper Station (8) showed 4,000 (7 November 1070; 10 ft; 14 C) to
4,200,000 (7 November 1970; 20 ft; 10 C). Fecal counts had a wider range,
from less than 100 per sample tested to 2,800, the latter occuring in Novem-
ber at Station 8.

Samples from Old Town Branch contained large numbers of total and
fecal coliforms in both the surface and deep samples (Table 2). The total
coliform ranged from 14,000 to 510,000, the latter in November. The fecal

18 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

> °
-O,oO °
nz=wuZz =)
naw Nn
maro
wo2zs
258 5 4
Zz (3) 2 <
=) x ra)
7)
We. S
r)

ANCASTER [41
WOODS
ESTATE

40
39

25
L

DEACON HILLS
SUBDIVISION

est

AEROFLOW
DISPOSAL
PLANT

HAINES

Zz
Pre i —
ro) [a4 =~ oe
bo, y
y S17 zy © <x a
Fe) A al onl re

coliform ranged from less than 100 to 7,600, the latter in May. This area
contains numerous cattle plus housing with septic tanks (Lakewood Estates).
Tests with flourescin dye have indicated that the tanks leak. Both of these
factors influence the increased numbers of bacteria in Wilgreen Lake.
Samples taken from the Lake near the Deacon Hill subdivision (9, 9A)
showed high fecal counts (Table 1) during May 1971, and ranged from
1,100 (surface, 28 May 1971; Station 9A) to 2,100 (surface, 28 May 1971;
Station 9). High surface counts indicate very little settling of microorgan-
isms to the bottom of the lake. The total coliform counts also were very

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

19

TABLE 1.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per 100-ml sample in Wilgreen Lake,
Madison County, during the month of September 1970 through May 1971

Date
9-19-70

Collecting
Stations

6(S)*

6( D-40)**
6( D-20 )
6(D-41)
6(S)

6( D-44 )
6(S)

6( D-36 )
6(S)

6( D-34)

18(S)
18(D-12)

19(S)
19(D-22 )

23(S)
23(D-22 )
23(S)
23(D-23 )
23(S)

23( D-22)

24(S)
24(D-24)
24(S)
24(D-24)

24(S)
24 (D-25)
24(S)
24 ( D-24)

34(S)
34(D-17)
34(S)
34(D-18)

35(S)

35(D-3.5)
35(S)
35(D-20)

36(S)
36(D-15)

7(S)
7(D-27)
7(S)
7( D-22)
iS)
7(D-23)
TAS)

Temp.
(Ae)

25

Total
Coliform

400
83,000
5,000
37,000
5,000
120,000
400
2,800
3,800
11,000

<1,000
2,000

<1,000
28,000

7,000
3,000
1,100
2,000
17,000

5,000

500
<1,000
<100
21,000

1,300
10,000
13,000

3,000

700
500
24,000
3,000

3,100

3,200
27,000
103,000

<100
24,800

1,300
29,000
8,000
11,000
300
31,000
19,000

Fecal

Coliform

20 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

TABLE 1.—Continued

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal

Date Stations (FG) Coliform Coliform
5-12-71 7(D-23) 1?) 24,000 200
5-28-71 7(S) 21 17,000 900
5-28-71 7(D-21) 14 31,000 500
11-21-70 7(S) 10 97,000 800
11-21-70 7(D-23) 10 180,000 1,200
9-19-70 8(S) 1,500 <100
9-19-70 8(D-19) 31,900 2,800
il- 7-70 8(D-10) 14 4,000 100
11- 7-70 8(D-20) 10 4,200,000 <100
5-12-71 8(S) 20 12,000 <100
5-19-71 8(D-9) 17 7,200 100
5-28-71 8(S) 21 7,300 <100
5-28-71 8(D-18) 18 11,000 200
9-19-70 9(S) 6,200 <100
9-19-70 9(D-9) 11,300 200
1l- 7-70 9(S) 14 17,000 <100
11- 7-70 9(D-10) 11 48,000 100
4-17-71 9(S) 16 600 <100
4-17-71 9(D-9) 16 9,100 <100
5-28-71 9(S) 20 14,000 2,100
5-28-71 9(D-13) 23 70,000 800
11- 7-70 9A(S) 14 2,000 <100
11- 7-70 9A(D-4) 14 13,000 <100
4-17-71 9A(S) 17 2,100 100
4-17-71 9A (D-2) 17 23.000 300
5-28-71 9A(S) 20 10,000 1,100
5-28-71 9A(D-4) 25 34,000 1,100

* surface samples
** depth of samples in feet

high at this Station. For example, 70,000 organisms per 100 ml sampled
were obtained at Station 9 on 28 May 1971, (depth, 13 ft). A sample taken
the same day from Station 9A yielded 35,000 total coliforms. Water samples
secured during April did not show these high counts in either area. How-
ever, higher counts were observed in November at Station 9, but the total
fecal count was approximately 100. This may indicate that the rise in num-
ber of bacteria begins around the latter part of May when warm weather
has become more stabilized, and continues into November or until the advent
of colder weather.

There are several possibilities which could account for the high counts
at Stations 9 and 9A. Septic tank leakage occurs in the Deacon Hill sub-
division as shown by flourescein dye tests performed 27 February 1971. It
was demonstrated that at least 4 tanks leaked, and the leakage flows into a
creek which flows into Wilgreen Lake at Stations 9 and 9A. The fecal coli-
form count in this creek ranged from 2,300 to 600 per 100 ml of water

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 21

TABLE 2.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per 100 ml in Old Town Branch
during November 1970 and May 1971

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal

Date Stations (G;) Coliform Coliform
11-21-70 11(S)* Tf 92.000 400
11-21-70 11(D-3)** a 110,000 1,300
5-12-71 11(S) 17 34,000 5,600
5-12-71 11(D-3) 19 26,000 5,300
11-21-70 12(S) 10 352,000 3,400
11-21-70 12(D-8) 10 160,000 3,600
5-12-71 12(S) 20 20,000 500
5-12-71 12(D-9) 18 40,000 7,600
11-21-70 13(S) 10 305,000 2,500
11-21-70 13(D-14) 10 510,000 2,800
11-21-70 14(S) 10 151,000 1,100
11-21-70 14(D-16) 10 100,000 <100
5-12-71 14(D-16) 10 14,000 <100
5-12-71 14(D-17) 16 22,000 1,500

* surface samples
** depth of samples in feet

sampled. There were no cattle in the vicinity, indicating that fecal counts
originated from human contamination.

Another possible reason why the counts were high is suggested by data
from samples taken on the east side of Wilgreen Lake at the following Sta-
tions: 33, 31, 30, 29, and 5, on Taylor Fork Creek which empties into the
lake; 25, 26, 27, and 28, at Holiday Inn-Shell Gas Station recipient creek;
39, 40, and 41, University Shopping Center-Lancaster Woods Estate recip-
ient creek and, 32, creek behind the Deacon Hill subdivision which empties
into Taylor Fork Creek.

Taylor Fork Creek appears to have very high bacterial counts, both in
total and fecal coliforms. On 12 September 1970, counts of 82,000 total
coliforms and 5,500 fecal coliforms were obtained from Station 5 located
on Route 52 (Table 3). Subsequent samples yielded smaller numbers. The
fecal counts, however, appear to have increased as warmer temperatures
occurred. Samples taken during May 1971 from this tributary indicate spe-
cifically that this area contributes very highly to the contamination of Wil-
green Lake.

The Holiday Inn-Shell Gas Station recipient creek (25, 26, 27, and 28)
is not an important contributor to the contamination of Wilgreen Lake. The
creek behind Deacon Hill subdivision (32) likewise does not appear at
present to be an important source. The University Shopping Center-Lan-
caster Woods Estate recipient creek (39, 40, and 41) however, definitely
poses a potential health hazard. For example, Station 41 showed 100,000
total coliforms and 28,000 fecal coliforms per 100 ml water. There are no
cattle in this vicinity. These high fecal coliform counts are considered to
emanate primarily from human waste, and that this drainage area is one of
the main sources of high bacterial population in the Taylor Fork Creek
region.

a2 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

TABLE 3.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per 100 ml from tributaries
which flow into the Eastern section of Wilgreen Lake

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal
Date Stations* (°C) Coliform Coliform
1-16-71 25 6 15,000 1,800
2-13-71 25 5 1,300 <100
A- 3-71 25 6 2,800 <100
1-16-71 26 5 6,000 800
2-13-71 26 5 3,400 900
4- 3-71 26 6 <100 <100
1-16-71 27 3 1,000 <100
1-16-71 28 3 1,000 <100
2-13-71 28 4 5,300 200
5-21-71 28 24 5,200 200
4. 3-71 28 6 100 <100
1-16-71 29 8 17,000 100
2-13-71 29 3 9,200 2.700
4- 3-71 29 6 2,900 <100
5-21-71 29 24 8,800 1,000
1-16-71 30 3 31,000 <100
2-13-71 30 3 37,000 7,200
A- 3-71. 30 5 3,500 300
5-21-71 30 a2, 55,000 1,550
1-16-71 31 3 16,000 <100
2-13-71 31 4 29,000 7,600
4- 3-71 31 6 1,800 100
5-21-71 31 22 81,000 3,000
1-16-71 32 A 14,000 <100
2-13-71 32 3 4,600 <100
4- 3-71 32 6 3,500 100
5-21-71 32 23 6,300 100
2-13-71 33 A 81,000 3,400
Ae Bay 33 6 4.800 <100
5-21-71 33 25 62,000 4.400
5-21-71 39 23 42,000 6,500
5-21-71 40 23 34,000 6,700
5-21-71 Al 24 100,000 28,000
9-12-71 5 21 82,000 5,500
1-16-71 5 3 18,000 <100
2-13-71 5 3 3,700 800
4- 3-71 5 6 10,100 3,200
5-21-71 5 24 11,200 2,400

* surface samples taken only from flowing streams

It has been noted above that cattle graze around the Taylor Fork Creek
region (Stations 33, 31, 30, and 29). Much of the fecal pollution here is
due to these animals. Fecal material from cattle can harbor pathogenic
organisms that can be detrimental to man (Geldreich, 1970).

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

TABLE 4.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per 100-ml sample from
affluent and receiving streams below the aeroflow treatment plant

Date

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71
10-15-70

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

10-15-70

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 7-71
5-26-71

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

10-24-71
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-25-71

10-24-70
11-14-70
1-30-71
4- 6-71
5-26-71

Collecting
Stations*

Temp.
(°C)

Total

Coliform

13,000
310,000
9,000
500
14,700
400,000

1,300,000
13,000,000
10,000
100,000
310,000

110,000

30,300
630,000
5,000

Fecal
Coliform

1,600
<100,000

<100
9,000

23

24 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

TABLE 4.—Continued

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal

Date Stations* (2G) Coliform Coliform
10-24-70 iL 13 21,000 <100
11-14-70 1 11 160,000 1,100
1-30-71 1 4 8,000 <100
4- 6-71 1 8 1,800 500
5-26-71 1 16 28,500 5,200

* surface samples taken only from flowing streams

There is another important source of contamination that can be con-
trolled. An aeroflow disposal system, Stations 42 through 50, empties un-
chlorinated sewage into a creek which flows into Wilgreen Lake near Sta-
tion 9 (Table 4). Collecting Station 43 is at the effluent which comes from
the disposal plant. Counts as high as 13,000,000 total coliforms were ob-
tained in November 1970. Fecal count for this period was 9,000. Counts
were taken along the creek to the junction of Wilgreen Lake during October
and November 1970 and January, May, and April 1971. As can be seen in
Table 4, this disposal plant is also responsible for the high levels of fecal
and total coliform counts along the areas of Stations 9 and 9A on Wilgreen
Lake (Table 1).

The Haines tributary (Table 5), which flows into the lake from the west-
ern side, does not contribute extensively to the bacterial pollution. Samples
taken from this tributary appear to be within an acceptable range.

On the other hand, the Caleast tributary (Table 6), which also flows
into the western end of the lake above the Haines area, may possibly con-
tribute to the bacterial pollution along the lower portion of the lake (Sta-
tions 6, 18, 19, 23, and 24). High counts were observed in December
1970, where the tributary was widened (Station 20), approximately 0.5 mile
from the lake junction. During April 1971 there was a substantial decrease.
These samples, as well as all other Stations taken in this research project,
fluctuated considerably during seasonal temperatures.

Several species of microorganisms such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa, AIl-
caligenes faecalis, Proteus sp., Streptococcus faecalis, and Klebsiella pneu-

TABLE 5.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per
100-ml sample from Haines Creek

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal
Date Stations (Ge) Coliform Coliform

12- 5-70 15(S)* 8 <1,000 <100
12- 5-70 15(D-4) ** 8 11,000 600
12- 5-70 16(S) 9 <1,000 <100
12- 5-70 16(D-6) 9 3,000 <100
12- 5-70 17(S) 9 <1,000 <100
9 1,000 <100

12- 5-70 17(D-16)

* surface samples
** depth of samples in feet

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 25

TABLE 6.—Viable counts of total and fecal coliforms per
100-ml sample from Caleast Creek

Collecting Temp. Total Fecal

Date Stations (°C) Coliform Coliform
12-12-70 20(S)* 10 273,000 6,200
12-12-70 20( D-8)** 10 300,000 17,000
12-12-70 21(S) 10 156,000 9,700
12-12-70 21(D-8) 10 121,000 4,700
4-24-71] 21(S) 16 400 <100
4-24-71 21(D-2) 16 300 100
12-12-70 22(S) 9 14,000 700
12-12-70 22.(D-11) 9 60,000 2,900
4-24-7] 22(S) 17 1,400 <100
4-24-71 22(D-7) 7 8,000 <100

* surface samples
** depth of samples in feet

moniae were identified by biochemical means. All are considered opportu-
nist pathogens. For example, organisms such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa,
can cause otitis externa (Lynch et al., 1969). All of these organisms are
found naturally in waters in low numbers. However, if the numbers increase,
a potential health hazard can arise. No species of Salmonella or Shigella
were isolated. However, as long as the bacterial counts remain high, the
chance of such pathogenic organisms occurring becomes greater.

SUMMARY

As clearly demonstrated by these data, Wilgreen Lake is being polluted
by several important sources: Old Town Branch which flows into Wilgreen
Lake from the southern end, Taylor Fork Creek which enters Wilgreen Lake
from the eastern end, septic tank leakage from housing development on the
eastern tip of the lake, cattle which graze along the shorelines of the lake
and tributaries, the creek along Route 52 coming from the University Shop-
ping Center-Lancaster Woods Estate which eventually empties into Taylor
Fork Creek, an aeroflow disposal plant on the northeastern tip of Wilgreen
Lake, and Caleast tributary which flows into the lake from the western end.

Fecal coliforms ranged from a low of 100 per 100 ml at many stations
to a high of 100,000 per 100 ml at Station 43 in October. Total coliforms
ranged from about 100 per 100 ml at several stations to 13,000,000 per 100
ml at Station 43 in October. Of the 192 samples tested for total coliform,
all but 24 (87%) were higher than the 1000 organisms per 100 ml allowed
by the Proposed Standards for Water Quality of the Kentucky Water Pollu-
tion Control Commission, 1971.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank Miss Barbara Mann for her technical assistance
throughout this research project.

26 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

This project was supported by an Eastern Kentucky University Research
Faculty Grant Number 4237334.

LITERATURE CITED

Geldreich, E. E. 1970. Applying bacteriological parameters to recreational water
quality. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 62:113-120.

Kentucky Water Pollution Commission. 1971. Proposed Standards for Water
Quality.

Lynch, M. J., S. S. Raphael, L. D. Mellor, P. D. Spare, and M. J. H. Inwood.
1969. Medical Laboratory Technology and Clinical Pathology. W. B. Saun-
ders Co. Philadelphia, p. 1359.

Received: October 8, 1971. Accepted May 24, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 27

THE EFFECT OF COMBINED TEMPERATURE AND PHOTOPERIOD ON
EARLY DEVELOPMENT RATE OF RANA PIPIENS EGGS

JEFFREY F. CROSS and ROBERT D. HOYT

Biology Department, Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

ABSTRACT

Rana pipiens eggs were incubated at three different photoperiods at
each of three different temperature regimes. No developmental response
to photoperiods of 6, 14, and 24 hr was observed. Since the retina of
R. pipiens embroys is nonfunctional prior to the closing of the operculum,
any photoperiodic response would indicate a function extraoptic site of
photoreception. If such a site of photoreception is functioning, this in-
vestigation indicates that it does not affect the gross metabolism and
development of the embryo prior to the closing of the operculum.

The effect of temperature on the early development of Rana pipiens
eggs through the closing of the operculum appears to be directly and
linearly related and not markedly affected by photoperiod.

INTRODUCTION

The normal developmental response of Rana pipiens Schreber has been
widely investigated (Morgan, 1897; Shumway, 1942; Taylor and Kollros,
1946), particularly the developmental response to environmental tempera-
ture (Atlas, 1935; Rugh, 1951). Poikilothermy in animals dictates inter-
dependence with environmental temperature. However, very little informa-
tion has been reported concerning any differential developmntal response to
combined temperature and photoperiod in Rana pipiens from fertilization to
the closing of the operculum. Since it is thought that an interaction of both
temperature and photoperiod seasonally induces an increase in gonad size and
initiates egg laying in fishes, as well as in some amphibians, the effect of
photoperiod on the rate of early tadpole development appeared to be a
logical and worthwhile investigation.

The objectives of this study were to demonstrate the developmental re-
sponse of R. pipiens eggs to photoperiods of 6, 14, and 24 hr at each of
three environmental temperatures, 14, 18, and 22C.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

All experimentation was carried out in three aquatic environmental cabinets
designed and constructed at Western Kentucky University. The flow-through aqua-
tic environment of each cabinet was maintained at a constant temperature
(+ 0.5 C) by freon refrigeration techniques. Light was provided by a timed
fluorescent light source supplying 480 7 lumens/m?. Each environmental cabinet
contained two vertical banks or columns of three individual compartments. This
experimental design allowed for uniform water temperature in each column of
compartments and different photoperiods in each compartment. Division of the
cabinet into two columns of compartments provided for simultaneous replication
of the experiment.

Over 800 newly spawned and fertilized Rana pipien eggs were collected from
a drainage pool just below the spillway at Shanty Hollow Lake, Warren County,

28 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Kentucky, at 6:40 a.m. on March 17, 1971. The morning air temperature was
27 F. Most eggs in the mass contained distinct blastodiscs. A large sample of
pond water was also collected to supply an osmotically “natural” aquatic environ-
ment with respect to ionic and mineral concentrations. The pond water was boiled
for 10 min to prevent embryo death due to fungal attack.

Approximately 30-40 eggs were placed in each of 36 250-ml beakers (two
beakers per compartment) along with 100 ml of pond water and suspended in
the controlled aquatic environments. At the time of placement in the controlled
environment, eggs had developed to the 8-16 cell stage. The estimated age of
the eggs at the time of placement was approximately 6-8 hr (Shumway, 1940).

Samples were taken daily from each controlled envirenment, preserved in a
solution of 5% formalin, and labeled for later observation. Sampling times were
limited to the light phase of the photoperiod in each compartment. Since one
of the photoperiods was 6 hr, only one sample was taken daily in all compartments.
Tadpoles were considered developed to the point of independence when the oper-
culum had closed. Post-hatching tadpoles were maintained on Spirogyra.

RESULTS

Data from the experiment are presented in Figures 1 and 2. The 8.5-mm
through 9.5-mm total length stage was invariably accompanied by the develop-
ment of the opercular fold regardless of temperature or photoperiod, and the
10.0-mm through 11.0-mm stages always accompanied the complete closure of
the operculum at all temperatures and photoperiods. This evidence indicates
that total body length is a good measure of tadpole development.

Mortality data were collected throughout the duration of the developmental
period for tadpoles in the 18 and 22 C cabinets. Mortalities ranged from 5.9 to
33.2% with the mean values from the 18 C compartments (28.8% ) being much
greater than those from the 22 C compartments (16.3%). No data were taken
from the 14 C cabinet.

DISCUSSION

The daily cycle of activities in amphibians is a response to temperature
and humidity with photoperiod an important parameter in many species.
Although adult Rana pipiens have been shown to be photopositive at tem-
peratures above 10 C (Noble, 1931), Laurens (1914) was not able to dis-
tinguish any photoperiodic response in completely developed tadpoles of
this species.

The data of this study indicate very little developmental variation be-
tween photoperiods at a given temperature and time following fertilization.
A variation of 1.5 mm occurred once at 276 hours in the 18 C cabinet. A
more frequent variation of 1.0 mm occurred intermittently. This degree of
variation can possibly be accounted for when considering the accuracy of
the refrigeration system, + 0.5 C.

Although the retina differentiates about one day prior to hatching in
R. pipiens (Glucksmann, 1967), the first electric response of the retina occurs
immediately following the closing of the operculum on the eleventh to thir-
teenth day (Golichenko and Popov, 1966). This evidence indicates that
even if the eye were acting as an endocrine gland able to secrete some sub-
stance capable of affecting development, such an effect would not be evident
prior to the closing of the operculum. The results of this experiment deal-
ing with photoperiod support this contention.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 29

Tail bud
Neural plate

Gastrula
Cleavage
8-16 cell stage

STAGES
3
3
“s
(o)

40
Tail bud
Neural plat

Gastrula
Cleavage

8-16 cell stage

Ke)

10.0

9.0

8.0

mm. 7.0
6.0

5.0

40

Tail bud

Neural plate
Gastruia

Cleavage

DEVELOPMENTAL

6 hour photoperiod
---- 14 hour photoperiod
seen ees 24 hour photoperiod

8-16 cell stage
T= PE Pea Tas Fe) eae) [eae eae fe
12 60 108 156 204 252 300 348 396

TIME (HOURS)

Figure 1. Developmental stages of Rana pipiens eggs incubated at three different photo-
periods and temperatures.

30 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

opercula
closed

9.0
7.0

5.0

DEVELOPMENTAL
STAGES

2

TIME (Hours)

Figure 2. Developmental stages of Rana pipiens eggs incubated at three differert tem-
peratures.

If the eye is not responding to light and affecting developmental rate,
electromagnetic radiation could still be perceived in some extraoptic manner
and exert its influence. Two possible extraoptic light receptors are the
epiphysis (pineal gland) and the integument.

Morita and Dodt (1966) has shown that the adult frog epiphysis cerebri
responds to light in an inhibitory manner. The absolute threshold of indi-
vidual neurons lies between 10—5 and 10-6 lumen/m?. The impulse fre-
quency of maintained activity in the epiphysis is lmearly diminished with the
log of illumination intensity. Illumination intensities above 10 lumen/m? com-
pletely inhibit pineal activity. This is far below the 480 7 lumen/m? that was
supplied by the timed light sources in the environmental compartments.
The epiphysis was therefore totally inhibited for periods of 6, 14, and
24 hr/day.

Rugh (1951) reported that the epiphysis is well developed as an evagi-
nation of the prosencephalon at the 5.0-mm stage, and easily identifiable in

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 31

cross sections and sagittal sections as early-as the 3.0-mm stage, or early
tailbud stage of development.

The data, however, indicate no photoperiodic response mediated by the
epiphysis or any other extraoptic photoreceptor.:

Like other physiological processes in amphibians, the length of time re-
quired for incubation and embryonic development is greatly influenced by
temperature (Oliver, 1967). These data directly support most previous
reports of differential development to temperature in R. pipiens tadpoles
(Atlas, 1935; Claes, 1965; Goin and Goin, 1962; McLaren, 1965; Merwin,
1945; Morgan, 1897; Rugh, 1951; Shumway, 1940, 1942; Taylor and Koll-
ros, 1940). At the optimum temperature of 18 C (Noble, 1931) the oper-
culum closes completely on both sides within 284 hr following fertilization
(Rugh, 1951). Data from this experiment support those of Rugh by indicat-
ing opercular closure to occur from 276 to 300 hr following fertilization.
Lowering the environmental temperature to 14 C protracted opercular clos-
ing to about 40C hr while raising the temperature to 22 C resulted in oper-
cular closure at about 200 hr. These results indicate that developmental
rate in R. pipiens embryos and temperature are related in a linear fashion.

Care was taken to avoid the crowding phenomenon as reported by Akin
(1966). The build-up of certain waste products in water in which tad-
poles develop produce a chemical growth inhibitor. The growth inhibitor
appears to be sustained by an alga, since in the presence of the alga the
effect of the inhibitor is present for longer periods of time. When the alga
is absent, the inhibitor’s action is observed for very short periods.

One beaker in the experiment (18 C; 24 hr) received over 75 eggs. The
live embryos were much smaller than embryos in the other less crowded
beaker in the same compartment. No samples were taken from this beaker.
This overcrowding could account for a high mortality rate at this tempera-
ture and photoperiod. There is, however, no good explanation for the high
mortality rate in the 14-hr photoperiod level in the 22 C environmental cabi-
net and at the 24-hour photoperiod level in the 18 C cabinet. However,
this experiment was not designed to analyze mortalities.

LITERATURE CITED

Akin, G. C. 1966. Self-inhibition of growth in Rana pipiens tadpoles. Physiol.
Zool., 39(4):341-356.

Atlas, M. 1935. The effect of temperature on the development of Rana pipiens.
Physiol. Zool. 8:290.

Claes, H. 1965. Changes in the body volume distribution and the surface volume
ratio with consideration of the oxygen supply during embryogenic and early
larval development in Rana temporaria. Acta Anat., 60(2):298-323.

Glucksmann, A. 1967. Cell death in normal development. Arch. Biol., 76:419-437.

Goin, C. J., and O. B. Goin. 1962. Introduction to Herpetology. W. H. Freeman
and Co., San Francisco, London. 341 pp.

Golichenko, V. A., and V. V. Popov. 1966. Pattern of the ERG in the development
of Rana temporari. Biol. Nauk, 1:47-50.

Laurens, H. 1914. The reactions of normal and eyeless amphibian larvae to light.
Jour. Exp. Zool., 16:195-211.

McLaren, I. A. 1965. Temperature and frog eggs; a reconsideration of metabolic
control. Jour. Gen. Physiol., 48(6):1071-1079.

Morgan, T. H. 1897. Development of the frog’s egg: an introduction to experi-
mental embryology. The MacMillan Co., New York.

32 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Morita, Y., and E. Dodt. 1966. Nervous activity of the frog’s epiphysis cerebri in
relation to illumination. Experimentia, 21(4):221-222.

Merwin, R. 1945. Some effects on the rate of cleavage and early development in
frog eggs (R. pipiens). Physiol. Zool., 18:16.

Noble, G. K. 1931. The biology of Amphibia. Dover Publications, Inc., New York.

Oliver, J. A. 1967. The natural history of North American Amphibians and Rep-
tiles. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, N. J.

Rugh, R. 1951. The Frog. McGraw-Hill Co., New York.

Shumway, W. 1940. Stages in the normal development of R. pipiens. Anat. Rec.,
78:139.

. 1942. Stages in the normal development of R. pipiens with identifica-

tion of stages from sectioned material. Anat. Rec., 83:309.

Taylor, A. C., and J. J. Kollros. 1946. Stages in normal development of R. pipiens
larvae. Anat. Rec., 94:7.

Received: March 29, 1972. Accepted: May 25, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

RESEARCH NOTES

FISHES OF CLEAR CREEK, TRIBUTARY TO ROCKCASTLE
RIVER, KENTUCKY

BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH

Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

83

Clear Creek and its headwater tributaries (Todd Branch and Hammond’s
Fork), tributary to the Rockcastle River, consisting of first through fourth
order streams (Kuehne, 1962), is entirely in Rockcastle County, Kentucky.
The headwaters lie at approximately 1,200 feet mean sea level whereas the
mouth is at 900 feet. The stream is scarcely 10 air-miles in length, and
slightly less than 20 stream miles.
streams, the water is of high quality, presenting a fairly varied habitat for
fishes. Thus, there is a readily available example of longitudinal succession

FISHES OF CLEAR CREEK

Species marked by an asterisk were not reported by Woolman

Species

Lampetra aepyptera*
Campostoma anomalum
Ericymba buccata*
Pimephales notatus
Semotilus atromaculatus*
Notropis galacturus
Notropis volucellus*
Notropis ardens*
Notropis chrysocephalus
Phoxinus erythrogaster*
Hybopsis amblops*
Cyprinus carpio*
Hybognathus nuchalis*
Rhinichthys atratulus

Moxostoma macrolepidotum*

Moxostoma duquesnei
Moxostoma erythrurum*
Hypentelium nigricans
Catostomus commersoni*
Ambloplites rupestris*

Micropterus punctulatum*

Micropterus dolomieui
Lepomis cyanellus*
Lepomis macrochirus*
Lepomis .megalotis
Percina caprodes
Percina maculata*
Etheostoma blennioides*
Etheostoma flabellare*
Etheostoma caeruleum*
Etheostoma virgatum*
Emerald darter*
Cottus bairdi*

I

12

18
124

14
40

18

2

b8

e
bo © #

3 4 5
1
385 17 45
56 =.20 1
120 Fun ie
29 2 8
2645) 615 732
12 1 g
306 156
148 10 ~ 68
1 2 3
11
iL
20 Gaiewalall
4 3
3
10
HL 1 5
2
3 1 2
1 1
2 8 20
1
il 3
1S aL Lg 42
13° 14" 38
9 GaP 16
1 1
iL

6

iG

em Or OL

Dr 1

As typical of undisturbed Kentucky

Ke)

wy
OSOrPANAeHW

No oD

Qe

28

34 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Hammond Fork

Todd Branch —————
Loi sputanta

Wildie

Roundstone Creek

2 miles

Figure 1. Clear Creek Drainage, Rockcastle County, Kentucky, showing collecting sites
(1-9).

in the tradition of Horton (1945), Kuehne (1962), and Sheldon (1968) for
field exercises. The authors have been utilizing the drainage for this pur-
pose since 1966, and the data presented here were accumulated during
that time.

Clear Creek is also historically important, since the harelip sucker
Lagochila lacera, now considered extinct, was reported to be abundant in
the stream by Woolman (1892). Woolman’s collecting site was essentially
the same as our Station 7. In addition to the harelip sucker, Woolman re-
corded the following species: Campostoma anomalum, Pimephales notatus,
Notropis chrysocephalus, N. whipplei, N. galacturus, N. umbratilis cynano-
sephalus, N. boops, Nocomis micropogon, Hypentelium nigricans, Moxos-
toma duquesnei, Lepomis megalotis, Micropterus dolomieui, and Percina
caprodes. He probably erred in reporting Notropis whipplei and N. um-
bratilis, however, since our rather extensive collections have not disclosed

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 35

these species. The records were likely based on N. galacturus and N. ardens,
respectively. Our list contains 24 species missed by Woolman.

Branson (1970) discussed five specimens of Lampetra aepyptera from a
site near our present Station 5.

This report, then, includes records for 4 orders, 6 families, 20 genera,
and 33 species of fishes. These specimens were secured in successive years,
from 1966 through 1971, one collection at each station during each year,
primarily during the second and third weeks of October. In the list, the
numbers represent the composite collections for each site (Fig. 1), thus giv-
ing the reader a rough idea of relative abundance. The reader should ob-
serve, for the purpose of showing longitudinal succession, that Stations 1 and
6 are comparable, as are Stations 2 and 5, and 3 and 4.

LITERATURE CITED

Branson, B. A. 1970. Measurements, counts and observations on four lamprey
species from Kentucky (Ichthyomyzon, Lampetra and Entosphenus). Amer.
Midl. Nat. 84:243-247.

Horton, R. E. 1945. Erosional development of streams and their drainage basins;
hydrophysical approach to quantitative morphology. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.
56:275-370.

Kuehne, R. A. 1962. A classification of streams, illustrated by fish distribution in
an eastern Kentucky creek. Ecology 43:608-614.

Sheldon, A. L. 1968. Species diversity and longitudinal succession in stream
fishes. Ecology 49:193-198.

Woolman, A. J. 1892. Report of an examination of the rivers of Kentucky, with
lists of the fishes obtained. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. 10:249-288.

Received: December 13, 1971. Accepted: March 8, 1972.

36 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

AN ADDITIONAL RECORD OF
THE HOARY BAT IN KENTUCKY

DAVID J. FASSLER
University of Kentucky
Somerset Community College
Somerset, Kentucky 42501

Records of the hoary bat, Lasiurus cinereus cinereus, (Palisot de Beau-
vois), in Kentucky are scarce. According to Barbour (J. Mamm. 38: 140-
141, 1957), the first state record of this species was in Lexington, Fayette
County, in June 1929, and a second record in April 1955 near Beulah, Hick-
man County. Barbour (J. Mamm. 44: 122-123, 1963) reported a third rec-
ord in Lexington, Fayette County, in July 1961. Since 1961, a few addi-
tional specimens have also been found by R. W. Barbour and W. H. Davis
in Lexington.

On 13 November 1971, Mr. Larry Hranicky presented the author an
adult male hoary bat, which he had found clinging to the side of his house
in Somerset, Pulaski County, Kentucky. This specimen was unique in that
it was the first specimen ever taken in Kentucky so late in the fall. Findley
and Jones (J. Mamm. 45: 461-470, 1964) stated that the hoary bat is
usually found much farther south by that time of the year.

This also brings up the question of abundance of this species in Ken-
tucky. Without Mr. Hranicky’s knowledge of my interest in bats, this speci-
men would have gone unreported. Some of the finds of Barbour (J. Mamm.
44: 122-123, 1963) might also have gone unnoticed without the aid of
individuals who happened to present the animals to competent authorities.
Therefore, I believe that this species of bat may be more common in Ken-
tucky than originally thought and a large-scale collecting program may prove
this to be true.

Received: March 1, 1972. Accepted: March 9, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 37

CHANGES IN THE FRESHWATER MUSSEL FAUNA
OF THE ROCKCASTLE RIVER
AT LIVINGSTON, KENTUCKY

SHAW BLANKENSHIP
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

DAVID R. CROCKETT
University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508

The mussel fauna of the Rockcastle River, a major tributary of the Cum-
berland River system, was first sampled at Livingston (Rockcastle County),
Kentucky, by Williamson (1905) in 1904. Wilson and Clark (1914), in
1911, also sampled the Rockcastle at Livingston while surveying the mussels
of the entire Cumberland River drainage. In addition, Neel and Allen
(1964), who conducted a preimpoundment (construction of the Wolfe
Creek Dam on the Cumberland River) mussel survey of the upper Cumber-
land River drainage in 1947-49, sampled several sites on the Rockcastle
River, including Livingston. The purpose of this report is to compare the
results of these previous studies with a postimpoundment collection made
at Livingston by the authors in 1968.

As shown in Table 1, several changes have occurred in the mussel fauna
at Livingston since 1904. The additions of Actinonaias carinata, Proptera
laevissima, P. alata, and Quadrula pustulosa indicate range extensions for
these species in the Rockcastle, due likely to the direct influence of the
downstream impoundment. Neel and Allen (1964) found Q. pustulosa to
be abundant in only the deep lower portions of the river prior to the im-
poundment. Stansbery (1969) further demonstrated this species’ prefer-
ence for deep water by finding its numbers increasing below Cumberland
Falls since impoundment. Neel and Allen (1964) also found that A. carinata
tends to replace A. pectorosa in deeper water. This would certainly explain
the appearance of the former species, as well as the disappearance of the
latter. Since impoundment, P. laevissima and P alata appear to be increas-
ing throughout the drainage.

Six of the 27 species recorded from Livingston appear on Stansbery’s
(1970, 1971) rare and endangered species list (Alasmidonta fabula, Car-
unculina glans, Pleurobema clava, Phychobranchus subtentum, Quadrula
cylindrica, Villosa trabalis). Of these six, only V. trabalis was represented
in 1968, and this consisted of only one specimen. The disappearance of
these naiads, as well as Alasmidonta marginata, Medionidus conradicus, and
Strophitus rugosus, is probably attributed to increased siltation (due to farm,
timber and surface mine operations). Support for this comes from the pres-
ent occurrence of several of these species in “cleaner” portions of the Rock-
castle River (Stansbery, 1970; Blankenship, 1971).

In addition to the unionids mentioned, the fingernail clam Sphaerium
sulcatum and the Asiatic clam Corbicula manillensis were collected at Liv-
ingston. C. manilensis has only recently invaded Kentucky (Sinclair and
Isom, 1961; Bates, 1962; Branson and Batch, 1969), while the fingernail
clams are poorly known by collection (Bickel, 1967).

Although some of the Livingston mussels have apparently escaped man’s
influences (undiscussed species of Table 1), it is obvious that several have
not. In a similar study at Cumberland Falls on the Cumberland River,

38 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Stansbery (1969) suggested that the major changes in the mussel fauna
were influenced by impoundment and also by increased acidity from up-
stream coal operations. The major factors influencing mussel faunal changes
at Livingston appeared to be impoundment of the Cumberland River and
siltation.

TABLE 1.—Changes in the Freshwater Mussel Fauna in the Rockcastle River
at Livingston, Kentucky

SPECIES COLLECTIONS
1904 1911 1947-49 1968

Amblema plicata f. costata (Rafinesque ) X xX 4
Quadrula pustulosa (Lea) x
Quadrula cylindrica (Say ) XxX
Tritigonia verrucosa (Barnes) XxX XxX XxX xX
Cyclonaias tuberculata (Rafinesque ) XxX X
Pleurobema clava (Lamarck) Xx X
Pleurobema cordatum f. coccineum (Rafinesque) X XxX XxX X
Elliptio dialatus (Rafinesque ) XxX Xx X XxX
Lasmigona costata (Rafinesque ) X Xx xX
Alasmidonta marginata (Say) XxX xX XxX
Alasmidonta (Pegias) fabula (Lea) X X
Strophitus rugosus (Swainson) xX xX X
Ptychobranchus fasciolaris (Rafinesque ) Xx x xX
Ptychobranchus subtentum (Say ) X xX
Actinonaias carinata (Barnes ) X
Actinonaias pectorosa (Conrad ) xX Xx xX
Proptera alata (Say) X
Proptera laevissima (Lea) Xx
Carunculina glans (Lea) Xx
Medionidus conradicus (Lea) xX XxX X
Liguma recta (Lamarck) X xX X xX
Villosa trabalis (Conrad ) X XxX xX
Villosa nebulosa (Conrad ) Xx
Villosa taeniata (Conrad) X XxX
Lampsilis ovata £. ovata (Say ) xX
Lampsilis ovata f. ventricosa (Barnes ) ».4 XxX XxX
Lampsilis fasciola Rafinesque X X X X

TOTAL SPECIES RECORDED 16 18 17 15

LITERATURE CITED

Bates, J. M. 1962. Extension of the range of Corbicula fluminea within the Ohio
drainage. Nautilus, 76(1):25-36.

Bickel, D. 1967. Preliminary checklist of recent and Pleistocene mollusca of Ken-
tucky. Sterkiana, 28:7-20.

Blankenship, S. 1971. Notes on Alasmidonta fabula (Lea) in Kentucky (Union-
dae). Nautilus, 85(2):60-61.

Branson, B. A., and D. L. Batch. 1969. Notes on exotic mollusks in Kentucky.
Nautilus, 82(3):102-106.

Neel, J. K., and W. R. Allen. 1964. The mussel fauna of the upper Cumberland
Basin before its impoundment. Malacologia, 1(3):427-459.

Sinclair, R. M., and B. G. Isom. 1961. A preliminary report on the introduced

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 89

Asiatic clam Corbicula in Tennessee. Tennessee Stream Pollution Cont. Bd.
Tennessee Dept. Public Health, pp. 1-33.
Stansbery, D. H. 1969. Changes in the naiad fauna of the Cumberland River at
Cumberland Falls in Eastern Kentucky. Annual Reports (1969) A.M.U.
pp. 16-17.
. 1970. Eastern freshwater mollusks, The Mississippi and St. Lawrence
River Systems. Malacologia, 10(1):9-21.
. 1971. Rare and endangered Mollusks (Naiads) of the U.S. (S. E.
Jorgensen and R. W. Sharp, Eds.) Spec. Pub. U.S. Dept. Interior, Sur. Spt. Fish.
Wildf., Region 3. pp. 5-18.
Williamson, E. B. 1905. Odonata, Astacidae and Unionidae collected along the
Rockcastle River at Livingston, Kentucky. The Ohio Naturalist, 5(6):309-312.
Wilson, D. B., and H. W. Clark. 1914. The mussels of the Cumberland River
and its tributaries. Bur. of Fish. Doc., 781:1-63.
Received: January 3, 1972. Accepted: March 9, 1972.

40 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

A NEW RECORD OF TRIOZOCERA (STREPSIPTERA:
MENGEIDAE) FROM KENTUCKY

VICTOR JOHNSON and CHRISTINA L. SPERKA
Department of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

A single male strepsipteran representing the family Mengeidae was col-
lected for the first time in Kentucky on June 18, 1970 in a blacklight trap
operated in Lexington. Three additional specimens were collected on June
6, 1971 in a similar manner at the same location. Continued trapping dur-
ing 1970 and 1971 failed to attract further specimens. After study of the
type in the United States National Museum, the specimens were identified
as Triozocera mexicana Pierce. This record from Kentucky represents a con-
siderable range extension for this species as it has previously been collected
only in Mexico and Texas (Pierce, 1909), Mississippi and Louisiana (Khalaf,
1968, 1969) and Florida (Meadows, 1967).

Specimens are deposited in the collections of the Illinois Natural History
Survey and the United States National Museum.

LITERATURE CITED

Khalaf, K. T. 1968. The seasonal incidence of free Strepsiptera (Insecta) males

in southern Louisiana. Am. Midl. Nat. 80:565-568.
1969. Strepsiptera from the Mississippi coast. Florida Entomol.

52:53.

Meadows, K. E. 1967. Distribution of two Strepsiptera in Florida: 1960-1962.
Florida Entomol. 50:137-138.

Pierce, W. D. 1909. A monographic revision of the twisted winged insects com-
prising the order Strepsiptera Kirby. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull., No. 66. 232 p.

Received: March 10, 1972. Accepted: May 25, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 Al

HABITAT PREFERENCES OF TWO FLORIDA
TURTLES, GENUS KINOSTERNON

CARL H. ERNST
Department of Biology, George Mason University,
Fairfax, Virginia 22030

ROGER W. BARBOUR
Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

JAMES R. BUTLER
Corkscrew Swamp Sanctuary, RD No. 2 Sanctuary Road,
Naples, Florida 33940

Recent studies on the biology of turtles at Corkscrew Swamp Sanctuary
in Big Cypress Swamp, Collier County, Florida, have revealed several dif-
ferences in the habitat preferences and behavior of two sympatric mud
turtles Kinosternon baurii palmarum, the striped mud turtle, and K. sub-
rubrum steindachneri, the Florida mud turtle.

Kinosternon b. palmarum usually inhabits flowing water of a depth great-
er than 24 inches but has been observed in the deeper sloughs, canals,
ponds, and lettuce lakes in the cypress swamps. These bodies of water are
permanent and the turtles are not forced to aestivate during dry periods.
The dominant aquatic plants are smaller duckweed, Lemna minima; spatter-
dock, Nuphar sp.; broad-leaved arrowhead, Sagittaria latifolia; water hya-
cinth, Eichhornia crassipes; and water lettuce, Pistia stratiotes; while bald
cypress, Taxodium distichum, is the dominant tree. The pig frog, Rana
grylio, and the two-toed amphiuma, Amphiuma m. means, occur with K. b.
palmarum and its habitat is often indicated by the grunts of the frog. These
deeper flowing waters are also the home of the American alligator, Alligator
mississipiensis; the cottonmouth, Agkistrodon piscivorus conanti; the Florida
snapping turtle, Chelydra osceola; the Florida redbellied turtle, Chrysemys
nelsoni; the stinkpot, Sternotherus odoratus; and the Florida softshell, Tri-
onyx ferox. In the emergent vegetation are various hylid frogs, the green
anole, Anolis carolinensis, the southeastern five-lined skink, Eumeces inex-
pectatus, the yellow rat snake, Elaphe obsoleta quadrivittata, and kingsnake,
Lampropeltis getulus floridana x g. brooksi.

Kinosternon s. steindachneri is more frequently encountered in standing
water of depths up to. 30 inches; it is most often found in marshes and pools
of water in fields. Such bodies of water are entirely dependent on rainfall
and undergo drastic seasonal fluctuations in depth. The turtles aestivate
during dry periods, and they are rarely found from December to March.
Living Kinosternon s. steindachneri have been plowed up during this period.
The pH of these bodies of water changes drastically within a short time. Two
pools tested had pH drops of 7.3 to 6.9 and 8.6 to 7.2, respectively, in about
24 hr. At times following heavy rainfall such pools may have a pH as low
as 5.0. The primary submergent vegetation associated with these habitats
consists of naiad Najas sp.; waterweed, Elodea sp.; eelgrass, Vallisneria sp.;
and water hyssop, Bacopa caroliniana. The dominant emergent plants are
maiden cane, Panicum hemitomon; pickerelweed, Pontederia cordata; grass-
leaved arrowhead, Sagittaria graminea; reed, Phragmites communis; and
St. John’s-wort, Hypericum fasciculatum. The terrain surrounding these

42 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

bodies of water is typical of southern inland Florida with the major vegeta-
tive types being Florida slash pine, Pinus elliotii; saw palmetto, Serenoa
repens; wax myrtle, Myrica cerifera; and sparse bald cypress. Am-
phibians that commonly breed in these pools are the little grass frog,
Limnoedus ocularis; the Florida cricket frog, Acris gdyllus dorsalis; the
Florida chorus frog, Pseudacris nigrita verrucosa; the eastern narrow-
mouthed toad, Gastrophyrne carolinensis; and the oak toad, Bufo quercicus.
Natrix sipedon pictiventris, the Florida water snake, and Thamnophis sauri-
tus sackeni, the southern ribbon snake, are the most commonly associated
reptiles.

During the rainy periods of late April to July, both mud turtles are fre-
quent overland wanderers and habitat differences are more difficult to detect.

Based on our encounters with these turtles, K. s. steindachneri appears
to be the more terrestrial of the two. However, Carr (1952) stated that
K. b. palmarum “is probably the least confirmedly aquatic of the North
American kinosternids” (note that this has been corrected for the recent
taxonomic reversal of K. b. palmarum and K. b. baurii by Uzzell and
Schwartz, 1955) and reported (Carr, 1940) K. s. steindachneri as very aqua-
tic and rarely seen on land. This is the reverse of our findings. Kinosternon
b. palmarum is most active on land at dusk or shortly thereafter, while
K. s. steindachneri may be encountered at any time. Both species are active
on land immediately following rains.

The temperament of the turtles we handled was quite different. Kinos-
ternon b. palmarum was shy and retiring and seldom bit, even when pro-
voked; Kinosternon s. steindachneri, however, was pugnacious and _ bit
viciously.

LITERATURE CITED

Carr, A. 1940. A contribution to the herpetology of Florida. Univ. Florida Biol.
Ser. 3:1-118.

—_____.. 1952. Handbook of turtles. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, N. Y. 542 pp.

Uzzell, T. M., and A. Schwartz. 1955. The status of the turtle Kinosternon bauri
palmarum Stejneger with notes on variation in the species. J. Elisha Mitchell
Sci. Soc. 71:28-35.

Received: April 20, 1972. Accepted: May 25, 1972.

oad

4
One
ti
ie

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
comnnittees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

Bervol/ 38, Nos. 3,4 1972 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
KenTucKy ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

Population Variation in Seed Germination and
Stratification of Acer Negundo L.
R. D. WILLIAMS and JOE E. WINSTEAD

An Annotated List of the Summer Vertebrate Fauna
of Upper Lusk Creek, Pope County, Illinois
Pewee UN EES TETOMPSON, | JR: i .cccccltesesecensescensroctseeessasee 49

Electron Microscope Study of the Spermatozoa of the
Hard-Shelled Clam Venus Mercenaria (Mollusca)
by Negative Staining
CHI-CHUNG LIN

Electronic Absorption Spectra of 6-Substituted
2-Pyridinecarboxylic Acids. On a Possible
Cyclic Structure in Methanol
RUSSELL J. MOSER and ELLIS V. BROWN

Capture of the Alfalfa Weevil, Hypera Postica
(Gyllenhal), in Illuminated Sticky Traps
GARY E. CRUM

A Preliminary List of the Fishes of the Land Between the Lakes,
Cumberland and Tennessee River Drainages, Kentucky
VINCENT H. RESH, CLAUDE R. BAKER and
WILLIAM M. CLAY

RMT UATE ANYS <-,.:<cciccsancdevacsseeadavescivccecssechvienae fe es, 81

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1972-73

President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

President-Elect: Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University

Vice-President: Rex Knowles, Centre College

Secretary: Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University

Treasurer: Wayne Hoffman, Western Kentucky University

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Sanford, ls ORES Te A elccne to 1973 Thomas B. Calhoonav2aeeae to 1975
Balls Vi BLO WMlic csr teen to 1973 Charles Kupchella 2222.32 to 1975
Donald ately haces oucccss to 1974 Charles Payne \.v.gyeueee to 1976
Heo EAU Hl amion 2 7.cc saunas to 1974 Morris Taylor <..cicc.nscssuegeee to 1976

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:

Biological Sciences: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Marshall Gordon, Murray State University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $5.00 per volume; foreign, $6.00 per
volume; back issues $6.00 per volume.

THE TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 43

PORULATION VARIATION IN SEED GERMINATION
AND STRATIFICATION OF ACER NEGUNDO L.

R. D. WILLIAMS* AND JOE E. WINSTEAD
Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky 4211

ABSTRACT

Stratification and germination tests of different populations of boxelder in the
United States and Canada separated those populations tested into two large geo-
graphical groups. One group was characterized by the northern populations (above
87 degrees north latitude) which required shorter stratification periods, germinated
at colder temperature (4-5C), and displayed more complete germination as com-
pared to the southern populations. In contrast, the second group consisting of the
southern populations required longer stratification periods and warmer germination
temperatures. Selection pressures in view of the results are discussed.

INTRODUCTION

Clinical responses to stratification of seed from different sources have
been reported for several woody species. Fowler and Dwight (1964) and
Mergen (1963) reported that white pine showed clinical response related
to both latitude and mean January temperature. Wilcox (1968) and Win-
stead (1971) reported clinical response to latitude in seed germination of
sweetgum. Population variation in fruit weight and caloric content of
boxelder has recently been examined in our laboratory (Williams and Win-
stead 1972) and further investigations were therefore conducted to deter-
mine if populational differences could be observed in stratification and
germination requirements as well.

METHODS

Fruit collections were obtained from parental trees of each of sixteen
populations ranging from 31.5 degrees (eastern Texas) to 49.0 degrees
latitude (North Dakota) at the end of their respective growing seasons in
the same year (1969). The collections were cleaned and when dried at
room temperature the fruit material was stored in the dark at room tem-
perature until used in the tests during the spring and summer of 1970.
The stratification test involved placing fruits that had been dewinged and
surface sterilized (dusting with Semesan) in petri dishes deposited in
light-proof containers and stored in a 4-5C chamber for 4, 6, 8, 10, or 12
weeks. For testing under each of the five stratification periods listed above,
lots of 200 fruits were sampled from at least two parental trees of 13
populations. Smaller samples (50-100 fruits under each stratification period)
were taken from populations representing one Ohio and two Kentucky
provenances. The fruit lots under each test period were separated into
groupings of 50 fruit per petri dish on three layers of moistened filter paper

* Present address: Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Purdue Uni-
versity, Lafayette, Indiana 47906.

44 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

with four such dishes for each population except for the above mentioned
Ohio and Kentucky samples. At the end of its stratification period each
group was checked for percent germination and moved to a 22+1C chamber
(12-hr photoperiod) for two weeks. Germination counts were made every
three to four days during the two-week period.

Eight populations were used to examine populational differences in
respect to different germination temperatures. This comparison also allowed
a preliminary investigation into the differences in germination between
parental trees from the same provenance. One hundred and fifty fruits
were removed from each of two parental trees or mixed collections,
dewinged and separated into three lots of fifty each. Each lot was surface
sterilized lightly with Semesan and placed in a petri dish on three layers
of moistened filter paper. The dishes were separated into three groups,
with each group placed into a metal lightproof container and stratified
for twelve weeks at 5C. At the termination of the stratification period, the
groups were removed from the containers, checked for germination and
placed in one of three chambers (22C, 12-hr photoperiod; 11C, 12-hr
photoperiod; and 30-18C, 12-hr photoperiod). Germination counts were
made every three to four days for a duration of two weeks. In both the
stratification and temperature comparison tests, the material was considered
to have germinated when the radical had penetrated the pericarp.

RESULTS

The stratification test showed variation in seed germination among pop-
ulations, and the temperature comparison test indicated differences among
trees of the same population. From the percentage germination which oc-
curred during cold stratification, it was noted that the seed from the northern
provenances germinated early during stratification (Table 1). Within six
weeks of the stratification period, some Kentucky material began to ger-
minate under the colder temperature. Throughout the study the Kentucky
populations displayed considerable variation when compared within the
state. Not until the end of the stratification period (10-12 weeks) did the
southern populations (Tennessee-2, Georgia, and Texas) germinate at
the 4-5C condition, and then in very low percentages.

Observing the total germination percentage, it can be noted that some
of the more northern populations (New York to Iowa) and intermediate
latitudinal populations (Kentucky) reached or exceeded the reported ger-
mination capacity of 33% for Acer negundo L. (Vines, 1960) under six to
eight weeks of stratification. Southern populations (Tennessee, Georgia,
and Texas) reached higher germination percentages only after eight to
twelve weeks of stratification.

The temperature comparison test did not display any general trend of
segregation of the populations at the three temperature regimes used.
Germination under the alternating temperatures of 30C day and 18C night
appeared only to stimulate germination of single tree progeny in the North
Dakota and New York populations (Table 2). Germination appeared more
extensive in the 11C temperature conditions than at the other two tem-
perature regimes. Here, as in the stratification test, there was extensive
germination of some of the more northern populations during the period
of stratification.

45

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

"(sumaz 0G) g-Ay pue

(s}MIJ OOT) S-AM ‘(SIMI OG) OLYO Jo UoHdeoxe oY} YA yUOW}eeI} 19d UoT}ejndod Jed s}IMIzZ YYZ JO UOT}eUIUIIES UO paseq yUS0IEg ,
‘MONVOYII}S SULINP UOTJVUTUIIES JO oAIsnfoxe ‘polied Aep-fT sulinp Aep IY-ZT “DOZZ ye UOHvUIUIES yUDOIEg (Z)
"(OG-P) UoOHvoyNes SuliMp UoTeUIUIes JuOIEg (T)

GG
Wl
8G
6G
GV
66
1G
VG
86
0G
VT
6G
GG
6G
LI
WL

(3)

SYIOM ZI

(1)

ST G
9 I
GI G
GG I
GS 0
cs 0
98 LY
8b Of
98 al
vs GI
LS LT
SI ST
v1 8
OT 8
9 Il
ST Vv
(3) (1)
SYOoM OT

“uOT}LOYHeIS JO yJsueT OF, ssuodsoy ut ‘uoljejndog Aq ‘uoHeUTUIED psag

xe)
aA
oonroeo ©

6& OT

OT
(Z)

SYOOM g

i
0
0
9
81 8
9
g
9
(T

)

8

(3)

a Qty oq eo etl oe eo 2S 2S S&S

See

SYIOM 9g

L S198L

S

Ta)
N
Sa gq ee eoeoecceeqeeo 2S 2 €

M8018 (OD Bvurlpesuy ) “xa,
SLoCE (09 qqId) 09D
o98 (‘oD uouUTIYseE MA ) “ALY
AT.9€ (‘0D uosiapuy ) Z-"UUA J,
oLS (‘0D uosuowlpy ) g-Ay
AS (‘OD uselIEM) F- AY
HELE (‘0D paeuen ) 6“ AY
o88 (‘op ssatiaeq) [-"Ay
o8€ (‘09 enedey) §-“Ay
068 (0D suey) Oro
OS o0GV (OD Uo ;sUIATT) “YIN
V08P (‘09 pAopy) Baroy
o8P (‘op r9UIIyIEH “A'N

/LGoPV (‘oD uo,SuTYse AA ) “AUT

GLOP (22qGenQ ‘oaqend) BpeurD

1S 08P (‘op neounjog) ‘q'N
opny yey uone[ndog

opunsau Jaay jo suostiedui0D

46 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Table 2

Comparison of Acer negundo Seed Germination, Eight Populations, in Response To
Three Different Temperature Programs During 14 Days

Population Percent Germination
L1G 22C 30-18C
(1) (2) (1) (2) (ay) (2)

N.D.-C* 10 18 2 2 4 26
N.D.-D wy 0) 4 2 4 4
Can.-C 0 3) 38 14 0 0
Can.-D 46 28 26 24 52 10
Minn.-M 0 6 ) 2, 6 2
Minn.-M 4 4 0 2 4 0
N.Y.-B 26 18 30 6 10 2
N.Y.-C 22, 40 14 14 Ne 68
Iowa-B 22, 22, 4 10 0 2,
Iowa-C 14 32 8 10 0 12
Ky.-5-A 8 36 0 4 0 8
Tenn.-2-M 0) 0 0 16 0 0
Geo.-M 18 34 2 6 0 0

(1) Percentage germination during the 12-week stratification period (5C).

(2) Percent germination at the temperature condition, exclusive of germination
during stratification.

* Letters “A” through “D” represent single tree collections, while “M” denotes
mixed collections from several trees of the population.

DISCUSSION

Acer negundo does not demonstrate a clear clinical stratification response
to latitude but exhibits separation into two major geographical groups. The
stratification test demonstrated the ability of the populations from Kentucky-2
northward to germinate during cold storage. It also appears that the
southern populations (Tennessee southward) require longer stratification
periods to induce greater germination percentages. G. J. Williams at the
Univ. of Denver (per. comm.) has also indicated that in attempting to
germinate boxelder fruit from New York and Texas, only the New York
population of his collection would germinate during stratification periods.

Indications are that selection pressures have favored slightly different
mechanisms of seed dormancy. The southern populations of boxelder (Ken-
tucky-5 southward) have been selected for a seed dormancy mechanism
which requires a period of cold, moist stratification before germination can
result. While reporting a clinical response to stratification in sweetgum,
Wilcox (1968) concluded that seeds from more northern sources required
a longer period of stratification in order to prevent early germination and
subsequent killing of seedlings by late frosts. However, Wilcox was working
with populations between 29 and 35 degrees latitude. As indicated by

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 AT

Fowler and Dwight (1964), populations of seed plants from higher lati-
tudes of northern United States and Canada may not be exposed to fluctuat-
ing temperatures in the spring as is common between latitudes of 33-37
degrees. In more northern habitats, once spring temperatures rise above
freezing, the natural habitat is not exposed to a selective factor that would
require long periods of dormancy at low temperatures. Therefore it would
be a selective advantage for the southern populations of boxelder to require
a longer period of stratification, and thus avoid a late frost. This would
also lend to an explanation of the lack of germination during stratification,
but normal germination rates, after six to eight weeks of cold treatment, of
the southern material. Germination at lower temperatures of the northern
populations might also be a mechanism to compensate for a shorter grow-
ing season. Frost-free periods in the Canada and New York collection sites
range from 120-160 days while becoming progressively longer in the lower
latitudes with periods of 180-200 days in Tennesssee and 200-300 days in
southeast Texas (Visher, 1954). The striking separation between the five
Kentucky populations tested may be an indication of a transition zone of
physiological differences in germination characteristics of this species. The
Kentucky populations (Edmonson and Warren Counties) whose response
paralleled the more southern populations of Tennessee, Arkansas, Georgia
and Texas are at the edge or south of the Dripping Springs Escarpment and
in general have a growing season that ranges up to 30 days longer than more
northern and eastern geographic areas of the state.

The temperature comparison test indicated a replication of the northern
populations germinating more readily at stratification temperatures. Most
of the populations appeared to germinate equally well at the lower, 11C
temperature, but wide variation was present between trees of the same
population in all three temperature tests. Vickery (1967) has pointed out
that the extreme temperature ranges were needed to segregate populations
of Mimulus. To determine if A. negundo does exhibit differences in ger-
mination at different temperatures a broader range of conditions needs to
be tested. Variable germination within some of the populations also
indicates that test sets of more than 50 fruits be required in future studies.
The relation of seemingly low germination percentage to prolific fruit pro-
duction needs to be examined in Acer negundo.

Ecotypic variation in seed germination was not striking in a clinical
sense, but did exhibit a broad pattern of possible adaptations to cooler
temperatures and shorter growing seasons in the more northern populations
tested. Part of this adaptation may be in a variation of the dormancy
mechanism among the populations.

LITERATURE CITED

Fowler, D. P., and T. W. Dwight. 1964. Province differences in stratification re-
quirements of white pine. Can. J. Bot. 42:669-675.

Mergen, F. 1963. Ecotypic variation in Pinus strobus L. Ecology, 44:416-727.

Vickery, R. K. 1967. Ranges of temperature tolerance for germination of Mimulus
seeds from diverse populations. Ecology, 48:647-651.

Vines, R. A. 1960. Trees, Shrubs and Woody Vines. Texas University Press, Austin.
1104 pp.

Visher, S. S. 1954. Climatic Atlas of the United States. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge. 403 pp.

48 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Wilcox, J. R. 1968. Sweetgum seed stratification requirements related to winter
climate at seed source. Forest Sci., 14:16-19.

Williams, R. D., and J. E. Winstead. 1972. Populational variation in weights and
analysis of caloric content in fruit of Acer negundo L. Castanea, 37:125-130.

Winstead, J. E. 1971. Populational differences in seed germination and stratifica-
tion requirements of sweetgum. Forest Sci., 17:34-36.

Received: March 6, 1972. Accepted October 2, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 49

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE SUMMER VERTEBRATE FAUNA
OF UPPER LUSK CREEK, POPE COUNTY, ILLINOIS

MARVIN PETE THOMPSON JR.
Department of Biological Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

A summer survey of the vertebrates of the Lusk Creek Basin in Southeastern
Illinois produced 129 species, including 27 fishes, 13 amphibians, 14 reptiles, 53
birds, and 22 mammals. The spadefoot toad (Scaphiopus holbrooki), wood frog
(Rana sylvatica), black redhorse (Moxostoma duquesnei), and other species unre-
ported or uncommon in the locality were collected. A phylogenetic list of forms
was compiled with annotations on local distribution, abundance, and habitat
preference.

INTRODUCTION

This paper includes a listing of vertebrate animals encountered during
a summer biological survey of the Upper Lusk Creek Basin, Pope County,
Illinois. Included are forms collected or observed from 15 June to 15
September 1967. The study was unique by being the first intensive verte-
brate survey of its magnitude conducted in southeastern Illinois. It is hoped
the investigation will complement the extensive surveys conducted in the
Pine Hills region of southwestern Illinois and permit zoogeographical com-
parisons of these rich natural areas.

The summer survey was unfavorable for sampling some vertebrate
groups. Amphibians and reptiles were rather inactive, mammals had
abundant natural food available and were not easily attracted to traps, and
most birds were immature or molting. Winter and spring surveys and col-
lections would complement this study.

DESCRIPTION OF THE AREA

For purposes of this study, the Upper Lusk Creek Basin includes those
portions of the stream north of the Eddyville-Golconda road in R 6 E, T 11
and 12 S, approximately 30 miles north of Paducah, Kentucky. Observations
and collections were only made within a “stream boundary zone” of ap-
proximately one-quarter mile on either side of the stream channel.

Within the study area, Lusk Creek dropped from 450 ft to 390 ft
elevation and in many places wound through deep canyons as it flowed
southeast. The exposed substrate was mostly Pennsylvanian sandstone on
the stream boundary zone with channel cuts into Chester limestone (Frye
1971).

Most vegetation in the area was typical western mesophytic hardwood,
dominated by oak-hickory communities. There had been only sparse dis-
turbance from intensive agricultural activities within the stream boundary
zone. The few disturbed areas represented all stages of secondary succes-
sion variously dominated by annual weeds, perennial grasses, shrubby old
fields, and young woodlands. A description of this community type, its
subunits and succession, was presented by Braun (1964).

50 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

METHODS

Fishes were sampled at various times and locations in both Lusk Creek
and its tributaries. Collections from the main stream were made by seining,
fishing with trot lines, and electrofishing with both an A.C. stream shocker
and a D.C. boat-mounted shocker. The latter was largely unsuccessful ap-
parently due to poor conductivity of the water. Samples were obtained
from pools of the smaller tributaries with minnow seines and rotenone.

Among the amphibians, frogs were collected by hand during the day,
and either by hand or by shooting with dust shot from a .22 caliber pistol
at night. Salamanders were taken by hand; turning logs and stones in
bottomland woods and at the edge of streams was most productive.

Snakes were collected by hand or with Pillstrom tongs. Turtles were
taken on trot lines. Lizards were either caught by hand, stunned by shooting
them with a large rubber band, or shot with dust shot.

Birds were observed with binoculars. If positive identification could
not be established, the specimens were collected with a shotgun for further
examination. A few birds were identified from their calls only.

Small mammals were collected with Museum Special snap traps. Oc-
currences of larger mammals were established on the basis of sightings,
tracks, or other signs.

A total of 129 species of vertebrates was tabulated in the study, and
included 27 species of fishes, 13 species of amphibians, 14 species of
reptiles, 53 species of birds, and 22 species of mammals. A permanent
collection of fishes, amphibians, and reptiles was established at the biological
station.

COMMENTS

The collection of the spadefoot toad, Scaphiopus holbrooki, was one of
the more significant findings of the study and provided a range extension
for the species (Thompson et al. 1968). The single specimen was collected
from an old limestone quarry at approximately 400 ft elevation. No other
similar habitats were encountered in the study area. The wood frog, Rana
sylvatica, was collected and observed only along the forested banks of Lusk
Creek near the mouth of Little Lusk Creek. These sites were approximately
390 to 420 ft in elevation. According to Smith (1961), there has been no
previous verification of the presence of the wood frog in southeastern
Illinois.

Cliff-nesting swallows were observed at the Indian Kitchen area in late
June. A positive identification was not established since no collections
could be obtained before the migration time, but the birds were assumed
to be cliff swallows, Petrochelidon pyrrhonota. Several nests of this bird
were later observed 5 to 10 ft above the water of Lusk Creek on vertical or
overhanging cliffs approximately 440 to 450 ft in elevation.

Lusk Creek is the only stream in southern Illinois that has many high
cliffs immediately above or bordering the stream. This may represent a
unique habitat for cliff-nesting birds in southern Illinois and, indeed, I have
seen no other cliffs being used by nesting swallows in the Shawnee Hills
region.

This study was part of the Lusk Creek Biological Survey supported by
Southern Illinois University. Acknowledgements are extended to Dr.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 51

William Ashby and Dr. W. D. Klimstra for supervision, M. D. Hutchison
for assistance in the field, and P. W. Smith for assistance in fish identification.

TREATMENT OF ANNOTATED LIST

Species of vertebrates, whose presence on the survey area was in some
way established, are listed in phylogenetic sequence by class, order, and/or
family groupings. Scientific names are in alphabetical order and are followed
by the common name. An indication of the relative abundance (common,
uncommon, rare) is given for each species based on frequency of sign and
numbers observed or collected during the study period. The distribution
of each species is indicated as generally distributed (occurring throughout,
in most habitats) or locally distributed (occurring in only selett spots or
habitats) within the study area. Hence, “generally uncommon” denotes
that the species was distributed throughout the area at a low density. These
connotations on abundance and distribution are given in association with
the habitats in which the species were found.

Scientific terminology follows Smith (1965) for fishes, Smith (1961) for
amphibians and reptiles, Blair et al. (1968) for birds, and Hoffmeister and
Mohr (1957) for mammals.

ANNOTATED LIST OF VERTEBRATES

AGNATHA
Petromyzontidae

Lampetra lamottei (Lesueur)—brook lamprey. Generally common in the
mainstream.

OSTEICHTHYES
Esocidae

Esox americanus vermiculatus Lesueur—grass pickerel. Generally common in

the mainstream.
Cyprinidae

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque )—stoneroller. Generally common in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill)—common shiner. Generally common in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Notropis umbratilis (Girard)—redfin shiner. Generally uncommon in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque)—bluntnose minnow. Generally common in
the tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill)—creek chub. Generally common in the
tributaries and mainstream.

Catostomidae

Catostomus commersoni (Lacépéde )—white sucker. Only one specimen taken.

Erimyzon oblongus claviformis (Girard)—western creek chubsucker. Gen-
erally common in the tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque )—golden redhorse. Generally common in
the mainstream.

Moxostoma duquesnei (Lesueur)—black redhorse. Locally rare in the main-
stream.

52 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Ictaluridae
Ictalurus melas ( Rafinesque )—black bullhead. Generally common in the main-
stream.
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur)—yellow bullhead. Generally common in the trib-
utaries, locally uncommon in the mainstream.

Aphredoderidae

Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams)—pirate perch. Locally uncommon in the
tributaries and shallows of mainstream.

Cyprinodontidae

Fundulus olivaceus (Storer )—blackspotted topminnow. Generally common in
the shallows of the mainstream.

Centrarchidae

Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque—green sunfish. Generally common throughout.

Lepomis gulosus (Cuvier )—warmouth. Locally uncommon in the mainstream.

Lepomis machrochirus Rafinesque—bluegill. Locally uncommon in the main-
stream and tributaries.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque )—longear sunfish. Generally common in the
mainstream and tributaries.

Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque )—spotted bass. Generally uncommon in
the mainstream and tributaries.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde)—largemouth bass. Generally common in
the mainstream.

Percidae

Etheostoma caeruleum Storer—rainbow darter. Locally common in the tribu-
taries and shallows of the mainstream.

Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque—fantail darter. Generally common in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Etheostoma kennicotti (Putnam) —stripetail darter. Generally common in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque—johnny darter. Locally uncommon. Only one
specimen collected.

Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan—spottail darter. Locally uncommon in the
tributaries and shallows of the mainstream.

Percina maculata (Girard)—blackside darter. Locally common in the tribu-
taries and shallows of the mainstream.

AMPHIBIA
Caudata
Eurycea bislineata Mittleman—two-lined salamander. Locally common in the
lowlands and along streams.
Eurycea longicauda (Green)—long-tailed salamander. Locally common in
lowlands and along stream.
Plethodon glutinosus (Green)—slimy slamander. Generally common through-
out.
Salientia
Acris crepitans Harper—cricket frog. Generally common along all watercourses.
Bufo americanus Holbrook—American toad. Locally uncommon near water
courses and old homesites.
Bufo woodhousei Hinckley—Fowler’s toad. Generally common throughout.
Hyla crucifer Weid—spring peeper. Only one specimen taken. Apparently
locally uncommon along watercourses.
Hyla versicolor Le Conte—gray treefrog. Only one speciman taken. Apparently
locally uncommon along watercourses.
Rana catesbeiana Shaw—bullfrog. Generally common near water sources.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 53

Rana clamitans (Rafinesque)—green frog. Generally common along smaller
watercourses.

Rana pipiens Schreber—leopard frog. Generally common near water sources.

Rana sylvatica Le Conte—wood frog. Locally uncommon on mainstream and
larger tributaries.

Scaphiopus holbrooki (Harlan)—spadefoot toad. Only one specimen taken.
Apparently locally rare in regions of deep loose soil.

REPTILIA
Testudines
Chelydra serpentina (Linnaeus)—common snapping turtle. Generally com-
mon in larger streams.
Terrapene carolina (Linnaeus)—eastern box turtle. Generally common
throughout.
Trionyx spinifer Lesueur—spiny softshell turtle. Generally common in the
larger streams.
Sauria

Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (Linnaeus )—six-lined racerunner. Locally common
along gravel roads and other dry stony regions.

Eumeces fasciatus (Linnaeus)—five-lined skink. Locally common around wood-
piles, buildings, and similar habitats.

Eumeces laticeps (Schneider )—broad-headed skink. Locally rare around dead
trees, woodpiles, etc.

Sceloporus undulatus (Green )—fence lizard. Generally common throughout.

Scincella laterale (Say )—ground skink. Generally common throughout.

Serpentes

Agkistrodon contortrix (Linnaeus)—copperhead. Generally common along
rocky outcrops.

Coluber constrictor Linnaeus—blue racer. Generally uncommon throughout.

Elaphe obsoleta (Say )—rat snake. Only one specimen was observed.

Lampropeltis getulus niger (Yarrow)—black kingsnake. Only one specimen
was taken.

Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis (Linnaeus)—eastern garter snake. Generally un-
common throughout.

Virginia valeriae elegans Kennicott—western earth snake. Generally common
throughout.

AVES
Ciconiiformes

Butorides virescens (Linnaeus)—green heron. Generally common along the
larger streams.

Anseriformes

Aix sponsa (Linnaeus)—wood duck. Only two observed during this study.
Probably generally uncommon along mainstream.

Falconiformes

Buteo jamaicensis (Gmelin)—red-tailed hawk. Generally uncommon.

Cathartes aura (Linnaeus )—turkey vulture. Generally common.

Coragyps atratus ( Bechstein )—black vulture. Generally uncommon.

Falco peregrinus Tunstall—peregrine falcon. A single positive field observa-
tion was made. Rare.

Galliformes

Colinus virginianus (Linnaeus )—bobwhite. Locally common around old fields
and forest edges.

54 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Charadriiformes
Philohela minor (Gmelin)—American woodcock. Locally common along the
larger streams.
Columbiformes
Zenaidura macroura (Linnaeus)—mourning dove. Generally common. Nests in
pines and locusts of area.
Strigiformes
Bubo virginianus (Gmelin)—great horned owl. Only one field observation
based on the call. Probably generally uncommon.
Otus asio (Linnaeus )—screech owl. Only a few calls were heard. Probably
generally uncommon.
Strix varia Barton—barred owl. Locally common. Several families lived along
the bluffs adjacent to Lusk Creek.
Caprimulgiformes
Chordeiles minor ( Forster )—common nighthawk. Generally uncommon. Only
two groups were observed.
Caprimulgus carolinensis Gmelin—chuck-will’s-widow. Locally uncommon.
Caprimulgus vociferus Wilson—whip-poor-will. Generally common.

Apodiformes
Archilochus colubris (Linnaeus )—ruby-throated hummingbird. Generally com-
mon. Greater numbers along watercourses.
Chaetura pelagica ( Linnaeus )—chimney swift. Locally common around houses.

Coraciiformes
Megaceryle alcyon (Linnaeus )—belted kingfisher. Generally common along
the larger watercourses.
Piciformes

Colaptes auratus (Linnaeus )—yellow-shafted flicker. Generally common.
Dendrocopos pubescens (Linnaeus )—downy woodpecker. Generally common.
Dendrocopos villosus (Linnaeus )—hairy woodpecker. Generally common.
Dryocopus pileatus (Linnaeus )—pileated woodpecker. Generally uncommon.

Melanerpes carolinus (Linnaeus)—red-bellied woodpecker. Generally un-
common.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linnaeus )—red-headed woodpecker. Generally
rare. Only one specimen was observed just outside boundary of study area.

PASSERIFORMES
Tyrannidae

Contopus virens (Linnaeus )—eastern wood pewee. Generally common.
Sayornis phoebe (Latham )—eastern phoebe. Generally uncommon, around old

buildings.
Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus )—eastern kingbird. Generally common.
Hirundinidae
Hirundo rustica Linnaeus—barn swallow. Generally common in the vicinity of
buildings.
Petrochelidon pyrrhonota ( Vieillot )—cliff swallow. The birds left the area in
late June. Nesting birds locally common in the Indian Kitchen area.
Corvidae
Corvus brachyrhynchos Brehm—common crow. Generally common.
Cyanocitta cristata (Linnaeus )—blue jay. Generally common.
Paridae
Baeolophus bicolor—tufted titmouse. Generally common.
Parus atricapillus Linnaeus—black-capped chickadee. Generally common.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 Dp

Sittidae
Sitta carolinensis Latham—white-breasted nuthatch. Only one uncertain ob-
servation was made.
Troglodytidae
Thryotherus ludovicianus (Latham)—Carolina wren. Generally uncommon.

Mimidae
Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus )—catbird. Generally uncommon.
Mimus polyglottos (Linnaeus )—mockingbird. Generally rare in study area.
Only one observation was made on the boundary of the study area.
Toxostoma rufum (Linnaeus )—brown thrasher. Generally uncommon.

Turdidae
Sialia sialis (Linnaeus )—eastern bluebird. Generally common.

Laniidae

Lanius ludovicianus Linnaeus—loggerhead shrike. Generally rare. Only one
speciman was observed.

Parulidae

Dendroica fusca (Miller )—Blackburnian warbler. Generally uncommon.

Icteria virens (Linnaeus )—yellow-breasted chat. Generally common.

Vermivora ruficapilla (Wilson )—Nashville warbler. Status unknown. Only one
specimen was taken.

Wilsonia citrina (Boddaert)—hooded warbler. Status unknown. Only one
speciman was taken.

Icteridae
Molothrus ater (Boddaert )—brown-headed cowbird. Generally common.

Thraupidae

Pirange olivacea (Gmelin)—scarlet tanager. Status unknown. Only one family
group was observed.

Piranger rubra (Linnaeus )—summer tanager. Generally common.

Fringillidae

Ammodramus savannarum (Gmelin )—grasshopper sparrow. Generally common.

Carduelis tristis (Linnaeus )—American goldfinch. Generally common especially
among pine plantations.

Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus )—indigo bunting. Generally common.

Pipilo erythrophthalmus (Linnaeus )—rufous-sided towhee. Generally common.

Pyrrhuloxia cardinalis (Linnaeus )—cardinal. Generally common.

MAMMALIA
Marsupialia
Didelphis marsupialis Linnaeus—opposum. Generally uncommon. Only one
carcass was observed.
Insectivora

Blarina brevicauda (Say)—short-tailed shrew. Status unknown. Only two
specimens taken but is probably locally common.

Scalopus aquaticus (Linnaeus )—eastern mole. Generally common, especially
in lowlands.

Chiroptera

Lasiurus borealis (Miller)—red bat. Locally uncommon. Only three speci-
mens were taken at one location.
Pipistrellus subflavus (Cuvier )—eastern pipistrel. Generally common.

56 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Rodentia

Castor canadensis Kuhl—beaver. Locally common. One colony was observed
on Lusk Creek.

Glaucomys volans (Linnaeus )—southern flying squirrel. Generally uncommon
to rare.

Marmota monax Linnaeus )—woodchuck. Generally common.

Microtus ochrogaster (Wagner )—prairie vole. Locally common in old fields.

Peromyscus leucopus (Rafinesque )—white-footed mouse. Generally common.

Peromyscus maniculatus (Wagner)—deer mouse. Locally common. This
species was taken from only one location.

Peromyscus nuttalli (Harlan)—golden mouse. Locally rare. Only one speci-
man was taken from a pine woods.

Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin—eastern gray squirrel. Generally uncommon.

Sciurus niger Linnaeus—eastern fox squirrel. Generally common.

Synaptomys cooperi Baird—southern bog lemming. Locally common in old
fields.

Lagomorpha

Sylvilagus floridanus (Allen)—eastern cottontail. Generally common.

Carnivora

Canis familiaris Linnaeus—domestic dog. Generally common. Many dog
tracks were seen during the study. Since no direct observations were made, there
is a possibility some were feral dogs.

Felis domesticus (Linnaeus )—domestic cat. Generally common. Several tracks
were seen during the study.

Mephitis mephitis (Schreber )—striped skunk. Generally uncommon.

Procyon lotor (Linnaeus )—raccoon. Generally common.

Urocyon cinereoargenteus (Schreber)—gray fox. Generally, common.

Artiodactyla
Odocoileus virginianus (Zimmermann )—white-tailed deer. Generally common.

LITERATURE CITED

Blair, W. F., A. P. Blair, P. Brodkorb, F. R. Cagle and G. A. Moore. 1968. Verte-
brates of the United States. 2nd ed. McGraw Hill, N. Y. 616 p.

Braun, E. L. 1964. Deciduous forests of eastern North America. Hafner, N. Y. 596 p.

Frye, J. C. 1971. Geology map of Illinois. Ill. St. Geol. Surv. Edu. Series 7. 24 p.

Hoffmeister, D. F., and C. O. Mohr. 1957. Fieldbook of Illinois mammals. Ill. Nat.
His. Surv. Man. 4. 233 p.

Smith, P. W. 1961. The amphibians and reptiles of Illinois. Ill. Nat. His. Surv. Bull.
28 (1): 1-298.

—_————— . 1965. A preliminary annotated list of the lampreys and fishes of Illinois.
Ill. Nat. His. Surv. Biol. Note 54. 12 p.

Thompson, M. P., M. D. Hutchison, and W. D. Klimstra. 1968. Range extension of
the eastern spadefoot toad (Scaphiopus holbrooki, Harlan) in Southern Illinois.
Tll. Acad. Sci. Trans. 61 (4): 427.

Received: April 21, 1972. Accepted: October 20, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 57

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE STUDY OF THE SPERMATOZOA
OF THE HARD-SHELLED CLAM VENUS MERCENARIA
(Mollusca) BY NEGATIVE STAINING

CHI-CHUNG LIN*
Berea College, Berea, Kentucky 40403

ABSTRACT

The morphology of the sperm of the marine hard-shelled clam Venus
mercenaria has been studied by phase contrast microscopy in the active, living
state and by electron microscopy with negatively stained whole mounts which
have been previously treated with distilled water. The extrusion of the acrosome
filament has been detected. The morphology of Venus spermatozoa has been
found to be consistent with its form of life and mode of fertilization.

INTRODUCTION

Due to continued interest in the ultrastructure of reproductive tissues
(Austin, 1968), specifically in marine molluscs (Fretter and Graham, 1964),
a study of the spermatozoa of the hard-shelled clam, Venus mercenaria was
undertaken.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Testes from Venus mercenaria, collected from Bogue Sound in Morehead
City, North Carolina, were diced in filtered sea water with a salinity of
32 parts per thousand. Some of the released sperm were observed in the
active, living state under phase contrast with a Zeiss Universal photo-
microscope. Portions of the sperm suspension were placed in distilled
water for about ten minutes. Drops of the sperm suspension in distilled
water were placed on collodion-coated 200 mesh copper electron microscope
grids and air-dried. The dried sperm were negatively stained for about
two minutes with a 2% aqueous solution of phosphotungstic acid (PTA)
which was brought to a pH of 7.4 by the addition of 1 N KOH (Horne,
1965). The grids were examined with a Zeiss EM 9S electron microscope.

OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION

Sperm head

Light microscope examination of the active sperm of Venus mercenaria
in isotonic sea water (Fig. 1) has shown that the head of the sperm is
conical and streamlined in shape with apparently longer length than in
those spermatozoa examined with the electron microscope (Figs. 2a, 3, 4,
and 5). The hypotonic treatment of the electron microscope preparation
with distilled water has caused the breaking down of the acrosomal mem-
brane covering the anteriormost part of the head in many sperm. However,
the membrane covering the rest of the head appears to remain intact. This

* Freshman undergraduate student (January, 1971).

58 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Figure 1. Phase contrast micrograph of the living sperm Venus mercenaria in isotonic
sea water.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 59

suggests that the acrosomal membrane ruptures more easily than the
membrane covering the rest of the head. It is consistent with the fact that
the acrosome commonly ruptures immediately before or during the passage
of the sperm through the egg investment on which extracts of the acrosome
can be shown to exert a lytic action during the process of fertilization
(Austin, 1968). In some of the observed sperm, the entire acrosome appears

Figure 2a. Electron micrograph of the sperm of Venus mercenaria negatively stained with
phosphotungstic acid (PTA).

Figure 2b. Higher magnification of part of the tail flagellum of fig. 2a.

60 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

to separate from the rest of the head (Fig. 3). This is supported by the
evidence that the head of the sperm without what is suspected to be the
acrosome has a shorter length than that of the intact head. The extrusion
of the acrosome filament has been detected (Figs. 3 and 4). This adds
Venus mercenaria sperm to the lists of mollusc sperm which have been
shown to contain droplets of material that can be extruded from the head
in the form of an acrosome filament (Rothschild and Tyler, 1955; Dan and
Wada, 1955). The extrusion of the acrosome filament occurs during the
process of sperm penetration through the egg investment in some annelids,
hemichordates, echinoderms, molluscs, and arthropods (Austin, 1968). The
acrosome filament is believed to be specially adapted for undergoing initial
fusion with the egg cytoplasm. It plays an important role in the process
of fertilization in many invertebrates. The diameter of the acrosome filament
of the Venus sperm appears to be approximately the same as that of the
microtubules of the tail flagellum. The extruded acrosomal material ap-
parently included the egg-membrane lysin. The hypotonic treatment of
the sperm with distilled water has caused the nuclear and mitochondrial
regions of the head to swell but the covering membrane appears to remain
intact as shown in the electron micrographs (Figs. 2a, 3 and 4). Light
microscope observation shows that the mitochondrial region of the sperm
head has the greatest diameter (Fig. 1) which suggests that the mito-
chondria appear to gather into spherical masses lying at or around the
posterior end of the head. The tail attaches to the mitochondrial region
of the head.

Sperm tail

The tail of the Venus mercenaria sperm is long and thin, about eight
to ten times the length of the entire head (Fig. 1). Approximately nine

o%

a

. 2
inl”
2 A

Figure 3. Electron micrograph of the head of the sperm of Venus mercenaria negatively
stained with PTA, showing the extrusion of the acrosome filament (Af). What is suspected
to be the detached acrosome is shown by the arrow.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 61

Figure 4. Electron micrograph of the head of Venus sperm negatively stained with PTA
showing probable incomplete rupture of the acrosome (arrow) and the extrusion of the
acrosome filament (Af).

microtubules can be counted from the tail flagellum which is very thinly
covered with cytoplasm (Fig. 2b). However, further investigations are
necessary in order to establish the precise number and arrangement of the
microtubules in the sperm tail flagellum. The tails may have been flattened
by desiccation.

Henley (1970) has recently reported the macerating and digestive
action of phosphotungstic acid (PTA) on the microtubules of cilia and
flagella. The present study shows that maceration of the microtubules of
the sperm tail flagella does occur after treatment with a 2% aqueous solution
of PTA at pH 7.4 for about two minutes. However, the degree of maceration
is relatively small. This means that the microtubules of the sperm tail
flagellum of Venus mercenaria are fairly resistant to the macerating and
digesting actions of PTA. This may be due to the fact that Venus mercenaria
is a marine organism which is considerably less sensitive to the macerating
and digesting actions of PTA than freshwater forms as suggested by Henley
(1970). The macerating action of PTA on Venus sperm appears to begin
at the distal end of the tail flagellum. The tails of many sperm have been
found to coil up considerably Fig. 5). This coiling may also be due to
the action of PTA. Such coiling has not been observed in the living sperm
with the light microscope.

62 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

4 + *&
® :
»
4,

*
at: @ |
gets

ear te:

Yo t 2 toil e oo 4
Para ¥ ap a A e. 2.2 e »* ; ae

Figure 5. Electron micrograph of Venus sperm negatively stained with PTA showing the
coiling of the sperm tail flagellum probably induced by PTA.

The conical and streamlined head and the long, thin tail covered with
little cytoplasm of the spermatozoa of Venus mercenaria are consistent with
its free living state and external mode of fertilization in sea water. This
work discloses the morphology of the Venus mercenaria spermatozoa.
Further electron microscope studies of the sectioned spermatozoa are
necessary in order to reveal the details of the ultrastructure of the Venus
sperm.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This work has been done during the one-month Short Term in January,
1971 while I was an exchange student at the St. Andrews Presbyterian
College. I thank the St. Andrews Presbyterian College for providing ex-
cellent research facilities. The kind advice and encouragement of Dr. A. L.
Applegate are gratefully acknowledged. I wish to thank Dr. Franklin
Gailey of Berea College for his effort in making the exchange possible and
for his assistance during the preparation of the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Austin, C. R., 1968. Ultrastructure of Fertilization. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New
York.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 63

Dan, J. C. and S. K. Wada, 1955. Studies on the acrosome. IV. The acrosome
reaction in some bivalve spermatozoa. Biol. Bull., 109:40-55.

Fretter, V., and A. Graham, 1964. Reproduction. p. 137-138. In: K. W. Wilbur, and
C. M. Yonge, eds., Physiology of Mollusca. Academic Press, New York.
Henley, C., 1970. Changes in microtubules of cilia and flagella following negative

staining with phosphotungstic acid. Biol. Bull. 139:265-276.
Horne, R. W., 1965. Negative staining methods, p. 329. In: D. H. Kay, ed.,
Techniques for Electron Microscopy, (2nd ed.). F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Rothschild L., and A. Tyler, 1955. Acrosomal filaments in spermatozoa. Exp. Cell
Res., Suppl. 3:304-311.

64 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

ELECTRONIC ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF 6-SUBSTITUTED
2-PYRIDINECARBOXYLIC ACIDS. ON A POSSIBLE
CYCLIC STRUCTURE IN METHANOL

RUSSELL J. MOSER AND ELLIS V. BROWN

Contribution from the Department of Chemistry,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

Electronic absorption spectra of various 6-substituted 2-pyridine-carboxylic
acids (i.e., 6-methyl, 6-bromo, 6-chloro, 6-nitro, 6-amino, 6-acetamido, 6-methoxy,
and 6-carboxyl) have been measured at room temperature in water and methanol.
Spectral changes due to substitution indicate a planar structure in methanol for
2-pyridinecarboxylic acid in which the nitrogen lone pair electrons interact with
the acidic proton of the carboxyl group is possible. The absorption spectra in
water are in agreement with earlier conclusions that in this solvent the zwitterion
is the predominant species.

In 1952 Cantwell and Brown (1) suggested that the undissociated
molecule of 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid in organic solvents may have a
structure that is different from the undissociated molecules of 3- and 4-
pyridinecarboxylic acids. Intramolecular hydrogen bonding is a possibility
for the uncharged 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid (i.e., structure II, Chart I). A
controversy developed about the structure of this acid in organic solvents
and numerous papers have appeared (4,5,12,13). The question is whether
2-pyridinecarboxylic acid in organic solvents exists as I, II, or Hl. It
appeared that the answer had been found. The neutral molecule actually
existed in organic solvents (12); however, at about the same time, doubt
was cast on one of the fundamental assumptions (5) used to select the
neutral molecule. In water, there does not appear to be any question about
its structure—2-pyridinecarboxylic acid exists as the zwitterion (III) (5,12).
In this report, we describe a uv investigation which compares aqueous
solvent vs. hydrogen bonding, low di-electric constant, organic solvent.

Experimental Section

Materials. The preparation and purity of all of these compounds have
been described (8, 9). The spectrograde methanol and glycerol were
obtained from Eastman, and the spectrograde 1,4-dioxane and acetonitrile
were purchased from Matheson, Coleman and Bell. Distilled water was
boiled for 30 minutes and cooled to room temperature before use.

Absorption Spectra. Ultraviolet absorption spectra were recorded on a
Perkin-Elmer 202 Spectrophotometer with a slit width of 25 microns. All
uv spectra were obtained on ca. 10-°M solutions.

Results and Conclusions

The wavelength of maximum absorption compares well with the
literature (See Table 1); however, the molar absorptivities are sometimes
different. This can be explained by the following considerations: (4) dif-
ferent instruments were used, (b) slit widths varied, (c) the concentration
of solutions used in literature, spectra were, in some cases, reported to only
one significant figure, and (d) blank spectra were not reported. Thus, to

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 65

Table 1

Comparison of Our Spectra with Previously Recorded Spectra

nae (nm )
era Os?
Compound Band 1 Band 2
pyridine — ae 250> 257 262 a
DE, 2.5 1.9
205 (246) Dey 257 263 —
1.0 1.2 1.6 1.8 2,
2-pyridine- — 241¢ 253 259 265 —
carboxaldehyde Di 2.6 3.0 BAD
205 (240) . (254) 259 265 =
2.8 ais) Ae D5 all
2-pyridine- 2174 — (259) 264 (270) sa
carboxylic acid ead 3.8 4.1 Sul
216 wi (258) 263 (270) Sra
14 7.4 8.0 6.0
6-chloro-2-pyridine- 220e — — — 274 —
carboxylic acid 1.3 0.87
218 — —- (2TTE) QT4 (280)
5.8 3.6 3.8 3.0
2,6-pyridinedi- (215)? — — (265 ) 269 (275)
carboxylic acid 9.5 3.6 8.9 al |
“306 220 (261) oe 269 (275)
9.2 Cail 2.6 Sav 2.9

(a) Solvent is methanol unless otherwise stated. Wavelengths enclosed in paren-
theses indicate a shoulder rather than a band maximum.

(b) Sadtler Standard Ultra Violet Spectra, Sadtler Research Laboratories, 3316
Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Spectrum No. 9.
Slit 0.60 mm.

(c) See reference b No. 9306.

(d) See reference b No. 1090.

(e) See reference b No. 16277.

(£) See reference b No. 5542.

eliminate any possible error from the above considerations, molar ab-
sorptivities on compounds were compared only when all of the above
considerations were constant.

The structure of carboxylic acids in solutions are complicated by the
fact that dimers, both linear and cyclic, as well as polymers, are possible.
The following facts are well established: (a) carboxylic acids exist as
dimers except in dilute solutions (3), (b) the stronger the carboxylic acid,
the weaker are the hydrogen bonds formed between the acid molecules
(10), and (c) in media with high dielectric constant, whose molecules

66 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Table 2

The Ultraviolet Spectral Data® of 6-Substituted 2-Pyridinecarboxylic Acids

in Methanol and Water

oe ( nm )
emaxe Lo
Compound Band 1 Band 2
6-methyl-2-pyridine- 218 — — — 272
carboxylic acid 18 11
204b — 260 — ote
ll 13
2-pyridinecarboxylic 216 — (258) 263 (270)
acid 14 7.4 8.0 6.0
204» — 260 (265) —
11 13 11
6-bromo-2-pyridine- 223 — — — 277
carboxylic acid 6.2 4.2
215» — — (267) 274
7.8 4.2, 5.1
2-chloro-2-pyridine- 218 — —— (271) QT4.
carboxylic acid 5.8 8.6 3.8
216» — — (269 ) 274
ll 7.6 8.8
6-nitro-2-pyridine- 212 230 — — 272
carboxylic acid 12 5.6 3.3
205> (230) — — —
59 17
2,6-pyridinedi- 206 220 (261) — 269
carboxylic acid 9.2 Tet 2.6 3.7
(215)> — — (270) 273
12 9.3 9.6
6-acetamido-2-pyridine- 212 244 — — —
carboxylic acid 34 21
206» 239 — — 285
17 8.6 5.9
6-methoxy-2-pyridine- 205 228 — — 287
carboxylic acid 5.1 6.0 6.1
— 223b — (281) 284
Ee, 5.7 6.0
6-amino-2-pyridine- 207 2492 — — —
carboxylic acid 9.9 6.9
203» 240 — —— —
24 9.2

(a) See reference a Table 1.
(b) Solvent is water.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 67

themselves have a marked tendency to form hydrogen bonds, the solvent
molecules cause a disruption of the hydrogen bonds between solute mole-.
cules (6). Thus for a weak acid (pyridinecarboxylic acid), in dilute solu-
tions (10-°M) of solvents with high dielectric constant (¢«) and strong
hydrogen bonding ability such as methanol (¢ = 32) and water (¢ = 78),
monomers are present (5,11,12).

Usually, 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid may be considered to have an elec-
tronic structure similar to that. of 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde since the acid
carbonyl group, C=O, is isoelectronic with the aldehyde group. 2-Pyridine-
carboxaldehyde has intense absorption bands at 265nm (emax 2100), 259nm
(émax 2000), and 254nm (enax 2200). The spectrum of 2-pyridinecarboxylic
acid has a shoulder at 270nm (ema, 6000), a peak at 263nm (e,,; 8000),
and a shoulder at 258nm (¢,x 7400). Comparison of the intensities (Table
1) of the absorption bands indicate that they are increased in the acid
reflecting differences in their electronic structures.

We compared the spectra of 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid with a number
of its derivatives. The ultraviolet spectral data in methanol and water of
these compounds are shown in Table 2. The most probable three structures

CHART I

Ha oO uaa
gl ie
Na CODH Nee

I Il Il

for 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid are shown in Chart I. The planar structure
(II) depends on the availability of electron density on the ring nitrogen.
The ultraviolet spectra of I or III would not be expected to change in a
systematic way with a change ofelectron density on the ring nitrogen.
Thus structure II can be distinguished from structure I or III by changing
the electron density on the ring nitrogen and observing these uv spectra.
When studying electron density vs. substituent effect one approach is
to consider Hammett (cp) relationships; however, the choice of o values
must be theoretically resolved if possible. Substituents at the 6-position
could affect the electron density on the ring nitrogen in the following ways:
(a) resonance effects, (b) field effects, (c) inductive effects, and (d)
steric effects. The resonance effect of 6-substituents on the electron density
is not very large. Sigma, («), which measures mainly resonance effects,
shows a poor correlation for ionization of 2-substituted pyridines in water;
however, excellent correlation is found with the 4-substituted pyridines.
Sigma induction, (o;), which measures inductive and field effects, gave
good correlation with the 2-substituted pyridines. These results show that

68 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

substituents in the 4-position on a pyridine ring have the expected electrical
effects, whereas substituents in the 2-position behave abnormally and do
not show the type of electrical effect customarily exerted by an o-substituent.
It is believed that the short range inductive effect on the nitrogen electron
density accounts for the correlation of the 2-substituted pyridines (2).
A substituent constant which measures inductive effects even more ef-
ficiently than o; is o’: The o’ constants are almost the same as the
a, constants; although, much of the field effect present in o; is eliminated
in o’ (7). Thus if the electron density on the ring nitrogen is affecting
the structure of 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid, a relationship between o’ and
molar absorptivity should be found.

Table 3

Low Energy Absorption Maxima (nm) and ¢,,,, Walues of These
Pyridinecarboxylic Acids in Methanol and Water

Methanol Water
Compound max Fae ates repels
6-methyl-2-pyridine- 272 11 278 8.1
carboxylic acid
2-pyridinecarboxylic 263 8.0 260 13
acid
6-bromo-2-pyridine- 277 4.2 274 onl
carboxylic acid
6-chloro-2-pyridine- 274 3.8 274 8.8
carboxylic acid
6-nitro-2-pyridine- 272 3.3 OT 12
carboxylic acid
2,6-pyridinedicar- 269 8.1 273 9.6
boxylic acid
6-acetamido-2-pyridine- 290 11 285 5.9
carboxylic acid
6-methoxy-2-pyridine- 287 6.1 284 6.0
carboxylic acid
6-amino-2-pyridine- 815 5.3 315 9.2

carboxylic acid

Table 3 shows the Amax and emax Of the low energy band for these
acids. We find that as the inductive effect of the substituent (o’) increases
the enax decreases for the first five compounds in the Table (i.e., R=CHs,
H, Br, Cl, NO,). Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that the ring
nitrogen electron density is affecting ¢,,x. As the electron density on the
ring.nitrogen is decreased, one would expect structure II to be less favor-
able. This would result in decreased planarity of the molecule and low
molar absorptivities.

The acids with the large substituents would not be expected to follow
this trend in molar absorptivities. Large groups sterically hinder the forma-

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 69

tion of structure II. When considering this effect, we must envision rotation
about all bonds in the substituent, since the rotations take place at a
rapid rate. This is the case with the acetamido and methoxyl groups.
The 2-pyridinedicarboxylic acid is different, although the steric problem
is still present. Now either group can form structure II. It will be noted
that this molar absorptivity falls between the chloro and nitro group. The o’
constant for the carboxyl substituent is 0.32, for the Br substituent is 0.45,
and for the Cl substituent is 0.47. If the carboxyl group belongs in the
above generalization then its molar absorptivity should be greater than
the one for the bromo compound. Since it is not, steric interference to
formation of the N-H interaction must be the dominant factor. The
amino group has long been known to be abnormal in any kind of relation-
ship between 6-substituents and electronic ability (2,8), thus, it is not
surprising to see that it does not fit into this generalization.

The substituent effects on structure I or III are not obvious. However,
no meaningful relationship can be found between ¢,,,, and o constants in
Table 3. Thus, in contrast to methanol, there is no systematic change in
€max With substituent in water. Either structure I or III could be used
to explain these results; however, since previous investigators have found
that in water the zwitterion predominates, we feel our data support
this view.

In conclusion, our data agree with other evidence that in water,
structure III is the predominate species. However, in methanol we find
evidence that structure II is present; this does not agree with Stevenson
and Sponer (12). The basis of the disagreement may lie in the method
of obtaining the molar absorptivity of the cation of 2-pyridinecarboxylic
acid (14).

Nomenclature

« represents the dielectric constant; emax represents the molar absorp-
tivity, emax = A/lc; emax represents the wavelength (nm) of maximum
absorption; g represents Hammett substituent constant; o; represents Taft
(13) substituent constant; and o’ represents an inductive substituent
constant (7).

LITERATURE CITED

1. Cantwell, N. H. and Brown, E. V., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 74, 5967 (1952).
Charton, M., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 86, 2033 (1964).

3. Coutts, R. T., “Pharmaceutical Chemistry,” Vol. II, L. G. Chatten, Ed.,
Marcel Dekker, New York, N.Y., 1969, p. 85.

4, Evans, R. F., Herington, E. F. G. and Kynaston, W., Trans. Faraday Soc., 49,
1284 (1953).

5. Green, R. W. and Tong, H. K., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 78, 4896 ( (1956).

6. Harrow, B. and Mazur, A., “Textbook of Biochemistry,” 9th Ed., W. B.
Saunders Co., Philadelphia, Penn., 1968, p. 63.

7. Kosower, E. M., “Physical Organic Chemistry,” Wiley, New York, N.Y., 1968,
p. 49.

Moser, R. J. and Brown, E. V., J. Org. Chem., 36, 454 (1971).
9. Moser, R. J. and Brown, E. V., J. Heterocycl. Chem., 8, 189 (1971).
10. Murty, T. S. S. R. and Pitzer, K. S., J. Phys. Chem. 73, 1426 (1969).

bo

&

70

elk,

12.
13.

14.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Otsuji, Y., Koda, Y., Kubo, M., Furukawa, M. and Imoto, E., Nippon Kagaku
Zasshi, 80, 1298 (1959); Chem. Abstr., 55, 6576 (1960).

Stephenson, H. P. and Sponer, H., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 79, 2050 (1957).
Taft, R. W. and Lewis, I. C., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 80, 2436 (1958).
Thamer, B. J. and Voigt, A. F,, J. Phys. Chem. 56, 225 (1952).

Received: August 25, 1972. Neeeated October 18, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 71

CAPTURE OF THE ALFALFA WEEVIL, HYPERA POSTICA
(GYLLENHAL), IN ILLUMINATED STICKY TRAPS?

GARY E. CRUM
Department of Entomology,
University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

The capture of flying alfalfa weevils using light traps was proven largely
ineffective by Whitmer (1968). The present study attempted to ascertain
the effectiveness of ground-situated sticky traps in capturing crawling
alfalfa weevil adults. Preliminary laboratory tests suggested light as a
possible weevil attractant for use in such traps.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Thirteen hollow 1-ft cubes were constructed of plywood, each with one
vertical side missing for an opening through which weevils could enter.
Stikem® (Michel and Pelton Co., Emeryville, Calif.) was spread inside
the cubes to entangle any insect which entered. A light socket was installed
in 7 of the 13 traps at the center of the side opposite the open side. The
outside surface of each trap was covered with plastic for protection against
the weather. Both types of traps were placed in each of 2 University of
Kentucky alfalfa fields. An area approximately 2 ft square was cleared
of plants before the open side of each trap. The traps were inspected
weekly for entangled alfalfa weevils and for loss of Stikem. The tests ran
from March 9 to November 23. The light sources utilized were incandescent
bulbs which ranged in wattage from 7 to 25 watts. The majority of traps
were installed with 25-watt white-frosted bulbs (Ken-Rad Lamp Dept.,
Owensboro, Ky.).

RESULTS

The total number of trap days (number of traps X number of days in
the field) for the lighted and unlighted traps equalled 1,236 and 895,
respectively. Nonoperative bulbs, electricity outages, and harvest opera-
tions caused some minor interruptions over the test period. The total
-number of adult alfalfa weevils caught in the lighted and unlighted traps
was 202 and 54, respectively, or averages of 0.163 weevil and 0.060 weevil
per trap day, respectively. A chi-square test upheld the significance (.01
level of this difference. The test period covered many trap days during
which there was little or no weevil movement (e.g. March, July, and
August). Peak response to the traps occurred during May and June.

CONCLUSION

The results seem to warrant using ground-situated sticky traps with
lights installed for alfalfa weevil surveys.

1 The investigation reported in this paper (No. 72-7-96) is in connection with
a project of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with
approval of the Director.

72, Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

REFERENCE CITED

Whitmer, G. L., 1968. Field observations of the migration and flight habits of
the alfalfa weevil, Hypera postica (Gyllenhal), in Kentucky. Unpublished
M.S. thesis. University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. 73 p.

Received: July 2, 1972. Accepted: August 2, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 3

A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE FISHES OF THE LAND
BETWEEN THE LAKES, CUMBERLAND AND
TENNESSEE RIVER DRAINAGES, KENTUCKY?

BY VINCENT H. RESH, CLAUDE R. BAKER? AND WILLIAM M. CLAY
Department of Biology, University of Louisville

The National Recreation Area known as the Land Between the Lakes
(LBL) is a narrow strip of hilly land about 5 to 8 miles wide and ap-
proximately 40 miles long, between impounded portions of the Tennessee
and Cumberland rivers in western Kentucky and Tennessee. It is bordered
on the west by Kentucky Lake, on the north and east by Lake Barkley (and
a navigation canal connecting the two lakes), and on the south by U. S.
Highway 79 in Tennessee. Kentucky Lake was impounded in the Tennessee
River by the Tennessee Valley Authority in 1944, and Lake Barkley in
the Cumberland River by the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers in 1965.
Both impoundments were formed for multiple-use land management, flood
control, recreation, and as a source of hydroelectric power.

These two impoundments are the site of important fisheries, both com-
mercial and recreational. A large number of sport fisherman utilize the
Land Between the Lakes as a center of activity. Students and sportsmen
have been impressed with the diversity and abundance of fishes in this
region, but no list of species was available.

During three recent summers while conducting a course in aquatic
biology, we made collections and began the preparation of a preliminary
list of species for the entire area.

Although the impoundments of the Tennessee and Cumberland rivers
have greatly changed the available habitats, earlier species lists are of
historical interest and may serve as a point of comparison. The first century
of ichthyological exploration in Kentucky began with the work of Constantine
Samuel Rafinesque in 1818, and was reviewed and summarized by Ever-
mann (1918). In that paper, he omitted the summary of Woolman’s (1892)
work, but included Woolman’s collection records (pp. 333-361) and the
list of waters examined (pp. 299-304), and tabulated the distribution of
the species according to principal stream systems. Although two of the
river systems reported by Evermann are the lower Tennessee and Cumber-
land river basins, respectively, the latter extended upstream to Cumberland
Falls. Therefore, the list of 94 reported species included a number of
high-gradient headwater forms, particularly minnows and darters which in
historical time probably have not occurred near the Land Between the
Lakes.

In addition to Rafinesque’s records, most of which must be disregarded
due to a lack of definitely known localities, only two collections were
made near the LBL area. Both were made in 1890 by Woolman, who
had studied under both Evermann and David Starr Jordan, and an assistant,
Hiram W. Monical, a student at Indiana University. Rafinesque’s only
specific designation of a locality within this area gives credit to another

1 Contribution No. 156 (New Series) from the Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208.

2 Present address: University of Illinois, Dixon Springs Agricultural Center,
Simpson, Illinois 62985.

74 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

man as the collector: “Semotilus (?)notatus Cumberland River and Little
River, a branch of it. (Collector, Mr. Wilkins)” (Rafinesque 1820:86).

On 26 July 1890, Woolman and Monical seined a sandbank in the
Cumberland River 1.25 miles south of Kuttawa, Lyon County, Kentucky,
“the only place in this part of the country where the river could be fished
successfully with a small seine, the banks being generally precipitous and the
water deep” (Woolman 1892:262), taking a total of 37 species, including
5 species of darters. The now uncommon lake sturgeon, Acipenser fulvescens
Rafinesque (recorded as Acipenser rubincundus Lesueur), was noted to be
“common; several specimens taken” (p. 262). Two days later, they seined
a sand bar in the Tennessee River, about 3 miles upstream from Paducah,
Kentucky, where they took 18 species, including 2 species of darters.
Acipenser rubicundus was found to be “very common in quiet water”
(Ibid.:268).

Those collections of Woolman contained some species collected during
the present study, but did not include others (Table 1). Because of
nomenclatorial changes, some synonymies of species names used by Wool-
man are indicated. We did not include all synonymies because all specimens
were not available to us.

The last major preimpoundment study of the fishes of this region was
made by Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, to evaluate the changes in the ichthyofauna
following the impoundment of the Tennessee River to form Kentucky Lake.
The unpublished species list that resulted from that study was revised in
1943, and included 176 species. In studies on the fishes of western Ken-
tucky, Sisk (1969a; 1969b) did not include collection records from the
Tennessee or Cumberland rivers.

The present list is from collections made in July 1969, 1970, and 1971
during field sessions of the National Science Foundation Summer Institute
“The Science of Inland Waters.” The sites sampled within the Land
Between the Lakes area were: Honker Bay and Pisgah Bay (Lyon Co.),
and Energy Lake, Crooked Creek, Ferguson Springs, Shaw Branch, and
Barnes Hollow Creek (Trigg Co.). Collections in Pisgah Bay were made
in 1972 with sport fishing tackle. Additionally, we sampled three locations
outside the recreation area, Beechy Creek, Donaldson Creek, and Little
River (Trigg Co.), but within the Lake Barkley Drainage.

Collecting gear consisted of an experimental gill net, a 12-volt Smith-
Root Electroshocker, fry nets, seines, trotlines, hook and line, and combina-
tions of these sampling techniques. A single specimen of hog sucker,
Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur), was taken by hand while the fish was
floundering in shallow water.

This list is not intended to be an exhaustive survey of the LBL region.
A complete list will certainly include more members of the Cyprinidae,
Percidae, and possibly the paddlefish, Polyodon spathula (Walbaum),
which has been taken in this region by local fishermen. Evermann (1918)
reported additional darters from this drainage. Our list of 53 species of
fishes, referable to 18 families, gives the location, relative abundance, and
method of capture, and follows the nomenclature of A List of Common
and Scientific Names of Fishes from the U. S. and Canada (Third Edition,
1970), published by the American Fisheries Society. The common shiner,
Notropis cornutus chrysocephalus is considered as a subspecific form ac-
cording to Resh et al. (1971) and Miller (1968).

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 15

We thank the following for their assistance in this study: the participants
of the NSF summer institutes of 1969, 1970, 1971; Drs. Donald Distler,
University of Wichita; Robert D. Hoyt, Western Kentucky University; Louis
A. Krumholz and Stuart E. Neff, University of Louisville; Charles R. Liston,
Michigan State University; and Mr. Edward Veasey of the Tennessee Valley
Authority. The Tennessee Valley Authority extended permission to collect
fishes in this area.

LIST OF SPECIES

Family LEPISOSTEIDAE

Lepisosteus oculatus (Winchell), spotted gar
One speciman collected in gill net in Honker Bay.
Lepisosteus platostomus (Rafinesque ), shortnose gar
Collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Family AMIIDAE

Amia calva L., bowfin
One speciman collected by hook and line in Honker Bay.

Family CLUPEIDAE

Alosa chrysochloris (Rafinesque ), skipjack herring
Abundant in both seine and gill net collections in Energy Lake and Honker
Bay; collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Dorosoma cepedianum (Lesueur), gizzard shad
Abundant in seine, gill net, and fry net collections in Energy Lake and Honker
Bay.

Dorosoma petenense (Giinther), threadfin shad
Abundant in seine, gill net, and fry net collections in Energy Lake and
Honker Bay.

Family ESOCIDAE

Esox americanus vermiculatus Lesueur, grass pickerel
Several specimens collected by seining and electrofishing in Crooked Creek
and Shaw Branch.

Esox niger Lesueur, chain pickerel
A single speciman collected by seining in Beechy Creek. The specimen escaped.

Family CYPRINIDAE
Cyprinus carpio L., carp
Common in seine collections in Energy Lake and Honker Bay.
Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchill), golden shiner
Rare. Collected by seining in Barnes Hollow Creek and Crooked Creek.
Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque, emerald shiner
Common in seine collections in Honker Bay.
Notropis cornutus chrysocephalus (Rafinesque ), common shiner
Common in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek and
Creeked Creek.
Notropis umbratilis (Girard ), redfin shiner
Rare. Collected by seining and electrofishing in Creeked Creek and Beechy
Creek.
Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque ), stoneroller
Abundant in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek,
Crooked Creek, and Shaw Branch.
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill), creek chub

Abundant in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek and
Crooked Creek.

76 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Rhinichthys atratulus (Hermann), blacknose dace
Abundant in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek and
Crooked Creek.

Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque ), bluntnose minnow
Common in seine collections in Barnes Hollow Creek, Shaw Branch, and
Honker Bay.

Family CATOSTOMIDAE
Carpiodes cyprinus (Lesueur ), quillback
One specimen collected by seining in Barnes Hollow Creek.
Ictiobus bubalus ( Rafinesque ), smallmouth buffalo
One specimen collected by hand along the shore of Honker Bay.
Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque), golden redhorse
Common in seine collections in Shaw Branch and Barnes Hollow Creek.
Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque), spotted sucker
Common in electrofishing collections in Energy Lake and Beechy Creek.
Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur), hog sucker
One specimen collected by hand in Beechy Creek.
Catostomus commersoni (Lacépéde), white sucker
Common in electrofishing collections in Beechy Creek and Crooked Creek.
Erimyzon oblongus (Mitchill), creek chubsucker
Rare. Collected by seining and electrofishing in Barnes Hollow Creek and
Crooked Creek.
Family ICTALURIDAE
Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque), channel catfish
Common in hook and line and trotline collections in Energy Lake, Honker Bay,
and Pisgah Bay.
Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque), black bullhead
Abundant in seine and hook and line collections in Barnes Hollow Creek,
Beechy Creek, Energy Lake, and Honker Bay.
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur), yellow bullhead
Common in hook and line, seine, and electrofishing collections in Donaldson
Creek, Beechy Creek, Energy Lake, and Honker Bay; collected by hook and
line in Pisgah Bay.
Pylodictis olivaris (Rafinesque), flathead catfish
Collected by hook and line in Honker Bay.

Family AMBLYOPSIDAE
Chologaster agassizi Putnam, spring cavefish
Sighted in Ferguson Spring by William M. Clay.
Family APHREDODERIDAE
Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams), pirate perch
Common in seine collections in Barnes Hollow Creek and Crooked Creek.
Family CYPRINODONTIDAE

Fundulus olivaceus (Storer), blackspotted topminnow
Common in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek,
Crooked Creek, and Ferguson Spring.

Family POECILIIDAE

Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard ), mosquitofish
Abundant in seine collections in Barnes Hollow Creek, Crooked Creek, and
Beechy Creek.

Family ATHERINIDAE

Labidesthes sicculus (Cope), brook silverside
Abundant in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek,
Crooked Creek, Beechy Creek, and Honker Bay.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 (ws

Family PERCICHTHYIDAE

Morone mississippiensis Jordan and Eigenmann, yellow bass
Abundant in gill net collections in Honker Bay; rare in seine collections in
Barnes Hollow Creek.

Morone chrysops (Rafinesque ), white bass
Rare. Collected by gillnetting and seining in Honker Bay and hook and line
in Pisgah Bay.

Family CENTRARCHIDAE

Micropterus dolomieui Lacépéde, smallmouth bass
One specimen collected by hook and line in Honker Bay.

Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque), spotted bass
Common in hook and line, seining, and electrofishing collections in Beechy
Creek, Little River, Honker Bay, Crooked Creek, and Pisgah Bay.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde), largemouth bass h
Commonly collected by hook and line in Barnes Hollow Creek, Energy Lake,
Honker Bay, and Pisgah Bay.

Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque, bluegill
Abundant in gill net, seine, electrofishing, and hook and line collections in
Barnes Hollow Creek, Beechy Creek, Little River, Energy Lake, and Honker
Bay; collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque, green sunfish
Common in seine and electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek, Beechy
Creek, and Crooked Creek; collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque ), longear sunfish
Abundant in hook and line, seine, and electrofishing collections in Barnes
Hollow Creek, Crooked Creek, Energy Lake, Honker Bay, Shaw Branch, and
Little River. Collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Lepomis microlophus (Giinther ), redear sunfish
Rare. Collected by seining in Little River.

Lepomis humilis (Girard), orangespotted sunfish
Rare. Collected by seining in Little River.

Lepomis gulosus (Cuvier), warmouth
Rare. Collected by hook and line in Honker Bay.

Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque, white crappie
Common in seine collections in Barnes Hollow Creek, Little River, Energy
Lake and Honker Bay; collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Pomoxis nigromaculatus (Lesueur ), black crappie
Rare. Collected in Honker Bay by seining; collected in Beechy Creek and
Little River by seining and electrofishing; collected in Pisgah Bay by hook
and line.

Family PERCIDAE

Percina caprodes (Rafinesque ), logperch
Rare. Collected in Little River by seining.
Etheostoma caeruleum Storer, rainbow darter
Rare. Collected in Little River by seining.
Etheostoma spectabile (Agassiz), orangethroat darter
Common in seine and electrofishing collections in Beechy Creek.
Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan, spottail Garter
Abundant in seine and electrofiishing collections in Beechy Creek and Crooked
Creek.
Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill), walleye
Collected by hook and line in Pisgah Bay.

Family COTTIDAE

Cottus carolinae (Gill), banded sculpin
Abundant in electrofishing collections in Barnes Hollow Creek, Beechy Creek,
and Donaldson Creek.

78 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Table 1
Comparison of present day records with those records as listed in Woolman (1892)

L. Barkley Cumberland R. Kentucky L. Tenn. River
(Woolman, 1892 ) (Woolman, 1892)

Acipenser fulvescens Rafinesque

as A. rubicundus Lesueur
Amia calva L.
Lepisosteus oculatus (Winchell )
Lepisosteus osseus (L.)
Lepisosteus

platostomus Rafinesque
Alosa chrysochloris (Rafinesque )
Dorosoma cepedianum (Lesueur )
Dorosoma petenense (Ginther )
Hiodon alosoides ( Rafinesque )
Esox americanus

vermiculatus Lesueur
Esox niger Lesueur
Cyprinus carpio L.
Notemigonus

cryoleucas ( Mitchill ) X — os =
Notropis

atherinoides Rafinesque X
Notropis cornutus

chrysocephalus (Rafinesque) X
Notropis megalops (Rafinesque) —
Notropis jejunus (Forbes) —
Notropis umbratilis (Girard ) X
Notropis whipplei (Girard ) —
Campostoma

anomalum (Rafinesque ) D4
Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz -
Hybopsis storeriana ( Kirtland ) _
Semotilus

atromaculatus (Mitchill )
Rhinichthys atratulus (Hermann )
Pimephales vigilax (Baird and

Girard) as Cliola vigilax

Baird and Girard
Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque )
Opsopeodus emiliae (Hay )
Carpiodes cyprinus (Lesueur )
Carpiodes velifer Rafinesque

as C. difformis Cope
Ictiobus bubalus (Rafinesque )
Catostomus

commersoni (Lacépéde )
Cycleptus elongatus ( Lesueur )
Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur )
Erimyzon oblongus (Mitchill)
Moxostoma duquesnei (Lesueur )
Moxostoma

erythrurum (Rafinesque )
Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque )

X _ X

A |

amas | MM | |
| A |
|
|

Anes Ml Mel OK
| |
~~ Pa

ws
rw |
|
|

|
|
ms

wml *K |
1 x1
| oil
mw! |

ms

| Kw l aM I
ml wx |

|

|

rs

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 79

Table 1—(continued)

L. Barkley

Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque )
Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque )
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur )
Pylodictis olivaris (Rafinesque )
Chologaster agassizi Putnam
Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams )
Fundulus olivaceus (Storer )

as Zygonectes

notatus Rafinesque
Fundulus catenatus ( Storer )
Gambusia affinis

(Baird and Girard )

as Gambusia patreulis

Baird and Girard
Labidesthes sicculus (Cope)
Moroneé mississippiensis

Jordan and Figenmann
Morone chrysops ( Rafinesque )
Micropterus dolomieui Lacépéde
Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde )
Micropterus

punctulatus (Rafinesque )
Lepomis macrochirus

Rafinesque as Lepomis

pallidus (Mitchill )
Lepomis cyanellus ( Rafinesque )
Lepomis megalotis (Ginther )
Lepomis microlophus (Girard )
Lepomis humilis ( Girard )
Lepomis gulosus (Cuvier)
Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque
Pomoxis nigromaculatus (Lesueur )
Stizostedion

vitreum (Mitchill)
Percina caprodes ( Rafinesque )

as Etheostoma

caprodes ( Rafinesque )
Percina maculata (Girard )

as Etheostoma aspro

(Cope and Jordan)
Etheostoma caeruleum Storer
Etheostoma nigrum (Rafinesque )
Etheostoma pellucidum Baird
Percina phoxocephala (Nelson)

as Etheostoma

phoxocephalum Nelson
Etheostoma shumardi (Girard )
Etheostoma spectabile ( Agassiz )
Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan
Aplodinotus

grunniens Rafinesque
Cottus carolinae (Gill)

X

Xx
Xx
x
X

|

~ KKM KM

PA PM PS PS DM Dd

Ar KM

Cumberland R. Kentucky L. Tenn. River

Woolman, 1892 )

rv Ps

raioa

xX PX |

bia &)

wm MX |

| | pA PS

nw Me |

(Woolman, 1892)

80 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

LITERATURE CITED

Evermann, B. W. 1918. The fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee: A distributional
catalogue of the known species. Bull. Bur. Fish. 35:295-368.

Miller, R. J. 1968. Speciation in the common shiner: An alternate view. Copeia
1968: 642-647.

Rafinesque, C. S. 1820. Ichthyologica Ohioensis, or Natural History of Fishes
Inhabiting the River Ohio and Its Tributary Streams. Lexington, Ky., 90 pp.

Resh, V. H., R. D. Hoyt, and S. E. Neff. 1971. The status of the common shiner,
Notropis cornutus chrysocephalus (Rafinesque) in Kentucky. Proc. 95th Ann.
Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm.

Sisk, M. E. 1969a. The fishes of West Kentucky. 1. Fishes of Clark’s River. Trans.
Ky. Acad. Sci. 30:54-59.

Sisk, M. E. 1969b. The fishes of West Kentucky II. The fishes of Obion Creek.
Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 30:60-68.

Woolman, A. J. 1892. Report of an examination of the rivers of Kentucky, with
lists of the fishes obtained. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1890:249-288.

Received: September 4, 1972. Accepted: October 2, 1972.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 81

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

THE FIFTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE, MOREHEAD STATE UNIVERSITY, MOREHEAD, KENTUCKY

November 8 and 4, 1972

Host: Dr. John C. Philley
Associate Professor of Geoscience
Department of Geoscience
Morehead State University

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING

The annual business meeting was called to order at 11:10 am. (EST) in
Room 129, Lappin Hall, Morehead State University, Morehead, Kentucky, on
November 4, 1972, by President Louis A. Krumholz. About 70 members were
present.

Rudolph Prins, Secretary, moved that the minutes of the 1971 Annual
Business Meeting as published in the Transactions Vol. 32 (3-4), 1971, be
approved. Motion carried.

Wayne Hoffman, Treasurer, submitted the following report for the period
January 14, 1972 to October 25, 1972:

Money Transferred from former Treasurer: $1,427.38

RECEIPTS:

INST) SYST Gy DIVE Si see et ge ae ee Oe $1,290.00

TRVESOTHIDIS, Ce ecto uc en HES uco Soe Re acece BEREEE CE eR Coa eC Ree CeCe rE 281.50

Transaction Subscriptions ............c.seccccccssesssecssscssssecscccctecsenes 165.00

University of Louisville Purchase of Transaction ................ 150.00

Miscellaneous yi ee Pa Uh eta oi ME Ue ee ee 5.00 1,891.50
$3,318.88

DISBURSEMENTS:

Melee tom AAAS betes. Utes ocd Meee hcl ake desea sa huneteocswedaseeat 194.54

ANTTRSAYSUIO NS fee ore aes cerca eee ror ere eee cee Cee eee eee 2,003.75

AE NIG eLen RE@ SESW este Yas eR coisa) sia eos Ale canes emetic ag, 86.76

(Supplies for officers of Academy )

(Evecienracloweens. ate tien, seh eotnl bokeh dee Ml uae, bee 14.00

“LETROVD) NUS, Seo A Re Se oe PP ee) ea 76.37

Samronesteaclemy: Of iKsAL Sc eihs choi .cih sec Seenect es. csee tee 150.00

NISC CMATICOUSION ates. cote eto FIG hk sew adl sx NN aie ok 120 2,526.62
$ 792.26

ashy G@itizens' National Barbi sis.25).)cess es eotkes eibiscsctodesdssstenrsitorsssceess $ 792.26

Savings Account—Lexington Federal Savings & Loam .........c:ccccccesseesseeeees 1,022.48

Thomas Hunt Morgan Fund—First Federal Savings & Loan ............:.000++- 157.37

AUG MNO SETS, Les. eh ehh wert, ARM cat do. tiene Boke. Sacuaat. $1,972.11

The report was accepted.

Dr. Krumholz then announced, for information purposes, that the Executive
Committee approved the transfer of Academy funds to a bank closer to the
residence of the treasurer—in this case, from Lexington to Bowling Green.

Gordon Wilson, 1972 Chairman of the Board of Directors, presented a
report on activities of the board. He said the board has been inactive in 1972
except for reviewing some past objectives relative to the raising of money for
the Academy.

Attention then turned to reports from standing committees.

82 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Rudolph Prins, reporting for Karl Hussung, Chairman of the Membership
Committee, who was absent, referred the members to the October Newsletter in
which membership was broken down into numbers, by sections. Total member-
ship was 469. However, it was pointed out that approximately 70 of these were
being dropped, as of November, for lack of payment of dues. Dr. Prins also
explained that the membership has been separated by interest sections. Names
of individuals in each section were sent to sectional Chairmen. Sectional Chairmen
were urged to use the lists to promote membership in their respective sections.
Closer communication will be maintained between the secretary and sectional
officers to keep the officers abreast of changes of membership in their sections.

Marvin Russell, chairman of the committee on Legislation, reported that his
committee has been attempting to elevate the stature of the K.A.S. in the eyes of
legislators, to enhance the influence of the Academy in legislative matters of
concern to scientists in Kentucky.

Dr. Russell also discussed how, at the request of the Executive Committee,
he is attempting to develop a committee to deal with serious issues. When he
assumes the Presidency of the K.A.S. he proposes to appoint an Ad Hoc Committee
to deal with these issues, in turn coordinating with the Committee on Legislation
and ultimately to filter outcomes of deliberations to the Resolutions Committee
where issues could become resolutions. The role of the Resolutions Committee
would thereby be expanded to include serious issues as well as the traditional
“Thank You” resolutions.

Donald Batch, chairman of the A.A.A.S. awards Committee, recommended
two recipients this year. There were 6 applicants for the award which amounted
to a total of $128.00 in 1972.

1. Joseph T. Collins, Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas,
Lawrence, $78.00 to study “Head scutellation variation of Carphophis
amoenus (worm snake) in Kentucky, as correlated with soil and
physiography.”

Ward Rudersdorf, Department of Biological Science, Eastern Kentucky
University, $50.00 to study “Winter nesting of Mute Swans.”

bo

There being no dissenting comments, Dr. Krumholz accepted the Committee’s
recommendation.

William Wagner, Editor of the Transactions commented that Vol. 33 (3-4)
was nearly completed and encouraged members who would be willing to referee
papers to write to him. The Publications Committee has been discussing the
feasibility of a monograph series but recommendations for Executive Committee
action have not been formulated to date.

Rudolph Prins reported for Emest O. Beal, Chairman of the Audit Com-
mittee, who was absent. The Committee certified as accurate the financial records
of the Treasurer, summarized above in the Treasurer’s report, and provided nine
exhibits to verify the records. An especially thorough audit was made this year
because, for the first time in many years, the financial records were passed on
to a new Treasurer. The Committee also recommended that the books of the
K.A.S. be closed and audited at least 30 days prior to each annual scheduled
meeting of the K.A.S. The complete report of the audit committee will be
permanently filed in the Secretary's Book. Dr. Krumholz accepted the report with
thanks to the Committee.

The K.A.S. representative to the A.A.A.S., Branley Branson, presented a
report on some recent changes and near future potential changes in the re-
organization of the Constitution of the A.A.A.S. These changes very likely will
affect the K.A.S. in that the K.A.S. representative will not necessarily represent
the K.A.S. directly to the A.A.A.S. Rather ,a regional representative (not neces-
sarily the Kentucky representative ) will perform this duty. The number of members
on the A.A.A.S. Council may be reduced from 540 to 100.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 83

The reorganizational process is complicated and final action has not been
taken to date (may not until some time in 1973-1974). This report was therefore
basically for information purposes and was accepted as such.

Herbert Leopold reported on the affairs of the Junior Academy in the absence
of the Director, William Martin. Information in the report included: 1. Total
assets for 1971-1972 amounted to $797.19. Balance on hand as of October 31,
1972 amounted to $188.48. 2. A Fall Conference will be held at Western Ken-
tucky University on November 11, 1972. 3. A Spring Symposium (rather than the
traditional Fair) is being planned. 4. A concerted effort is underway to encourage
greater numbers of High Schools to associate with the K.J.A.S. 5. Finally, a plea
was made for money and ways and means to obtain donations on a regular basis.

Since there was no old business, Dr. Krumholz next turned to new business
and requested Jerry Howell of Morehead to report on matters dealing with a
proposed list of rare or endangered species in Kentucky. Dr. Howell yielded the
floor to Mr. William H. Casey of the Soil Conservation Service who, very briefly,
provided the following report:

There is a need to identify rare and endangered plant and animal species in
Kentucky, to develop a list of these organisms, and to attempt to provide recom-
mendations on how to protect these organisms and means by which to detect
potentially endangered species. Mr. Glen Murray presented a paper to two
sections in the morning outlining problems, needs, and possible ways to handle
the problems and needs, and pledged the support of the Soil Conservation Service.
The hope was expressed that the K.A.S. would consider forming a committee to
begin to develop such a list. Dr. Krumholz stated that this item was to be placed
on a near future agenda of an Executive Committee Meeting. Since a resolution
concerning this matter was to be presented later (Resolution B), Dr. Krumholz
referred to additional new items of business, thanking Mr. Casey for his report.

Dr. Krumholz displayed a copy of the newly published brochure and en-
couraged members to use these to promote membership in the academy.

Dr. Krumholz then asked the membership for opinions regarding the
question whether or not presentors of papers at the Annual Meetings should be
members of the K.A.S. Charles Covell moved that: papers submitted for presenta-
tion at Annual Meetings be restricted to members; in case of multiple author-
ships, at least one must be a member. The motion was seconded by Branley
Branson. Immediately, Thomas Coohill moved to amend the motion to state that:
a member may be allowed to sponsor a non-member to present a paper. Dr.
Krumholz ruled that Dr. Coohill’s amendment was to substantive and declared
it out of order. After much discussion, the vote was taken and the main motion
was carried by about a 5-vote margin.

Dr. Coohill then resurrected his amendment, in the words presented above,
as a motion. The motion carried.

H. H. LaFuze, member of the Resolutions Committee, then presented five
resolutions for consideration individually, in the absence of William Day, Chairman
of the Committee. The resolutions are listed below in the order of consideration
and in the form that they were all accepted by the members present.

RESOLUTIONS

Whereas, Morehead State University has so graciously served as the Host
Institution for the Fifty-eighth Annual Meeting of the Kentucky Academy of
Science; and

Whereas, Dr. John C. Philley and other Morehead personnel have labored
diligently to make this meeting a success; and

Whereas, Morehead State University under the presidency of Dr. Adorn Doran
is now celebrating its Golden Anniversary year; now

84

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

Therefore, be it resolved, that the Academy express its appreciation and offer
its congratulations to Morehead State University and the above individuals,
and that the Secretary be instructed to so inform them.

Whereas, the Kentucky Academy of Science recognizes that there is nation-

wide concern for the plight of many plant and animal species that are now

rare or threatened with extinction; and

Whereas, no list of rare or enuangered plant and animal species has been

developed specifically for Kentucky; and

Whereas, such a list, together with knowledge of the distribution and habitat

requirements of the plants and animals on it, is essential to the protection and

preservation of such species; and

Whereas, the membership of the Kentucky Academy of Science is composed

of scientists and other professional people who are eminently qualified to

assess the status of the state’s flora and fauna; and

Whereas, the Kentucky Academy of Science recognizes the need for co-

ordinated effort by scientists, educational institutions, private foundations or

museums, professional societies, governmental agencies, and other informed

people to develop an action program for the protection and preservation of

rare or endangered species; now

Therefore, be it resolved, that the Kentucky Academy of Science will take

appropriate action to:

(1) Prepare a list of the state’s rare or endangered plant and animal species.

(2) Describe the measures needed to preserve the habitat of these species.

(3) Develop a monitoring program that will provide advance warning of
actions or disturbances that might further endanger these species so
necessary protective actions can be taken.

Whereas, the Kentucky Academy of Science is a society founded to promote
the interests of science; and

Whereas, the education in science of our youth must therefore be a continuing
concern to the Academy; and

Whereas, the training of science teachers is a vital concern to the education
of our youth; and

Whereas, there has been no recent evaluation of the certification requirements
of science teachers, particularly with respect to the new interdisciplinary
courses now being taught; now

Therefore, be it resolved, that The President of the Kentucky Academy of
Science should appoint an ad hoc Committee on Science Teacher Certification.
This committee should have suitable representation from Science related
disciplines. The said committee should review present certification require-
ments of all science teachers and, especially, the requirements to certify
teachers of inderdisciplinary science courses. This committee should report
its findings to the Academy during the fall meeting, 1973. At the same time,
this committee should make recommendations for action, if any, to the
Academy at that time.

Whereas the Kentucky Academy of Science has a vital interest in the quality
of public higher education in Kentucky, both undergraduate and post-graduate,
not only in the sciences but in other disciplines, and

Whereas the Council on Public Higher Education has been charged with the
duty and power to set basic policy in public higher education in the Common-
wealth, and

Whereas the current membership of the Council reflects a disproportionately
large representation of the professions, i.e., medicine and law, relative to
other disciplines; now

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 85

Therefore, be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science urges the
Governor, in making future appointments to the Council on Public Higher
Education, to achieve a better balance in the representation of all academic

fields.

Whereas, the Kentucky Academy of Science recognizes the responsibility of
its membership to provide expert counsel to the Commonwealth in matters
pertaining to the identification of opportunities, needs, and the solution of
state problems in the area of science and technology; and

Whereas, the means to assist state government and the governor is presently
limited by the lack of regularized communication between the Academy and
the Kentucky Science and Technology Commission; and

Whereas interaction of the scientific community and commissions of science
and technology have proven their worth in other states; now

Therefore, be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science affirms the
need for the Kentucky Science and Technology Commission and requests its
chairman to arrange for periodic meetings with designated representatives of
the Academy.

Dr. Krumholz then yielded the floor to Gordon Wilson, Chairman of the
Nominating Committee, who presented the slate of nominees for offices as follows:

Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University, President-Elect

Rex Knowles, Centre College, Vice President

Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University, Secretary

Wayne Hoffman, Western Kentucky University, Treasurer

Charles Payne, Morehead State University, Board of Directors to 1976
(4-year term )

Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University, Board of Directors to 1976
(4-year term)

Branley Branson, A.A.A. representative for 1973 and 1974 (2-year term)

Charles Covell moved to elect those nominees by acclamation. Motion carried
and Dr. Kumholz ordered the Secretary to declare the nominees elected by
acclamation.

Responding to the President’s enquiry as to whether there was any further
business to come before the Academy, Dr. Frank Six recommended: 1) that the
Executive Committee consider means by which to extend the length of the annual
meetings to afford more casual time and lattitude for participants to attend paper
sessions. A straw vote showed that the majority of the members present favored
the idea of longer meetings. 2) that the membership committee consider sending
letters to Mathematics Department Heads in the State to enquire if there is any
interest among Kentucky mathematicians to create a Mathematics Section in the
Academy.

Dr. Krumholz terminated his duties as the 1972 President of the K.A.S. by
expressing appreciation to members and officers of the K.A.S. for the cooperation
he received and for the opportunity to get better acquainted with the membership.

The gavel was then turned over to the new K.A.S. President, Dr. Marvin
Russell, Dean of the Ogden College of Science and Technology, Western Kentucky
University. He accepted the challenge and responsibility of th office and resolved
to work hard and effectively on programs that have been initiated recently and
that hopefully will be implemented in the near future. Dr. Russell praised Dr.
Krumholz for initiating many of the programs that are before the academy and
for his concern over the future of the organization. Dr. Russell stated that he will
visit around the State to talk with members in order to ascertain what, in fact,
the goals and aims of the K.A.S. should be.

Dr. Rex Knowles then moved for adjournment. The motion carried and the
1972 Annual Business Meeting adjourned at 12:50 (EST).

Rudolph Prins, Secretary

86

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

PROGRAM

Friday, November 3, 1972

P.M.

4:00- 7:00 REGISTRATION, Third Floor Lobby,

Adron Doran University Center

4:00- 5:00 STANDING COMMITTEE MEETINGS, Lappin Hall

—Membership Committee: Room 101B
—Legislation Committee: Room 122
—Distribution of AAS Funds: Room 121
—Publications Committee: Room 126
—Nominations Committee: Room 105

5:15- 6:15 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE & SECTION CHAIRMEN MEETING

U. N. Room, Third Floor, Adron Doran University Center

4:00- 6:00 COFFEE HOUR

Cornucopia Room, Lappin Hall, Room 128

7:00- 9:00 GOLDEN ANNIVERSARY BANQUET

Ballroom, Adron Doran University Center

—Presiding: Dr. Louis A. Krumholz,

President Kentucky Academy of Science
—Invocation: Dr. David R. Cutts, Morehead State University
—Welcome: Dr. Adron Doran, President Morehead State University
—Speaker: Dr. Justin W. Leonard,

Department of Natural Resources, University of Michigan
—Topic: “Man and His Environment”

9:30-11:30 HOSPITALITY HOUR, Holiday Inn

9:00
9:50
10:15

P.M.
1:30

8:15
8:30

8:45

9:00

SECTION MEETINGS

(Times indicated are AM, except where noted )
November 4, 1972

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION
Room 121, Lappin Hall
Cara Richards, Chairman

Carla Lowenberg, Secretary

Primitive Man and His Physical Environment: The Lesson from Lithics.
Michael B. Collins

Election of new officers

Phenomenology of Nature and Empirical Anthropology. Edward J. Emery

Panel Discussion on the FUTURE OF MAN/LAND RELATIONSHIPS.
Joint session with Sociology -

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION
Room 126, Lappin Hall
Harold E. Eversmeyer, Chairman
Joe E. Winstead, Secretary

Election of Officers

The Influence of Benzimidozole on the Growth of the Gametophyte of
Dryopteris felix-mas. Joan Shade and James J. Dyar, Ballarmine College
Factors Affecting the Radiosensitivity of Deciduous Tree Seed and Seed-
lings. Margaret B. Heaslip, Morehead State University

Arrangement of D-Stomates on the Leaf of Ilex crenata var. convexa.
George W. Fedrick, Béllarmine College

9:15
9:30

9:45
10:00
10:15
10:30

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 87

Computer Simulation of D. Stomates on the Leaf of Ilex crenata var.
convexa. Robert W. Korn, Bellarmine College

A Computer Model for Monolayer Plant Tissues. Richard Spalding, Bellar-
mine College

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

A Relict Hardwood Forest in Barren County, Kentucky. Chris K. Bougher
and Joe E. Winstead, Western Kentucky University

Species Diversity: Changes Along a Small Stream. Craig A. Zimmerman,
Centre College of Kentucky

A List of Exterminated, Rare and Endangered Plant Species of the Red
River Gorge. Johnnie B. Varner, Harrison County High School

A Proposal for Protecting Rare or Endangered Plants and Animals in Ken-
tucky. Glen E. Murray, U. S. Soil Conservation Service

CHEMISTRY SECTION
Room 129, Lappin Hall
Verne A. Simon, Chairman
Howard Powell, Secretary

Sectional business meeting and election of officers.

Synthesis of some Derivatives of Naphto[1,2-C]-[1,2,5] Selenadiazole.
David P. Moore and Walter T. Smith, Jr., Southeastern Christian College
and The University of Kentucky.

Ketone/Pyrolylborane—Condensations. Clifford D. Miller, Department of
Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University.

Cis-trans Isomerization in the Phenylazopyridines. G. Richard Granneman
and Ellis V. Brown, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky.
The Synthesis of 5,7-Diisopropyl-8-Hydroxyquinoline and 5-sec-buty]-8-
hydroxyquinoline in Acid Medium. James D. Searcy and Charles A. Payne,
Department of Chemistry, Morehead State University.

Coffee

The Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectra of o-Hydroxymethylphenyl-
phenylethanols. Sharad Draramshi and Victor Bandall, Department of
Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University.

Thermal Analysis of Lanthanide Fluoro-£- diketonates. Henry E. Francis
and William F. Wagner, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky.
The Low Temperature Catalytic Oxidation of Carbon Monoxide. William
G. Lloyd and Donald R. Rowe, Western Kentucky University.

GEOGRAPHY SECTION
East Room, Adron Doran University Center
David Irwin, Chairman

Wilfred Bladen, Secretary
Election of Officers
The Evolution of Small Population Centers Along the Chesapeake & Ohio
Railroad and U.S. 60 in Northeastern Kentucky. Robert Gould, Morehead
State University.
Wheatley, Kentucky, A Microstudy in Settlement Geography. C. M. Dupier,
Cumberland College.
An Analysis of Land Values in Bowling Green, Kentucky. James Frymark,
Lexington-Fayette County Planning Commission.
A Rationale for The Revision of Mobile Home Ordinances for Lexington-
Fayette County, Kentucky. T. P. Field, University of Kentucky.
Applications of Aerial Photography in Studies of Industrial Sites in The
Ohio-Tennessee Confluence Area. William Smith, Murray State University.
The Development of The Computer Atlas of Kentucky. Phillip Phillips,
University of Kentucky.

88

9:36

9:47
10:05

10:16
10:27

10:38

10:49

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

The Development of The Commercial Catfish Farming Industry in The
Southeast. Gary C. Cox, Morehead State University.

Coffee Break

Computer Presentation of Geographic Data. The Use of SYMVU to Portray
Innovation Adoption. Ronald Garst, University of Kentucky.

Vertical Geography. Sanford Hendrickson, Murray State University.
Modes of Transportation in A Middle Ganges City: The Case of Monghyr.
S. Reza Ahsan, Western Kentucky University.

Lusaka, Zambia: An Example of Primary Business District Eccentricity.
John Snaden, Western Kentucky University.

Recent Urban Evolution in Southeast Asia. W. A. Withington, University
of Kentucky.

GEOLOGY SECTION
Room 113, Lappin Hall
Howard Schwalb, Chairman
John C. Philley, Secretary

Election of Officers

Origin, Distribution, and Physical and Chemical Properties of Unconsoli-
dated Chert in Pike County, Illinois. James Cobb, Eastern Kentucky
University.

Variations in Quality and Constituents of the Mulford #9 Coal in the
Western Kentucky Coal Field. Allen Williamson, Kentucky Geological
Survey.

A Study of the Heavy-Metals Content of the Kentucky River. Barry M.
Faulkner, Eastern Kentucky University.

A Preliminary Report on the Almont Graben, Gunison County, Colorado.
S. Judson May, Eastern Kentucky University.

What is Coal? Gilbert E. Smith, Kentucky Geological Survey.

The Pre-Knox Sequence and its Relation to the Precambrian Subsurface
Topography in Eastern Kentucky. Robert S. Goble, Eastern Kentucky
University.

Middle Devonian Stratigraphy and Bone Beds on the East side of the
Cincinnati Arch in Kentucky. James E. Conkin, University of Louisville.
Barbara M. Conkin, Jefferson Community College. Zelek Lipchinsky,
Berea College.

PHYSICS SECTION
Room 105, Lappin Hall
Louis M. Beyer, Chairman
Jerry Faughn, Secretary

Undergraduate Physics at Morehead State University. R. M. Brengelman,
Morehead State University.

Mossbauer Effect in Lead, Nickel, Zinc, and Calcium Ferrocyanides. L.
Brun, L. Busse and Sr. M. C. Madden. Thomas More College.

Computer Fit and Plotting of Mossbauer Data. R. Livingston, M. Stampe
and D. Boyle. Thomas More College.

A Velocity Stepper for Constant Velocity Mossbauer System. K. Muething
and D. Boyle. Thomas More College.

Computer Modeling in the Undergraduate Physics Laboratory. J. Lang.
Thomas More College.

The Orbital Motions of the Trojan Asteroids. D. Uckotter and J. Lang.
Thomas More College.

A Comparison of the Presentations of College Physical Science. D. Boyle.
Thomas More College.

EPR of the Vanadyl Ion in Solution. D. E. Munninghoff and G. K Miner.
Thomas More College.

9:40
9:50
10:00

10:10
10:20

10:30
10:40
10:50
11:00
11:10
11:20
11:30

11:50

9:00

10:00
10:15

8:15
8:30

8:45

9:00
9:15

9:30
9:45

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 89

The Advanced Classical Physics Laboratory at Eastern Kentucky Univer-
sity. J. S. Faughn. Eastern Kentucky University.

Using the Computer in an Open Lab. C. D. Teague and J. C. Mahr.
Eastern Kentucky University.

Establishmen of a Graduate Student Referral Center. C. E. Laird. Eastern
Kentucky University.

A Humanistic Approach to Science. J. L. Roeder. Transylvania University.
Study of Nuclear Levels Through Use of Isobaric Analog Resonances.
F. D. Snyder and B. D. Kern. University of Kentucky.

Lifetime Measurements in the Range From 5 to 100 Nanoseconds. F. D.
McDaniel and F. D. Snyder. University of Kentucky.

A New Technique for Measurement of Nuclear Excitation Energies.
F. Gabbard. University of Kentucky.

A Model for Thermoluminescence of Ruby. W. Scates and W. Buckman.
Western Kentucky University.

Thermoluminescence Response of Some Aluminum Oxide Crystals to UV
Radiation. L. Wells and W. Buckman, Western Kentucky University.

A Luminosity Discriminant for Red Giants and Supergiants. A. Waw-
rukiewicz and S. Sharpless. Western Kentucky University.

Foundational Problems in Physical Theory. J. B. Kizer. Scioto County,
Ohio PA/VR Project.

Report from the KAPT Educational Advisory Committee. T. M. George.
Eastern Kentucky University.

Business Meeting. L. M. Beyer. Murray State University.

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS, PHARMACOLOGY
Room 101A, Lappin Hall
Bertram Peretz, Chairman
H. A. Leopold, Secretary

Special Lecture—Behavioral and EEG effects in the cat resulting from
systemic and amygdaloid stimulation with d-amphetamine sulfate during
a visual discrimination task. Richard L. Miller, Ph.D., Psychology Dept.,
Western Kentucky University.

Coffee Break

Sectional Business Meeting:

(1) Consideration of Proposed Changes in the Format of this KAS Section
(2) Election of Officers

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
West Room Adron Doran University Center
Edward S. Rosenbluh, Chairman
Frederick M. Brown, Secretary

Election of Officers for 1972-73.

Behavioral Treatment of Test Anxiety. Bernard Segal (Read by Clarence
Weathers), Murray State University.

Establishment of a Conditioned Paced-Aversion in the Rat with a 24-Hour
CS-US Interval. Frank Etscorn and Richard Miller, Western Kentucky
University.

The Organization Ability of the Learning-Disabled Child. Rex H. Knowles,
Centre College.

The Life Satisfaction of Non-Normal People. Paul Cameron, University of
Louisville.

Coffee Break.

Assessment of Assertiveness: A Psychometric Approach. David V. Myers,
J. Thomas Muehleman, and B. Thomas, Murray State University.

90

10:00
10:15

10:30

8:15
8:30

9:00
9:30
10:00
10:30

10:45

8:15
8:30

8:45

9:00
9:15

9:30

P.M.
1:30

8:00
8:15

8:30
8:45

9:00
9:30

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972

The Effects of the Pyramid: Besides Sharpening Razors, What Implications
for Behavior? Kay Hutton and Walter Tapp, Centre College.

A Psychometric Look at Women’s Rights. Richard D. Kahoe, Georgetown
College.

Geophysics, Physiologic, and Psychologic Factors Present in Apparently
Successful Instances of Telepathy. Frederick M. Brown, Walter Tapp, and
Kay Hutton, Centre College.

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION
Room 122, Lappin Hall
Doris K. Mouser, Chairman
R. H. Barker, Secretary

Election of Officers.

Environmental Education Experiences. Shaw Blankenship, Title 111,
Region 6.

Science Support and Science Orientation of College Students in Kentucky.
George Miller, University of Louisville.

An Evaluation of Independent Study Projects in Physics. George Minor,
Thomas More College.

A Study of Content Development in Secondary Biology Classes. B. J.
Stoess, Eastern Kentucky University.

An Environmental Information Dissemination Program for Eastern Ken-
tucky. Jerry F. Howell, Jr., Morehead State University.

An Environmental Science Degree Program for Morehead State University.
Jerry F. Howell, Jr., Morehead State University.

SOCIOLOGY SECTION
Room 101B, Lappin Hall
Richard F. Armstrong, Chairman
Amiya K. Mohanty, Secretary

Election of Officers.

Social Factors in Aspiration Level. James De Burger. University of
Louisville.

The Rat’s Short, Spectacular Career as a Social Problem: The Politics of
Environmental Quality. Craig Taylor. Western Kentucky University.
Self-Hatred Among Minorities. Hwa-bao Chang. Morehead State University.
Alienation et al.: What Do They Mean? Joseph Donnermeyer. University
of Kentucky.

Man and His Social Environment. Panel Discussion. James Wittman,
Western Kentucky University. Richard Reser, Morehead State University.
Richard Armstrong, Eastern Kentucky University.

Panel Discussion on the Future of Man/Land relationships. Joint session
with Anthropology Section. To be held in Room 121, Lappin Hall.

ZOOLOGY SECTION

SESSION A. Room 130, Lappin Hall—J. Hill Hamon, presiding
DDT-Dehydrochlorinase in DDT-Susceptible Housefles. Ben T. Feese, J.
Gregory Cooper and Daniel S. Rush, Centre College.

The Occurrence of Leucerutherus Micropteri in Kentucky Fishes. Azygiida:
Trematoda. Sharon Patton, University of Kentucky.

Early Swan Nesting. Ward Rudersdorf, Eastern Kentucky University.
Clarification of Trichinella Spiralis (Nematoda) life cycle terminology.
John P. Harley, Eastern Kentucky University.

Coffee Break.

Sectional Business Meeting.

10:00
10:15

10:30

8:00
8:15
8:30
8:45
9:00
9:30
10:00
10:15

10:30

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 33, 1972 91

A Proposal for Protecting Rare or Endangered Plants and Animals in
Kentucky. Glen E. Murray, United States Soil Conservation Service.
Cynipid Gall Anatomy and Distribution of the Causal Organism. David
E. Murray, Morehead State University.

Morphologic Alterations in Channel Catfish exposed to Methyl Mercuric
Chloride. Chromic Dietary Administration. David E. Hinton, Charlotte
Pool and Peter Thurman, University of Louisville.

SESSION B. Room 224, Lappin Hall—Rodney Hays, presiding

A Checklist of Adult Digenetic Trematodes from Kentucky Fishes. John V.
Aliff, Georgia College, Milledgeville, Georgia.

An Aerial View of Stripmining Damage Featuring Coal Mining in Kentucky
and Kaolin Mining in Georgia. John V. Aliff, Georgia College.

Status of two Endangered Butterfly Species in Southern Florida. Charles V.
Covell, Jr., University of Louisville.

The Mammals of Pulaski County, Kentucky. David J. Fassler, Somerset
Community College.

Coffee Break.

Joint Sectional Business Meeting.

A Proposal for Protecting Rare or Endangered Plants and Animals in Ken-
tucky. Glen E. Murray, United States Soil Conservation Service.
Dehydration and Kidney mucopolysaccharides in the Rat. Charles E.
Kupchella and John Wilhelmus, Bellarmine College.

Alteration in the absorption of 131I-L-Thyroxine from the small intestine of
the Rat. Sanford L. Jones, Eastern Kentucky University.

speak aN Naan ON
snug aa 0 teat) "at oe

hae Ronen bein
wae freee a
PAs mbieielee

53 an tind } ers pine: Sia Eo rane

iagihe ne Contr ess iat igre 48% racer ay
‘sh: ffeil cll ah Aisghoh't yee tab A (Me 3

sia RS ah Ect ce dT yt ats ntiie dbo
Racy if earl yahoo had? bey erly

“We htt 2. - ue 5 aS), Ai
§ they ‘ ere or
Mi i i, 4 td tj ay
o Veet! ,
5
‘
a ’ ‘
rea
=| 1
a
mh
La
im

INDEX TO VOLUME 33

ACADEMY AFFAIRS, 81
Acer Negundo L., Variation in
Seed Germination, 43
Alfalfa Weevil, Capture of, 71

Aquatic Microecosystem, 1

Bacterial Populations, Wilgreen
Lake, 18

Baker, C: R., 73

Barbour, R. W., 41

Batch, D. L., 33

Blankenship, S., 37

Branson, B. A., 33

Brown, E. V., 64

Butter, J. R., 41

Clear Creek, Fishes, 33
Clay, W. M., 73

Gross, J-.E.,.27
Crockett, D. R., 37
Crum, G. E.,, 71

Brust, C: H:, 41

Fassler, D., 36
Fishes:
Clear Creek,
Rockcastle River, 33
Land Between the Lakes, 73
Freshwater Mussel Fauna, 37

HarleyayjeoR 13

Helminths, of Muskrats, 13
Hoary Bat, Record of, 36

Hoyt, R. D., 27

Hypera Postica (Gyllenhal), 71

Johnson, V., 40

Leung, S., 18
Lin, C., 57

Moser, R. J., 64

Muskrats, Helminths of, 13

Ondatra Z. Zibethica
Miller, 1912, 13

Otero, R. B., 18

Pyridinecarboxylic Acids,
Spectra of, 64

Rana Pipiens, Eggs, Effect of
Temperature and
Photoperiod, 27

Resh, V. H., 73

Rockcastle River, Freshwater
Mussel Fauna, 37

Samsel, Jr., G. L., 1

Spectra, 6-Substituted
2-Pyridinecarboxylic Acids, 64

Sperka, C. L., 40

Spermatozoa, Venus Mercenaria, 57

Thompson, Jr., M. P., 49

Triozocera (Strepsipteria:
Mangeidae), New Record, 40

Turtles, Genus Kinosternon,
Habitat, 41

Upper Lusk Creek, Summer
Vertebrate Fauna, 49

Venus Mercenaria, Spermatozoa, 57
Vertebrate Fauna, List of,
Upper Lusk Creek, 49

Wilgreen Lake, Bacterial
Populations, 18

Williams, R. D., 43

Winstead, J. E., 43

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 33
Nos. 1-4

The Effects of Temperature and Radiation Stress on an
Aquatic Microecosystem
GENE) Li: SAMSEDL, JR.) jcicsccescecstsecessosssesccateqeerts eee it

A Survey of the Helminths of the Muskrat, Ondatra Z.
Zibethica Miller, 1912, in Madison County, Kentucky
JOHN P. HARLEY 5.02. -.25i8.-:c0c.c.ectsdsscecevctesscaceess see ae eee 13

Some Observations on Bacterial Populations in Wilgreen Lake
Madison, Kentucky
R: BeOTERO and ‘SS; LEUNG. «........cccccccceeticse eee econ eee 18

The Effect of Combined Temperature and Photoperiod on Early
Development rate of Rana Pipiens Eggs
JEFFREY F. CROSS and ROBERT D. HOYT ..............0c:cccssescenness 27

Fishes of Clear Creek, Tributary to Rockcastle River, Kentucky
BRANLEY A. BRANSON and DONALD L. BATCH .................... 33

An Additional Record of the Hoary Bat in Kentucky
DA VID WBVASS STEER OE eccsccsvenceveceecceecccscucceuenees snot aeeeeeeee 36

Changes in the Freshwater Mussell Fauna of the Rockcastle River
at Livingston, Kentucky
SHAW BLANKENSHIP and DAVID R. CROCKETT .................. 37

A New Record of Triozocera (Strepsiptera: Mangeidae) from Kentucky
VICTOR JOHNSON and CHRISTINA L. SPERKA ...........escseeeeee- 40

Habitat Perferences of Two Florida Turtles, Genus Kinosternon
CARL H. ERNST, ROGER W. BARBOUR, and
PAIMIEIS RS BUT Ree esr cec ea cocee ects cena cee eee Al

Population Variation in Seed Germination and Stratification of
Acer Negundo L.
Ro D: WILETAMS ‘and JOE E. WINSTEAD... tre = eee 43

An Annotated List of the Summer Vertebrate Fauna of Upper
Lusk Creek, Pope County, Illinois
MARVIN, BEATE THOMPSON: [Ri --:.-52--:.--scerseeeeueeceeeeeeeenee reer 49

Electron Microscope Study of the Spermatozoa of the Hard-Shelled
Clam Venus Mercenaria (Mollusca) by Negative Staining
CHIECRIUNG ISIN 6 ccckcccccccssesedesveceseces cessed ok ieuetes een setae Reena 57

CONTENTS TO VOLUME 33—Continued

Electronic Absorption Spectra of 6-Substituted 2-Pyridinecarboxylic
Acids. On a Possible Cyclic Structure in Methanol
RUSSELL J. MOSER and ELLIS V. BROWN ......0...0.....cecsceereeoeeee

Capture of the Alfalfa Weevil, Hypera Postica (Gyllenhal),
in Illuminated Sticky Traps
GUAM RIE TS 1 Gr UNI DIR Soar Ae ae ma een a RO enn AOL area ter SD

A Preliminary List of the Fishes of the Land Between the Lakes,
Cumberland and Tennessee River Drainages, Kentucky
VINCENT H. RESH, CLAUDE R. BAKER and
TTT ANU TN bs (i By GRR SR eee Er nan eee eer ene

pO em INVA WAU RUANUIAS) ces vo usa ce scce cate autos oceseveseceesabedesusceesonsetvecersesscedesbceceseces

‘oh irr bv amatcieg 9 Hustle é. ay we Oh
hy pect on wast ert bay ie
1d > plbbanne'é a Sees ned VS Eas

Peat) Mala ines eo

a Laie 5 ; ini in j

ee

ae Tot Ati ey

HRN Me Dat ehh Fa

i VER oe Roe Sra ea fa wiih: a
CAMA ; i Put:
ne) See oud Wa " fn Atigtt: Ble
ae
Bio h i > BGM aibeh au wih sp Ritmo! hy aie ibd i ; ‘
te
4 ; ‘
Saiehig Sere
i 4 { . {
} re rif et an ans’
{ hh
j Sh ES
7) x 5 ‘ i eM, apt ba)
j “ eo pu tot : ‘
} i *\ r i nf
f ‘ aie h oe ij
j eae: et
\ ty M
rh, f
‘ ? ra ae &
? i &?
ie
? [ gt: i n ue 7
i A ; aa Wey f ; if
47 5
ee ’
VEE ES eta i ua ‘
j AY
; a he a
f ie A y Y
ES ea! y c q , i <
; ey ‘
sf my ie
"|
1% A
‘ay Ait)

oy the Ee
ah te

all

Oye

1%) i BN coh
aN f Wenate | ; 4
rad i
io
: Ps
t " Niven is
ee The

ee a ee ee ee ee ge ee

ae Pee ee

Sx a eee

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of

_ publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the

Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be

‘reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-

tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

Vol. 34, Nos. 1, 2 1973 Coden: TKASAT

‘TRANSACTIONS

«Kan oe

of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

_ Relation of Organic Activity to Early Diagnetic
Changes in the Tyrone Limestone of Kentucky
PETER W. WHALEY

_ Fishes of Eagle Creek, Northern Kentucky
NELSON D. HORSEMAN and
BRANLEY A. BRANSON

Preliminary Investigations of a Headwater Creek
in Eastern Kentucky
G. L. SAMSEL, JR., J. R. REED, and R. R. DAUB

Effect of a Methoxyl Group on the Decarboxlyation
of 2-Pyridinecarboxylic Acids
ELLIS V. BROWN, RUSSELL J. MOSER and
MANVENDRA B. SHAMBHU

The Ultraviolet Spectra of Some 9-Anthracenecarboxaldehyde
Hydrazones. Evidence for a Planar Structure in Methanol
RUSSELL J. MOSSER and ELLIS V. BROWN

Some Physical, Chemical, and Benthic Characteristics
of War Fork, an Interrupted Stream
in Jackson County, Kentucky
NORMAN H. CRISP and CATHERINE B. CRISP

Apophallus Venustus (Trematoda, Digenea): A New
Metacercaria Record from New Hampshire
NORMAN CRISP and JOHN P. HARLEY

An additional Evening Bat from South Central Kentucky
DAVID J. FASSLER

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1972-73

President: Marvin Russell, Western Kentucky University

President-Elect: Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University

Vice-President: Rex Knowles, Centre College

Secretary: Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University

Treasurer: Wayne Hoffman, Western Kentucky University

Representative to A.A.A.S. Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Sanford Es Jones ier to 1973 Thomas B. Calhoonsiagee ee to 1975
Bis) Vo Bea wik ncn aues keene to 1973 Charles Kupchella <n chic. to 1975
Donald Batch: oo 4 kee to 1974 Charles Payne)... ee .to 1976
dey as Fanny cee oseen tae to 1974 Morris: Taylor’ 2:23 eee to 1976

EDITORIAL OFFICE

William F. Wagner, Editor
Department of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Associate Editors:
Biological Sciences: L. A. Krumholz, University of Louisville
Chemistry: Gordon Wilson, Western Kentucky University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $5.00 per volume; foreign, $6.00 per
volume; back issues $6.00 per volume.

THE TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 1

RELATION OF ORGANIC ACTIVITY TO EARLY DIAGENETIC
CHANGES IN THE TYRONE LIMESTONE OF KENTUCKY

PETER W. WHALEY
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

ABSTRACT

Organic activity in tidal flat and shallow marine carbonate environments lead
to two distinctive types of burrows which control some early diagenetic changes
in the carbonate sediment. Spar-filled burrows are restricted to the tidal flat se-
quences, whereas dolomitized burrows are restricted to the shallow marine sequences
of the Tyrone (Ordovician ) Limestone of central Kentucky.

The Tyrone (Ordovician) Limestone of Garrard County, Kentucky, was
deposited in fluctuating tidal flat (supratidal and intertidal zones of Laporte,
1967) and shallow marine (subtidal zone of Laporte, 1967) environments
(Whaley, 1964). Each environment may be characterized by a specific
type of burrow (Fig. 1). Sessile organisms which maintained open burrows
were restricted to the tidal flat environments; whereas, vagrant burrowers
that ingested sediment and created zones of disturbed sediment were
restricted to the shallow marine environment. These two types of burrowed
zones selectively controlled some early diagenetic changes in the Tyrone
Limestone.

Intraformational conglomerates, laminated micrite, mud cracks, and bur-
rows characterize the tidal flat sequences of the Tyrone Limestone. The tidal
flat burrows have a maximum length of three inches, and are perpendicular
to bedding. Their walls show a few signs of collapse (Fig. 2 A, B). The
occurrence of a scolecondont in one burrow and the upward termination
of these structures in a small mound is suggestive of a worm burrow which
was occupied by the burrower until his death (Fig. 2 C). Following the
death of the burrower, the burrows remained as voids, or partially collapsed
voids, until they were filled with sparry calcite. Shinn (1968) reports open
burrows in compacted tidal flat sediments of recent age.

The rocks reflecting the shallow marine environments are characterized
by zones of fossil fragments, thick-bedded micrite, ripple marks, and bur-
rows. These burrows have irregular outlines, and extend both perpendicular
and parallel to the bedding. They penetrate a shorter vertical sequence
and have a smaller diameter than the tidal flat burrows (Fig. 2 D, E). In
general, the frequency of the shallow marine burrows increases as the
frequency of broken fossil debris increases. The shallow marine burrows
and the area immediately surrounding them have been dolomitized (Fig.
II D, E). Their small size, relation to bedding, and the intensity of the
burrowing process suggest that these structures were made by organisms
which passed sediment through the body cavity. Thus, the shallow marine
burrows are areas of disturbed sediment, and were never voids as were the
worm burrows in the tidal flat sediments. Howell (1957) reported that
H. A. Nicholson in 1873 recognized the difference between perpendicular
“burrows of habitation” and sediment filled “wandering tunnels.”

Deffeyes, et al., (1965) list three conditions necessary for dolomitiza-
tion.

2 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Figure 1. Generalized stratigraphic section of the Tyrone Limestone at Buena Vista Quarry,
Garrard County, Kentucky.

LITHOLOGY
aye
A PONS

DESICCATION CRACKS

Saas

BURROWS (SPAR)

ll

=

LAMINATED MICRITE

LIMESTONE CONGLOMERATE

NODULAR BEDDED MICRITE

|

MICRITE

JINIYVW MOTIVHS

eeunrcr 2s)

BENTONITE &

SHALE

X

fa)
oO
<
m
nv

O
Ww
i
—
nn

|

o
vp
>
fa)
x
ie)
uv
ie)
o

)
ra)
io
e)
N
@)
>

ww Ve
8 Co eee

CEPHALOPOD (STRAIGHT) pe

aot G

AX ANONSIXDOAR))
SS

INIYVW
MOTIVHS

a
Zw
Q

5)
R
a

C

on (4

FOSSIL FRAGMENTS

ia
ow

GMENTS)

za
>

TETRADIUM (F

TRILOBITE (HYPOSTOME)

4V1d 1VGIL

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 3

Figure 2. Burrow Types

A.

oO

Polished slab showing tidal flat spar-filled burrows (sb) in micrite (m). Slab
cut perpendicular to bedding.

Polished slab showing tidal flat spar-filled burrows (sb), and area of burrow
collapse (c) in micrite (m). Slab cut parallel to bedding.

Burrow mound on bedding surface, well developed mound to left of paper clip.
Polished slab showing marine dolomitized burrows; (m) micrite, (db) do-
lomitized burrow, (da) dolomitized area. Slab cut perpendicular to bedding.
Polished slab showing more complete dolomitization with increase in the
number of shallow marine burrows; (m) micrite, (db) dolomitized burrow,
(da) dolomitized area. Slab cut perpendicular to bedding.

1. The formation of magnesia-rich solutions.

2. The magnesia-rich solutions must flow through the sediment.

3. The rate of production and flow of the magnesia-rich water must be
sufficient to complete dolomitization within the available time.

Murray (1964) states that excess carbonate ions must be available for
the process of dolomitization to occur. He also states that during dolomiti-
zation, dolomite crystals have a strong tendency to replace calcium carbonate

4 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

and do not tend to grow into void spaces. The distribution of dolomite and
sparry calcite in the Tyrone Limestone suggests that these processes occurred
there.

Since a vertical sequence in one locality reveals fluctuating shallow
marine and tidal flat conditions (Fig. 1), one may deduce from Walther’s
Law that these environments were laterally contemporaneous. The magnesia-
rich solutions were generated by evaporation of sea water on the tidal
flats. As the magnesia-rich solutions moved through the tidal flat sediments
into the shallow marine sediments, infrequent dolomite rhombs were formed
in the tidal flat sediments. The ratio of carbonate ion to magnesia-rich solu-
tion in the nonsediment-filled tidal flat burrows was not sufficient to permit
formation of dolomite; rather, these voids were filled with sparry calcite.
The disturbed sediment which filled the shallow marine burrows, being
more porous than the surrounding undisturbed bedded micrite, formed
preferential channels for the flow of magnesian solutions. The excess
carbonate ions furnished by the burrow fill, and the increased availability
of magnesian solutions resulted in these disturbed areas becoming localized
centers of dolomitization. Upon complete dolomitization of the shallow
marine burrows, this process extended into the adjoining undisturbed sedi-
ments (Fig. 2 D, E). A bed of dolomite would thus develop in highly
burrowed sediments subject to movements of magnesia-rich solutions for an
extended time. Such local beds of dolomite are found in other locations in
the Tyrone Limestone (Whaley, 1964). However, in this locality, a decrease
of magnesia-rich solutions resulted in the incomplete dolomitization of the
shallow marine sediments.

The Tyrone Limestone provides an ancient example of environmentally
controlled organic activity selectively controlling some early diagenetic
changes in carbonate sediments. In addition, it provides an example of
early dolomitization in the subtidal, rather than the supratidal environment.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

In part, field expenses for this study were provided by the George W.
Pirtle Fellowship, Department of Geology, University of Kentucky.

REFERENCES

Deffeyes, K. S., Lucia, F. J., and Weyl, P. D., 1965, Dolomitization of Recent and
Plio-Pleistocene sediments by marine evaporite waters on Bonaire, Netherlands
Antilles; In: Dolomitization and Limestone Diagenesis, Soc. Econ. Pale-
ont. and Mineral. Spec. Publ. No. 18: 71-88.

Howell, B. F., 1957, Vermes; In: Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleontology,

Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 67, (2): 805-816.

Laporte, L. F., 1967, Carbonate deposition near mean sea-level and resultant facies
mosaic: Manlius Formation (Lower Devonian) of New York State: Am. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol. Bull., 51: 73-101.

Murray, R. C., 1964, Preservation of primary structures and fabrics in dolomite;
In: Approaches to Paleontology, John. Wiley and Sons, New York, p. 388-403.

Shinn, E. A., 1968, Burrowing in Recent lime sediments of Florida and the
Bahamas: J. Paleont. 42,: 879-894.

Whaley, P. W., 1964, A Petrographic study of the Tyrone Limestone, unpub. M. Sc.
thesis, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, 45 pp.

Accepted: June 7, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 5

FISHES OF EAGLE CREEK, NORTHERN KENTUCKY

NELSON D. HORSEMAN AND BRANLEY A. BRANSON
Department of Biology, Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Fifty-two species of fish were collected in Eagle Creek, Northern Kentucky,
during the summer of 1972. The collections illustrated well-defined longitudinal
succession and habitat preferences. Siltation from agriculture plays a significant
role in limiting fishes in the drainage.

Several characteristics of the streams are briefly analyzed with reference to
proposed damming of the creek by the U.S. Army Corps of-Engineers.

INTRODUCTION

Eagle Creek is the last large tributary of the Kentucky River before the
latter empties into the Ohio River. It rises on the Eden Shale and adjacent
calcareous members of the Cincinnatian sequence (Upper Ordovician)
(Jillson 1928) in northwestern Scott County. The three main headwater
streams, East Fork, West Fork, and Little Eagle Creek, converge in northern
Scott County to form Eagle Creek which in turn winds into Owen County,
flowing primarily over Cincinnatian rocks but also over some underlying
members of Chaplainian (Middle Ordovician) rocks near the Scott-Owen
county line (Jillson 1928). Meandering northward through Owen and Grant
Counties, Eagle Creek is bedded in Eden Shale (Jillson 1928). In north-
western Grant County, at the hamlet of Folsom, Eagle Creek bends 90°
to the west. This point represents the point at which Eagle Creek was
pirated from its original northeasterly course toward the Ohio River into
its present course to the Kentucky River, a mid-Pliocene piracy (Jillson
1949). In its westward flow, Eagle Creek forms the southern boundaries of
Gallatin and Carroll counties separating them from Owen County. The
creek flows westward over the Eden Shale depositing alluvium in its valley
but exposing part of the Cynthiana group in its last miles (Shideler 1929).

Eagle Creek lies in an area of rolling erosional hills on a wide floodplain
yielding much rich bottomland which is intensively farmed. This tillage
has led to moderately heavy siltation which seems to affect the fish fauna
(discussed below). Several small towns and villages occur in the drainage,
but the largest directly abutting the creek is Glencoe, population 650. Along
the eastern perimeter of the basin in Grant County are two larger towns,
Williamstown and Dry Ridge, with populations of approximately 2,000
and 1,000, respectively. None of the towns in the basin seems to present
an immediate threat to the fauna of Eagle Creek, either from industry
(lacking) or municipal sewage.

Eagle Creek flows through Oak-Ash-Maple associations, nearly all of the
creek being bounded by relatively densely wooded tracts which lend a
great deal of shading and cooling to the water during summer.

Bentgrass, Agrostis sp., grows in many of the shallow areas along the
creek. This vegetation appears to be important cover for several species of
fishes.

Specimens were collected between 10 June and 17 November 1972, pri-
marily by means of various-sized seines. The last station, because of its

6 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

greater depth, was also sampled with a 220-volt electric shocker, two one-
inch gill nets, and a two-inch trammel net. Seining at each station covered
stream lengths of 0.25 to 0.5 mile and was conducted intensively for about
2 hours with emphasis on sampling each type of habitat. The shocker was
used for a similar length of time, primarily along the banks, around brush
piles and other places of concealment. Gill nets were set for approximately 3
hours, and the trammel net was left out overnight.

Five different water chemistry tests were made with a Hach DRL-1 field
kit (Table 1) at each station according to methods outlined in Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (1971). Because
of limitations of time and funds, no measurements were made of silt and
s¢@imentation. For that reason our statements concerning siltation are to
Be regarded as qualitative observations.

The taxonomy used herein follows that of Moore (Blair, et al. 1968). All
specimens were deposited in the Eastern Kentucky University collection.

Table 1

Some chemical parameters (in parts per million) of Eagle Creek, Northern Kentucky

Collecting Dissolved Calcium Total
otation Oxygen Free CO, Hardness Hardness Alkalinity
1 9 15 85.5 1721 171
2 11 30 119 at 153.9 136.8
3 9 35 VyAl 188.1 188.1
h 13 15 136.8 188.1 188.1
5 8 20 136.8 171 153.9
6 8 15 136.8 205.2 153.9
U 8 30 136.8 171 171
8 11 15 153.9 188.1 153.9
9 9 20 136.8 15329 188.1
10 7 20 119.7 alas 188.1
i 8 20 119.7 188.1 153.9
12 "/ 20 136.8 188.1 153.9
13 6 20 136.8 171 153.9
wy 7 30 136.8 171 153.9
15 8 15 15309 188.1 188.1
16 6 30 136.8 171 153.9

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 74

‘
‘
é
’
’
é
:
’
’
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
‘
’
‘
¢
’
‘
’
‘
¢
é
‘
\¢
‘
’
‘
é
‘
?
ale
’
’
’
‘
’
’

TOPOGRAPHIC MAP INDEX

re er

aw eee ee ee TT

Figure 1. The Eagle Creek Drainage Basin, Northern Kentucky, showing collecting stations.
Topographic map quadrangles are indicated by the following numbers: 1—Patriot; 2—
Verona; 3—Walton; 4—Vevay South; 5—Sanders; 6—Glencoe; 7—Elliston; 8—Williams-
town; 9—Worthville; 10—New Liberty; 11—Owenton; 12—Lawrenceville; 13—Mason;
14—Monterey; 15—New Columbus; 16—Sadieville; 17—Breckinridge; 18—Stamping
Ground; 19—Delaplain; 20—Leesburg.

COLLECTING STATIONS

Stream orders are assigned according to the modified Horton system as
described by Kuehne (1962). Primary tributaries, whether intermittent or
constantly running, are termed Order 1. The union of any two streams of
equal order creates a stream of the next higher order, but no order change
is associated with the junction of a stream of lower order (Kuehne 1962).
For example, the union of two Order 1 streams creates an Order 2 stream.
This type of classification is important to the fish ecologist in analyzing
longitudinal distributions. The following are the sites from which our
specimens were obtained during the summer and fall of 1972 (Fig. 1).

1. Little Eagle Creek, 2.5 miles southwest of Sadieville, Scott Co., near
State Highway 32; Order 3. 10 June.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

++

+++

$44

+ +4+++ ++
+ +++ + ++
+ +
+ +
++ +

++ +
+ + ++

++

+
++

++

++4++

++

++++ +++ +++ +++

+ +4 ++ +444

TAX

AX AIX IIIX JIX

9 sepdo

+
+ + +
++ +
++++ ++ + t+++ +++
++
+ + ++ + ++
+ ++ ++++ ++++ ++ ++++
'
+ +
+
+ ++
+ + +
IX x XI ILIA IIA IA

G atapdo

4 dgando

AI III II I

© «rapz0

mndnayyka9 BwW0VsOKON
Otdaeo Sapotdueg

snTeqnq snqotzo1
Bqeoonq equkotag
UnjTenoue Bwmozsoduep
sejouoad soteydeutd
snqezou sateydeutd
Tuvueyong stdozzoN
Jetddtym stdozzoN
snaezdotrds stdorzon

SopToutdouye StdoujoON

sdooq stdoxj0N
Sttryeaqun SstdorzON
sSuepae StdorzON
snynuroo stdoazoN

STITQuadtmM SNTQooBusyd

Snqyetnoewodye SnTt}oOMeS

oTdaeo enutadko

Saptosorte uopotH
Tnuetpedes Bmosou0d
Spaotyooshayo BSOTY

Snesso SnoysostdeT

sotoads snusy

‘(+ Tg) quepunqe daa = ++++ *(0G-1G) Wouutos = +++ ‘(0%-§) 9ye19pout = ++
‘(,-1) Mo] = + ——sourpunqy sAnepey ‘AyonJWOY UldYyION “21D s[sey Jo vunvy Ysty OY L

Z FIFO

9

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

++

++

+++
++ +
+ + ++
+
+ + +
rs
&
i
+ + +
4
4s
+ + +
+ ++
+
+
+ +

++

++

++ ++
+ +
4
ie
ors
+ ++
+
++ +
+
+ +
++ +++
+
+

++

a
++
+++
+

+ +

+ +

a

+ +

++ +

++ ++

+

&

suetuunds SnyoUuTpO TOY

aadBTTOqeTs Bulojsooula

mnagstu BmoySsoouya

aTtqeyoeds Bmoysoeuyg

Septotuustq emo ysoouyg
BTeydscoxoyud BUToded
Bye [Noe BUyoded

Sapoadeo Butoded

asuepeuvo UWOtTpseysoztis

ST JB TNowWoIsTU STxOmMod

Stae{nuue stxowog
Stazsedna SagTtdotquy
St ituny Sstuodsey
ST#OTexeu SstuodeT
STatyoouyoem StuodeT
snTteueko SstmodetT
TnsetwoTtop snzezdoso TH
Sopromtes Snae,doaotn
snzetnyound snaeqdoroTy
sdoskas snos0y

SNTNooTSs SoypsoptqeT

snyeyou sn Tnpund
snjzeqound Snanteqol
zBouNy SnanTezor

Seta SnanTeqol

STIBATTO ST}OTPOTAd

SnABTI SNdIO FON

TUuOszemMoD SnuozSs04BD
suBboTdDTU UNTLoyuSedAH
sdougtem Buea ysUTA

10 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

2. East Fork of Eagle Creek, 3.6 miles southeast of Sadieville, Scott Co.,
on Davis-Turkeyfoot Road; Order 3. 10 June.
3. Eagle Creek, 0.75 mile north of Sadieville, Scott Co., on Hinton Road;
at and upstream from the mouth of Elk Lick Branch; Order 4. 12 June.
4. Juncture of Little Eagle and Eagle Creeks, 2.5 miles northwest of
Sadieville, Scott Co., Interstate Highway 75 bridge; Order 4. 12 June.
5. Eagle Creek, 2.6 miles southeast of Natlee, Owen-Scott Co. line; Order
4, 4 July.
6 aoe Creek, at and near its mouth on Eagle Creek, 2.3 miles north-
northwest of Natlee, Owen Co., on State Highway 281; Order 4. 4 July.
7. Eagle Creek, 1.0 mile east of Lusby’s Mill, Owen Co., on Highway
1739; Order 5. 15 July.
8. Eagle Creek, 0.7 mile south of Needmore, Owen Co., Near Fortneroy
Road; Order 5. 15 July and 15 October.
9. Eagle Creek, 2 miles northwest of Lawrenceville, Grant Co., on High-
way 1993; Order 5. 5 August.
10. Eagle Creek, 2.2 miles south of Four Corners, Grant Co., on State High-
way 22; Order 5. 5 August.
11. Eagle Creek, 2.0 miles south of Folsom, Grant Co., near Highway
1132; Order 5. 8 August.
12. Eagle Creek, 0.6 mile south of Glencoe, Gallatin-Owen Co. line, at U.S.
Highway 127; Order 6. 12 August.
13. Eagle Creek, 1.3 miles east of Sparta, Gallatin-Owen Co. line, near
State Highway 461; Order 6. 12 August.
14. Eagle Creek, 0.5 mile south of Sanders, Carroll-Owen Co. line, near
State Highway 47; Order 6. 9 September.
15. Eagle Creek, 0.8 mile southeast of Eagle Station, Carroll-Owen Co. line;
Order 6. 9 September, 15 October, and 17 November.
16. Mouth of Eagle Creek 1.0 mile south of Worthville, Carroll-Owen Co.
line; Order 6. 23 September.

DISCUSSION

Of the fifty-two species collected: (Table 2), none was found at all 16
sites; all demonstrated some degree of habitat selectivity. Four species,
Notropis ardens (Cope), Pimphales notatus (Rafinesque), Lepomis megalotis
(Rafinesque), and Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque), exhibited a wide
distribution and tolerance of habitats. Two minnows, Notropis ardens (Cope)
and Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque) are the dominant forage species
throughout most of the stream until replaced by such species as Notropis
atherinoides Rafinesque, Notropis spilopterus (Cope) and Notropis buchanani
as the stream becomes Order 6. Two centrachids, Lepomis megalotis and
Micropterus punctulatus have a wide distribution, and although their num-
bers were smaller they represented a significant portion of the biomass.

Four species of darters of the genus Etheostoma, E. blennioide blennioides
Rafinesque, E. flabellare Rafinesque, E. nigrum Rafinesque, and E. spectabile
(Agassiz), were collected in the drainage. Each of these was found in the
headwaters, with one, E. spectabile (Agassiz) being confined to the smallest
tributary, Little Eagle Creek, indicating its preference for low-order streams.
The remaining three species were collected in all areas that contained riffle
habitats. Darters of the genus Percina were collected in Order 4 and larger
segments but, unlike the Etheostoma, were collected in pools as well as

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 1l

rifles. This characteristic allows the Percina to replace the Etheostoma in
high order streams which have no riffles.

Kuehne (1962) stated that successional changes in fishes were strongly
correlated with stream-order changes. Several examples of this phenomenon
could be cited, but one noteworthy example, Notropis ardens, will
suffice for our purposes here. This species is highly abundant in Eagle
Creek stations until the stream becomes Order 6. Here, a sharp drop in
abundance was noted and this trend continued as the stream became
larger. Finally, the species was entirely replaced by several other cyprinids
(e.g., Notropis atherinoides and Notropis buchanani).

An increase in the diversity of species also has been recorded with
increasing stream order (Kuehne 1962). In Eagle Creek, 17 species were
found in Order 5, 22 species in Order 4, 25 species in Order 5, and 40
species in Order 6 stream segments.

The amount of siltation present in Eagle Creek apparently has altered
the fish fauna and will continue to do so. Rapid, dramatic alterations or
exterminations of fish faunas by extreme siltation from such practices as
strip mining or clearcut logging have been studies by several authors, in-
cluding Branson and Batch (1971), Hall and Lantz (1969), and many
others. However, virtually no work has been done on the subtle effects
upon reproductive success and feeding habits caused by moderate but
chronic siltation. This type of siltation seems to promote some species (e.g.,
Micropterus punctulatus, Lepomis megalotis and Phenacobius mirabilis
(Girard) (Hubbs and Lagler 1958), while limiting others, (e.g., suckers and
Lepomis macrochirus.

Siltation may play a very significant role in impounded streams, some-
thing which should be considered before impounding a stream such as
Eagle Creek. At the present time a dam on Eagle Creek is in the planning
stages by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Silting usually begins to
reduce the bottom fauna in the deeper portions of lakes within the first three
to five years of impoundment (Ellis 1942). Likewise, density currents
carrying heavy silt loads often flow through such impoundments to the
detriment of the fish fauna (Ellis 1942). Silt loads may directly or
indirectly affect organisms in lentic habitats by altering such chemical
contents as dissolved oxygen and mineral salts (Ellis 1936).

Alteration of physiography by impoundment can eliminate many habitats
by reducing shallow areas along the shoreline (Ellis 1942). This, of course,
could severely limit several species’ members in Eagle Creek if the proposed
impoundment is constructed. A notable example is the spotted bass, a
widely distributed and abundant species in the drainage. Most spotted
bass were collected near the banks or from beneath cover such as undercut
banks, roots, and brush. Such habitats are virtually eliminated by the steep
banks and fluctuating depth of man-made lakes.

At best, the gain in total poundage of harvestable fishes in man-made
impoundments is a trade-off against the types previously present in the
stream. Therefore, several important aspects related to Eagle Creek need
to be considered. First is the possible complications due to siltation. Second
is the high cost of the recommended impoundment project—$22.55 million—
(U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 1973). These aspects are both related to
the planned impoundment.

The creek as it presently stands is, as demonstrated by this survey, a
reservoir for a widely diverse population of fishes; and with the extensive

12 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

dammings already completed throughout the state on comparable sized
bodies of water (e.g., Dix River, Middle Fork, etc.) the authors feel that
Eagle Creek would best be left in its lotic state.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Special thanks are due several persons for their assistance in this project.
First, thanks to W. H. Engelhardt, Norman Crisp, Glenn White and Bruce
Bauer, all students at Eastern Kentucky University, for field assistance, and
to Dr. William Martin who identified vegetation samples. Also, we are
indebted to Professor William Adams, Department of Geography, Eastern
Kentucky University, from whom we acquired the base map of the Eagle
Creek drainage.

LITERATURE CITED

Blair, W. F., et al. 1968. Vertebrates of the United States. 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York. G. A. Moore, Fishes: 22-165.

Branson, B. A., and D. L. Batch. 1971. Effects of strip mining on small stream
fishes in east central Kentucky. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 84 (59): 507-518.
Ellis, M. M. 1936. Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic environments. Ecology, 17

(1): 29-42.
. 1942. Freshwater impoundments. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 71: 80-93.
Hall, J. D., and R. L. Lantz. 1969. Effects of logging on the habitat of coho
salmon and cuttroat trout in coastal streams. H. R. McMillan Lectures in

Fisheries, Symposium on Salmon and Trout in Streams, Univ. of Brit. Col.
Vancouver, Canada. 355-375.

Hubbs, C. L., and K. F. Lagler. 1958. Fishes of the Great Lakes region. Univ.
Mich. Press, Ann Arbor. 213 p..

Jillson, W. R. 1928. Geology and mineral resources of Kentucky. Ky. Geol.
Surv. Ser. VI, 17. Frankfort, Ky. 409 p.

. 1949. The piracy of Eagle Creek. Ky. Geol. Surv. Misc. Publ.
Frankfort, Ky. 31 p.

Kuehne, R. A. 1962. A classification of streams illustrated by fish distribution in
an Eastern Kentucky Creek. Ecology 43: 608-614.

Shideler, W. H. 1929. Geologic map of Carroll County Kentucky. Ky. Geol.
Surv. Frankfort, Ky.

Taras, M. J. et al. (ed), 1971. Standard methods for the examination of water and
wastewater. 13th ed. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc. Inc. Wash. D.C. 874 p.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers District, Louisville. 1973. Eagle Creek Lake
Environmental Study Kentucky. Louisville, Ky. 20 p.

Received: February 21, 1973. Accepted April 27, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 13

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF A HEADWATER CREEK
IN EASTERN KENTUCKY

G. L. SAMSEL, JR., J. R. REED, AND R. R. DAUB
Department of Biology, Virginia Commonwealth University,
Richmond, Virginia 23220

ABSTRACT

Investigations of a headwater stream, Rich Creek, in south-central Lawrence
County, Kentucky, were initiated to ascertain the feasibility of impounding this
water for construction of an environmentally controlled recreational reservoir. In
addition, baseline data were gathered to facilitate future studies on effects of
sedimentation and erosion.

Data collected on physical and chemical parameters, algae, fish, and bottom
fauna, as well as primary productivity, indicated that Rich Creek was an undis-
turbed, headwater stream. Floral and faunal composition and relative abundance
indicated good water quality. Nutrient values and primary productivity were low,
and in general all parameters analyzed were indicative of a moderate flow, clean,
headwater stream which would provide good quality water for a recreational
impoundment.

INTRODUCTION

Investigations of a headwater stream, Rich Creek, in south-central
Lawrence County, Kentucky, were initiated to ascertain the feasibility of
impounding this water for construction of an environmentally controlled
recreational reservoir. The reservoir will be constructed by a private
recreational land development firm, Wellman Corporation, Adams, Kentucky.
In addition, baseline criteria were collected to facilitate future studies on
the effects of sedimentation and erosion resulting from earthmoving opera-
tions and dam construction.

Rich Creek is a small intermittent headwater stream, 8.6 km in length
with immediate drainage into Blaine Creek near the junction of Kentucky
Rt. 32 and Rich Creek Road. Further drainage patterns include the Big
Sandy and Ohio rivers. No published data are available on any streams in
this area of eastern Kentucky.

The stream originates, and for the most part, flows through undisturbed,
nonagricultural forested area with only occasional pertubation by lumbering
operations. In addition, the stream basin and immediate watershed are
composed of sedimentary rock formations, low in nitrogen, phosphates, iron,
chlorides, and sulfates (Daily 1938, Hopkins 1970). For these reasons,
Rich Creek was chosen as a possible inflow source to impound for con-
struction of a controlled, low-nutrient reservoir.

Biological and chemical parameters of the stream were investigated on
six occasions between June 1971 and August 1972. The preliminary nature
of this study must be stressed. Further investigations are continuing in an
effort to evaluate the effect of impoundment on a section of Rich Creek.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Six sampling sites were selected along a 4.7-km stretch of stream, and
periodic collections were made for algal identifications, chemical nutrients,

14 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Figure 1. Sampling stations on Rich Creek

lmile

impoundment

Lawrence Co. Site

Big Sandy R.

productivity analysis, and physical measurements of light, temperature, and
flow rate over a 14-month period. Fish and bottom fauna collections were
made on three occasions. Sampling sites ranged from the stream’s origin
through the proposed impoundment area and continued far enough down-
stream below the damsite to encompass as many habitats as possible (Fig.
1). With the exception of two small ephemeral pool areas along the 4.7-km
sampling area, shallow riffle areas dominated. All six sampling sites selected
were along the riffle areas of Rich Creek. Site 6 at the head of the impound-
ment area differed insignificantly from the other five.

Incident radiation was measured with a Belfort pyrheliometer Model 68.
Air and water temperatures were recorded with a standard mercury
thermometer, +0.1 C accuracy. Flow rates were determined by using
pulse injections of fluorescein dye over a 10-m section of stream and
capture of inflow into large plastic bags stretched across the stream.

Algae in net tows, from water edge collections, and on submerged
debris were identified to genus often after concentration by filtration.
Culturing of several epiphytic algae in streamwater enrichment media

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 15

facilitated certain identifications. Bottom fauna samples were collected using
the equal time-effort method of Cairns et al. (1968). Fish sampling em-
ployed D-frame dipnets and 10-foot fine-mesh seines. Future investigations
will concentrate more on fish and bottom fauna collections.

Analysis of dissolved chemicals in the field were made with a Hach
Model DREL Kit and accessories, replicate samples yielding values within
+5%. Laboratory analyses using standard method procedures were also
employed. Resuspended stream sediments were analyzed for chemical com-
position using standard method procedures (Amer. Public Health Assoc.
1971).

Total chorophyll per liter of stream water was determined by acetone
extraction of particulate matter retained on millipore GS filters with 0.22p,
pores. The acetone extracts were analyzed with a Bausch and Lomb
Spectronic 20, using equations by SCOR/UNESCO cited by Strickland and
Parsons (1968) and adjusting calculated concentrations to values equivalent
to 10-cm path length tube determinations. Primary productivity of attached
algae was also determined by the in situ carbon-14 method of Steeman
Nielsen (1952) as modified by Goldman (1963) and Strickland and
Parsons (1968). The primary productivity methods were modified to
measure productivity of attached and macroscopic algae by expressing the
productivity as milligrams of pigment of carbon per 100 mg of algal dry
weight. All values for total chlorophyll and carbon fixation are means of
duplicate samples, differing by less than 10%. Although six sampling sites
were investigated along a 4.7-km stretch of Rich Creek, data on all para-
meters measured varied less than 15% between individual stations. There-
fore to simplify the tables, data have been averaged for all stations.

EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Physical and Chemical Parameters

The basin and immediate watershed area of Rich Creek consist of
sedimentary rock formations, sandstone, limestone, and shale. The area is
rich in coal and gas deposits. Ferric and ferrous minerals are found on the
surface of many of the sedimentary formations. Siliceous minerals are
plentiful with moderate amounts of chlorides and a notable lack of phos-
phates in basin watershed formations (Hopkins 1970). Water temperatures
ranged from 1.0 to 24.6 C during the sampling period. Radiation varied
from levels below detection to 1.0 langley/min at approximately 10 cm
depth where productivity measurements were made. Flow rates ranged
from 1.0 m/sec during the spring rainy season to less than 0.1 m/sec during
the drier summer periods.

For the most part, Rich Creek never exceeded 2.3 in width and 25 cm
in depth in the riffie areas and 4 m in width and 45 cm in depth in the two
pool areas.

Table 1 summarizes physical and chemical data for Rich Creek; the
values are means of the six sampling stations. Note in particular the low
total carbon values. Higher values were expected due to the coal, gas, and
unmetamorphosized shale deposits of the area. Ammonia nitrogen values
appear slightly high for an unperturbed nonagricultural area (Steinbeck
1966). Values for silica are indicative of the rich siliceous sedimentary
formations through which Rich Creek flows. Other chemical nutrient

16 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Table |

Some physical and chemical parameters of Rich Creek (mg/1 or as indicated;
values means of sampling Stations 1-6)

Parameter

June 1971 Aug. 1971 Nov. 1972 Jan. 1972 Apr. 1972 Aug. 1972
NH), *-N 25 0.2 ‘2 0.35 0.06 0.4
Ortho PO) -P 0.01 0.0 -0 0.05 0.05 0)
NO.”-N 0.30 0.15 4 3.0 2.0 0)
NO, -N 0) 0) 0 0) 0.01 0)
Total
Alkalinity 20.0 ---- 18.0 10.0 22.0 30.0
Cat 20.0 — 10.0 12.0 10.0 30.0
Fett 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.15 0)
Total
Hardness 30.0 ---- ==-- 25.0 40.0 30.0
Si. 6.0 ===> 7.0 8.0 14.0 30.0
Cis TiO 5.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 13.0
F1- 0) a 0) 0) 0) 0)
pH 6.80 —— 6.75 6.72 6.84 6.95
SO), 10.0 ==== 15.0 20.0 12.0 15.0
Turbidity (JTu)1 25.0 —— 30.0 ---- ---- 50
‘Dissolved Oo 10.0 =se= 11.0 12.0 13.0 9.0
Total Organic C 9.0 — 7.5 oe 7.0 8.1

ly~y = Jackson Turbidity Units

values, pH, and turbidity levels reflect the nutrient-poor geologic formation,
nonagricultural area (Hynes 1960, Hopkins 1970).

Results of resuspended sediment material were similar to the values
found in Table 1 with the exception of slightly higher Fe++ and total C
values. The major nutrients including ammonia nitrogen, phosphate phos-
phorus, nitrate nitrogen, and sulfate varied less than 15% between bottom
sediments and stream waters; higher values occurred in the sediments.
Following combustion at 500 C, the sedimentary shale bottom sediment
from the stream, dried previously at 100 C, lost less than 20% of its weight.

Algal Genera, Chlorophyll, and Primary Productivity

The algae in Rich Creek during the sampling period consisted pre-
dominately of filamentous and macroscopic Chlorophyta (green algae),
Ulothrix, Spirogyra, Stigeoclonium, and Cladophora, and planktonic and
epiphytic Chrysophyta (diatoms) Navicula, Gomphonema, Nitzschia, and
Cymbella (Table 2). Seasonal changes in algae distribution were observed
with greatest species composition in the summer periods (Daily 1939,
Round 1966). Diatoms were plentiful and diverse flourishing in the high

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 17

Table 2

Algal genera in Rich Creek. Identification of several of these algae are tentative
pending further study in cultures; D = Dominant (>40% of sample), 0 =
Occasional (10-40% of sample), R = Rare (<10% of sample), — =
Absent; quantitative data not collected in November 1971.

Sampling Dates

Genus: June 1971 Aug. 1971 WNov. 1971 Jan. 1972 Apr. 1972 Aug. 1972
Closteridium R R - ~ R 0
Chlamydomonas - R + = = =
Ulothrix D D + D - D
Spirogyra D D + (0) - D
Stigeoclonium D D + = = D
Cladophora D (0) + (6) = D
Coelastrum - - ~ - - R
Zygnema - R + = = =
Oedogonium = - + = R =
Cosmarium - - + - R
Oscillatoria 0) - - = = R
Gomphonema D D + D D D
Navicula D D + 3) D D
Fragilaria 0 0 7 - ) fe)
Surirella - 0 + R - -
Nitzschia D D as D 6) D
Cymbella D D + (0) - D
Pinnularia 0) (0) + - = ie
Synedra - R = = = =

silica waters of the stream (Williams 1964). For the most part, the algae
present during sampling periods were indicative of slow to moderate flow,
intermittent clean water streams (Palmer 1955, 1969). As the distribution
of algae collected was fairly random and dispersed equally between the
six sampling stations, Table 2 represents species composition of all sampling
stations.

Results of productivity analyses (Table 3) are means of the six sampling
stations. Also, the results are expressed as averages of 24-hr diel experiments
run for each sampling date indicated. Productivity measurements were
employed on planktonic as well as attached and epiphytic algae. As Table 3
indicates, values for both chlorophyll extraction and carbon-14 fixation
exemplify oligotrophic, low-nutrient, low-productivity waters (Odum 1956,
Hutchinson 1957). No consistent correlation existed between chlorophyll
and carbon fixation during our sampling period. However, seasonal variations

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

18

(ace 9°6 eS)
ae 3 Te
ANG Ot: T'0
OT‘ Gal 9°0
1° 02 9°OT Tt
Z£°0 S0°0 ZO"
cL6L “ony el6t “4dy elét ‘uer

0° 6T

Lt

c°0

Site

TL6T “AON

soqeq Suttdwed

0°62

6°9

ele)

1° 6E (q4 Arp su QOT/D Su sesTe
— peyoeyjy) uot IexTy 20470

€°g (74 Arp Bu OOT/JueusTd/3m
-se3Te peyoeyiy) TTAydoz0TyD

Whe cu/queustd sm
-oeSTe ofTuczyueTq) TTAydozo Typ
TE*O (des/m) e7ey ACTA
9°8T (D0) 21n4e 1edu9 i,
O€* (UTW/*suUeT) UOTIeTpPeY
TL6T Sune Jojowe reg

‘yydep wo ye sioyeM YyoeID Yyory jo AWAHONpoid Arewud
pue {[Aydoropyo 9[qe}0e.4xe [v}0} ‘UOTeIpPeL ‘oInje1odUIe} Jo s}USWOINsvsU [eIp Udy

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 19

Table 4

Macrobenthic Fauna in Rich Creek. D = Dominant (>40% of sample), R = Rare
(<10% of sample), O = Occasional (10-40% of sample);
quantitative data not collected in January 1972.

Order June 1971 January 1972 August 1972
Ephemeroptera
Baetidae D + D
Ephemeridae (0) + (0)
Heptageniidae (6) + (0)
Plecoptera
Peltoperlidae R + R
Nemouridae 0 + (0)
Perlidae D + D
Odonata
Coenagrionidae (0) => (@}
Libellulidae D + D
Diptera
Chironomidae - - (0)
Trichoptera
Hydropsychidae (0) + (6)
Limnephilidae D + D

for both chlorophyll and carbon-14 fixation were observed. Also, typical
patterns for productivity values were observed during diel measurements

(Goldman 1966).

Bottom Fauna

The bottom fauna of Rich Creek was indicative of a moderate flowing
headwater stream although extensive seasonal sampling was not done.
There were eleven families collected and of these the mayflies (Ephemero-
ptera), stoneflies (Plecoptera), dragonflies and damselflies (Odonata), and
caddisflies (Trichoptera) were the most common (Table 4). Numbers of
individual organisms of each family varied considerably during each sampling
period from 27 individuals per square foot (caddisflies) to 3 per square
foot (stoneflies). Chironomidae were present during one sampling period
from Station 6 alongside a road culvent filled in with debris and straw.
The low dissolved oxygen and rapid decomposition associated with this
area may have induced the short-lived chironomid development. Total
species composition of organisms did not change between the two summer
sampling periods, June 1971 and August 1972. Table 4 represents total
abundance of macrobenthic fauna collected from all six sampling sites.
Investigations are continuing in an effort to classify the macrobenthic fauna
to the species level.

20 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Fishes

Like the bottom fauna, limited sampling was done, but the fishes collected
were typical of cool, relatively small, headwater streams. Six species were
found, of these the blacknose dace (Rhinichthys atratulus), and the southern
redbelly dace (Phoxinus erythrogaster) were the most common. Also present
but in fewer numbers were the creekchub (Semotilus atromaculatus) and
the rosyside dace (Clinostomus funduloides). Two centrachids were present,
the green sunfish (Lepomis cyanellus), and bluegill, (Lepomis macrochirus),
the latter probably introduced. These fishes do not represent the total fish
fauna of Rich Creek but only the extreme headwater area studied. Another
typical headwater family, the Percidae containing the darters, was not present
in the three collections made but future sampling should produce members
of this group since the Big Sandy drainage contains several darters,
especially of the genera Percina and Etheostoma (Holt 1971). Like the
other parameters sampled in this study the fish fauna reflects the good
water quality of Rich Creek.

SUMMARY

Preliminary data on physical and chemical parameters, algae, fish, and
bottom fauna, and primary productivity indicate the undisturbed headwater
nature of Rich Creek. Species composition and relative abundance indicated
good water quality. Nutrient values for Rich Creek were, for. the most |
part low, as was primary productivity. In general, all parameters analyzed
were indicative of a moderate flow, clean, headwater stream that: would
provide good quality water for a recreational impoundment.

The baseline information gained from this study will be useful to later
evaluate the effects of stream impoundment and reservoir construction and
operation.

REFERENCES

American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and Water
Pollution Control Federation. 1971. Standard Methods for the Examination
of Waste and Waste Water, 13th Ed. Amer. Publ. Health Assoc., New York.
873 pp.

Cairns, J., Albaugh, D. W., Busey, F., and Chanay, M. D. 1968. The sequential
comparison index—a simplified method for non-biologists to estimate relative
differences in biological diversity in stream pollution studies. J. Wtr. Poll.
Cont. Fed. 60: 1607-1613.

Daily, W. A. 1938. Distribution of the algae of Kentucky in relation to soil
regions. Castanea 3: 32-35.

Daily, W. A. 1939. A checklist of the algae of Kentucky. Castanea 4: 27-37.

Goldman, C. R. 1963. The measurement of primary productivity and limiting
factors in freshwater with 14C. In: Proc. Conf. Primary Prod. Measurement,
Marine and Freshwater. Pp. 103-113. Hawaii, 1961, USA & CTIO 7633.

Goldman, C. R. (ed.) 1966. Primary Productivity in Aquatic Environments. Mem.
Ist. Ital. Idrobiol., 18 Suppl., Uni. of Calif. Press, Berkeley, 464 pp.

Holt, Perry C. (ed.) 1971. The distributional history of the biota of the Southern
Appaiachiazs. Research Division Monograph 4. Virginia Polytechnique In-
stitute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia, 36 pp.

Hopkins, H. T. 1970. Occurrence of freshwater in the Lee formation in parts of

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 21

Elliott, Johnson, Lawrence, Magoffin and Morgan counties eastern coal field
region, Kentucky. USGS Bull. 1867, pp. 44.

Hutchinson, G. E. 1957. A Treatise on Limnology. Vol. II. Introduction to lake
biology and limnoplankton. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1107 pp.

Hynes, H. B. N. 1960. The Biology of Polluted Waters. Liverpool Univ. Press,
Liverpool, 202 pp.

Odum, H. T. 1956. Primary productivity in flowing waters. Limnol. Oceanogr.,
1: 102-117.

Palmer, C. M. 1955. Distribution of algae in Big Sandy River water near
Catlettsburg, Kentucky. Report of Survey, Sept. 22-23, 1955, Biol. Sec., R. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, 7 pp.

Palmer, C. M. 1969. A composite rating of algae tolerating organic pollution. J.
Phycol. 5(1): 78-83.

Round, F. E. 1966. The Biology of the Algae. St. Martins Press, New York, 269 pp.

Steeman Nielsen, E. 1952. The use of radioactive carbon (14C) for measuring
organic production in the sea. J. Con. Internatl. Explor. Mer. 18: 117-140.

Steinbeck, J. T. 1966. An ecological investigation of the algal genera (and other
biota) in waters polluted by mineral acid-drainage from coal mines in Vinton
County, Ohio, 1956-1966. M.A. Thesis, Ohio State University.

Strickland, J. P., and Parsons, J. R. 1968. A Practical Handbook of Seawater
Analysis. Bull. Fish. Res. Can. No. 167. 387 pp.

Williams, L. G. 1964. Possible relationships between plankton-diatom species
numbers and water-quality estimates. Ecology 45(4): 809-823.

aD Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

EFFECT OF A METHOXYL GROUP ON THE DECARBOXLYATION
OF 2-PYRIDINECARBOXYLIC ACIDS

ELLIS V. BROWN, RUSSELL J. MOSER AND MANVENDRA B. SHAMBHU
Contribution from the Department of Chemistry,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

The rates of decarboxylation of 4-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid and 3-
methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid in 3-nitrotoluene were measured and compared
with the kinetic data from 6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarbovylic and 5-methoxy-2-
pyridinecarboxylic acids in 3-nitrotoluene. The AG}5o9, AStoo9, and AHt ao were
then determined. An examination of the AGt for these acids indicates that ab-
normally large and small values for AG} were observed in the case of 6-methoxy-
and 3-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acids respectively. These apparent dis-
crepancies were satisfactorily explained on the basis of the large steric effects
exerted by the methoxyl groups in the ortho positions.

It has been shown recently that one mechanism can not be used to
explain the decarboxylation of both 5- and 6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic
acids.6 The 5-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid appears to have a zwit-
terionic transition state,® while the exact nature of the transition state for
6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid is not known.*? To gain insight into the
mechanism of decarboxylation of 6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid and
the nature of steric effects on the decarboxylation of 2-pyridinecarboxylic
acid, we have made the following assumptions: (a) the transition state of
the 4-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid should be similar to the transition
state of 6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid but should lack the steric effect
present in the latter? and (b) the transition state of 3-methoxy-2-pyridine-
carboxylic acid should be similar to that of 5-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic
acid; however, an ortho steric effect may be present in the former which is
not present in the latter. In this report we present the rate data and com-
plete set of activation parameters for 3- and 4-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic
acids.

Experimental

The 3- and 4-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acids were synthesized and
their rates of decarboxylation were determined in 3-nitrotoluene. The ap-
paratus,* method,? and preparation of these compounds? have been described
previously.

Results and Discussion

The rate data and complete set of activation parameters for 3- and 4-
methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acids and other pertinent compounds are
shown in Table 1 and 2 respectively. It can be seen (Table 1) that 4-
methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid required a temperature of only ca 160°
to yield a rate of decarboxylation similar to that of 6-methoxy-2-pyridine-
carboxylic acid at ca 220°. Also it can be seen that 3-methoxy-2-pyridine-
carboxylic acid yielded a rate constant at ca 100° that was similar to a rate
constant at ca 202° for 5-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid and ca 220° for
6-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid. Clearly the temperature required to

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 23

Table 1

Apparent First-Order Rate Constants for the Decarboxylation of
Methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic Acids in 3-Nitrotoluene?

Rate Constant Coefficient Standard

Acid Temp. °C x 104 sec Variation Deviation
6-methoxy-2- 200.04 0.33 = ee,
pyridinecarboxylic 204.5 0.47 3.91 -009
acid> 3 210.6 1.23 3.95 -012
AI a5 2.03 1.01 -005
218.2 2.60 0.89 -003
224.8 4.85 0.37 -002
5-methoxy-2- 189.6 0.95 0.39 001
pyridinecarboxylic 194.9, 1.58 0.24 -001
acid® 200.0 2.67 ---- ----
200.2 2.89 1.05 -005
204.2 3.95 0.76 -004
210.0 6.78 1.43 -009
4-methoxy—2- 150.4 1.02 0.30 001
pyridinecarboxylic 154.9 1.68 1.05 005
acid 160.3 3.24 1.56 -009
164.4 4.45 1.07 -006
169.6, 7.63 2.15 014
200.0 310. ---- -_-—
3-methoxy-2- 91.5 1.60 0.63 -003
pyridinecarboxylic 95.2 Tei2 2.03 -010
acid 100.9 3.14 1.45 -009
104.6 4.57 0.66 004
110.4, 8.18 1.74 .008
200.0 3840 ---- -_—-
2-pyridinecarboxylic 158.5 0.57 Sippel -006
acidb 163.6 1.22 4.31 016
169.8 1.92 1.21 007
175.5 2.96 aks7/s} -008
179.5, 4.49 1.14 -008
200.0 26.5 ---- ===

The concentration of the reaction mixture is ca. 0,015 M in all cases,
R. J. Moser and E. V. Brown, J. Org. Chem., 36, 454 (1971).

R, J. Moser and E. V. Brown, ibid., 37, 3938 (1972).

Calculated from other rate constants.

aowp

decarboxylate 3- and 4-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acids is much lower
than the temperature required to decarboxylate 5- and 6-methoxy-2-pyridine-
carbovylic acids.

An examination of the data in Table 2 indicates that the methoxyl group
has a pronounced effect on the free energy of activation (AG{) for the
decarboxylation depending upon its position on the pyridine nucleus. The
difference between the largest and the smallest AG} is 8.8 kcal. In contrast,
the methyl group is known to have only a slight effect on the decarbovyla-
tion,® the difference in this series being 1.68 kcal. Obviously the methoxyl
group can alter the rate of the reaction much more effectively due to its larger
electronic and steric effects.

As compared to the unsubstituted acid, a relatively large AG{ value is
exhibited by 5-methoxy-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid (Table 2). The de-
stabilization of the transition state by the electron-donating methoxyl group
at the 5-position (by resonance) must be responsible for this increase.®

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

24

“(TL6T) €00% 9€_‘*PFGF ‘umorg “A “a pue nyqueys “a “W,
“(ZL6T) SE6€ “ZE S*PFGE ‘umozg “A “A pue TesoW “Cf “UY,
“(TL6T) ¥Sy “9€ ‘*WeyD “S320 *f ‘uMoag “A “a pure TESOW “LC “A,
“OOT * [(H UT JO enTeA eBer0Ae) + (A UT JO UOFIeTASp pzepueds) }
:SMOTTOF SB pezeTNoTeo SF 31 +3987 so UOFIETNOTeD Oy} UF AFF eaenbs 4seaT 9Yy} 1OZ SNTeA 34} ST STUL,

ra-*°"a = HAV,

OT’ ileal 0° o+ 9°SE G°9€ L°ee ApoB SOR Lared
—jeveuTpTrzhd-Z

TELS 7°T 9°OT- T°9¢ T°Sé 30°62 PpRoe JFTAKoq
-ie aut pTrAd
-7—Axoyjeu-¢

70° €S°0 0° c+ 6° LE 8°8e ae cf poe oF TAxoq
—1e oUF pTsAd
-7—-Kkxoyjou-4

€0° T?°O0 O° et+ 0°c? 0°eV 6°SE pero? DFTAKOg
-1e deur pFazkd

-7—-Axoy.ou—-G

LT° 0°? 9° 6c+ 8°TS 6°¢S B°LE Boner oT TAKOq
-ie.0uTprazhd
-z-Ax0yjeou-9

uoTIepTASd Baoan aan apou/Sep/Te9 eToM/Tedy eToW/Teoy sTou/Teoy
5° 002 002 40e 002
pzepuels JUSTIFZJ09 {SV {HV a 4V PPOV
B

Fc a a ee

aUANJOJOIIN-E Ul sploy orAxoqueoourpriAd-Z-Axoy}oJ JO UONe[Axoqieoaq] OY} JOF srojourVIeT UORBAHOY TOpIO Sih quoreddy

Z PAqOL

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 95

a“ RAP Ee
Be Mit on —— Re 6
N om NeTG
O 0
H~

The methoxyl group in the 4-position causes a decrease in AG} as compared
to the unsubstituted acid. The slight electron-withdrawing inductive effect
of this group from the meta position is capable of accounting for this
decrease. The methoxyl group in the 6-position is also meta to the develop-
ing negative charge. Instead of a decrease in AG} (as predicted by the
electron-withdrawing inductive effect), a large increase is actually observed.
As the methoxyl group in the 6-position lies close to the reaction site, its
steric effects cannot be neglected and in fact must overwhelm the small
electronic effect. The most likely role of the methoxy] group in the 6-position
is to shift the equilibrium between I and II (Scheme 1) to the left by
effectively blocking the ring nitrogen. If this explanation were valid, the
methoxyl group in 3-position is expected to shift this equilibrium in the
opposite direction and lower the AG} for the series. This large decrease in
AG} cannot be explained by the small inductive effect of the methoxy group
(co = 0.2) alone. A large range of AS} is also shown by the methoxy-2-
pyridinecarboxylic acids. This range probably indicates that the transition
states for decarboxylation involve different degrees of orientation. This also
reflects that different mechanisms could be involved as postulated.* In con-
clusion, the data prsented herein indicate that steric effects can cause great
variations in the activation energies for the decarboxylation and can be more
effective than the electronic effects.

REFERENCES
fe KG, pe Pederson, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 51, 2098 (1929).
2. L. W. Clark, J. Phys. Chem., 66, 125 (1962).
Sen Ji Moser and E. V. Brown, J. Org. Chem., 36, 454 (1971).
4, E. V. Brown and M. B. Shambhu, ibid., 36, 2002 (1971).
5. N.H. Cantwell and E. V. Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 74, 5967 (1952).
6. R. J. Moser and E. V. Brown, J. Org. Chem., 37, 3938 (1972).
Received: August 21, 1972. Accepted, February 9, 1973.

26 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

THE ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA OF SOME
9-ANTHRACENECARBOXALDEHYDE HYDRAZONES. EVIDENCE FOR
A PLANAR STRUCTURE IN METHANOL.?

RUSSELL J. MOSER? AND ELLIS V. BROWN
Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

The ultraviolet spectra of seven 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde hydrazones have
been studied and compared with 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde, 9-anthracenecarbox-
ylic acid, and other 9-substituted anthracenes. The hydrazone spectra resembled
that of 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde and not that of 9-anthracenecarboxylic acid.
The large degree of interaction of ring and substituent 7-electrons in these hydra-
zones is attributed to a decrease in the steric effects which are present in the
carboxylic acid.

Consideration of molecular models suggests that the peri-hydrogen
atoms in anthracene might exhibit a steric effect. As the 9-substitutent is
forced out of the plane of the aromatic ring, the conjugation is decreased,
and hence, the resonance stabilization energy is diminished. The con-
formation of the substituted molecule thus depends on the relative magni-
tudes of the resonance stabilization energy and the interaction energy.
The long wavelength 7 — z°* transition of some substituted benzene, 1- and
2-naphthalene, and 9-anthracene molecules are shown in Table 1. From an
examination of the ),,,x of each compound it can be seen that as the number
of peri-hydrogens increases, A(Amaxzp — Amaxa) increases. This can be
attributed to the larger steric effect of the hydroxyl group as compared to
the hydrogen atom attached to the carboxyl group.

The data in Table 1 give more evidence that it is the peri-hydrogen that
causes the change in planarity. The A,,,x of 2-naphthoic acid is 332nm
while the Ayax for 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-l-carbazolyl 2-naphthoate is 331nm.
As the —OH or —OR group of the acid function is moved away from the
H-8 atom, steric hindrance is decreased. These molecules are able to assume
the same conformation. Table 1 lists the data for the 2,4-dinitrophenyl
hydrazones of these aldehydes. If one compares A(Amaxp - Amaxa) With
values for A(Amaxc — Amaxp), the former increase in value while the latter
decrease fram benzene through napthalene to anthracene. This indicates
that the group attached to N-1 (see Figure 1) is far enough away from H-8
that little steric hindrance takes place here. The conformation of some other
9-substituted anthracenes has been studied.? It was found that the angle
theta (@) between the plane of the substituent and that of the aromatic

ues Ne
(1) 18 H(8) H ee H H ane H

CD OUD OLY

27

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

*ZEEZT “ON B BDUSTeTeI veg (f)
"ZIEZ ‘ON B edUeTeZeA Bas (T)
“GO8ST ‘ON B edUeTezeA Beg (Y)
‘€OZT ‘ON B BdUeZezeI vag (3)
“III eTqQeL Peg (3)

‘II eTqeL PeS (9)

*6€7Z “ON & DOUEZeZeI Beg (P)
“/T@ST ‘ON B eDUeZezZeI Bag (2)
*898 ‘ON @ odUeTazeI veg (q)

*7GZ “ON wnajoeds ‘eptueaTAsuusg
‘efydpepettud *30043g uepiep dutads gTE¢ ‘seTr1oZeAOgGe] YOLvesey TeTIpes ‘erq0edg JeTOTAeIATA pxrepueig AeTIApes (F)

--- cOSE < --- --- Tee Z€€ aueTeyrydeu-z
87- Ose < G+ 86€ --- ave ausdeIYQUe-6
6£ y lst 07+ pele --- 5262 aueTeyjydeu-T
ZZ < OSE < ie q842 === 26L2 guezueq
(9) 2euozeapéy (a) (V) PPV
(arey = OXBIY) 9 qtAueydorzpurq-y‘z (vVxeuy — FXelly) 7 apAyepTexoqie9 19480 oT TAxoqae9 SuTy
xXBUuL

‘wu UIST “yy ‘spunoduiop oneutory sUuI0g 10F (WU) BUIxeyy UOndIosqy

L 21991

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

28

(¢) 2euozerpsy

[9S°0] [7S°0] [9€°0] [6T°0] [6°€] [9°¢€] -T4£4nq-u-T p-N‘ N-epAy
86E (78E) (S9€) CvE aS ase GZ 877 ~opTexoqivoous0Pi1yjue-¢
(7) euozerpfsy
[€8°0l Ef (0))| [29°0] [TS°0] [07°0] [o's] [e°s] {T4doid-os}t-Tp-N*‘ N-epéy
804 T6€ €8E 69€ Z9E --- €SZ LyZ —opTexoqieoouslPIYyIUe-6
(€) euozerpséy
[8Z°o] [09°0] [s€°0] [67°0] [¥T°0] [7°9] [6°S] qTAdoid-u-T p-Nn ‘ N-epsy
L6E (€L€) (8S€) (ZS€) (TVE) ~—— GZ Lz -—oplTexoqieoeue leary Ue-6
(7) 2euozerpfsy
[Ss7°0] [os *0] [97°0] [ze°o] [7z°0] [gt°o] [y's] [6°S] -TAy J euTp-N‘ N-epsy
€07 €8e TLE (9S€) (77) (€€€) 797 7GZ —opTexoqieooueleIYIWUe-~6

[S9°0] [z9°0] [T7°0] (/2107(0)1 TAT {G)Pe)|

86E =<—- ZLE LSE --= 8ZE 19Z (867)
se2 — ll@eyal (1) epAyepTexoqieo
oa --- --- --- — --- ‘797 €EZ quele1yjUe-§

Pe) q
Z pueg T pueg
[ I x xeul
0
pay punoduo)

‘jouryeWy Ul spunoduioD payepy

pue opAyepyexoqivoousoviyjuy-G JO sonjeA a pue (WU) eUIxey, ~“oNdIosqy

c FGOL

29

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

‘uoT3e1 STY UF peATesqo Jou sem 1epTNoys to yeod e ey seqeotpuy vsoeds yueTq y (2)

“Toueyjom UT “*/9T9 “ON wWNnajZDedg ‘efueATASuUeg ‘etydzopettrud
*Jo019S§ ueprey BSutads otT¢E¢ “saTiojzeiogey yoieasey eT pes ‘e1rqzo0eds JFSTOFA P1ITN prepuejs AeTapes (q)

"CE = JUBJSUOD DFAIOeTETE *wnuyXeW pueq e ueYy. 1z9yIeA
t9pTnoys eB seOTpuy seseyjueied uz paesoToue syQSueTeaeM ‘peqeqs eSTM19Y4IO SSeTUN TOURYIeM ST JUeATOS (ke)

Se ee ee ee ee ee

(g) euTuT
[yy*o] [sv°o] [9¢'o] [ev] -auept [Ay emp Ary ue-¢
86 T6€ (ZL€) a See “== 67 Ered ~(TAzer4dT Ay 3 ou, N)-N
(LZ) 2uozezpsy
[06‘0] [98'o] {[98'o] [s°¢€] -TATTEEP-N ‘N-opsy
00% L8€ TLE o> S25 “— Z9Z --- —opTPxXoqieoeusleiryjUe-¢
(9) 9u0zerpkyTAQnqg
[ss°o] [0S°0] [o€:'o] {[z°y] [s'4] -OST-TP-N‘ N-epsy
007 (78€) (79€) --- --- --- €SZ Lvz —opTexoqievous0PryqUe-~6
i a ee ee
Ge BEBE T pueg
xXeu
we 3
[,.0T ]
xeul
Xe
punoduog

a

30 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

portion of the molecule for 9-nitroanthracene, 9-acetylanthracene, and 9-
formylanthracene was 65° > © > 15°, © = 49°, and @ = 27° respectively.
After correlation of this with dipole moment and ir stretching frequency
measurements, they concluded that the probability of a planar conformation
decreases as the size of the substituent increases. Steric reasons have been
invoked to explain the polarization spectra of 9-substituted anthracenes.*
Here are reported the spectra of some N,N-disubstituted hydrazones of
9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde to determine if planarity is sacrificed by the
added N-substituent.

EXPERIMENTAL

The preparation and purity of these compounds have been described
previously. A solvent blank of the exact composition as that containing
the compound was used for each measurement. Measurements of absorbance
were made on a Cary 15 recording spectrophotometer with 10 mm Beckman
silica clls.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The ultraviolet spectral data of 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde (1) 9-
anthracenecarboxyaldehyde-N,N-dimethylhydrazone (2), 9-anthracenecar-
boxaldehyde-N,N-di-n-propylhydrazone (3), 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde-N,
N-di-iso-propylhydrazone (4), 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde-N,N-di-n-butyl-
hydrazone (5), 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde-N,N-di-iso-butylhydrazone (6),
9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde-N,N-diallylhydrazone (7), and N-(N’-methyl-
pyrazyl)-9-anthrylmethylideneimine (8) in methanol have been determined.
The Amax and enax Of all the observable peaks in a given band are given in
Table 2. The ena, of each given peak must be examined to find the Amax
of a band. All of the compounds in Table 2 have their long wavelength
absorption maximum around 400 nm in methanol (i.e., 1-398 nm; 2—383
nm; 3—397 nm; 4—408 nm; 5—398 nm; 6—400nm; 7—400; 8—391 nm). The
ultraviolet spectral data of anthracene (9), 9-anthracenecarboxylic acid (10),
9-nitroanthracene (11), 9-bromoanthracene (12), and 9-methylanthracene
(13) are shown in Table 3. All of these compounds have their long wave-
length absorption maximum around 355 nm in methanol (i.e., 9-355 nm;
10—364 nm; 11—347 nm; 12—368 nm; 13—347 nm).

Compounds 9, 12, and 13 all have similar A,,,x for the long wavelength
absorption (i.e., 355 nm, 347 nm, and 368 nm, respectively) (Table 3).
The amount of conjugation has not increased, and the substituents have not
perturbed the molecular orbitals. In the case of 10 and 11 the situation is
different. Conjugation of the substituent with the ring is possible. However,
since the absorption maximum is in the same region as for 9, 12 and 13, we
must conclude that conjugation is not important. This verifies earlier
observations +678, 9-Anthracenecarboxaldehyde (1), whose angle @ is only
27°, has a low energy band similar to the hydrazones (i.e., 398 nm). It
must be concluded that these hydrazones have an angle ® similar in size to
the 9-anthracenecarboxaldehyde.

The two absorption areas in these anthracene derivatives can be related
to steric interaction of the peri-hydrogen (see Figure 1). In all three cases,
C-11 is bonded to an anthryl group and is doubly bonded to either oxygen
or nitrogen; however, on the other single bond there is either a hydrogen or
hydroxyl group. The interaction of the peri-hydrogen (H-1) with the
hydrogen or hydroxyl group is of major importance in determining @. The

31

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

°G9v8 “ON °Z 2T9UPL 7G] VvoUeLVjJe1 99S (P)
“069 ‘ON ‘*Z eTGEL $4 eoUeTezeA vag (3) ‘H6E “ON °Z BTGPL 6G eoUeTezeI veg (2)
“6Z6ST ‘ON ‘2 eTGeL ‘4 eoUeTeyer veg (5) *Z eTqeL ‘9 sduUetezoa veg (q)
"0S89 ‘ON ‘*Z eTqGeL *q eoUerezea eag (9) *Z eTGeL *B sdUeTeyet veg (fF)
[ss*o] [sz‘o] [v¥t*°o] [980°0] [sz] [st] Ee
sm su Lye TEE QTE 40€ SS¢ (692) «= (ET) <geueoeayjueTAyreu-6
[76°0] KOn tl a(2 O20) > ecco se vt Od Hohe rth ai oher | a
88 89€ OSE Zee Ooze See €SZ (847) Kai) Ue se tra aewen dae
teG-O)-2 192,01. U2r- ol [st] Cet] cs
= ae Lye Zee (9TE) aos TSZ (292) (IT) ,SuecezyzUPOIITU-6§
ieee Ole Eo6-O)>% Tte"o] =-fze"ol -- .P21*0] [9T]
98€ H9E 9%€ 8ZE CTE a "SZ aS ss
fos‘o] [9z*ol {[tt‘o] [940°0] [orl =f -6] (OT) pFoe IF TAxXoqie9
= =o 77 67 YT 00€ esc, (942) SoS e eee
PesOle (ALO eco fee of = lctsol = [97050] [oz] ES
OLE SSE BEE 2z€ 60€ 967 OS 5.q7* (6) euecezyjUe
Z pueg T pueg
Ptqnat aw
>=
xPuL
Ns punodwmo9

joury eI UL spunodwioy po}epay pue ousovIyUW jo sonjeA 2 pue (UU) eUXeyy yUOndIOsqy

€ 1901

32 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

size of the secondary amine attached to N-1 is not of great significance, since
it is far enough away from H-8, that only minor steric effects are present.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This study was carried out under Contract No. 12-12-100-10311(73)
with the Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
administered by the Eastern Marketing Research and Nutrition Division,
600 East Mermaid Lane, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19118.

Nomenclature

€amx = A/lc where emax represents the maximum molar absorptivity;
max Tepresents the wavelength (nm) of maximum absorption.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Presented in part at the National Meeting of the American Chemical Society,
Washington, D. C., September 1971.

2. Present address: Department of Pediatrics, Albert B. Chandler Medical Center,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky.

Le Fevre, R. J. W., Radom, L., Ritchie, G. L. D., J. Chem. Soc., B, 775 (1968).
Kozlov, I. N., Sarzhevskii, A. M., and Khomick, M. I., Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk., 9,
666 (1968); Chem. Abstr., 73, 52591 h (1969).

Yang, K. W. and Brown, E. V., Anal. Lett., 5, 293 (1972).

Norman R. O. C. and Ralph P. D., J. Chem. Soc., 2221 (1961).

Trotter, J., Acta Cryst., 12, 237 (1959).
-Suzuki, H., “Electronic Absorption Spectra and the Geometry of Organic
Molecules,” Academic Press, New York, N. Y., 1967, p. 446-449.
Received: February 2, 1973. Accepted May 25, 1973.

So rect ee)

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 33

SOME PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL, AND BENTHIC CHARACTERISTICS
OF WAR FORK, AN INTERRUPTED STREAM IN JACKSON
COUNTY, KENTUCKY

NORMAN H. CRISP AND CATHERINE B. CRISP
Department of Biological Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

This paper presents the results of an investigation of the physical,
chemical; and benthic characteristics of War Fork Creek in Jackson County,
Kentucky. War Fork is atypical in that sections of it are interrupted on
nonlimestone terraces. The presence and position of these interruptions are
dependent on rainfall and watershed discharge.

Only a few publications treat interrupted streams, particularly with
reference to limnological effects of such interruptions. This investigation
was conducted to determine if interruptions in flow had any effect on the
streams physical and chemical parameters, and if rapid desiccation and
reinundation of interrupted stream beds had an adverse effect on the
density and diversity of benthic organisms.

__ A preliminary survey for general morphometry and for location of col-
lection sites was started in May 1971 and continued until June 1971. Selected
physical-chemical parameters were measured and benthic samples collected
on 4 July, 17 July, and 1 August 1971. The section of the stream selected
for study lies between 37°27'10” and 37°28’30” N latitude and 83°55/37”
and 83° 54’ 47” W longitude in northeastern Jackson County, and is a fourth
order stream according to Kuehne’s (1962) classification.

Description of War Fork

In his work on the McKee Quadrangle, Gordon Weir (pers. comm.)
found several formations of two geological periods within the area covered
by our study. In the uppermost section of the study area, War Fork flows
over the Breathitt Formation (Upper Pennsylvanian), a heterogenous unit
composed mostly of gray shale with lenses of light-brown sandstone (Figs. 1
and 2). The middle and upper-lower sections are floored with ledge forming,
dark green sandstone and green shale. This sandstone capped shale is the
Pennington Formation of Mississippian age. The extreme lower section
of the area is floored by light to medium gray Newman limestone also of
Mississippian age, a highly cavernous, weathering limestone with many
sinks.

War Fork itself, near Station 1 (Fig. 1), is about 5 feet wide with
alternating riffles and pools, and this pattern persists throughout the length
of the stream, although the width increases to about 15 feet in the lower
sections. In general, stream width is very nearly equal to channel and/or
floodplain width. Floodplains are poorly developed or absent. The stream
is well shaded by the canopy of mixed hardwoods in the lower section and
hardwoods and hemlocks in the upper sections.

The elevation of War Fork at Station 1 is about 890 feet msl., falling to
about 830 feet at Station 7; an average gradient of 30 feet per mile. A
longitudinal profile (Fig. 2) discloses two areas of high gradient separated

34 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Figure 1. Map of Study Area and Stations

(
BS
}
U
== INTERRUPTFD FLOW U
é
/
Site
—— PERMANENT FLOW
\
‘
is
,@3
¢
‘
?
1/2MILE

by an area of relatively low gradient. Streams flowing on limestone sur-
faces often have rapidly changing gradients in different sections (Neel,
1951. However, the locations of rapid gradient changes on War Fork are
not associated with limestone, but occur close to the points where two out-
crops meet. Differences in erosional rates of the two outcrops probably
account for this fact.

During periods of low flow, War Fork sinks into the Pennington
Formation at two different points. The sites of these sinks were under the
roots of large trees. Dr. Harry P. Hoge of the Eastern Kentucky University
Geology Department (pers. comm.) suggested that since the Pennington
Formation thinly overlays the Newman limestone at these points, the root
systems of the trees probably have extended into the Newman Formation
and caused fractures and fissures in the Pennington. This would allow the
stream water to enter the limestone and form solution channels.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 35

Figure 2. Longitudinal Profile of the Study Area

Breathitt

Feet

Pennington

Miles

Six stations were established at the beginning of the study and a seventh
one added when dye-flows indicated the discharge of subterranean water.
Station 1 was located at the junction of Steer Fork and War Fork. The
stream is a series of riffles and pools with the bottom composed of rubble
in the riffles and coarse sand, gravel, and some rubble in the pools. Station 2
was established at the site of an interruption about 1 mile below Station 1.
This is not an interruption in the sense of that found in karst topography, but
an infiltration of the stream into a series of alluyial deposits at the base of
large trees. The site of the interruption is not fixed, but varies in location
depending on discharge.

Station 3 was at the junction of Hughes Fork with War Fork. The stream
bed consists of shales with scattered rubble and gravel. During periods of
low flow, the stream disappears into an alluvium deposit at the base of a
large tree.

Station 4 was added after the results of adding dye at Stations 2 and 3
indicated that some or all of this water was reentering the surface drainage
at that point. Station 4 was a large pool with a bottom composed of large
rubble and some silt.

Station 5 was established at the source of a spring directly across from
a recreation area. The spring runs about 30 feet before entering War Fork
and is entirely riffles with the bottom composed of rubble and fine sand.

Station 6 was about 100 feet below the point where the spring-fed stream
from Station 5 entered War Fork. It is a shallow riffle area at the end of
a large pool. The bottom is composed of small rubble with a few large
rocks generally dispersed.

Station 7 was not a fixed location but rather the point at which War
Fork sank. Whether it was a pool or a riffle habitat depended upon water
level at the time of sampling. The bottom material varied somewhat but
at all times large amounts of small rubble grading into coarse sands were
present.

36 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Methods and Materials

Discharge and velocity measurements were not taken, but relative in-
tensities were noted at Station 7. The lowest intensity observed was on
July 17, medium intensity on July 4, and the greatest intensity on August 1.

Temperature measurements were taken with a standard laboratory
mercury thermometer. Turbidity measurements were determined by the
use of a Hellige turbidimeter. Measurements of pH were taken on wide-
range pH paper. Half values were interpolated using degree of color de-
velopment as a basis for decision.

Determinations of dissolved oxygen, calcium hardness, total hardness,
alkalinity, and free carbon dioxide were made following the procedures
outlined by Hach Chemical Company, Ames, Iowa. Oxygen saturation
values were computed from a nomogram given by Reid (1961).

Benthic samples were made by allowing 10 minutes of hand collecting
on rocks and bottom debris at each station after the method of Macan (1958).
Identification was made by standard keys, such as Edmonson (1959), Pennak
(1953), and Ross (1953).

Results and Discussion

Character of Ground Water Flow. On July 4 an attempt was made to
determine whether water, which disappeared at stations 2 and 3, reentered
the stream in the middle portion of the study area through an underground
spring. Flourescent yellow dye (0.5 Ib in 1 gallon of water) was placed
in the stream just above the interruption at Stations 2 and 3. About 45
minutes after it was placed in the stream, the dye was observed spreading
over the bottom at the location which was then established as Station 4.
Temperature. The major factor in warming stream water is direct solar
radiation. However, temperature is affected by altitude, aspect, cover, and
type of source (Reid, 1961).. War Fork has a well-developed stream side
canopy that for the most part excludes a great deal of incoming radiation.
Minckley (1963) found that flow-through time in Doe Run had an effect
on water temperature. Time of flow is decreased with increased discharge.
With the exception of Station 5, all stations had the lowest temperature
on August 1 when the discharge of the stream was greatest (Table 1).
Thermal stratification is not usually a characteristic of a lotic environ-
ment, but does sometimes occur. Neel (1951), in his investigation of a
limestone stream, found that the location of underwater springs could be
detected by marked differences in temperature readings. He concluded
that since the ground water seasonally is colder than surface water, these
areas of low temperature would be the result of incoming spring water.
Thermal stratification was observed at one point on War Fork. Dye
placed at the interruptions of Stations 2 and 3 was observed spreading
across the bottom of a pool at the entrance to Turkey Foot recreation area.
Temperature readings on July 17 were 20° C at the surface and 18° C at
the bottom (20 inches). It should be noted that the subsurface water at
Station 4 was considerably cooler than the surface water at Stations 2 and 3
where it originated (Table 1). It is possible that during its underground
passage, the water received cold groundwater seepage, or lost heat to the
cooler rocks, or a combination of both. On August 1, when there were no
interruptions of War Fork, stratification was not observed. The water was

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 ot

Table 1

Physical-Chemical Parameters of War Fork. Temperature in °C. Free COg,
Dissolved Oxygen, Calcium Hardness, Total Hardness, Total
Alkalinity, and Turbidity Measured in ppm.

Collecting Dates

Station 1 7/4 AY 8/1
Temperature 21.0 20) IKS)= 0)
pH Tai) 6.5 7.0
co, 3350 4.0. 2.0
De 70. 8.2 8.4 8.9
Per Cent Saturation 90.0 96.0 95.0
Calcium Hardness 20.0 ZZaAo 12.0
Total Hardness 28.0 38.0 20.0
Alkalinity (Total) DIO} 1250 4.0
Turbidity 8.5 720 20.0
Station 2

Temperature 2250 23.0 19.0
pH 6.5 TO 6.5
co, 265 2.0 Pas
Da Os 9.4 8.8 oil
Per Cent Saturation 105.0 100.0 7a@
Calcium Hardness 24.0 22.0 20.0
Total Hardness 30.0 30510 2250
Alkalinity (Total) IL{}56) 18.0 20.0
Turbidity 15.5 9.5 280

extremely turbulent and probably resulted in complete mixing of the sub-
surface and surface water.

Longitudinal gradation of temperature that characterize many streams
was not observed in War Fork. The lower portions of the study area were,
as a rule, cooler than the upper area. Since canopy over the stream was
roughly equal over the entire area, some factor other than thermal radiation

38 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Table 1 (continued)

Collecting Dates

Station 3 7/4 7/17
Temperature 23.0 23.0
pH 6.5 6.5
co, 6.0 4.0
D.O. 6.0 6.2
Per Cent Saturation 70.0 70.0
Calcium Hardness 28.0 44.0
Total Hardness 44.0 50.0
Alkalinity (Total) 36.0 38.0
Turbidity 2.0 8.5
Station 4

Temperature 20.0
PH 6.5
co, 6.0
D.O. 9.8
Per Cent Saturation 105.0
Calcium Hardness 56.0
Total Hardness 60.0
Alkalinity (Total) Bae (0)
Turbidity 9.3

8/1

19.0
6.5
1.0
9.5

100.0

16.0
24.0
20.0

14.5

18.0
7.0
7.0
8.7

92.0

40.0

40.0

28.0

7.5

must be considered. The most probable explanation is that subsurface

water was entering the stream but not detected.

Turbidity. Turbidity was measured at each station during each sampling
period (Table 1) and was usually greatest during periods of high discharge.
Two exceptions were Station 4 on July 17 and Station 5 on all occasions. A
high value at Station 4 was probably the result of physical disturbance of
the sediments prior to collecting. Station 5 showed no correlation between
discharge and turbidity and fluctuated up and down for no apparent reason.

Dissolved Oxygen. In streams, especially small mountain streams, photosyn-
thesis plays a minor part in supplying dissolved oxygen. The most im-

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 39
Table 1 (continued)

Collecting Dates

Station 5 7/4 WAY 8/1
Temperature 17.0 17.5 W7/5D)
pH 7.0 6.5 720
co, 8.5 1350 5.0
D.O. 159 7.4 ORS
Per Cent Saturation 82.0 75.0 110.0
Calcium Hardness 32.0 42.0 34.0
Total Hardness 43.0 44.0 36.0
Alkalinity (Total) 30.0 40.0 22.0
Turbidity 16.0 955 7.5
Station 6

Temperature LOR 20.0 18.0
pH 7.0 7.0 6.5
co, U5> Uc 4.0
D.O. 7.8 WO 256
Per Cent Saturation 80.0 86.0 100.0
Calcium Hardness 24.0 32.0 30.0
Total Hardness 40.0 38.0 30.0
Alkalinity (Total) 37.0 36.0 24.0
Turbidity 5.0 6.0 a2

portant factor is probably physical aeration. Due to the nature of War Fork
morphology, circulation was probably very effective in supplying oxygen.

Dissolved oxygen was relatively high at all stations. The lowest value
was recorded from Station 3 when it was a nearly stagnant pool and the
highest value was recorded from Station 5 during a period of high runoff.
Station 5 had high concentrations of oxygen at all times. At any time of
the year oxygen present in ground water differs insignificantly from that
of the stream (Neel, 1951). A small t-test at the .05 level of significance
revealed that the difference between the mean oxygen: concentration at
Station 5 and the rest of the stream was not significant.

40 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Table 1 (continued)

Station 7

Temperature ZORS 21.0 19.0
pH SoS) 7.0 6.5
co, ilo (@) 3510 2.0
D.O. 9.7 8.0 Saat
Per Cent Saturation 105.0 90.0 97.0
Calcium Hardness 38.0 46.0 26.0
Total Hardness 40.0 50.0 32.0
Alkalinity (Total) 35.0 40.0 . 30.0
Turbidity 16.0 a0 BiG)

Oxygen Saturation. Oxygen saturation values varied greatly between
stations and at the same station on different sampling dates (Table 1). The
amount of physical aeration apparently did not affect the saturation values.
The main factor was the water temperature at the collecting site.

Free Carbon Dioxide, Hydrogen Ion Concentration, and Alkalinity. There
was little variation in the free carbon dioxide in the areas not grossly
affected by subsurface water. Some subterranean waters are rich in carbon
dioxide collected during passage through the soil. Station 5, which repre-
sented only subterranean flow, typically had the highest free carbon dioxide
concentration. Station 4 showed increase in concentration over Station 2
and Station 3, from which it obtained some of its water. Water at Station 6,
which was primarily the result of influx of ground water above the station,
also had a high free carbon dioxide content (Table 1).

Hydrogen ion concentration changed little during the study, or from
station to station. All readings were either 6.5 or 7.0 (Table 1). There
was no apparent inverse relation between pH and free carbon dioxide as
stated by Reid (1961).

Alkalinity was low, as expected from a stream not flowing over limestone
(Table 1). No phenolphthalein alkalinity was observed at any time. Total
alkalinity (bromocresol green-methyl red) was present as bicarbonate
alkalinity. Highest measurements were recorded from samples taken July
17, the collection period of lowest flow. These results are congruent with
findings of Foster (1942), i.e., that the greatest concentrations of dissolved
material are present during periods of low flow when most of the water
represents runoff from ground water.

Calcium and Total Hardness. Calcium hardness and total hardness were
similar at all stations. Highest readings were recorded from Stations 4 and 5
and were highest during periods of low flow. Due to the close similarity
of calcium and total hardness, the significance of the differences in the two
means was tested using a small-scale t-test showing significance at the .01

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 41

Table 2

Distribution of Benthic Organisms from War Fork, Jackson County, Kentucky,
Collected on July 4, July 17 and August 1, 1971.

Taxa Station Total

Plecoptera
Acroneuria 3 1 - 10 al 2 ALg/

Tsoperla 3 = - - - - 3

Trichoptera

Hydropsyche 3 - - - 3
Glossosoma 9 - - aL 6 2 18
9

Neophyiax 4 - - 2

Drusinus - - 3 aL i 1 6
Ephemeroptera

Stenonema 6 al ib 7 3 3 21

Ephemerelia - - - - 1 = 1

Iron - - 2 - - 4 6
Odonata

Aeschna 1 - - - - - al
Coleoptera

Psephenus 7 3 1 6 5 al 23
Diptera

Chironomidae 1 - - 6 - - 7

TOTAL 38 9 7 38 33 22

level. The difference in the two values probably was due to small amounts
of dolomite along with limestone (Hem, 1959).

Benthos. The benthic organisms collected from War Fork were all Insecta,
representing 6 orders and 13 genera (Table 2). With the exception of the
Odonata and Diptera, all orders were represented at every station.

Many of the benthic organisms commonly collected in the region
surrounding the study area were not encountered at the collection sites.
War Fork could be classified as an oligotrophic stream by using the calcium
content of the water as an index of productivity (Reid, 1961). In an oligo-
trophic stream, one typically finds many species with extremely low popula-
tion densities. Unless extensive sampling is conducted in oligotrophic

42 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Table 3

Total Abundance and Distribution of Benthic Organisms from War Fork, Jackson
County, Kentucky, Based on Habitat Preference (C=Characteristic; E=Exclusive).

Taxa Riffle Pool

Plecoptera

Acroneuria T5a(G) 2

Isoperla 3 (BE) 0
Trichoptera

Hydropsyche 10 2

Glossosoma 16 (C) 2

Neophylax 15 (E) fe)

Drusinus 2 4
Ephemeroptera

Stenonema ily (2) 4

Ephemerella 1 (E) ()

Iron 4 2
Odonata

Aeschna 1 (E) (0)
Coleoptera

Psephenus A (@)) 2
Diptera

Chironomidae 7 )

streams many species may be overlooked (Patrick, 1970). Since only a
total of 30 minutes of sampling was used at each collecting station, some
of the benthic organisms of low density which probably inhabit War Fork
were not collected.

Stehr and Branson (1938) felt that stream communities fall into two
major groups, those of riffles and pools. These divisions can be further
divided into rocky riffles, sandy riffles, rock-bottom pools, and sand-bottom
pools. War Fork has few pools or rifles that could be classified as solely
sandy or rocky. Only the broad category of riffles or pools was used for
comparisons (Table 3). Organisms from Stations 1, 5, and 6 were always
from a riffle community and organisms from Station 3 were always from a
pool community. Organisms from Stations 2 and 7 were placed in either a
riffle or pool community, depending on the character of stream flow when
they were collected. It was impossible to recognize two distinct communities,
because the pools had no exclusive or characteristic genera.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 43

The low number of organisms collected from the pools was probably
due to the fact that the sections of the stream where the pools occurred
was subject to periodic loss of water due to stream interruptions. However,
Larimore, Childers, and Heckrotte (1959) indicated that many organisms
are able to withstand periods of drought by burrowing into the moist sub-
strate, aestivating, or retreating with the receding water.

Repopulation of the previously dried sections of the stream bed should
have been accomplished by normal stream drift. Variable water level is a
factor that brings about an increase in drift (Minshall and Winger, 1968).
Since water level was extremely variable on War Fork, sufficient drift
should have been present to repopulate sections as they were reinundated.
It was impossible, due to the nature of the study, to know how long a
previously dry area had been reinundated when samples were taken. If
reinundation had occurred just prior to sampling, the effect of stream drift
would have been decreased.

LITERATURE CITED

Edmonson, W. T. (ed.) 1959. Ward and Whipple’s Fresh-Water Biology. John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. 1,248 pp.

Foster, M. D. 1942. The chemistry of ground water. In, Hydrology, Physics of the
Earth. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 646-655 pp.

Freund, J. E. 1970. Statistics, a First Course. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey. 340 pp.

Hach Chemical Co. Water and Sewage Analysis Methods Manual. Ames, Iowa.
52 pp.

Hem, J. C. 1959. Study and interpretations of the chemical characteristics of
natural water. U.S. Geol. Surv., Water Supply Pap. 1473: 1-269.

Kuehne, R. A. 1962. A classification of streams, illustrated by fish distribution in
an eastern Kentucky creek. Ecology 48: 139-149.

Larimore, R. W., W. F. Childers, and C. Heckrotte. 1959. Destruction and re-
establishment of stream fish and invertebrates affected by drought. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 88: 261-285.

Macan, T. T. 1958. Methods of sampling the bottom fauna in stony streams. Mitt.
int. Ver. Limnol. 8: 1-21.

Minckley, W. L. 1963. The ecology of a spring stream Doe Run, Meade County,
Kentucky. Wildl. Monogr. No. 11: 1-124.

Minshall, G. W., and P. V. Winger. 1968. The effect of reduction in stream flow
on the invertebrate drift. Ecology 49: 580-582.

Neel, J. K. 1951. Interrelations of certain physical and chemical features in a
headwater limestone stream. Ecology 32: 368-392.

Patrick, R. 1970. Benthic stream communities. Amer. Sci. 58: 546-549.
Pennak, R. W. 1953. Fresh-Water Invertebrates of the United States. Ronald
Press, New York. 769 pp.

Reid, G. K. 1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries. Van Nostrand Rein-
hold Co., New York. 375 pp.

Ross, H. H. 1953. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. Ill. Nat.
Hist. Surv. 23: 1-326.

Stehr, W. C. and J. W. Branson. 1938. An ecological study of an intermittent
stream. Ecology 19: 294-310.

Received: March 23, 1973. Accepted June 5, 1973.

44 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

APOPHALLUS VENUSTUS (TREMATODA, DIGENEA): A NEW
METACERCARIA RECORD FROM NEW HAMPSHIRE

NORMAN CRISP AND JOHN P. HARLEY

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky, University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Yellow perch (Perca flavescens) from Kidder Brook, New London, New Hamp-
shire, were infected with the metacercaria of the heterophyid trematode Apophallus
venustus. This is the first report of this metacercaria from New Hampshire; thus,
extending its geographic range in North America.

Apophallus venustus (Ransom, 1920) metacercariae have been reported
only from the lower Ottaway Valley of Quebec (Cameron 1945). Adults
have been reported from Georgia (Babero and Shepperson 1958), Wash-
ington, D.C. (Cameron 1945), and Quebec (Cameron 1945). The first
intermediate host of this heterophyid trematode is the snail Goniobasis
liviscens; the second intermediate hosts are 13 species of fishes in nine
families; and the definitive host, mammals and migratory piscivorous birds.
All of the above are widely distributed in eastern North America (Cameron
1937a, 1937b). As a result, A. venustus should have an equally wide geo-
graphic range.

Recently, the authors had the opportunity to examine yellow perch (Perca
flavescens) from New Hampshire for this parasite. Fish were collected by
seining Kidder Brook, New London, New Hampshire, and preserved in
10% formalin. Later, the dorsal musculature was removed and digested
according to the method of Weller (1943). After digestion was completed,
the remaining muscle fiber was examined under a dissecting microscope for
metacercarial cysts. After recovery, the cysts were opened and the meta-
cercaria identified according to the criteria of Ransom (1920) and Cameron
(1936).

Thirteen yellow perch, ranging from 97 to 119 mm, were examined and
all were found to be infested with A. venustus metacercaria. However, the
number of cysts per fish was low, ranging from 1 to 4 (X = 3.7). Only
one metacercaria was found per cyst, unlike other species which may have
up to nine per cyst (Sinclair 1972). There was no apparent relationship
between standard length and the number of cysts per fish.

This report thus extends the geographical distribution of the metacercaria
of A. venustus in North America and is the first report of the metacercaria
being found in the United States. Like A. brevis as reported by Sinclair
(1972), A. venustus probably has a fairly widespread but extremely diffuse
distribution throughout the United States and Canada and is limited to the
continent of North America.

The authors acknowledge the assistance of Dr. Norm Sinclair, George
Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, for species conformation.

LITERATURE CITED

Babero, B. B., and J. R. Shepperson. 1958. Some helminths of raccoons in Georgia.
J. Parasit. 44(5): 519.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 45

Cameron, T. W. M. 1936. Studies on the Heterophyid trematode, Apophallus
venustus (Ransom, 1920) in Canada. Part I. Morphology and taxonomy.
Can. J. Res., D, 14: 59-69.

1937a. Studies on the heterophyid trematode, Apophallus venustus
(Ransom, 1920) in Canada. Part II. Life history and bionomics. Can. J. Res.
D, 15: 38-51.

1937b. Studies on the heterophyid trematore, Apophallus venustus

(Random, 1920) in Canada. Part III. Further hosts. Can. J. Res. D, 15: 275.

__;, «1945. Fish carried parasites in Canada. Can. J. Comp. Med. 9:
245-311.

Ransom, B. H. 1920. Synopsis of the trematode family Heterophyidae with
description of a new genus and five new species. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., Wash-
ington, pp. 527-573.

Sinclair, N. R. 1972. Studies on the heterophyid trematode Apophallus brevis, the
“sand-grain grub” of yellow perch (Perca flavescens). II. The metacercaria:
position, structure, and composition of the cyst; hosts; geographical distribu-
tion and variation. Can. J. Zool. 50: 577-584.

Weller, T. H. 1943. Development of the larvae of Trichinella spiralis in roller
tube tissue culture. Am. J. Path. 19: 503-515.

Received: December 6, 1972. Accepted April 18, 1973.

46 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

AN ADDITIONAL EVENING BAT FROM SOUTH CENTRAL KENTUCKY

DAVID J. FASSLER

University of Kentucky, Somerset Community College,
Somerset, Kentucky 42501

In July 1818, Constantine S. Rafinesque undertook a journey to Kentucky
in search of fish, snakes, rats, and bats. Sometime during that trip to “.. .
the lower parts of the Ohio, the Wabash, Green River, Barrens, Prairies, . . .”
he took a Nycticeius (Vespertilio) humeralis from an unidentified type
locality in Kentucky (Amer. Monthly Mag., 3(6) :445-447, 1818 and Jour.
Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat. et Arts, Paris, 88:417, 1819). Since that time, few
additional specimens of this species have been caught in the state.

Bailey (Amer. Midl. Nat., 14:441-462, 1933), Barbour (J. Mamm.,
44:122-123, 1963), and Davis (Bull. Natl. Speleolog. Soc., 26:82-83, 1964)
collected a few individuals of this species from western Kentucky during
the fall migrations and swarming activities. Hamilton (J. Mamm., 11:306-
311, 1930 and pers. comm.) collected a single specimen at Quicksand,
Breathitt County, Kentucky about 22 June 1925 which is the only specimen
from the Cumberland Plateau previously collected. Humphrey and Cope (J.
Mamm., 49:329, 1968) published reports of three fall migrants, previously
banded at separate nursery colonies in southern Indiana, being recaptured
in Kentucky. The banded specimens were recaptured during the month of
August in Webster, Wayne, and Henry counties.

On 19 April 1972, an adult male evening bat was shot as it flew at tree
top height above a pond in a wooded area 2 miles SSE of Jugornot, Pulaski
County, Kentucky. The animal flew a slow, deliberate path in a westerly
direction and was easily shot. It appeared 10 minutes before sunset. The
testes were small (1 x 2 mm) and undescended.

This specimen represents only the second record from the Cumberland.
Plateau. Further collecting in the early spring may produce a number of
additional specimens, including females migrating to Indiana nursery
colonies.

The specimen is in the collection of the author. Positive identification
was made by Dr. Roger W. Barbour.

Received November 14, 1972. Accepted December 5, 1972.

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of

publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
_ Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
_ ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
_ presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

§

a

‘ INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS
|

;

4 Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be

reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
_ tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
_ accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
_ for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
3 the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his

colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other

errors

3 Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
_ material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
_ Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
_ the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
' on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
_ on the back of each its number and the author’s name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

! Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
_ discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
_ American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
' Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
_ from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
_ Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
a with the galley proof.

Ae De Terie ae Ra

Vol. 34, Nos. 3, 4 1973 Coden: TKASAT

TRANSACTIONS
of the KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Official Organ
KentTucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

CONTENTS

The Occurence of F’ fae Leeches (Hirudinea: Rhynchobdellida:
Piscicolidae) on Kentucky River Drainage Fishes
GLENN E. WHITE and NORMAN H. CRISP

Six Additions to the Known Piscine Fauna of Kentucky
MORGAN E. SISK

Distributional Records for the Crayfishes Cambarellus Puer, C.
Shufeldtii, Procambarus Gracilis, P. Viaeviridis, Orconectes
Lancifer, O. Bisectus, and O. Rusticus
LAWRENCE M. PAGE and BROOKS M. BURR

Helminth Parasites of the White Sucker, Catostomus Commersoni,
from Lake Wilgreen in Kentucky
GLENN E. WHITE and JOHN P, HARLEY

Intestinal Parasites from Two Species of Catfishes (Ictaluridae)
from Wilgreen Lake in Kentucky
BRUCE H. BAUER and JOHN P. HARLEY

Sexual Dimorphism in Kentucky Queen Snakes (Regina
Septemvittata) Based on Scute Counts
BRANLEY A. BRANSON and EDD C. BAKER

Citellina Triradiata Hall, 1916, from the Woodchuck in Kentucky
JOHN P. HARLEY, M. PETE THOMPSON, and
DAVID AUBREY

The Kentucky Academy of Science —
Founded May 8, 1914

OFFICERS 1972-73

President: Donald Batch, Eastern Kentucky University
President-Elect: Ellis V. Brown, University of Kentucky
Vice-President: Frederick M. Brown, Centre College
Secretary: Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University
Treasurer: Wayne Hoffman, Western Kentucky University

Representatives to A.A.A.S, Council: Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University
John M. Carpenier, University of Kentucky

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Wonald Bate wy: wee e, to 1974 Charles Payne®....5) eee to 1976
7: dll Beamon pe eee to 1974 Morris Taylor: 2:.237 3 i Soaaiahe to 1976
Thomas B. Calhoon .............. to 1975 John C. Philley’-33 oe to 1977
Charles Kupchella .......0.00.0.... to 1975 Fletcher Gabbard ..............--.- to 1977

EDITORIAL OFFICE

Effective Jan. 1974 Through Dec. 1973

Louis A. Krumholz, Editor William F. Wagner, Editor
Varley E. Wiedeman, Associate Editor Department of Chemistry
Department of Biology University of Kentucky
University of Louisville Lexington, Kentucky, 40506

Louisville, Kentucky 40208

Section Editors:
Chemistry: Gordon Wilson, Western Kentucky University
Geology: William Dennen, University of Kentucky

Transactions indexed in Science Citation Index

Membership in the Kentucky Academy of Science is open to interested persons upon nomi-
nation, payments of dues, and election. Application forms for membership may be obtained
from the Secretary. THE TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.

Subscription rates for non-members are: domestic, $5.00 per volume; foreign, $6.00 per
volume; back issues $6.00 per volume.

THE TRANSACTIONS are issued semi-annually. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the
Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to exchangee should be addressed to the
Librarian, University of Louisville, who is the exchange agent for the Academy. Manuscripts
and other material for publication should be addressed to the Editor.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 47

THE OCCURRENCE OF FOUR LEECHES
(HIRUDINEA:RHY NCHOBDELLIDA:PISCICOLIDAE)
ON KENTUCKY RIVER DRAINAGE FISHES

GLENN E. WHITE AND NORMAN H. CRISP
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

This is the first report of piscicolid leeches from Kentucky waters. Four
species, Cystobranchus verrilli Meyer, Illinobdella moorei (Meyer), Piscicola
punctata (Verrill), and Pisciolaria reducta Meyer are reported along with their
hosts, dates, and locations of collection.

INTRODUCTION

During the course of research work on the Kentucky River drainage, the
authors collected 4 species of fish leeches. While no piscicolid leeches have
been reported from Kentucky previously, the leeches herein reported have
been recovered from fishes in states surrounding Kentucky. Meyer (1940)
reported Cystobranchus verrilli from several fishes in Illinois, Hoffman
(1962) reported it from Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque in West Vir-
ginia, and Mathers (1948) reported it from Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque)
in Iowa. Illinobdella moorei has been reported from many fishes in Illinois
and Iowa by Meyer (1946), from Lepomis (-Chaenobryttus) (Gill) and
Micropterus Lacépéde in Tennessee by Bangham and Venard (1942), and
from Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque) and I. punctata in Iowa by Mathers
(1948). Piscicola punctata has been reported from Micropterus punctulatus
(Rafinesque) in Ohio by Bangham (1933), from Micropterus salmoides
(Lacépéde) in Tennessee by Venard (1940), from several fishes in Illinois
by Meyer (1940), and from Percina caprodes (Rafinesque) in Iowa by
Mullin (1926). Piscicolaria reducta has been reported from Percina (-Hadro-
pterus) phoxocephala (Nelson) in Illinois by Meyer (1940).

METHODS

The specimens were secured from fishes the authors and other workers
captured by seine and gill net and were placed in 10% formalin and later
transferred to 70% alcohol. Our identifications, made with the aid of keys of
Hoffman (1970) and Pennak (1953), were confirmed by Dr. C. K. Mathers
of Northern Illinois University. The location of collections were determined
from the United States Corps of Engineers Navigation Charts, 1968.

RESULTS

Table I shows the hosts, date and location of collections of the leeches.
Esox masquinongy Mitchill is a new host record for Cystobranchus verrilli.
Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque and Percina caprodes are new host rec-
ords for Piscicolaria reducta. Our records of these leeches from Kentucky
waters considerably extend their known geographic ranges and constitute the
first reports for piscicolid leeches in Kentucky.

48 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

The authors are grateful for assistance provided by Drs. D. L. Batch and
B. A. Branson and to Bruce Bauer and Nelson Horseman, all from Eastern
Kentucky University.

TABLE 1
Leeches, their hosts. dates, and locations of collection.

CYSTOBRANCHUS VERRILLI
Esox masquinongy, 6 April 1973, Kentucky River, Mile 220.0.

ILLINOBDELLA MOOREI

Lepomis sp., 8 August 1972, Eagle Creek, Carroll County.
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur), 14 April 1973, Hell-for-Certain Creek, Leslie County.
Micropterus punctulatus, 21 April 19738, Eagle Creek, Carroll County.

PISCICOLA PUNCTATA

catostomus commersoni (Lacépéde), 10 February 1973, Kentucky River, mile
170.5.

PISCIOLARIA REDUCTA

Notropis atherinoides, 7 June 1972, Kentucky River, mile 249.
Percina caprodes, 7 June 1972, Kentucky River, mile 249.

LITERATURE CITED

Bangham, R. V. 1933. Parasites of the spotted bass, Micropterus pseudalplites
Hubbs, and summary of parasites of small mouth and largemouth black bass
from Ohio streams. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc., 63:220-228.

, and C. E. Venard. 1942. Studies on parasites of Reelfoot Lake fish. IV.
Distribution studies and checklist of parasites. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 17(1):
22-38.

Hoffman, G. L. 1962. Unpublished research.

. 1970. Parasites of North American Freshwater Fishes. Univ. Cal. Press,
Los Angeles. 486pp.

Mathers, C. K. 1948. The leeches of the Okoboji region. Thesis, Univ. Iowa, Iowa
City. 56pp.

Meyer, M. C. 1940. A revision of the leeches (Piscicolidae) living on freshwater
fishes of North America. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc., 59(3):354-876.

. 1946. Further notes on the leeches (Piscicolidae) living on freshwater
fishes of North America. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc., 65(3) :237-249.

Mullin, C. A. 1926. Study of the leeches of the Okoboji Lake region. Ph.D.
thesis, Univ. Iowa.

Pennak, R. W. 1953. Fresh-water Invertebrates of the United States. The Ronald
Press Co., N. Y. 769pp.

United States Army Corps of Engineers, 1968. Kentucky River Navigational Charts.
Louisville.

Venard, C. E. 1940. Studies on parasites of Reelfoot Lake fish. I. Parasites of the
large-mouth black bass, Huro salmoides (Lacépéde). J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.,
15(1):48-68.

Received: 19 June, 1973. Accepted: 8 September, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 49

SIX ADDITIONS TO THE KNOWN PISCINE FAUNA OF KENTUCKY

MORGAN E. SISK
Hunter Hancock Biological Station
Department of Biological Sciences
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

ABSTRACT

Six species of fishes not previously reported from Kentucky are listed. They
are Umbra limi (Kirtland), Notropis maculatus (Hay), Fundulus chrysotus Hol-
brook, Menidia audens Hay, Etheostoma fusiforme (Girard), and E. proeliare
(Hay). Collecting sites and brief habitat descriptions are included.

Several species of Gulf Coastal Plain fishes long have been suspected to
occur in western Kentucky waters. One of these, Fundulus notti (Agassiz),
recently was reported from the Obion Creek drainage by Branson (1971).
Additional species may be represented in past collections but have not been
reported in the literature. The purpose of this paper is to confirm the
presence of six additional species in the Commonwealth.

On 6 October 1973, a series of 14 Fundulus chrysotus Holbrook, 15 F.
notti, and 2 specimens of Etheostoma fusiforme (Girard) were taken from
Open Pond, Fulton County. Subsequent collecting on 14 October 1973,
yielded an additional 14 F. chrysotus, 4 F. notti, and 2 E. fusiforme. The
f -hes were taken in shallow water (5-50 cm) heavily choked with Poly-
gonum sp.

Open Pond is a shallow, ponded slough 16 km west of Hickman and 6
km north of the Kentucky-Tennessee state line. The slough appears subject
to periodic flooding and has been reported dry on occasion. Reinvasion of
fishes following periods of drought probably occurs from the south through
Reelfoot Lake and Running Slough (old Bayou de Chein) during flood
periods. Waters of Open Pond vary in depth from 1 cm to 1 m. Vegetation
in and around the pond consists of Lemna minor, Azolla caroliniana, Spiro-
dela polyrhiza, Myriophyllum sp., Polygonum sp., Ludwigia sp., Cepha-
lanthus occidentalis, and Salix sp.

On 12 October 1973, 7 specimens of Notropis maculatus (Hay) and 3
Etheostoma fusiforme were collected from Pond Slough, Fulton County.
The collecting site is 4 km northeast of Open Pond and 2 km southwest of
Fish Pond. The slough is 1.7 km long and averages about 10 m in width.
Maximum water depth at time of collection was 1.2 m and aquatic vegetation
was lacking. Banks were precipitous and brushy. Bottom materials consisted
of silt, muck, and detritus.

Hamby Pond, Fulton County, was seined on 20 October 1973, and pro-
duced 4 specimens of Menidia audens Hay, 18 specimens of Etheostoma
proeliare (Hay), and 14 specimens of N. maculatus.

Hamby Pond is a permanent body of water 8 km southwest of Hickman,
supporting a stand of large bald cypress, which extend into the water in
places. E. proeliare was collected from shallow waters around the submerged
boles of these trees. The specimens of M. audens came from open waters of
the lake near its outflow. N. maculatus (3 specimens) was also taken from
Running Slough, into which Hamby Pond flows during flood seasons. An

50 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

additional series of 13 E. proeliare was collected from Running Slouth 3 km
west of Hickman.

Umbra limi (Kirtland) was taken on 20 October 1973 from an unnamed
slough adjacent to Running Slough 1.6 km south of Ledford. The fishes were
seined from the only water remaining in the slough, two small pools no
larger than 3 x 5 m and about 30 cm deep. Lemna minor and Spirodela
polyrhiza covered the surface and a water temperature of 28 C was recorded.
Two hundred twenty-six specimens were collected in no more than eight
seine hauls. Thirty-four of these fishes were preserved for record and the
remainder w -e transported to nearby Hamby Pond and released.

The report of these six species of fishes from Kentucky fills a void in the
distributional pattern of the species in the middle Mississippi River basin
and appears to represent the northernmost range limits of N. maculatus, F.
chrysotus, and M. audens (Moore 1968).

Because the habitat requirements of these fishes are limited in Kentucky,
it becomes obligatory that they be placed on the list of rare and endangered
species in the state.

I wish to acknowledge Ted Crowell, Paul Fielder, Ralph Jackson, Roger
Jones, Fred Lieb, and David Webb, students of Biology at Murray State
University, for their assistance in the field. The United States Army Corps
of Engineers provided funds needed to support the survey of waters in
Fulton County.

LITERATURE CITED

Branson, Branley A. 1971. Fundulus notti in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad, Sci., 32
(3-4) :76.

Moore, George A. 1968. Fishes. In. Vertebrates of the United States. McGraw-
Hill, Inc., N.Y. 616pp.

Received: 3 November, 1973. Accepted: 12 November, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 51

DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORDS FOR THE CRAYFISHES CAMBARELLUS
PUER, C. SHUFELDTI!I, PROCAMBARUS GRACILIS, P. VIAEVIRIDIS,
ORCONECTES LANCIFER, O. BISECTUS, AND O. RUSTICUS

LAWRENCE M. PAGE AND BROOKS M. BURR
Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Ill. 61801

ABSTRACT

The first records for Cambarellus puer and Procambarus viaeviridis in Mlinois,
for Procambarus gracilis in Indiana, for Cambarellus shufeldtii in Kentucky, and
for Cambarellus puer and Orconectes rusticus in Missouri are reported. Range ex-
tensions for Orconectes lancifer and Orconectes bisectus are also reported.

Although distributional reports on crayfishes have been written for
Illinois (Forbes 1876, Rietz 1912, Brown 1955), Indiana (Hay 1896, Eberly
1955), Kentucky (Rhoades 1944), and Missouri (Steele 1902, Williams
1954), the amount of crayfish collecting done in these states has not been
extensive, and the species lists are incomplete. Absent from the Illinois list
are Cambarellus puer and Procambarus viaeviridis, from the Indiana list is
Procambarus gracilis, from the Kentucky list is Cambarellus shufeldtii, and
from the Missouri list are Cambarellus puer and Orconectes rusticus. The
first records for these species in these states and range extensions for
Orconectes bisectus and Orconectes lancifer are reported below.

Cambarellus puer Hobbs.—Previously recorded only as far north as west-
ern Tennessee (Hobbs 1972), three populations of C. puer were recently
found in Coastal Plain swamps of southern Illinois and Missouri. Specimens
were collected at Heron Pond, 1 mile NW Forman, Johnson County, Illinois,
on 30 March 1973, at Grantsburg Swamp, 0.5 mile E Grantsburg, Johnson
County, Illinois, on 19 May 1973, and at Mingo National Wildlife Refuge,
Stoddard County, Missouri, on 25 October 1973.

Cambarellus shufeldtii (Faxon).—Although known from both southern
Illinois and Tennessee, C. shufeldtii has never been recorded from Kentucky.
One male C. shufeldtii was collected at Mitchell Lake, 1 mile W Oscar,
Ballard County, Kentucky, on 22 September 1973. Mitchell Lake is one of
a series of cypress oxbows paralleling the Ohio River in Ballard and
McCracken counties, Kentucky, and C. shufeldtii probably will be found
throughout this oxbow area.

Procambarus gracilis (Bundy).—Both Hay (1896) and Eberly (1955)
stated that, although not yet found in Indiana, the range of P. gracilis prob-
ably extends into the northwestern portion of the state. In the Chicago
Museum of Natural History is one small male P. gracilis with the following
collecting data: Kankakee River, S. Illinoi, Lake County, Indiana, Alfred C.
Weed, 9 May 1922; this specimen represents the first known Indiana record
of P. gracilis.

Procambarus viaeviridis (Faxon).—The distribution of P. viaeviridis was
given by Hobbs (1972) as including localities in Alabama, Arkansas, Lou-
isiana, Mississippi, and Tennessee. Three populations recently were dis-
covered in swamp habitats on the Coastal Plain of southern Illinois. Speci-
mens were collected at the same Illinois localities and dates as Cambarellus
puer and at a swampy roadside ditch (Bay Creek drainage), 2 miles SE Dixon
Springs, Pope County, on 19 May 1973.

52 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Orconectes lancifer (Hagen).—A series of eight O. lancifer was collected
at Horseshoe Lake, 1.5 miles S Olive Branch, Alexander County, Illinois, on
20 June 1973. This is the northernmost locality for O. lancifer and only
the second Illinois record; the first was one female collected in the mid-19th
century at Cairo, Illinois, by Robert Kennicott (Faxon 1914).

Orconectes bisectus Rhoades.—Known previously only from the Crooked
Creek drainage in Crittenden County, Kentucky (Rhoades 1944, Prins and
Fitzpatrick 1965, Hobbs 1972), O. bisectus was found in Camp Creek, 2
miles S Weston, Crittenden County, Kentucky, on 2 August 1973. Camp
Creek is the first stream system east of Crooked Creek; O. bisectus could not
be found in streams west of Crooked Creek.

Orconectes rusticus (Girard).—Steele (1902) listed several Missouri
localities south of the Missouri River for O. rusticus; however, all apparently
were based on misidentifications of other species, and recent publications
(Williams 1954, Hobbs 1972) have not listed O. rusticus among the Missouri
crayfish fauna. O. rusticus is the predominant crayfish in riffle habitats in the
Salt and Fabius river systems of northeastern Missouri and was collected at
11 different localities between July and September 1973.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are indebted to Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., United States National
Museum, for verifying our identifications of Cambarellus puer, Procambarus
viaeviridis, and Orconectes rusticus, and to John A. Boyd, Matthew K.
Butcher, Lloyd R. Davis, Ernest L. List, Philip W. Smith, and Donald W.
Webb for aid in collecting specimens.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, P. L. 1955. The biology of the crayfishes of central and southeastern
Illinois. Unpubl. Doctoral Dissertation, Univ. Ill. 158p.

Eberly, W. R. 1955. Summary of the distribution of Indiana crayfishes, including
new state and county records. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 64:281-283.

Faxon, W. 1914. Notes on the crayfishes in the United States National Museum of
Comparative Zoology, with descriptions of new species and subspecies to
which is appended a catalogue of the known species and subspecies. Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. 40( 8) :351-427.

Forbes, S. A. 1876. List of Illinois Crustacea, with descriptions of new species.
Ill. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull. 1(1):3-25.

Hay, W. P. 1896. The crawfishes of the state of Indiana. 20th Ann. Rept. Dept.
Geol. Nat. Res. Ind. pp. 476-506.

Hobbs, H. H., Jr. 1972. Crayfishes (Astacidae) of North and Middle America.
Environ. Prot. Agency Biota of Freshwater Ecosystems Ident. Manual 9:1-1738.

Prins, R., and J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. 1965. The first-form male of Orconectes bisectus
Rhoades, a poorly known Kentucky crawfish. Amer. Midl. Nat. 74(1):141-147.

Rhoades, R. 1944. The crayfishes of Kentucky, with notes on variation, distribu-
tion, and descriptions of new species and subspecies. Amer. Midl. Nat.
31:111-149.

Rietz, N. M. 1912. Ecological relations of the crawfishes of Illinois. Unpubl.
Baccalaureate Thesis, Univ. Ill. 87 p.

Steele, M. 1902. The crayfish of Missouri. Univ. Cincinnati Bull. 10:1-54.
Williams, A. B. 1954. Speciation and distribution of the crayfishes of the Ozark
Plateaus and Ouachita Provinces. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 36(12):803-918.

Received: 7 November, 1973. Accepted: 15 November, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 53

HELMINTH PARASITES OF THE WHITE SUCKER,
CATOSTOMUS COMMERSONI, FROM LAKE WILGREEN
IN KENTUCKY

GLENN E. WHITE AND JOHN P. HARLEY

Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

The following helminths were recovered from 51 white suckers Catostomus
commersoni from Lake Wilgreen, Madison County, Kentucky: Acanthocephala
Acanthocephalus jacksoni, Trematoda Clinostomum marginatus and Neascus sp.,
and oo Glaridacris catostomi. A. jacksoni and G. catostomi are new state
records.

To date, Harley and Keefe (1970) reported 15 helminths from 4 species
of sunfishes and Bauer and Harley (1974) reported 2 cestodes from 2
species of catfishes in Lake Wilgreen, Madison County, Kentucky. As part
of a continuing study of the fish parasites from that lake, this report includes
the parasites of the white sucker, Catostomus commersoni (Lacépéde).

Fifty-one C. commersoni were collected in the spring of 1973. The
fish were autopsied and the parasites fixed, stained, and identified according
to the procedure of Harley and Keefe (1970).

Of the 51 fish examined, 37 were infested with at least 1 parasite, a 73
percent rate of infestation. The following helminths were recovered with
the percentage of fish infested and mean intensity of infestation given,
respectively: Acanthocephalus jacksoni (58%, 17), Trematoda Clinostomum
marginatum (7%, 3) and Neascus sp. (11%, 59), and Cestoidea Glaridacris
catostomi (37%, 3). No nematodes, leeches, or crustaceans were found.

The acanthocephalan, A. jacksoni (Bullock 1962) was the most abundant
helminth parasitizing the white sucker in Lake Wilgreen. The larvae of this
worm are reported to occur in the isopod Asellus and the amphipod Gam-
marus (Hoffman 1967). This was consistent with the authors’ findings in
that isopods were observed to constitute a large part of the white sucker’s
diet in the study area.

The recovered trematodes belonged to the subclass Digenea. The white
sucker was the intermediate host for 2 immature forms: C. marginatum
(Ruldolphi 1819) and Neascus sp. (Hughes 1927). The adults of these
flukes are reported to occur in piscivorous birds (Hoffman 1967). Neascus
sp. was the most abundant.

The second most abundant worm parasitizing the white sucker was the
caryophyllaeid cestode Glaridacris catostomi (Cooper 1920). Finally, this
report constitutes new state records for A. jacksoni and G. catostomi.

Acknowledgements are due Dr. John S. Mackiewicz (State University
of New York at Albany) and Professor W. L. Bullock (University of New
Hampshire) for parasite confirmation.

54 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

LITERATURE CITED

Bauer, B. H. and J. P. Harley. 1974. Intestinal parasites from two species of cat-
fishes (Icataluridae from Lake Wilgreen in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
(In Press).

Bullock, W. L. 1962. A new species of Acanthocephalus from New England fishes,
with observations on variability. J. Parasit., 48 (3):442-451.

Cooper, A. R. 1920. Glaridacris catostomi gen. nov., sp. nov., a cestodarian para-
site. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc., 89 (1) :5-24.

Harley, J. P. and T. L. Keefe. 1970. Helminth parasites of four species of sun-
fishes (Centrarchidae ) from Lake Wilgreen in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
32:71-T74.

Hoffman, G. L. 1967. Parasites of North American Freshwater Fishes. Univ. of
Calif. Press, Berkeley, 486 pp.

Hughes, R. C. 1927. Studies on the Trematoda family Strigeidae (Holostomidae).
No. 8. A new metacerearia, Neascus ambloplitis, sp. nov., representing a new
larval group. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc., 46 (4) :248-267.

Ruldolphi, C. A. 1819. Entozoorum Synopsis cui Accedunt Mantissa Duplex et
Indices Locupletissimi, Berolini. 811 pp.

Received: 7 August, 1973. Accepted: 16 October, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 55

INTESTINAL PARASITES FROM TWO SPECIES OF
CATFISHES (ICTALURIDAE) FROM WILGREEN LAKE
IN KENTUCKY

BRUCE H. BAUER AND JOHN P. HARLEY
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

The helminth parasites of Kentucky fishes have, overall, been grossly
neglected compared with data from other states (Harley and Keefe 1970).
The only studies in Kentucky are: (a) Cable (1935) who described a new
species of trematode (Cercaria kentuckiensis); (b) Tarter (1969) who listed
2 helminths of the western blacknose dace; (c) Harley and Keefe (1970)
who listed 15 helminths from 4 species of sunfishes; (d) Aliff (1973) who,
in a very comprehensive survey, listed 28 digenetic trematodes from 92
species of Kentucky fishes; and (e) White (1973) who listed 4 ecto- and
11 endoparasites of the white sucker.

This present study was undertaken to contribute further to the study
of Kentucky fish parasites; specifically those of the channel catfish Ictalurus
punctatus (Rafinesque) and the black bullhead Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque)
in Wilgreen Lake, Madison County, Kentucky.

Five I. punctatus and 10 I. melas were collected between 5 April and
29 April, 1973. The fish were autopsied and the parasites fixed, stained,
and identified according to the procedures of Harley and Keefe (1970). The
parasite load classification of: light (1-10 parasites/host), medium (10-50)
parasites/host), and heavy (more than 50 parasites/host) was from
Dechtiar (1972).

Both species of fishes examined harbored parasites. Of the 15 specimens
examined, 14 were infested with at least 1 species of parasite. All the J.
punctatus examined were infested; 1 with a heavy infestation and 4 with
moderate infestations. Nine of the I. melas examined had light infestations
and 1 had no parasites.

Two cestode species were found. Corallobothrium fimbriatum Essex
was found in both I. melas and I. punctatus and was the most prevalent
parasite. Immature adults of Proteocephalus perplexus LaRue were found in
I. melas. The above cestodes were the only parasites found; nevertheless,
they represent new state and range extension records.

Finally, it should be noted that the specimens of C. fimbriatum in the
channel catfish were fully developed, segmented adults. This is contrary to
the findings of van Cleave and Mueller (Sneed 1961), in which they re-
ported that C. fimbriatum (in I. punctatus) in the spring and summer were
small and unsegmented, suggesting that this fish was an unsuitable host for
the parasite. However, based on our evidence obtained the channel catfish
is a suitable host for C. fimbriatum in Kentucky.

The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr. Branley A.
Branson.

LITERATURE CITED

Aliff, John V. 1973. Digenetic trematodes from Kentucky fishes. Doctoral Dis-
sertation, University of Kentucky. 128 p.

56 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Cable, R. M. 1935. Cercaria kentuckiensis n. sp., first representative of the
Vivax group known to occur in the United States. J. Parasit., 21:441.

Dechtiar, A. O. 1972. Parasites of the fish from Lake of the Woods, Ontario. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29:275-283.

Harley, John P. and T. L. Keefe. 1970. Helminth parasites of four species of
sunfishes. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 32:71-74.

Sneed, K. E. 1961. A description of anomalous and a typically developed tape-
worms (Proteocephalidae: Corallobothrium) from catfishes (Ictalurus). J.
Parasit. 47:809-812.

Tarter, Donald C. 1969. Some parasites of the western blacknose dace Rhinichthys
atratulus meleagris Agassiz, in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky. Trans.
Amer. Microsc. Soc. 88:425-430.

White, Glenn E. 1973. Helminth fauna of the common white sucker, Catostomus
commersoni (Lacépéde) (Pisces: Catostomidae) in the Kentucky River
drainage system, with a note on the leeches and parasitic crustaceans re-
covered. Master of Science Thesis, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond,
Kentucky. 49 p.

Received: 27 August, 1973. Accepted: 11 September, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 57

SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN KENTUCKY QUEEN SNAKES
(REGINA SEPTEMVITTATA) BASED ON SCUTE COUNTS

BRANLEY A. BRANSON AND EDD C. BAKER
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

Regina septemvittata (Say) is the most common water snake in east-
central Kentucky. Wood and Duellman (1950) in Ohio snakes, reported
overlapping sexual dimorphism with regard to ventral and caudal scute
counts, two-thirds of their specimens possessing counts that fell well within
the area of overlap.

Our observations on 126 queen snakes, collected from 3 creeks in Madi-
son County, Kentucky, during June, July, and August 1969, demonstrated a
marked difference in caudal scute counts, hence complete sexual dimorphism
in that scute count (Table 1, Fig. 1, 2). Ventral scute counts, with con-

Table 1

Ventral and Caudal Scute Counts in 126 Regina septemvittata.
x—mean; s=standard deviation; s,—standard error.

Ventrals Caudals
Sex Number Range x s oe Range 5 s 3
Males 61 147-154 150.03 1.85 0.2 65-73 68.15 1.88 0.24
Females 65 145-154 148.02 1.95 0.24 54-62 58.85 1.83 0.23

Combined 126 145-154 148.99 2.15 0.19 54-73 63.31 5.01 0.45

144-145 «146147148 149-150 151-152-153 154155

<ozmcoman

Figure |

58 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

<ozmcomoanm

Figure 2

siderable overlapping between the sexes, averaged 150 (147-154) in 61
males and 148 (145-154) in 65 females, whereas the caudal counts averaged
68.2 (65 to 73) in the males and 58.9 (54-62) in the females.

LITERATURE CITED

Wood, J. T., and W. E. Duellman. 1950. Size and scutellation in N. septemvittata
(Say) in southwestern Ohio. Amer. Midl. Nat. 42:744-750.
Received: 28 August, 1973. Accepted: 17 September, 1973.

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 59

CITELLINA TRIRADIATA HALL, 1916, FROM THE WOODCHUCK
IN KENTUCKY

JOHN P. HARLEY, M. PETE THOMPSON, AND DAVID AUBREY

Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

During a parasitological survey of the woodchuck (Marmota monax) from
Washington County, Kentucky, one of 24 woodchucks examined (all col-
lected in the spring of 1972) harbored in the cecum 54 specimens of the
oxyurid nematode of rodents, Citellina triradiata (Syn: C. marmotae Manter,
1930). All of the worms recovered were gravid females. Their morphology,
measurements, egg dimensions, etc. conformed exactly to the descriptions
given by Read (1957).

This finding is the first helminth reported from the woodchuck in Ken-
tucky and is also a range extension record for C. triradiata. This worm has
previously been reported from Colorado, California, Alaska, Maine, Pennsy]-
vania, Wisconsin, Maryland, Connecticut, Austria, Russia, and the Alpine
Alps by Read (1957). According to Read (1957), of special ecological
interest is the apparent independence of climate shown by C. triradiata, for
it is found in hosts from forested eastern and northern U.S., the desert areas
of California, subarctic localities in Alaska, the steppes of Russia, and the
Austrian Alps.

Acknowledgements are due Mrs. MayBelle Chitwood, University of
California, Davis, for species confirmation.

LITERATURE CITED

Hall, M.C. 1916. Nematode parasites of mammals of the orders Rodentia,
Lagomorpha, and Hyracoides. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 50: 1-258.

Manter, H.W. 1980. Two new nematodes from the woodchuck, Marmota monax
canadensis. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 49: 26-33.

Read, C.P. 1957. The oxyurid nematodes of rodents. 1. The genus Citellina
Prindel. J. Parasit. 43: 446-450.

Received: 30 August, 1973. Accepted: 27 September, 1973.

ERRATA

Vol. 34, 1973.

G.L. Samsel, Jr., J.R. Reed, and R.R. Daub; Preliminary Investigations of
Headwater Creek in Eastern Kentucky.

Page 17. In Table 2, the genera Closteridium should be Closterium.

Page 20. The two papers cited by Daily (1938 and 1939) were published
by B.B. MclInteer.

60 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

THE FIFTY-NINTH ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING OF THE KENTUCKY
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, TRANSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY,
LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY

November 2 and 8, 1973

Host: Dr. J. Hill Hamon
Professor of Biology
Transylvania University

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING

The annual business meeting was conducted in Room 120, L. A. Brown Sci-
ence Center of Transylvania University. It was called to order at 8:05 AM (EST)
by President Marvin Russell with about 88 members attending.

As a first item of business, the Secretary moved that the minutes of the 1972
Annual Business Meeting, as published in the Transactions, Vol. 33(3-4), 1972,
be approved. After a second from the floor the minutes were approved. Dr. Prins
announced that membership stood at about 450 with an additional 30 institu-
tional subscribers. A moment of tribute was then offered for deceased members.

Wayne Hoffman, Treasurer, then submitted the Treasurer’s Report, as fol-
lows, for the period of October 15, 1972—October 1, 1973. He also announced
that an additional $72.00 was given anonymously to boost the 1973 AAAS award
from $128.00 to $200.00.

The Auditing Committee, consisting of Drs. G. Wilson, W. Stroube and E. O.
Beal, Chairman, verified the accuracy of the Treasurer’s books and commended
the Treasurer for his accurate and well-organized records.

Treasurer's Report to Audit Committee
Kentucky Academy of Science
October 15, 1972—October 1, 1973

Cash in Citizens National Bank

Bowling) Green, ‘Kentuckyn.ysioi oe) sacs nae eens $ 792.26
RECEIPTS:
Membership tes ines oe sos ccan-ectece creates ee one ore $ 1,380.00
IRY2\o1 pb Oh Spreeeers shen ecceeerrcia ica mea eaeececcea: cot ecroousonaacosa eco 266.00
Annual Meeting 5x00. <..tetcoe des teshe eee et Ee 885.25
‘Pransachons, SUbSCIIPLIONS increases esos esas ee 137.50
University of Louisville Purchase of Transactions .. 300.00
AAAS Research (Grant ok. tern acces re acacia 128.00
Miscellaneoust yee cere er ean eae ianee 35.00 3,131.75
$3,924.01
DISBURSEMENTS:
Delegates tovA AAG Ole eee uae ey au enas a 207.51
Research (Grants cere 260 tia ea nae ae 128.00
Annual Mee tin a csucetens sec crease essen ace een eas 1,019.50
Publicationwok bransactionsy cere een eee ce 1,016.11
Haw sa \to yal B LCE tna eN Pitt rsh re Sida Aaa ee aa ee 22.25
Stationary, Printing. Welephoney.23.- cece 120.57
Miscellanea usiy asics ee tera tee Bee nus CSc 31.40 2,545.34
$1,378.67
Cashtin Citizens Nationale bankers ese csere see ntes ene renee ao eeee eet eee eee $1,378.67
Savings Account—Lexington Federal Savings & Loam ............ccccccccceseeeeees $1,088.33
Thomas Hunt Morgan Fund—First Federal Savings and Loan ................ $ 167.53

DOTA UASSETS | coe see csc users cdtaeecoutebaci sarsetersnestonsduseds settee eemete see ee ame $2,634.53

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 61

Dr. Don Batch moved the acceptance of the Treasurer's Report. After a
second by Dr. L. A. Krumholz, the motion passed.
Reports from standing committees follow.
(1) Dr. D. Batch, Chairman of the Membership Committee (with T. B. Calhoon
and K. F. Hussung) reported that a membership drive was in progress. About
1800 mailings have been made to urge members and others to bring at least one
person into the Academy this year.
(2) There was no report from the Legislation Committee this year.
(3) Dr. H. Powell, Chairman of the AAAS Research Funds Committee (including
Edward S. Rosenbluh and Patricia Pearson) recommended the following re-
cipients for approval by the Academy, reminding the membership that the total
amount for distribution this year was $200.00 (see Treasurer’s Report):
Miss Sharon Mattingly, Lebanon High School—$30.00
“A Study of Nitrite Toxicity”
Mr. Michael McClellan, Bardstown High School—$83.00
“Kirlian Photography—What It Can Reveal About Life”
Mr. John Hanson, Western Kentucky University—$87.00
“The Ultrastructure Observation of Different Killfish Eggs”

Dr. Powell announced that there were 13 applications for grants, and that

the first two proposed recipients are high school students. Dr. B. Branson moved
to approve the recommendations of the Awards Committee. After a second by
Dr. W. Lloyd, Dr. Powell further commented that the Academy should have a
more elaborate form to instruct proposers on the kind of information they should
include in their research proposal and to develop some way to ascertain how the
grants were used. After this brief presentation the question was called for and
the motion passed.
(4) Dr. William Wagner, outgoing editor of the Transactions, announced that
Volume 34 (3-4) would be out in the next month. After President Russell again
thanked Dr. Wagner for his distinguished service as editor, Dr. Wagner thanked
the Academy for the token of appreciation (a plaque was presented to Dr. Wagner
at the banquet on the preceding evening) and for the cooperation of the member-
ship during his tenure.

Dr. L. A. Krumholz and Dr. Varley Wiedemann were introduced as the new
editor and associate editor, respectively, and Dr. Wagner agreed to stay on in a
consulting capacity as a member of the publication committee.

Dr. Russell next recognized Dr. William Martin, Director of the Junior
Academy. Dr. Martin noted that there were 33 clubs in the Junior Academy, a
Symposium rather than a Science Fair was conducted this Spring, and that $781.04
was the balance in the Treasury as of November 1, 1973. Dr. Russell commended
Dr. Martin for doing a fine job with the Junior Academy.

Dr. Branson, current AAAS representative, elaborated on how the AAAS has
reorganized and greatly reduced the numbers of individuals from academies on
its governing board. Academy representatives would belong to regional associa--
tions of the AAAS and representatives to the Annual AAAS Business Meeting
would be selected from these regional groups.

Dr. J. Hill Hamon, speaking for the Board of Directors, announced that the
board was inactive in 1973; however, the Board did elect Dr. Charles Kupchella,
University of Louisville, as its chairman.

Ad Hoc Committee Reports were then called for by President Russell.

Dr. Ted George, Chairman of the Teacher Certification Committee presented
an interim report on the activities of the committee. The committee consists of 15
members, including the chairman, from all over the state and from all levels.
Briefly stated, the interim report, as given, recommends teacher certification at 3
levels (K-5, 6-8 and 9-12 grades) and includes a rationale for this breakdown.
It also asks for input from other interested persons in the state. Inasmuch as the
final report of the committee should be passed on to state department educators
as soon as appropriately possible, Dr. George moved that the members accept

62 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

the interim report of the Certification Committee and empower the Executive
Committee to approve the final report (if it sees fit) when completed. Dr. Frank
Six seconded the motion. In the discussion that followed it was pointed out that
the final report would contain instructions of the final disposition of the report
(e.g. it would be submitted to Messers Cave and Ginger of the State Advisory
Committee). Dr. F. Brown expressed concern that the Social Sciences were not
included in the interim report and suggested that the final report would not be
comprehensive enough with their exclusion. The question was then called for and
Dr. George’s motion carried.

Dr. Roger Barbour, reporting for the Committee on Rare and Endangered
Species, stated that the committee has compiled a preliminary list of what the
committee considers rare and/or endangered species and hoped, in the future, to
include notes on distributions of these forms and recommendations.

Dr. William Lloyd reported on the Task Force on Public Science and Tech-
nology. Dr. Russell predicated the report by emphasizing that this project was
not organically connected with the K.A.S. Rather, the K.A.S. has provided man-
power to carry out the project and serve as a facilitator of the aims stated in the
effort.

Dr. Lloyd then reported on the nature of the project, details of which were
elaborated in an earlier NEWSLETTER, and indicated deadlines for subsequent
reports. The effort includes (1) an extensive Manpower Survey of Kentucky Sci-
entists to locate expertise, (2) ascertaining needs in areas of Science and Tech-
nology within the state and (3) a study of federal R & D funding to the Common-
wealth.

Under new business, the disposition of the T. H. Morgan Fund, currently
consisting of $167.53, was considered. Dr. Hamon of Transylvania explained that
the fund was to be used to publish a paper on the biography of T. H. Morgan
and moved that the membership accept a recommendation from the Executive
Committee to make available from K.A.S. funds an additional $150.00 to under-
write the publication of this paper. After a second by Dr. B. Branson, the motion
carried.

The next items of business involved constitutional changes (recommended
by the Executive Committee) which were mailed to members earlier for their
consideration. The first matter considered the relationship of the K.A.S. to the
A.A.A.S. and revises the K.A.S. constitution to make it consistent with the A.A.A.S.
constitution. The following changes were proposed, were moved for acceptance
by Dr. D. Batch, seconded by Dr. J. Parks, and passed:

1. ART. III, Section 1. “The officers of the Academy shall consist of ...a
President, . . . , and Representatives to the Association of Academies of Science
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.”

2. ART. III, Section 2 (line 3 ff). “The Representatives to the Association
of Academies of Science of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science shall be elected triennially, and must be fellows. . .”

3. ART. V, Section 1 (line 3 ff). “. . . Editor of the Transactions, the
Representatives to the Association of Academies of Science of the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science, the Chairman .. .”

4. Add BY-LAW X. “The President shall appoint one representative to each
section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in which the
Academy is enrolled. The term of appointment shall be three years.”

The second matter was concerned with raising dues. It was pointed out that
the K.A.S. has about the least dues of any academy, and, with the rises in printing
costs, we are going into debt. The proposed change, formally moved by B. Branson,
states that: 1) Active membership dues shall be increased from $4.00 per year
to $6.00 per year, 2) a Student Active Member Category with the same rights and
privileges as Active Members and with dues of $4.00 per year shall be established.
The motion was seconded by Dr. J. Winstead. It was understood that these dues
would apply for 1975 and thereafter. After some discussion about student dues,

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 63

Dr. H. Powell moved that student member dues be amended to $2.00 per year.
Dr. W. Lloyd seconded the motion. Motion failed. Dr. W. Wagner moved that
student member dues be amended to $3.00 per year. The motion was seconded
from the floor and it carried. BY-LAW III, as amended, will then read: “Annual
dues of Active Members shall be six dollars per year. Student Active Members
(with the same rights and privileges as Active Members) shall pay three dollars
per year.

Dr. R. Barbour moved to amend that Active Member dues be raised to
$8.00 per year. The motion died for lack of a second. The main motion, as
amended, passed.

Dr. E. O. Beal, Chairman of the Resolutions Committee (with F. Brown and
D. Saxon) moved for the approval of the following resolution, which was sub-
sequently seconded by B. Branson and approved.

RESOLUTION

The Kentucky Academy of Science covets this opportunity to recognize the
long and illustrative history of Transylvania University and its continued interest
and involvement in higher education—especially in the sciences.

As representative examples of Transylvania’s true excellence and pioneering
spirit, the following highlights seem appropriate for recognition:

1. Transylvania University, authorized by Virginia in 1780, counts, among its

early trustees, George Rogers Clark.

2. Transylvania University held the first commencement exercise in the
Mississippi Valley in 1790.

8. Excellence in the political arena is evidenced by the fact that Jefferson
Davis, John Hunt Morgan, Stephen F. Austin, and Cassius M. Clay
graduated from Transylvania, as have 2 vice-presidents, 50 U.S. Senators,
101 Representatives, 3 Speakers of the House, 36 Governors, and 34 As-
semblymen.

4. Excellence in the field of science is examplified by the presence on Tran-
sylvania’s faculty of such pioneering physicians as Samuel Brown, Frederick
Ridgely, Benjamin Dudley, Daniel Drake, and Charles Caldwell. Tran-
sylvania can also look with pride to having such a distinguished naturalist
as Constantine Rafinesque and a famous chemist, Robert Peter, on its
faculty. In addition, in more recent times, Transylvania’s excellent faculty
has included such internationally known men as Leland A. Brown, an
expert on the physiology of invertebrates.

In recognition of this long and illustrous history—Be it resolved that the
Kentucky Academy of Science express its most sincere appreciation to Transyl-
vania University for the opportunity to meet on their lovely campus and for
the gracious hospitality it has extended to us during this 1973 Annual Session.
Dr. Paul Sears, Chairman of the Nominating Committee (with Mary Wharton

and Charles Payne) then presented the following slate of nominees for offices as
follows:

Ellis V. Brown, University of Kentucky, President Elect

Frederick M. Brown, Centre College, Vice President

Rudolph Prins, Western Kentucky University, Secretary

Wayne Hoffman, Western Kentucky University, Treasurer

John M. Carpenter, University of Kentucky, Representative to A.A.A.S. to

1976.

John C. Philley, Morehead State University, Board of Directors to 1977.

Fletcher Gabbard, University of Kentucky, Board of Directors to 1977.

Dr. W. Martin moved that nominations cease and the slate be declared elected
by acclamation. Dr. E. O. Beal seconded the motion, the motion carried without
opposition, and the President ordered the Secretary to declare the nominees elected
by acclamation.

64 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Dr. Russell then announced that an invitation for the 1974 Annual K.A.S.
Meeting had been received from Centre College, Danville, Kentucky. The invita-
tion was accepted.

Dr. Russell then expressed his thanks to the Academy for giving him the
opportunity to serve as its President and stated that he greatly enjoyed meeting
so many new people across the state. He then turned the gavel over to the new
President, Dr. Donald Batch, Professor of Biology, Eastern Kentucky University.

Dr. Batch noted that Dr. Russell had accomplished much as President of
the Academy and invited a round of applause in appreciation. In closing, Dr.
Batch reminded the membership that papers from all sections of the Academy
would be welcomed for consideration for publication in the Transactions and that
an effort was underway to upgrade the quality of our Transactions with the help
of outside funds.

Dr. Batch then invited a motion for adjournment which was so moved by R.
Prins and seconded by J. Winstead, whereupon the 59th Annual Business Meeting
was adjourned at 9:50 AM (EST).

Rudolph Prins, Secretary
Kentucky Academy of Science

PROGRAM
Friday, November 2

12:00- 7:00 REGISTRATION, Lobby, 1st Floor, L.A. Brown Science Building
1:00 SECTIONAL MEETINGS
3:30 STANDING COMMITTEE MEETINGS
—Membership Committee: Room 216, BSC
—Legislation Committee: Room 207, BSC
—Distribution of AAAS Funds: Room 101, BSC
—Publications Committee: Room 119, BSC
—Resolutions Committee: Room 107, BSC
—Nominations Committee: Room 319, BSC
—Board of Directors: Room 321, BSC
—Sectional Chairmen & Secretaries: Room 218, BSC
4:30 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE & SECTION CHAIRMEN MEET-
ING: President’s Room, Forrer Hall
4:00- 6:00 COFFEE HOUR, Lobby, Forrer Hall
7:00- 9:00 BANQUET, Back Dining Room, Forrer Hall
—Presiding: Dr. Marvin Russell, President, KAS
—Speaker: Dr. James G. Miller, President University of Louisville
9:30-11:30 HOSPITALITY HOUR, Hospitality Motor Inn
2143 North Broadway

Saturday, November 3
8:00- 9:00 REGISTRATION, Lobby, 1st Floor, L.A. Brown Science Building
8:0- 9:30 ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING, Room 120, LABS
9:30-12:00 SECTIONAL MEETINGS
Ladies Entertainment: 8:00-11:00 a.m.
Art Exhibit: Morlan Gallery, Mitchell Fine Arts Bldg., works by Robert &
Stephanie Howell
Transylvania Science Museum: Third Floor, Old Morrison

Open House of the Rare Book Room and the Old Medical Library; Upper
Level, Carrick Library

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 65

SECTIONAL MEETINGS

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION
Room 209, Brown Science Center
Michael Collins, Chairman, Presiding
Paul Winther, Secretary

Friday, November 2

1:15

1:35

2:00

Agent Marking and Cultural Values in Ozark English: Evidence of an
Insipient Ergative Case System. Joseph F. Foster, University of Cincinnati,
Ohio

Paralegality and the Study of Political Anthropology. Paul Winther, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond

Joint Meetings with Sociology Section

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION
Room 12, Haupt

Harold E. Eversmeyer, Chairman, Presiding
Joe E. Winstead, Secretary

Saturday, November 8

9:45
10:00
10:15
10:30
10:45
11:00
11:15
11:30
11:45
12:00
12:15

Friday,
1:40

2:00

2:20

Characterization of an Extracellular Protease Produced by a Soil Arthro-

bacter. Sister Althaire Green, Spalding College

Membrane Lipids of the Fungi Pythium and Phytophthora. James W.

Hendrix and Momtaz K. Wassef, University of Kentucky

Some Variations in Variegated Coloration of Sedum ternatum. Clara L.

Richards, Northern Kentucky State College

New Additions to the Grass Flora of Western Kentucky. Raymond Athey,

Paducah

New Additions to the Flora of the Red River Gorge. Johnnie B. Varner,

Harrison County High School

Plant distribution with Relation to Change in Altitude. Debbie Strady

(Sponsored by Clara L. Richards), Northern Kentucky State College

Virgin Mixed Mesophytic Forest—The Lilley Cornett Woods, William H.
Martin, Eastern Kentucky University

Species Diversity and Dominance in a Stable Mixed Mesophytic Forest.
William H. Martin, Eastern Kentucky University

Landscape and Vegetation of Kentucky as Seen From Space. Willem
Meijer, University of Kentucky.

Successional Patterns of Vegetation of Strip-Mined Spoil Banks in South-
eastern Ohio. Joe E. Winstead, Western Kentucky University

Election of Officers for 1973-74

CHEMISTRY SECTION
Room 9, Haupt
Howard Powell, Chairman, Presiding

November 2
Photopreparation of Pinacols from Phenylquinolyl Ketones. Ellis V. Brown,
Henry H. Bauer, Andrew C. Platz and G. R. Granneman, Department of
Chemistry, The University of Kentucky
ESR Studies of Vanadium (IV) Complexes-Trans-Annular Interactions.
David R. Lorenz, D. K. Johnson, H. J. Stoklosa and J. R. Wasson, Depart-
ment of Chemistry, The University of Kentucky
Copper (II) Complexes with Antipyrine and Related Ligands. Diana K.
Johnson, G. L. Seebach, H. J. Stoklosa and J. R. Wasson, Department of
Chemistry, The University of Kentucky

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Electronic Structure of Low-Symmetry Vanadium (IV) Compounds. John
R. Wasson, H. J. Stoklosa, D. K. Johnson, H. E. Montgomery and B. J.
McCormick,* Department of Chemistry, The University of Kentucky and
West Virginia University*

Coffee

Studies of New Hypotensives—Variation of Nitrogen Function, R. R.
Mehta and H. A. Duts, Department of Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity

Investigation of Myoindsitol and Related Compounds as Inhibitors for o-
and ®-Galactosidases. Lance K. Knowles and Thomas F. Lemke, Depart-
ment of Chemistry, Somerset Community College and Hunstington Alloys,
Huntington, West Virginia

Saturday, November 3
8:00-9:30 59th Annual Business Meeting, Kentucky Academy of Science

9:40
10:00

10:20

10:40

11:00

11:20

11:40

Sectional business meeting and election of officers

Recent Studies of Zirconium and Hafnium Geochemistry. Lindgren L.
Chyi and William D. Ehmann, Department of Chemistry, The University
of Kentucky

Use of a Cf-252 Neutron Source for Minor Abundance Element De-
terminations in Geological Samples. Michael D. Miller, Maw-suen Ma and
William D. Ehman, Department of Chemistry, The University of Kentucky
Quantitative Analysis for Hydrogen and Fluorine by Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance. Duane R. Greenly and Verne A. Simon, Department of Chem-
istry, Morehead State University

Synthesis of p-[N’, N’-bis-( 2-chloroethyl)amino]-N-sulfinylaniline. Walter
T. Smith, Jr. and James A. Kuhlenschmidt, Department of Chemistry, The
University of Kentucky

Instrumental Methods for Determining the Endpoint in EDTA Titrations.
J. Rhoton, J. Moscoe and H. B. Powell, Department of Chemistry, Eastern
Kentucky University

Transition Metal Complexes of Aminobutyronitrile. D. L. Casey and H. M.
Smiley, Department of Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University

GEOGRAPHY SECTION
Room 107, Haupt

Edmund Hegen, Chairman, Presiding
Charles M. Dupier, Jr., Secretary

November 2

State Highway Systems as a Factor in Geographic Research, Jeffrey Bassett.
Department of Geography, University of Kentucky

The Urban Growth of Famagusta, Cyprus, George M. Kadis (sponsored. by
E. E. Hegen) Department of Geography, Western Kentucky University
Kentucky Stream Generics, Thomas P. Field Department of Geography,
University of Kentucky

Student Misconceptions of International Economic Development: An
Empirical Test, Richard C. Jones. Department of Geography, University
of Kentucky

Approaches to the Diffusion of Urbanization in Kentucky, 1790-1970,
William A. Withington. Department of Geography, University of Kentucky
Statewide Land Use and Its Implications for Geography, Ivan Potter.
Assistant Manager for the Division of State and Local Program Co-
ordination, Office of Local Government, Commonwealth of Kentucky
Break

Data Types and Factor Analysis, with Empirical Reference to Kentucky,
Ronald D. Garst. Department of Geography, University of Kentucky

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 67

3:50 Some Preliminary Notes on Secular Changes in Local Mean Temperatures:
The Cases of Kentucky, C.M. Dupier, Jr. Department of Geography,
Cumberland College

4:10 A Test of the Temporal Stability of County Groupings: Kentucky, 1950-
1970, Wayne Hoffman, Robert Harding and Jeanne Dibble. Department of
Geography, Western Kentucky University

4:30 Flood Proofing: Structural Responses on the Ohio Floodplain, Dennis L.
Spetz. Department of Geography, University of Louisville

Saturday, November 3

8:00 59th Annual Business Meeting, KAS
9:30 Break
10:00 Geography Section Business Meeting and Special Projects Discussion—
Edmund Hegen, Presiding
10:45 Thirty Years of Kentucky Geography, Joseph R. Schwendeman, Sr. Ken-
tucky Geographer at Large and Professor Emeritus of Geography, Univer-
sity of Kentucky
11:15 The Geographical Environment of a Trinidadian Peasant Farmer, S. R.
Ahsan. Department of Geography, Western Kentucky University
11:30 The Impact of Kikuyu Grass in Coasta Rica, Douglas W. Tucker (sponsored
by E. E. Hegen), Department of Geography, Western Kentucky University
11:55 Some Closing Remarks, Dr. Edmund Hegen, Chairman, Geography Section,
Kentucky Academy of Science

GEOLOGY SECTION
Room 107, Brown Science Center

John C. Philley, Chairman, Presiding
Donald W. Hutcheson, Secretary

Friday, November 2

1:00 An Ordovician Submarine Valley, Howard R. Schwalb, Kentucky Geo-
logical Survey

1:30 Clay Mineralogy of the Silurian Crab Orchard Formation of East-Central
Kentucky, Thomas M. Scott and Donald C. Haney, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity

1:50 Lithofacies Analysis of the St. Louis Limestone (Mississippian) in the
Morehead, Kentucky, Region, D. A. Jordan and J. R. Chaplin, Morehead
State University

2:10 Seismicity and Seismic Risk in Kentucky, G.R. Keller (Sponsored by
W.H. Dennen), University of Kentucky

2:30 Coffee Break

2:45 Neutron Activation Analysis of Some Selected Samples of New Albany
Shale, Samuel S. Leung (Sponsored by H.P. Hoge), Eastern Kentucky
University

3:10 Report on Investigation of Potential Hazards Related to Deep Mining in
Eastern Kentucky, Harry P. Hoge, Eastern Kentucky University

3:30 A Study of the Toxic Metals Content of the Kentucky River, Barry
Falkner (Sponsored by H. P. Hoge), Eastern Kentucky University

'3:55 Recurrent Movement Along a Segment of the Kentucky River Fault System,
Central Kentucky, Donald Haney, Eastern Kentucky University

Saturday, November 3

8:00 59th Annual Business Meeting, KAS

9:30 Coffee Break

9:45 Kimberlite and Related Rocks of the 38th Parallel Lineament, Graham H.
Hunt (Sponsored by H.P. Hoge), Eastern Kentucky University

68

10:10
10:30
10:50
11:15

11:30

esis;

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

Newly Discovered Mississippian Ammonoids from Rowan County, Ken-
tucky, J.R. Chaplin, Morehead State University

Pennsylvanian Rocks Along the Rough Creek Fault in Western Kentucky,
Allen D. Williamson, Kentucky Geological Survey

Teay’s Eagle River in Southwestern Ohio and Northern Kentucky, Norman
C. Hester (Sponsored by D.C. Haney), Eastern Kentucky University
Mississippian Edrioasteroids: A New Fossil Discovery in Menifee County,
Kentucky, J. C. Philley and J. R. Chaplin, Morehead State University
Depositional Environment of the Chama Facies of the Yorktown Formation
(Late Miocene) of Southeastern Virginia, Donald W. Neal (Sponsored by
H. P. Hoge), Eastern Kentucky University

Geology Section Business Meeting

PHYSICS SECTION
Room 3, Haupt
Jerry S. Faughn, Chairman, Presiding
Frank A. Butler, Secretary

Saturday, November 3

8:30
8:40
8:50

9:00
9:10

11:10

11:20

Design and Performance Study of a Collimator for keV Neutrons. J.
Cochran and F. Gabbard, University of Kentucky

Physics for People Who Don’t Like Physics. Karl F. Kuhn and Jerry S.
Faughn, Eastern Kentucky University

Count Rumford—The Colorful Con-Artist. Ivan L. Zabilka, Asbury
Theological Seminary

Kohoutek—Comet of the Century. D.G. Uckotter, Thomas More College
EPR Linewidths of the Vanadyl Ion in Aqueons Solutions at Room
Temperature as a Function of Concentration. T.W. Rackers and G.K.
Miner, Thomas More College

Trivalent Gadolinium EPR in BaF,: (Gd?+, Ce®+). B.W. Johnson, D.G.
Birkley and G.K. Miner, Thomas More College

Preliminary Recoil-free Fraction Measurements on Ferrocyanides at Room
Temperature Using the Mossbauer Effect. P.J. Nienaber, L.C. Brun, Sr.
Mary Caecilia Madden SND, and D. Langhammer, Thomas More College
Non-Closed-Shell Linear Chain, W. T. Kwo, University of Louisville

A Homemade Nitrogen Laser. John F. Kielkopf, University of Louisville

A Primitive Speed-of-Sound Measurement. John A. Gwinn and George F.
McKinley, University of Louisville

Far Infrared Recombination Radiation from Impact Ionized Shallow Donors
in Ge and GaAs. Stephen R. Thomas, Kentucky Wesleyan College

Report of the Advisory Committee on Teacher Certification. Ted George,
Eastern Kentucky University

Teaching Physics to Teachers—A Modular Approach. D.J. Boyle, Thomas
More College

A New Method of Obtaining Molecular Susceptibilities from Magnetic
Susceptibility Data. P.G. Roth and J.E. Lang, Thomas More College
Proposed New Polarization Technique for Improving Mossbauer Resolution.
D. Langhammer, Thomas More College and P. Boolchand, University of
Cincinnati (On leave to Stanford University )

Freedom of Choice and Flexible Scheduling in the Introductory Astronomy
Laboratory. B.C. Meyers, R.L. Hackney, K.R. Hackney, P.B. Campbell,
N.F. Six, and A.S. Wawrukiewicz, Western Kentucky University

Physics Experiments for Life Science Students. Jim Parks, Bill Buckman
and Tom Coohill, Western Kentucky University

Color Variations of the Peculiar Astronomical Object BL Lacertae. Karen
Hackney, Richard Hackney, Western Kentucky University, R.L. Scott,
A.G. Smith, R.J. Leacock, B.Q. McGimsey, P.L. Edwards, Rosemary Hill

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 69

Observatory, University of Florida and G.H. Folsom, Agnes Scot College.
Sponsor: Richard Hackney
11:30 The Problems of Physics Teachers: Can the A.A.P.T. Provide Solutions?
Arnold A. Strassenburg, The American Institute of Physics. (45 min. )

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS AND PHARMACOLOGY SECTION
Room 15, Haupt
Herbert Leopold, Chairman, Presiding
Sanford L. Jones, Secretary

Saturday, November 3

10:00 Unilateral Catecholamine Depletion of the Corpus Striatum and Amphet-
_ amine Induced Turning Behavior. Walter N. Tapp and Brent C. White,

Centre College

10:15 Carotid Body Control of Ventilation. John R. Meyer, University of Louis-
ville

10:30 A Comparison of the Energy Requirements and Spectral Sensitivities of the
Primary and Secondary Responses to Light of the Fiddler Crab, Uca
pugilator. Thomas P. Coohill, Western Kentucky University

10:45 Effect of L-Dopa on Hypothalamic and Pituitary Norepinephrine and
Dopamine and Plama LH and Prolactin in Ovariectomized Estrogen-
Progesterone Treated Rats. Agnes E. Jimenez, James L. Voogt (Sponsor)
and Laurence A. Carr, University of Louisville

11:00 Effects of Antithyroid Compounds on Deiodination of 131] L-Thyroxine in
the Rat. Sanford L. Jones, Eastern Kentucky University

11:15 The Effects of Diethylstilbestrol on Mice. Sharon Mattingly and William
H. Martin (Sponsor), Marion County High School*
* Division Winners at the Spring Symposium of the Kentucky Junior
Academy of Science

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
Room 103, Haupt

Frederick M. Brown, Chairman, Presiding
Richard D. Kahoe, Secretary

Saturday, November 3

8:00 59th Annual Business Meeting, KAS
9:30 Coffee Break
9:45 The Importance of Self-Awareness in the Process of Self-Actualization.
Joseph P. Cangemi, Western Kentucky University (to be read in absentia)
10:05 The Effect of Escapable vs. Inescapable Shock on Conditioned Fear of
Rats. Francis H. Osborne, Bruce A. Mattingly, and William K. Redmon,
Morehead State University. Sponsor: Verne A. Simon
10:25 The effect of Escapable vs. Inescapable Shock on Conditioned Suppression
in Rats. Francis H. Osborne, William K. Redman, and Bruce A. Mattingly,
Morehead State University. Sponsor: Verne A. Simon
10:45 Drug and Alcohol Addiction Defined by Users and Non-Users. Frank
Kodman, Jr., Murray State University
11:00 Size of Activity-Wheel Side Cage and Wheel-Running, Behavioral Estrus,
Body Weight, Food and Water Intake in White Rate. Frederick M.
Brown, Centre College of Kentucky
11:20 Election of Officers
11:30 Forum on the Potential Role of the KAS Psychology Section in Academic
and Research Psychology in Kentucky
12:15 Lunch

70

Lransactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION
Room 218, Brown Science Center
Robert J. Miller, Chairman, Presiding
Betty J. Stoess, Secretary

Saturday, November 3
8:00-9:30 59th Annual Business Meeting, KAS

9:40
9:45

10:25
10:45
11:05

EQS

11:40

Introductory Remarks

The structuring of Fayette County High School Science Curricula. Anna
Neal, Fayette County Public Schools

Student and Teacher Needs in the Secondary Science Classroom in South-
eastern Kentucky. William R. Falls, Morehead State University

Curriculum Development in Science Education. Doris K. Mouser, Murray
State University

Survey of Kentucky Teachers of Science—A Preliminary Report. G.K.
Miner, Thomas More College

Physics and Astronomy Built on Interest Rather than Tradition. C. Wolff,
E. Dorman, C. Logsdon, F. Carter, P. Campbell, F. Six and A. Wawrukie-
wicz, Western Kentucky University

Keller Courses in Physics and Astronomy. P. Campbell, R. Dawson, E.
Dorman, R. Hall, D. Humphrey, K. Hackney, J. Parks, F. Six and A.
Wawrukiewicz, Western Kentucky University

Mind-Set: Mood Introduction to Science Concepts. Pat Sommerkamp,
Tichenor Middle School and Nancy H. Boyle, Lloyd Memorial High School
Sectional Business Meeting

SOCIOLOGY SECTION
Room 216, Brown Science Center
Richard F. Armstrong, Chairman, Presiding
Amiya K. Mohanty, Secretary
November 2
Testing a “Double Standard” Hypothesis Regarding Horse Betting. Badr-
E]-Din-Ali. University of Louisville
Racial and Professional Ideologies: Activism among Black Professionals.
Craig H. Taylor. Western Kentucky University
Some Findings Concerning the Self-concept of Black Americans: A Pre-
liminary Report. Henry H.B. Chang, Morehead State University
Political Commitment and the Ethnic Mobility Trap Among Polish Com-
munity Leaders in Chicago. Charles F. Emmons, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity
Coffee Break
Election of Officers
The Changing Goals of Minorities in Contemporary Society—Panel Discus-
sion. Henry H. Chang, Morehead State University. Charles F. Emmons,
Eastern Kentucky University. Craig H. Taylor, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity. Marcia J. Lipetz, Jefferson Community College

Saturday, November 3

8:00

59th Annual Business Meeting, KAS

ZOOLOGY SECTION
Room 120, Brown Science Center
Allen L. Lake, Chairman, Presiding
Robert A. Kuehne, Secretary

Saturday, November 3

9:40
10:00

Sectional Business Meeting and Election of Officers
Research Notes on Plagioporus neotenicus (Aliff), a Progenetic Trematode

10:15

10:30

10:45

11:00
11:15
11:30

Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973 71

Parasite of Goniobasis laqueata (Say) Snails. John V. Aliff, Georgia
College, Milledgeville, GA

Home Range and Movements of Microtus pinetorum. Faith Hershey,
sponsored by Roger W. Barbour, University of Kentucky, Lexington

Effect of Temperature on Learning of Ambystoma opacum Larvae. John L.
Meisenheimer, Jr., sponsored by William E. Martin, Richmond Model
Laboratory School and Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond

Habitat of the Com Snake, Elaphe g. guttata, in Eastern Kentucky. John
MacGregor, sponsored by Roger W. Barbour, University of Kentucky,
Lexington

Morphology of Bat White Blood Cells (Eptesicus fuscus). Vaunnene Hale
and David Fassler, Somerset Community College, Somerset

The Moths of South-central Kentucky. Rebecca McKnight and David
Fassler, Somerset Community College, Somerset

Sequence of Olfactory Lamella Formation in Hybopsis aestivalis (Pisces:
Cyprinidae). Branley Branson, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond

72 Transactions of Kentucky Academy of Science, Vol. 34, 1973

1973-1974 SECTIONAL OFFICERS

Anthropology

D. Van Gerven (Chm)
Department of Anthropology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506

Botany and Microbiology
Harold E. Eversmeyer (Chm)
Department of Biology
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42072
Chemistry

Dr. Joseph Hendon (Chm)
Department of Chemistry
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42072
Geography

Charles M. Dupier, Jr. (Chm)
Department of Geography

Cumberland College
Williamsburg, KY 40769

Geology
Harry P. Hoge (Chm)
Department of Geology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

Physiology, Biophysics, Pharmacology
Sanford L. Jones (Chm)

Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University

Richmond, KY 40475

Science Education

Betty J. Stoess (Chm)
Department of Education
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475
Sociology .

Richard D. Kahoe (Chm)
Department of Psychology
Georgetown College
Georgetown, KY 40324
Psychology

Alban L. Wheeler (Chm)
Department of Sociology
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40851
Zoology

Ben T. Feese (Chm)
Department of Biology
Centre College

Danville, KY 40422

Michael B. Collins (Secty )
Department of Anthropology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506

Joe E. Winstead (Secty )
Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101

Dr. James Letton (Secty)
Chm., Department of Chemistry
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601

Dennis L. Spetz (Secty )
Department of Geography
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40208

Armin L. Clark (Secty)
Department of Geology
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42072

James L. Voogt (Secty)

Department of Physiology & Biophysics

University of Louisville (Health &
Science)
Louisville, KY 40201

Robert J. Miller (Secty )
University P.O. Box 787
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

Francis H. Osborne (Secty )
Department of Psychology
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40851

Henry H. B. Chang (Secty)
Department of Sociology
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351

Robert A. Kuehne (Secty )
Department of Zoology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506

INDEX TO VOLUME 34

Academy Affairs, 60
Apophallus Venustus

(Tremotoda Digenea), 44
Aubrey, David, 59

Baker, Edd. C., 57

Bat, Evening, 46

Bauer, Bruce H., 55
Branson, Branley A., 5, 57
Brown, Ellis V., 22, 26
Burr, Brooks M., 51

Cambarellus Puer, 51

Catfishes, (Ictaluridae ), Parasites, 55
Citellina Triradiota Hall, 59

Crisp, Catherine B., 33

Crisp, Norman H., 33, 44, 47
Crayfishes, 51

C. Shufeldtii, 51

Daub, fh. h., 13
Decarboxylation of 2-
Pyridinecarboxylic Acids, 22

Eastern Kentucky, Headwater
Creek, 13
Errata, 59

Fassler, David J., 46
Fishes:
Eagle Creek, 5
Leeches on, 47

Harley, John P., 44, 53, 55, 59
Helmith Parasites, 53
Horseman, Nelson D., 5

Lake Wilgreen, 53, 55
Leeches, (Hirudinea:
Rhynchobdellida: Piscioldae), 47

Moser, Russell J., 22, 26

O. Bisectus, 51
Orconectes Lancifer, 51
O. Rusticus, 51

Page, Lawrence M., 51
Piscine Fauna, 49
Procambarus Gracilis, 51
P. Viaeviridis, 51

Reed, J. R., 13

Samsel, G. L. Jr., 13

Scute Counts, 57

Sectional Officers, 72

Shambu, Manvendra B., 22

Sisk, Morgan E., 49

Snakes (Regina Septemvittata),
Sexual Dimorphism, 57

Spectra, 9-Anthracene-
carboxaldehyde Hydrazones, 26

Thompson, M. Pete, 59
Tyrone Limestone, Diagnetic
Changes, 1

War Fork Stream, Characteristics
of, 33
Whaley, Peter W., 1
White, Glenn E., 47, 53
White Sucker,
Catostomus Commersoni, 53
Woodchuck, 59

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 34, NOS. 1-4

Relation of Organic Activity to Early Diagnetic Changes in the
Tyrone Limestone of Kentucky

CPTE PTET VER NAR UAL | NG SoS ert ea Pe i
Fishes of Eagle Creek, Northern Kentucky
- NELSON D. HORSEMAN and BRANLEY A. BRANSON ............ 5
Preliminary Investigations of a Headwater Creek in Eastern Kentucky
i, SAMSEL, JR., J. R. REED, and R. R. DAUB, ......:.:..0...00.0s000- 13

Effect of a Methoxyl Group on the Decarboxylation of
2-Pyridinecarboxylic Acids
ELLIS V. BROWN, RUSSELL J. MOSER and
EAU NOE NUIDIEVAGIS. SEUA NIB ED Uo. coscceecsccetessceecennnsesoctsoccdechoncesesoaneanere 22

The Ultraviolet Spectra of Some 9-Anthracenecarboxaldehyde
Hydrazones. Evidence for a Planar Structure in Methanol
RUSSELL J. MOSER and ELLIS V. BROWN

Some Physical, Chemical, and Benthic Characteristics of War Fork,
an Interrupted Stream in Jackson County, Kentucky
NORMAN EH. CRISP and CATHERINE B. CRISP. ......2.......000.<.-0- 33

Apophallus Venustus (Trematoda, Digenea): A New
Metacercaria Record from New Hampshire

NORMAN CRISP and: JOHN P. FEARLEY o........:...0:00c-tesnrssesansencenes 44
An additional Evening Bat from South Central Kentucky
BBP IBIAS SEEN aes ica yas. nce gees Ac toa ade gcecenled co sdsveosdcenarousrsesingeceees 46

The Occurrence of Four Leeches (Hirudinea: Rhynchobdellida:
Piscicolidae) on Kentucky River Drainage Fishes

ChaNiN HS WHITE and NORMAN H. CRISP. «.....00..2:::.s0scossanesese AT
Six Additions to the Known Piscine Fauna of Kentucky
TAO ann Ne KS ese eaccscte sc oS cacseslecasschsnieevececaiceesasedocseucs segues euseeevecnstoes AQ

Distributional Records for the Crayfishes Cambarellus Puer, C.
Shufeldtii, Procambarus Gracilis, P. Viaeviridis, Orconectes
Lancifer,, O. Bisectus, and O. Rusticus
LAWRENCE M. PAGE and BROOKS M. BURR ..............:::00eeeeeeeee Sl

Helminth Parasites of the White Sucker, Catostomus Commersoni,
from Lake Wilgreen in Kentucky
GLENN E. WHITE and JOHN P. HARLEY

Intestinal Parasites from Two Species of Catfishes (Ictaluridae)
from Wilgreen Lake in Kentucky
BRUCE H. BAUER and JOHN P. HARLEY

Sexual Dimorphism in Kentucky Queen Snakes (Regina Septemvittata)
Based on Scute Counts
BRANLEY A. BRANSON and EDD C. BAKER

Citellina Triradiata Hall, 1916, from the Woodchuck in Kentucky
JOHN P. HARLEY, M. PETE THOMPSON, and DAVID AUBREY 59

LEISTEESS: oe seccinced alo dea RRMR ERE ape ot SLE 2) a 59
BEE) ESI) JAMES) PERRO Baie icehncn Se gs ee ee REE PS 7a Ce ee 60
1973-74 Sectional Officers

Wins
i v

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS

The TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is a medium of
publication for original investigations in science. Also as the official organ of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, news and announcements of interest to the member-
ship are published therein. These include programs of meetings, titles of papers
presented at meetings, and condensations of reports by the Academy’s officers and
committees.

Papers may be submitted at any time to the editor. Each manuscript will be
reviewed by one or more editors before it is accepted for publication, and an at-
tempt will be made to publish papers in the order of their acceptance. Papers are
accepted for publication with the understanding that they are not to be submitted
for original publication elsewhere, and that any additional printing shall be at a
later date and shall be designated in an appropriate credit line as a reprint from
the TRANSACTIONS OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Manuscripts should be typed, double-spaced, with wide margins, on paper of
good stock. The original and one copy should be submitted, and the author
should retain one additional carbon copy. It is desirable that the author have his
colleagues read the manuscript for clarity of expression and typographical or other
errors.

Titles must be clear and concise, and provide for precise cataloging. Textual
material should be in clear, brief, condensed form. Footnotes should be avoided.
Tables and illustrations should be included only to give effective presentation of
the data. Tables and figures will be reproduced by photo-offset from the original
manuscript. Drafting of figures and typing of tables must be carefully done to
assure good reproduction. Photographs should have good contrast and be printed
on glossy paper. Figures are to be numbered consecutively and independently;
on the back of each its number and the author's name should be written lightly in
pencil.

An abstract should be supplied with each manuscript to facilitate coverage
in abstracting services.

Format and style of manuscripts may vary depending on the scientific
discipline. However, the author is urged to conform to the style recommended
for his area, for example, American Chemical Society: Handbook for Authors,
American Institute of Physics: Style Manual, and American Institute of Biological
Sciences: Style Manual for Biological Journals.

The author is responsible for correcting the galley proof. Extensive alterations
from the origical are expensive and must be avoided or paid for by the author.
Galley proofs must be returned promptly. Blanks for reprint orders will be supplied
with the galley proof.

> Ee s5\'2 > a jen)
a) (Ne 2 ese >) ES iN
ae SoS aS) a a i ice
| DC: Mm
| . Z : Ve ee
NVINOSHLIWS —S3 luvud ee BRARI ES ,oMITHSONIAN. INST
= ix Si ase < et z= |
A et ity Xs = z WS 5.
= WD the 2S « OS S We x
G47 2X 8 2 NRO 8:
SS, : ZF
Sm tee a ee He 2 ee
SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHIIWS Sa PYvVadiT_ Li
z ni Pe Rae a Zz
= 3 G AXE 7
= < = WS ee oa {
= is 4 MQ «= Hid
fe) a ma 7
ee =! = uy .
24 bYVagI(1 LIBRAR! ES TON
i
S) — S) y sn oy
= Bs 2 - ra
ad al = 9
= > kK i, Ke I
= a iE YF ce rent
ep) ea [op Ways m nF
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYgIT
ia: Z oo
2 Ng : 2 3
2 ANE & oe re)
i NS 2, = =
= > = >
”) z= (7p) Zz

NVINOSHLINS SA3IlYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVNaIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

wat

8

-
\

SS NN

oe

\

EY

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

WY — =
ul - ul 2
cc a = eee
SQ S fea Cc wo ce
“AX — oO =n oO
— : Fs, cauly 2
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3IuvVYdlI
ie < ii z
; ai ro)
aW — w =
ene E =
4 9) Se)
ghd : = = Z
“ie = is = i
wn = a z
w w
= =
= 5
ial, x
Div: Ww
ony oO
Ps Ps,
> >
Pa Pz

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

Sa1uvugiq

ase) aS ahh ae a
Ps - ide
i <M” a ean an) a = <NteN aS a)
appa sy Mini ol i aay 4 = Me ON
LY — mz /o aN ame a /2 PAN a
i Kp Vy, — = eal a < ay a
YY by <ilo Bley x fo 6
| Yt BY a Pa Vay P= a ex PRA a) (“sa FSS

LI

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

4 2 wv ) MUN fot a ‘ ae eel ES) GaAs): ae
= Gy, > “as = he, 2 ERE 33 =
bs fy os Os poy. e 45 Sy fe Ey Bay ee
= G m SN OC: 2 Laas m el SCS m
< 7) = 7) es “
_ NVINOSHLINS S31yYvudII LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
z wn < ee n z w
> or fre NS = = =
re) =. ODO KR Kaz re) rT
4 ae ~ \N 6 2 S
i = 2a a = 2
= =
i@ 2 a ites 5 ee
_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥vUgIT
i z 3 “ ” =
a <& a o
Oo. = oc a, WN x =
Be 4. oH :
= = cc G AN o =
aa} = 2) _ (a) _
x “al 2) _ (e) = Oo
by ‘eae a = eee! ms
_NVINOSHLIWS S3I1y¥VvygIy LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION |!
b* z PARRY z

= w E 3 =
=) 7 = ee =
i > = > =
E a = ,. a =
Z u Z B Z

» SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Saluvugiq_l

>

NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N

INVENIO - ODti adaVaag

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

= w _— (ep) J ip)
Z r uu = lu
i YS iS = ac oe. ac
ESS \\ Se = < i <
. ioe 2S S SS 35 a
4 = Zz oe) = 4
SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uvVY¥aIT L
Bi z ees cg ae 2
rs a2W = Oo 18°)
A Af ee oye So] ke se ke
Lp a a
PY ? Z > | : ri
, ay = rs = = 2a
: n < no =) tie w
NVINOSHLINS S31yuvugIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N
7 2 z le ae ee
: = b= ‘ W os = = MQ a
= SQ F EQN :
oY a WK se DN\X a}
2% E NS 2 E 2
> = > = >
= ” sf Pad WY) =
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS L
2 nf ie =
z : Se g
a < Wee 5
= [0 4 SAAS re &

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
1 “WOE
| | ____ 3 9088 01304 3286